Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.16 (Pod::Simple 3.05) Standard preamble: ========================================================================
\\$1
..
..
..
..
Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>..tr \(*W-
. ds -- \(*W-
. ds PI pi
. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
. ds L" ""
. ds R" ""
. ds C` ""
. ds C' ""
'br\}
. ds -- \|\(em\|
. ds PI \(*p
. ds L" ``
. ds R" ''
'br\}
Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform. If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.Sh), items (.Ip), and index entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the output yourself in some meaningful fashion.. de IX
. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
..
. nr % 0
. rr F
.\}
. de IX
..
.\}
Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
. ds #H 0
. ds #V .8m
. ds #F .3m
. ds #[ \f1
. ds #]
.\}
. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
. ds #V .6m
. ds #F 0
. ds #[ \&
. ds #] \&
.\}
. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
. ds ' \&
. ds ` \&
. ds ^ \&
. ds , \&
. ds ~ ~
. ds /
.\}
. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
.\}
. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
. \" corrections for vroff
. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
\{\
. ds : e
. ds 8 ss
. ds o a
. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
. ds th \o'bp'
. ds Th \o'LP'
. ds ae ae
. ds Ae AE
.\}
======================================================================== Title "GCC 1" GCC 1 "2013-04-11" "gcc-4.7.3" "GNU"
For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes way too many mistakes in technical documents. "NAME"
gcc - GNU project C and C++ compiler
"SYNOPSIS"
Header "SYNOPSIS" gcc [
-c|
-S|
-E] [
-std=standard]
[
-g] [
-pg] [
-Olevel]
[
-Wwarn...] [
-pedantic]
[
-Idir...] [
-Ldir...]
[
-Dmacro[=
defn]...] [
-Umacro]
[
-foption...] [
-mmachine-option...]
[
-o outfile] [@
file]
infile...
Only the most useful options are listed here; see below for the
remainder. g++ accepts mostly the same options as gcc.
"DESCRIPTION"
Header "DESCRIPTION" When you invoke \s-1GCC\s0, it normally does preprocessing, compilation,
assembly and linking. The \*(L"overall options\*(R" allow you to stop this
process at an intermediate stage. For example, the
-c option
says not to run the linker. Then the output consists of object files
output by the assembler.
Other options are passed on to one stage of processing. Some options
control the preprocessor and others the compiler itself. Yet other
options control the assembler and linker; most of these are not
documented here, since you rarely need to use any of them.
Most of the command-line options that you can use with \s-1GCC\s0 are useful
for C programs; when an option is only useful with another language
(usually \*(C+), the explanation says so explicitly. If the description
for a particular option does not mention a source language, you can use
that option with all supported languages.
The gcc program accepts options and file names as operands. Many
options have multi-letter names; therefore multiple single-letter options
may not be grouped: -dv is very different from -d -v.
You can mix options and other arguments. For the most part, the order
you use doesn't matter. Order does matter when you use several
options of the same kind; for example, if you specify -L more
than once, the directories are searched in the order specified. Also,
the placement of the -l option is significant.
Many options have long names starting with -f or with
\fB-W---for example,
\fB-fmove-loop-invariants, -Wformat and so on. Most of
these have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of
\fB-ffoo would be -fno-foo. This manual documents
only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
"OPTIONS"
Header "OPTIONS" .Sh "Option Summary"
Subsection "Option Summary" Here is a summary of all the options, grouped by type. Explanations are
in the following sections.
"Overall Options" 4
Item "Overall Options" \fB-c -S -E -o
file -no-canonical-prefixes
\-pipe -pass-exit-codes
\-x language -v -### --help[
=class[
,...]]
--target-help
\--version -wrapper @file -fplugin=file -fplugin-arg-name=arg
\fB-fdump-ada-spec[
-slim]
-fdump-go-spec=file
"C Language Options" 4
Item "C Language Options" \fB-ansi -std=
standard -fgnu89-inline
\-aux-info filename -fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions
\-fno-asm -fno-builtin -fno-builtin-function
\fB-fhosted -ffreestanding -fopenmp -fms-extensions -fplan9-extensions
\-trigraphs -no-integrated-cpp -traditional -traditional-cpp
\-fallow-single-precision -fcond-mismatch -flax-vector-conversions
\-fsigned-bitfields -fsigned-char
\-funsigned-bitfields -funsigned-char
"\*(C+ Language Options" 4
Item " Language Options" \fB-fabi-version=
n -fno-access-control -fcheck-new
\-fconserve-space -fconstexpr-depth=n -ffriend-injection
\-fno-elide-constructors
\-fno-enforce-eh-specs
\-ffor-scope -fno-for-scope -fno-gnu-keywords
\-fno-implicit-templates
\-fno-implicit-inline-templates
\-fno-implement-inlines -fms-extensions
\-fno-nonansi-builtins -fnothrow-opt -fno-operator-names
\-fno-optional-diags -fpermissive
\-fno-pretty-templates
\-frepo -fno-rtti -fstats -ftemplate-depth=n
\fB-fno-threadsafe-statics -fuse-cxa-atexit -fno-weak -nostdinc++
\-fno-default-inline -fvisibility-inlines-hidden
\-fvisibility-ms-compat
\-Wabi -Wconversion-null -Wctor-dtor-privacy
\-Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor -Wnarrowing -Wnoexcept
\-Wnon-virtual-dtor -Wreorder
\-Weffc++ -Wstrict-null-sentinel
\-Wno-non-template-friend -Wold-style-cast
\-Woverloaded-virtual -Wno-pmf-conversions
\-Wsign-promo
"Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ Language Options" 4
Item "Objective-C and Objective- Language Options" \fB-fconstant-string-class=
class-name
\fB-fgnu-runtime -fnext-runtime
\-fno-nil-receivers
\-fobjc-abi-version=
n
\fB-fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors
\-fobjc-direct-dispatch
\-fobjc-exceptions
\-fobjc-gc
\-fobjc-nilcheck
\-fobjc-std=objc1
\-freplace-objc-classes
\-fzero-link
\-gen-decls
\-Wassign-intercept
\-Wno-protocol -Wselector
\-Wstrict-selector-match
\-Wundeclared-selector
"Language Independent Options" 4
Item "Language Independent Options" \fB-fmessage-length=
n
\fB-fdiagnostics-show-location=[
once|
every-line]
\fB-fno-diagnostics-show-option
"Warning Options" 4
Item "Warning Options" \fB-fsyntax-only -fmax-errors=
n -pedantic
\-pedantic-errors
\-w -Wextra -Wall -Waddress -Waggregate-return -Warray-bounds
\-Wno-attributes -Wno-builtin-macro-redefined
\-Wc++-compat -Wc++11-compat -Wcast-align -Wcast-qual
\-Wchar-subscripts -Wclobbered -Wcomment
\-Wconversion -Wcoverage-mismatch -Wno-cpp -Wno-deprecated
\-Wno-deprecated-declarations -Wdisabled-optimization
\-Wno-div-by-zero -Wdouble-promotion -Wempty-body -Wenum-compare
\-Wno-endif-labels -Werror -Werror=*
\-Wfatal-errors -Wfloat-equal -Wformat -Wformat=2
\-Wno-format-contains-nul -Wno-format-extra-args -Wformat-nonliteral
\-Wformat-security -Wformat-y2k
\-Wframe-larger-than=len -Wno-free-nonheap-object -Wjump-misses-init
\-Wignored-qualifiers
\-Wimplicit -Wimplicit-function-declaration -Wimplicit-int
\-Winit-self -Winline -Wmaybe-uninitialized
\-Wno-int-to-pointer-cast -Wno-invalid-offsetof
\-Winvalid-pch -Wlarger-than=len -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations
\-Wlogical-op -Wlong-long
\-Wmain -Wmaybe-uninitialized -Wmissing-braces -Wmissing-field-initializers
\-Wmissing-format-attribute -Wmissing-include-dirs
\-Wno-mudflap
\-Wno-multichar -Wnonnull -Wno-overflow
\-Woverlength-strings -Wpacked -Wpacked-bitfield-compat -Wpadded
\-Wparentheses -Wpedantic-ms-format -Wno-pedantic-ms-format
\-Wpointer-arith -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast
\-Wredundant-decls
\-Wreturn-type -Wsequence-point -Wshadow
\-Wsign-compare -Wsign-conversion -Wstack-protector
\-Wstack-usage=len -Wstrict-aliasing -Wstrict-aliasing=n
\-Wstrict-overflow -Wstrict-overflow=n
\fB-Wsuggest-attribute=[
pure|
const|
noreturn]
\fB-Wswitch -Wswitch-default -Wswitch-enum -Wsync-nand
\-Wsystem-headers -Wtrampolines -Wtrigraphs -Wtype-limits -Wundef
\-Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas -Wno-pragmas
\-Wunsuffixed-float-constants -Wunused -Wunused-function
\-Wunused-label -Wunused-local-typedefs -Wunused-parameter
\-Wno-unused-result -Wunused-value -Wunused-variable
\-Wunused-but-set-parameter -Wunused-but-set-variable
\-Wvariadic-macros -Wvector-operation-performance -Wvla
\-Wvolatile-register-var -Wwrite-strings -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant
"C and Objective-C-only Warning Options" 4
Item "C and Objective-C-only Warning Options" \fB-Wbad-function-cast -Wmissing-declarations
\-Wmissing-parameter-type -Wmissing-prototypes -Wnested-externs
\-Wold-style-declaration -Wold-style-definition
\-Wstrict-prototypes -Wtraditional -Wtraditional-conversion
\-Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-sign
"Debugging Options" 4
Item "Debugging Options" \fB-d
letters -dumpspecs -dumpmachine -dumpversion
\-fdbg-cnt-list -fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list
\fB-fdisable-ipa-
pass_name
\fB-fdisable-rtl-
pass_name
\fB-fdisable-rtl-
pass-name=range-list
\fB-fdisable-tree-
pass_name
\fB-fdisable-tree-
pass-name=range-list
\fB-fdump-noaddr -fdump-unnumbered -fdump-unnumbered-links
\-fdump-translation-unit[
-n]
\fB-fdump-class-hierarchy[
-n]
\fB-fdump-ipa-all -fdump-ipa-cgraph -fdump-ipa-inline
\-fdump-passes
\-fdump-statistics
\-fdump-tree-all
\-fdump-tree-original[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-optimized[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-cfg -fdump-tree-vcg -fdump-tree-alias
\-fdump-tree-ch
\-fdump-tree-ssa[
-n]
-fdump-tree-pre[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-ccp[
-n]
-fdump-tree-dce[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-gimple[
-raw]
-fdump-tree-mudflap[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-dom[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-dse[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-phiprop[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-phiopt[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-forwprop[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-copyrename[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-nrv -fdump-tree-vect
\-fdump-tree-sink
\-fdump-tree-sra[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-forwprop[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-fre[
-n]
\fB-fdump-tree-vrp[
-n]
\fB-ftree-vectorizer-verbose=
n
\fB-fdump-tree-storeccp[
-n]
\fB-fdump-final-insns=
file
\fB-fcompare-debug[
=opts]
-fcompare-debug-second
\-feliminate-dwarf2-dups -feliminate-unused-debug-types
\-feliminate-unused-debug-symbols -femit-class-debug-always
\-fenable-kind-pass
\fB-fenable-
kind-pass=range-list
\fB-fdebug-types-section
\-fmem-report -fpre-ipa-mem-report -fpost-ipa-mem-report -fprofile-arcs
\-frandom-seed=
string -fsched-verbose=n
\fB-fsel-sched-verbose -fsel-sched-dump-cfg -fsel-sched-pipelining-verbose
\-fstack-usage -ftest-coverage -ftime-report -fvar-tracking
\-fvar-tracking-assignments -fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle
\-g -g
level -gtoggle -gcoff -gdwarf-version
\fB-ggdb -grecord-gcc-switches -gno-record-gcc-switches
\-gstabs -gstabs+ -gstrict-dwarf -gno-strict-dwarf
\-gvms -gxcoff -gxcoff+
\-fno-merge-debug-strings -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm
\-fdebug-prefix-map=
old=new
\fB-femit-struct-debug-baseonly -femit-struct-debug-reduced
\-femit-struct-debug-detailed[
=spec-list]
\fB-p -pg -print-file-name=
library -print-libgcc-file-name
\-print-multi-directory -print-multi-lib -print-multi-os-directory
\-print-prog-name=program -print-search-dirs -Q
\-print-sysroot -print-sysroot-headers-suffix
\-save-temps -save-temps=cwd -save-temps=obj -time[
=file]
"Optimization Options" 4
Item "Optimization Options" \fB-falign-functions[=
n] -falign-jumps[=n]
\-falign-labels[=n] -falign-loops[=n] -fassociative-math
\-fauto-inc-dec -fbranch-probabilities -fbranch-target-load-optimize
\-fbranch-target-load-optimize2 -fbtr-bb-exclusive -fcaller-saves
\-fcheck-data-deps -fcombine-stack-adjustments -fconserve-stack
\-fcompare-elim -fcprop-registers -fcrossjumping
\-fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks -fcx-fortran-rules
\-fcx-limited-range
\-fdata-sections -fdce -fdelayed-branch
\-fdelete-null-pointer-checks -fdevirtualize -fdse
\-fearly-inlining -fipa-sra -fexpensive-optimizations -ffat-lto-objects
\-ffast-math -ffinite-math-only -ffloat-store -fexcess-precision=style
\fB-fforward-propagate -ffp-contract=
style -ffunction-sections
\-fgcse -fgcse-after-reload -fgcse-las -fgcse-lm -fgraphite-identity
\-fgcse-sm -fif-conversion -fif-conversion2 -findirect-inlining
\-finline-functions -finline-functions-called-once -finline-limit=n
\fB-finline-small-functions -fipa-cp -fipa-cp-clone -fipa-matrix-reorg
\-fipa-pta -fipa-profile -fipa-pure-const -fipa-reference
\-fira-algorithm=
algorithm
\fB-fira-region=
region
\fB-fira-loop-pressure -fno-ira-share-save-slots
\-fno-ira-share-spill-slots -fira-verbose=
n
\fB-fivopts -fkeep-inline-functions -fkeep-static-consts
\-floop-block -floop-flatten -floop-interchange -floop-strip-mine
\-floop-parallelize-all -flto -flto-compression-level
\-flto-partition=
alg -flto-report -fmerge-all-constants
\-fmerge-constants -fmodulo-sched -fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves
\-fmove-loop-invariants fmudflap -fmudflapir -fmudflapth -fno-branch-count-reg
\-fno-default-inline
\-fno-defer-pop -fno-function-cse -fno-guess-branch-probability
\-fno-inline -fno-math-errno -fno-peephole -fno-peephole2
\-fno-sched-interblock -fno-sched-spec -fno-signed-zeros
\-fno-toplevel-reorder -fno-trapping-math -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss
\-fomit-frame-pointer -foptimize-register-move -foptimize-sibling-calls
\-fpartial-inlining -fpeel-loops -fpredictive-commoning
\-fprefetch-loop-arrays
\-fprofile-correction -fprofile-dir=path -fprofile-generate
\-fprofile-generate=path
\fB-fprofile-use -fprofile-use=
path -fprofile-values
\-freciprocal-math -free -fregmove -frename-registers -freorder-blocks
\-freorder-blocks-and-partition -freorder-functions
\-frerun-cse-after-loop -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops
\-frounding-math -fsched2-use-superblocks -fsched-pressure
\-fsched-spec-load -fsched-spec-load-dangerous
\-fsched-stalled-insns-dep[=n] -fsched-stalled-insns[=n]
\-fsched-group-heuristic -fsched-critical-path-heuristic
\-fsched-spec-insn-heuristic -fsched-rank-heuristic
\-fsched-last-insn-heuristic -fsched-dep-count-heuristic
\-fschedule-insns -fschedule-insns2 -fsection-anchors
\-fselective-scheduling -fselective-scheduling2
\-fsel-sched-pipelining -fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops
\-fshrink-wrap -fsignaling-nans -fsingle-precision-constant
\-fsplit-ivs-in-unroller -fsplit-wide-types -fstack-protector
\-fstack-protector-all -fstrict-aliasing -fstrict-overflow
\-fthread-jumps -ftracer -ftree-bit-ccp
\-ftree-builtin-call-dce -ftree-ccp -ftree-ch -ftree-copy-prop
\-ftree-copyrename -ftree-dce -ftree-dominator-opts -ftree-dse
\-ftree-forwprop -ftree-fre -ftree-loop-if-convert
\-ftree-loop-if-convert-stores -ftree-loop-im
\-ftree-phiprop -ftree-loop-distribution -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns
\-ftree-loop-ivcanon -ftree-loop-linear -ftree-loop-optimize
\-ftree-parallelize-loops=n -ftree-pre -ftree-pta -ftree-reassoc
\-ftree-sink -ftree-sra -ftree-switch-conversion -ftree-tail-merge
\-ftree-ter -ftree-vect-loop-version -ftree-vectorize -ftree-vrp
\-funit-at-a-time -funroll-all-loops -funroll-loops
\-funsafe-loop-optimizations -funsafe-math-optimizations -funswitch-loops
\-fvariable-expansion-in-unroller -fvect-cost-model -fvpt -fweb
\-fwhole-program -fwpa -fuse-linker-plugin
\--param name=value
\fB-O -O0 -O1 -O2 -O3 -Os -Ofast
"Preprocessor Options" 4
Item "Preprocessor Options" \fB-A
question=answer
\fB-A-
question[
=answer]
\fB-C -dD -dI -dM -dN
\-D
macro[
=defn]
-E -H
\-idirafter dir
\fB-include
file -imacros file
\fB-iprefix
file -iwithprefix dir
\fB-iwithprefixbefore
dir -isystem dir
\fB-imultilib
dir -isysroot dir
\fB-M -MM -MF -MG -MP -MQ -MT -nostdinc
\-P -fdebug-cpp -ftrack-macro-expansion -fworking-directory
\-remap -trigraphs -undef -U
macro
\fB-Wp,
option -Xpreprocessor option
"Assembler Option" 4
Item "Assembler Option" \fB-Wa,
option -Xassembler option
"Linker Options" 4
Item "Linker Options" \fIobject-file-name
-llibrary
\fB-nostartfiles -nodefaultlibs -nostdlib -pie -rdynamic
\-s -static -static-libgcc -static-libstdc++ -shared
\-shared-libgcc -symbolic
\-T
script -Wl,option -Xlinker option
\fB-u
symbol
"Directory Options" 4
Item "Directory Options" \fB-B
prefix -Idir -iplugindir=dir
\fB-iquote
dir -Ldir -specs=file -I-
\--sysroot=dir
"Machine Dependent Options" 4
Item "Machine Dependent Options" \fIAdapteva Epiphany Options
\fB-mhalf-reg-file -mprefer-short-insn-regs
\-mbranch-cost=
num -mcmove -mnops=num -msoft-cmpsf
\-msplit-lohi -mpost-inc -mpost-modify -mstack-offset=num
\fB-mround-nearest -mlong-calls -mshort-calls -msmall16
\-mfp-mode=
mode -mvect-double -max-vect-align=num
\fB-msplit-vecmove-early -m1reg-
reg
.Sp
\fI\s-1ARM\s0 Options
\fB-mapcs-frame -mno-apcs-frame
\-mabi=
name
\fB-mapcs-stack-check -mno-apcs-stack-check
\-mapcs-float -mno-apcs-float
\-mapcs-reentrant -mno-apcs-reentrant
\-msched-prolog -mno-sched-prolog
\-mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -mwords-little-endian
\-mfloat-abi=
name -mfpe
\-mfp16-format=name
\fB-mthumb-interwork -mno-thumb-interwork
\-mcpu=
name -march=name -mfpu=name
\fB-mstructure-size-boundary=
n
\fB-mabort-on-noreturn
\-mlong-calls -mno-long-calls
\-msingle-pic-base -mno-single-pic-base
\-mpic-register=
reg
\fB-mnop-fun-dllimport
\-mcirrus-fix-invalid-insns -mno-cirrus-fix-invalid-insns
\-mpoke-function-name
\-mthumb -marm
\-mtpcs-frame -mtpcs-leaf-frame
\-mcaller-super-interworking -mcallee-super-interworking
\-mtp=
name -mtls-dialect=dialect
\fB-mword-relocations
\-mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd
\-munaligned-access
.Sp
\fI\s-1AVR\s0 Options
\fB-mmcu=
mcu -maccumulate-args -mbranch-cost=cost
\fB-mcall-prologues -mint8 -mno-interrupts -mrelax -mshort-calls
\-mstrict-X -mtiny-stack
.Sp
\fIBlackfin Options
\fB-mcpu=
cpu[
-sirevision]
\fB-msim -momit-leaf-frame-pointer -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer
\-mspecld-anomaly -mno-specld-anomaly -mcsync-anomaly -mno-csync-anomaly
\-mlow-64k -mno-low64k -mstack-check-l1 -mid-shared-library
\-mno-id-shared-library -mshared-library-id=
n
\fB-mleaf-id-shared-library -mno-leaf-id-shared-library
\-msep-data -mno-sep-data -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls
\-mfast-fp -minline-plt -mmulticore -mcorea -mcoreb -msdram
\-micplb
.Sp
\fIC6X Options
\fB-mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -march=
cpu
\fB-msim -msdata=
sdata-type
.Sp
\fI\s-1CRIS\s0 Options
\fB-mcpu=
cpu -march=cpu -mtune=cpu
\fB-mmax-stack-frame=
n -melinux-stacksize=n
\fB-metrax4 -metrax100 -mpdebug -mcc-init -mno-side-effects
\-mstack-align -mdata-align -mconst-align
\-m32-bit -m16-bit -m8-bit -mno-prologue-epilogue -mno-gotplt
\-melf -maout -melinux -mlinux -sim -sim2
\-mmul-bug-workaround -mno-mul-bug-workaround
.Sp
\fI\s-1CR16\s0 Options
\fB-mmac
\-mcr16cplus -mcr16c
\-msim -mint32 -mbit-ops
\-mdata-model=
model
.Sp
\fIDarwin Options
\fB-all_load -allowable_client -arch -arch_errors_fatal
\-arch_only -bind_at_load -bundle -bundle_loader
\-client_name -compatibility_version -current_version
\-dead_strip
\-dependency-file -dylib_file -dylinker_install_name
\-dynamic -dynamiclib -exported_symbols_list
\-filelist -flat_namespace -force_cpusubtype_ALL
\-force_flat_namespace -headerpad_max_install_names
\-iframework
\-image_base -init -install_name -keep_private_externs
\-multi_module -multiply_defined -multiply_defined_unused
\-noall_load -no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms
\-nofixprebinding -nomultidefs -noprebind -noseglinkedit
\-pagezero_size -prebind -prebind_all_twolevel_modules
\-private_bundle -read_only_relocs -sectalign
\-sectobjectsymbols -whyload -seg1addr
\-sectcreate -sectobjectsymbols -sectorder
\-segaddr -segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr
\-seg_addr_table -seg_addr_table_filename -seglinkedit
\-segprot -segs_read_only_addr -segs_read_write_addr
\-single_module -static -sub_library -sub_umbrella
\-twolevel_namespace -umbrella -undefined
\-unexported_symbols_list -weak_reference_mismatches
\-whatsloaded -F -gused -gfull -mmacosx-version-min=
version
\fB-mkernel -mone-byte-bool
.Sp
\fI\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha Options
\fB-mno-fp-regs -msoft-float -malpha-as -mgas
\-mieee -mieee-with-inexact -mieee-conformant
\-mfp-trap-mode=
mode -mfp-rounding-mode=mode
\fB-mtrap-precision=
mode -mbuild-constants
\-mcpu=cpu-type -mtune=cpu-type
\fB-mbwx -mmax -mfix -mcix
\-mfloat-vax -mfloat-ieee
\-mexplicit-relocs -msmall-data -mlarge-data
\-msmall-text -mlarge-text
\-mmemory-latency=
time
.Sp
\fI\s-1DEC\s0
Alpha/
VMS Options
\fB-mvms-return-codes -mdebug-main=
prefix -mmalloc64
.Sp
\fI\s-1FR30\s0 Options
\fB-msmall-model -mno-lsim
.Sp
\fI\s-1FRV\s0 Options
\fB-mgpr-32 -mgpr-64 -mfpr-32 -mfpr-64
\-mhard-float -msoft-float
\-malloc-cc -mfixed-cc -mdword -mno-dword
\-mdouble -mno-double
\-mmedia -mno-media -mmuladd -mno-muladd
\-mfdpic -minline-plt -mgprel-ro -multilib-library-pic
\-mlinked-fp -mlong-calls -malign-labels
\-mlibrary-pic -macc-4 -macc-8
\-mpack -mno-pack -mno-eflags -mcond-move -mno-cond-move
\-moptimize-membar -mno-optimize-membar
\-mscc -mno-scc -mcond-exec -mno-cond-exec
\-mvliw-branch -mno-vliw-branch
\-mmulti-cond-exec -mno-multi-cond-exec -mnested-cond-exec
\-mno-nested-cond-exec -mtomcat-stats
\-mTLS -mtls
\-mcpu=
cpu
.Sp
\
fIGNU/
Linux Options
\fB-mglibc -muclibc -mbionic -mandroid
\-tno-android-cc -tno-android-ld
.Sp
\fIH8/300 Options
\fB-mrelax -mh -ms -mn -mint32 -malign-300
.Sp
\fI\s-1HPPA\s0 Options
\fB-march=
architecture-type
\fB-mbig-switch -mdisable-fpregs -mdisable-indexing
\-mfast-indirect-calls -mgas -mgnu-ld -mhp-ld
\-mfixed-range=
register-range
\fB-mjump-in-delay -mlinker-opt -mlong-calls
\-mlong-load-store -mno-big-switch -mno-disable-fpregs
\-mno-disable-indexing -mno-fast-indirect-calls -mno-gas
\-mno-jump-in-delay -mno-long-load-store
\-mno-portable-runtime -mno-soft-float
\-mno-space-regs -msoft-float -mpa-risc-1-0
\-mpa-risc-1-1 -mpa-risc-2-0 -mportable-runtime
\-mschedule=
cpu-type -mspace-regs -msio -mwsio
\-munix=unix-std -nolibdld -static -threads
.Sp
\fIi386 and x86-64 Options
\fB-mtune=
cpu-type -march=cpu-type
\fB-mfpmath=
unit
\fB-masm=
dialect -mno-fancy-math-387
\-mno-fp-ret-in-387 -msoft-float
\-mno-wide-multiply -mrtd -malign-double
\-mpreferred-stack-boundary=num
\fB-mincoming-stack-boundary=
num
\fB-mcld -mcx16 -msahf -mmovbe -mcrc32
\-mrecip -mrecip=
opt
\fB-mvzeroupper -mprefer-avx128
\-mmmx -msse -msse2 -msse3 -mssse3 -msse4.1 -msse4.2 -msse4 -mavx
\-mavx2 -maes -mpclmul -mfsgsbase -mrdrnd -mf16c -mfma
\-msse4a -m3dnow -mpopcnt -mabm -mbmi -mtbm -mfma4 -mxop -mlzcnt
\-mbmi2 -mlwp -mthreads -mno-align-stringops -minline-all-stringops
\-minline-stringops-dynamically -mstringop-strategy=
alg
\fB-mpush-args -maccumulate-outgoing-args -m128bit-long-double
\-m96bit-long-double -mregparm=
num -msseregparm
\-mveclibabi=type -mvect8-ret-in-mem
\-mpc32 -mpc64 -mpc80 -mstackrealign
\-momit-leaf-frame-pointer -mno-red-zone -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs
\-mcmodel=code-model -mabi=name
\fB-m32 -m64 -mx32 -mlarge-data-threshold=
num
\fB-msse2avx -mfentry -m8bit-idiv
\-mavx256-split-unaligned-load -mavx256-split-unaligned-store
.Sp
\fIi386 and x86-64 Windows Options
\fB-mconsole -mcygwin -mno-cygwin -mdll
\-mnop-fun-dllimport -mthread
\-municode -mwin32 -mwindows -fno-set-stack-executable
.Sp
\fI\s-1IA-64\s0 Options
\fB-mbig-endian -mlittle-endian -mgnu-as -mgnu-ld -mno-pic
\-mvolatile-asm-stop -mregister-names -msdata -mno-sdata
\-mconstant-gp -mauto-pic -mfused-madd
\-minline-float-divide-min-latency
\-minline-float-divide-max-throughput
\-mno-inline-float-divide
\-minline-int-divide-min-latency
\-minline-int-divide-max-throughput
\-mno-inline-int-divide
\-minline-sqrt-min-latency -minline-sqrt-max-throughput
\-mno-inline-sqrt
\-mdwarf2-asm -mearly-stop-bits
\-mfixed-range=
register-range -mtls-size=tls-size
\fB-mtune=
cpu-type -milp32 -mlp64
\-msched-br-data-spec -msched-ar-data-spec -msched-control-spec
\-msched-br-in-data-spec -msched-ar-in-data-spec -msched-in-control-spec
\-msched-spec-ldc -msched-spec-control-ldc
\-msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns
\-msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path
\-msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec -msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost
\-msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit -msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns
.Sp
\fI\s-1IA-64/VMS\s0 Options
\fB-mvms-return-codes -mdebug-main=
prefix -mmalloc64
.Sp
\fI\s-1LM32\s0 Options
\fB-mbarrel-shift-enabled -mdivide-enabled -mmultiply-enabled
\-msign-extend-enabled -muser-enabled
.Sp
\fIM32R/D Options
\fB-m32r2 -m32rx -m32r
\-mdebug
\-malign-loops -mno-align-loops
\-missue-rate=
number
\fB-mbranch-cost=
number
\fB-mmodel=
code-size-model-type
\fB-msdata=
sdata-type
\fB-mno-flush-func -mflush-func=
name
\fB-mno-flush-trap -mflush-trap=
number
\fB-G
num
.Sp
\fIM32C Options
\fB-mcpu=
cpu -msim -memregs=number
.Sp
\fIM680x0 Options
\fB-march=
arch -mcpu=cpu -mtune=tune
\fB-m68000 -m68020 -m68020-40 -m68020-60 -m68030 -m68040
\-m68060 -mcpu32 -m5200 -m5206e -m528x -m5307 -m5407
\-mcfv4e -mbitfield -mno-bitfield -mc68000 -mc68020
\-mnobitfield -mrtd -mno-rtd -mdiv -mno-div -mshort
\-mno-short -mhard-float -m68881 -msoft-float -mpcrel
\-malign-int -mstrict-align -msep-data -mno-sep-data
\-mshared-library-id=n -mid-shared-library -mno-id-shared-library
\-mxgot -mno-xgot
.Sp
\fIMCore Options
\fB-mhardlit -mno-hardlit -mdiv -mno-div -mrelax-immediates
\-mno-relax-immediates -mwide-bitfields -mno-wide-bitfields
\-m4byte-functions -mno-4byte-functions -mcallgraph-data
\-mno-callgraph-data -mslow-bytes -mno-slow-bytes -mno-lsim
\-mlittle-endian -mbig-endian -m210 -m340 -mstack-increment
.Sp
\fIMeP Options
\fB-mabsdiff -mall-opts -maverage -mbased=
n -mbitops
\-mc=n -mclip -mconfig=name -mcop -mcop32 -mcop64 -mivc2
\-mdc -mdiv -meb -mel -mio-volatile -ml -mleadz -mm -mminmax
\-mmult -mno-opts -mrepeat -ms -msatur -msdram -msim -msimnovec -mtf
\-mtiny=n
.Sp
\fIMicroBlaze Options
\fB-msoft-float -mhard-float -msmall-divides -mcpu=
cpu
\fB-mmemcpy -mxl-soft-mul -mxl-soft-div -mxl-barrel-shift
\-mxl-pattern-compare -mxl-stack-check -mxl-gp-opt -mno-clearbss
\-mxl-multiply-high -mxl-float-convert -mxl-float-sqrt
\-mxl-mode-
app-model
.Sp
\fI\s-1MIPS\s0 Options
\fB-EL -EB -march=
arch -mtune=arch
\fB-mips1 -mips2 -mips3 -mips4 -mips32 -mips32r2
\-mips64 -mips64r2
\-mips16 -mno-mips16 -mflip-mips16
\-minterlink-mips16 -mno-interlink-mips16
\-mabi=
abi -mabicalls -mno-abicalls
\-mshared -mno-shared -mplt -mno-plt -mxgot -mno-xgot
\-mgp32 -mgp64 -mfp32 -mfp64 -mhard-float -msoft-float
\-msingle-float -mdouble-float -mdsp -mno-dsp -mdspr2 -mno-dspr2
\-mfpu=fpu-type
\fB-msmartmips -mno-smartmips
\-mpaired-single -mno-paired-single -mdmx -mno-mdmx
\-mips3d -mno-mips3d -mmt -mno-mt -mllsc -mno-llsc
\-mlong64 -mlong32 -msym32 -mno-sym32
\-G
num -mlocal-sdata -mno-local-sdata
\-mextern-sdata -mno-extern-sdata -mgpopt -mno-gopt
\-membedded-data -mno-embedded-data
\-muninit-const-in-rodata -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata
\-mcode-readable=setting
\fB-msplit-addresses -mno-split-addresses
\-mexplicit-relocs -mno-explicit-relocs
\-mcheck-zero-division -mno-check-zero-division
\-mdivide-traps -mdivide-breaks
\-mmemcpy -mno-memcpy -mlong-calls -mno-long-calls
\-mmad -mno-mad -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -nocpp
\-mfix-24k -mno-fix-24k
\-mfix-r4000 -mno-fix-r4000 -mfix-r4400 -mno-fix-r4400
\-mfix-r10000 -mno-fix-r10000 -mfix-vr4120 -mno-fix-vr4120
\-mfix-vr4130 -mno-fix-vr4130 -mfix-sb1 -mno-fix-sb1
\-mflush-func=
func -mno-flush-func
\-mbranch-cost=num -mbranch-likely -mno-branch-likely
\-mfp-exceptions -mno-fp-exceptions
\-mvr4130-align -mno-vr4130-align -msynci -mno-synci
\-mrelax-pic-calls -mno-relax-pic-calls -mmcount-ra-address
.Sp
\fI\s-1MMIX\s0 Options
\fB-mlibfuncs -mno-libfuncs -mepsilon -mno-epsilon -mabi=gnu
\-mabi=mmixware -mzero-extend -mknuthdiv -mtoplevel-symbols
\-melf -mbranch-predict -mno-branch-predict -mbase-addresses
\-mno-base-addresses -msingle-exit -mno-single-exit
.Sp
\fI\s-1MN10300\s0 Options
\fB-mmult-bug -mno-mult-bug
\-mno-am33 -mam33 -mam33-2 -mam34
\-mtune=
cpu-type
\fB-mreturn-pointer-on-d0
\-mno-crt0 -mrelax -mliw -msetlb
.Sp
\fI\s-1PDP-11\s0 Options
\fB-mfpu -msoft-float -mac0 -mno-ac0 -m40 -m45 -m10
\-mbcopy -mbcopy-builtin -mint32 -mno-int16
\-mint16 -mno-int32 -mfloat32 -mno-float64
\-mfloat64 -mno-float32 -mabshi -mno-abshi
\-mbranch-expensive -mbranch-cheap
\-munix-asm -mdec-asm
.Sp
\fIpicoChip Options
\fB-mae=
ae_type -mvliw-lookahead=N
\fB-msymbol-as-address -mno-inefficient-warnings
.Sp
\fIPowerPC Options
See \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options.
.Sp
\fI\s-1RL78\s0 Options
\fB-msim -mmul=none -mmul=g13 -mmul=rl78
.Sp
\fI\s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options
\fB-mcpu=
cpu-type
\fB-mtune=
cpu-type
\fB-mcmodel=
code-model
\fB-mpower -mno-power -mpower2 -mno-power2
\-mpowerpc -mpowerpc64 -mno-powerpc
\-maltivec -mno-altivec
\-mpowerpc-gpopt -mno-powerpc-gpopt
\-mpowerpc-gfxopt -mno-powerpc-gfxopt
\-mmfcrf -mno-mfcrf -mpopcntb -mno-popcntb -mpopcntd -mno-popcntd
\-mfprnd -mno-fprnd
\-mcmpb -mno-cmpb -mmfpgpr -mno-mfpgpr -mhard-dfp -mno-hard-dfp
\-mnew-mnemonics -mold-mnemonics
\-mfull-toc -mminimal-toc -mno-fp-in-toc -mno-sum-in-toc
\-m64 -m32 -mxl-compat -mno-xl-compat -mpe
\-malign-power -malign-natural
\-msoft-float -mhard-float -mmultiple -mno-multiple
\-msingle-float -mdouble-float -msimple-fpu
\-mstring -mno-string -mupdate -mno-update
\-mavoid-indexed-addresses -mno-avoid-indexed-addresses
\-mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd -mbit-align -mno-bit-align
\-mstrict-align -mno-strict-align -mrelocatable
\-mno-relocatable -mrelocatable-lib -mno-relocatable-lib
\-mtoc -mno-toc -mlittle -mlittle-endian -mbig -mbig-endian
\-mdynamic-no-pic -maltivec -mswdiv -msingle-pic-base
\-mprioritize-restricted-insns=
priority
\fB-msched-costly-dep=
dependence_type
\fB-minsert-sched-nops=
scheme
\fB-mcall-sysv -mcall-netbsd
\-maix-struct-return -msvr4-struct-return
\-mabi=
abi-type -msecure-plt -mbss-plt
\-mblock-move-inline-limit=num
\fB-misel -mno-isel
\-misel=yes -misel=no
\-mspe -mno-spe
\-mspe=yes -mspe=no
\-mpaired
\-mgen-cell-microcode -mwarn-cell-microcode
\-mvrsave -mno-vrsave
\-mmulhw -mno-mulhw
\-mdlmzb -mno-dlmzb
\-mfloat-gprs=yes -mfloat-gprs=no -mfloat-gprs=single -mfloat-gprs=double
\-mprototype -mno-prototype
\-msim -mmvme -mads -myellowknife -memb -msdata
\-msdata=
opt -mvxworks -G num -pthread
\-mrecip -mrecip=opt -mno-recip -mrecip-precision
\-mno-recip-precision
\-mveclibabi=type -mfriz -mno-friz
\-mpointers-to-nested-functions -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions
\-msave-toc-indirect -mno-save-toc-indirect
.Sp
\fI\s-1RX\s0 Options
\fB-m64bit-doubles -m32bit-doubles -fpu -nofpu
\-mcpu=
\-mbig-endian-data -mlittle-endian-data
\-msmall-data
\-msim -mno-sim
\-mas100-syntax -mno-as100-syntax
\-mrelax
\-mmax-constant-size=
\-mint-register=
\-mpid
\-msave-acc-in-interrupts
.Sp
\fIS/390 and zSeries Options
\fB-mtune=
cpu-type -march=cpu-type
\fB-mhard-float -msoft-float -mhard-dfp -mno-hard-dfp
\-mlong-double-64 -mlong-double-128
\-mbackchain -mno-backchain -mpacked-stack -mno-packed-stack
\-msmall-exec -mno-small-exec -mmvcle -mno-mvcle
\-m64 -m31 -mdebug -mno-debug -mesa -mzarch
\-mtpf-trace -mno-tpf-trace -mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd
\-mwarn-framesize -mwarn-dynamicstack -mstack-size -mstack-guard
.Sp
\fIScore Options
\fB-meb -mel
\-mnhwloop
\-muls
\-mmac
\-mscore5 -mscore5u -mscore7 -mscore7d
.Sp
\fI\s-1SH\s0 Options
\fB-m1 -m2 -m2e
\-m2a-nofpu -m2a-single-only -m2a-single -m2a
\-m3 -m3e
\-m4-nofpu -m4-single-only -m4-single -m4
\-m4a-nofpu -m4a-single-only -m4a-single -m4a -m4al
\-m5-64media -m5-64media-nofpu
\-m5-32media -m5-32media-nofpu
\-m5-compact -m5-compact-nofpu
\-mb -ml -mdalign -mrelax
\-mbigtable -mfmovd -mhitachi -mrenesas -mno-renesas -mnomacsave
\-mieee -mno-ieee -mbitops -misize -minline-ic_invalidate -mpadstruct
\-mspace -mprefergot -musermode -multcost=
number -mdiv=strategy
\fB-mdivsi3_libfunc=
name -mfixed-range=register-range
\fB-madjust-unroll -mindexed-addressing -mgettrcost=
number -mpt-fixed
\-maccumulate-outgoing-args -minvalid-symbols -msoft-atomic
\-mbranch-cost=num -mcbranchdi -mcmpeqdi -mfused-madd -mpretend-cmove
.Sp
\fISolaris 2 Options
\fB-mimpure-text -mno-impure-text
\-pthreads -pthread
.Sp
\fI\s-1SPARC\s0 Options
\fB-mcpu=
cpu-type
\fB-mtune=
cpu-type
\fB-mcmodel=
code-model
\fB-mmemory-model=
mem-model
\fB-m32 -m64 -mapp-regs -mno-app-regs
\-mfaster-structs -mno-faster-structs -mflat -mno-flat
\-mfpu -mno-fpu -mhard-float -msoft-float
\-mhard-quad-float -msoft-quad-float
\-mstack-bias -mno-stack-bias
\-munaligned-doubles -mno-unaligned-doubles
\-mv8plus -mno-v8plus -mvis -mno-vis
\-mvis2 -mno-vis2 -mvis3 -mno-vis3
\-mfmaf -mno-fmaf -mpopc -mno-popc
\-mfix-at697f
.Sp
\fI\s-1SPU\s0 Options
\fB-mwarn-reloc -merror-reloc
\-msafe-dma -munsafe-dma
\-mbranch-hints
\-msmall-mem -mlarge-mem -mstdmain
\-mfixed-range=
register-range
\fB-mea32 -mea64
\-maddress-space-conversion -mno-address-space-conversion
\-mcache-size=
cache-size
\fB-matomic-updates -mno-atomic-updates
.Sp
\fISystem V Options
\fB-Qy -Qn -YP,
paths -Ym,dir
.Sp
\fITILE-Gx Options
\fB-mcpu=
cpu -m32 -m64
.Sp
\fITILEPro Options
\fB-mcpu=
cpu -m32
.Sp
\fIV850 Options
\fB-mlong-calls -mno-long-calls -mep -mno-ep
\-mprolog-function -mno-prolog-function -mspace
\-mtda=
n -msda=n -mzda=n
\fB-mapp-regs -mno-app-regs
\-mdisable-callt -mno-disable-callt
\-mv850e2v3
\-mv850e2
\-mv850e1 -mv850es
\-mv850e
\-mv850 -mbig-switch
.Sp
\fI\s-1VAX\s0 Options
\fB-mg -mgnu -munix
.Sp
\fIVxWorks Options
\fB-mrtp -non-static -Bstatic -Bdynamic
\-Xbind-lazy -Xbind-now
.Sp
\fIx86-64 Options
See i386 and x86-64 Options.
.Sp
\fIXstormy16 Options
\fB-msim
.Sp
\fIXtensa Options
\fB-mconst16 -mno-const16
\-mfused-madd -mno-fused-madd
\-mforce-no-pic
\-mserialize-volatile -mno-serialize-volatile
\-mtext-section-literals -mno-text-section-literals
\-mtarget-align -mno-target-align
\-mlongcalls -mno-longcalls
.Sp
\fIzSeries Options
See S/390 and zSeries Options.
"Code Generation Options" 4
Item "Code Generation Options" \fB-fcall-saved-
reg -fcall-used-reg
\fB-ffixed-
reg -fexceptions
\-fnon-call-exceptions -funwind-tables
\-fasynchronous-unwind-tables
\-finhibit-size-directive -finstrument-functions
\-finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,...
\-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,...
\-fno-common -fno-ident
\-fpcc-struct-return -fpic -fPIC -fpie -fPIE
\-fno-jump-tables
\-frecord-gcc-switches
\-freg-struct-return -fshort-enums
\-fshort-double -fshort-wchar
\-fverbose-asm -fpack-struct[=n] -fstack-check
\-fstack-limit-register=reg -fstack-limit-symbol=sym
\fB-fno-stack-limit -fsplit-stack
\-fleading-underscore -ftls-model=
model
\fB-ftrapv -fwrapv -fbounds-check
\-fvisibility -fstrict-volatile-bitfields
.Sh "Options Controlling the Kind of Output"
Subsection "Options Controlling the Kind of Output" Compilation can involve up to four stages: preprocessing, compilation
proper, assembly and linking, always in that order. \s-1GCC\s0 is capable of
preprocessing and compiling several files either into several
assembler input files, or into one assembler input file; then each
assembler input file produces an object file, and linking combines all
the object files (those newly compiled, and those specified as input)
into an executable file.
For any given input file, the file name suffix determines what kind of
compilation is done:
"file.c" 4
Item "file.c" C source code that must be preprocessed.
"file.i" 4
Item "file.i" C source code that should not be preprocessed.
"file.ii" 4
Item "file.ii" \*(C+ source code that should not be preprocessed.
"file.m" 4
Item "file.m" Objective-C source code. Note that you must link with the
libobjc
library to make an Objective-C program work.
"file.mi" 4
Item "file.mi" Objective-C source code that should not be preprocessed.
"file.mm" 4
Item "file.mm" 0
"file.M" 4
Item "file.M"
Objective-\*(C+ source code. Note that you must link with the libobjc
library to make an Objective-\*(C+ program work. Note that .M refers
to a literal capital M.
"file.mii" 4
Item "file.mii" Objective-\*(C+ source code that should not be preprocessed.
"file.h" 4
Item "file.h" C, \*(C+, Objective-C or Objective-\*(C+ header file to be turned into a
precompiled header (default), or C, \*(C+ header file to be turned into an
Ada spec (via the
-fdump-ada-spec switch).
"file.cc" 4
Item "file.cc" 0
"file.cp" 4
Item "file.cp" "file.cxx" 4
Item "file.cxx" "file.cpp" 4
Item "file.cpp" "file.CPP" 4
Item "file.CPP" "file.c++" 4
Item "file.c++" "file.C" 4
Item "file.C"
\*(C+ source code that must be preprocessed. Note that in .cxx,
the last two letters must both be literally x. Likewise,
\fB.C refers to a literal capital C.
"file.mm" 4
Item "file.mm" 0
"file.M" 4
Item "file.M"
Objective-\*(C+ source code that must be preprocessed.
"file.mii" 4
Item "file.mii" Objective-\*(C+ source code that should not be preprocessed.
"file.hh" 4
Item "file.hh" 0
"file.H" 4
Item "file.H" "file.hp" 4
Item "file.hp" "file.hxx" 4
Item "file.hxx" "file.hpp" 4
Item "file.hpp" "file.HPP" 4
Item "file.HPP" "file.h++" 4
Item "file.h++" "file.tcc" 4
Item "file.tcc"
\*(C+ header file to be turned into a precompiled header or Ada spec.
"file.f" 4
Item "file.f" 0
"file.for" 4
Item "file.for" "file.ftn" 4
Item "file.ftn"
Fixed form Fortran source code that should not be preprocessed.
"file.F" 4
Item "file.F" 0
"file.FOR" 4
Item "file.FOR" "file.fpp" 4
Item "file.fpp" "file.FPP" 4
Item "file.FPP" "file.FTN" 4
Item "file.FTN"
Fixed form Fortran source code that must be preprocessed (with the traditional
preprocessor).
"file.f90" 4
Item "file.f90" 0
"file.f95" 4
Item "file.f95" "file.f03" 4
Item "file.f03" "file.f08" 4
Item "file.f08"
Free form Fortran source code that should not be preprocessed.
"file.F90" 4
Item "file.F90" 0
"file.F95" 4
Item "file.F95" "file.F03" 4
Item "file.F03" "file.F08" 4
Item "file.F08"
Free form Fortran source code that must be preprocessed (with the
traditional preprocessor).
"file.go" 4
Item "file.go" Go source code.
"file.ads" 4
Item "file.ads" Ada source code file that contains a library unit declaration (a
declaration of a package, subprogram, or generic, or a generic
instantiation), or a library unit renaming declaration (a package,
generic, or subprogram renaming declaration). Such files are also
called
specs.
"file.adb" 4
Item "file.adb" Ada source code file containing a library unit body (a subprogram or
package body). Such files are also called
bodies.
"file.s" 4
Item "file.s" Assembler code.
"file.S" 4
Item "file.S" 0
"file.sx" 4
Item "file.sx"
Assembler code that must be preprocessed.
"other" 4
Item "other" An object file to be fed straight into linking.
Any file name with no recognized suffix is treated this way.
You can specify the input language explicitly with the -x option:
"-x language" 4
Item "-x language" Specify explicitly the
language for the following input files
(rather than letting the compiler choose a default based on the file
name suffix). This option applies to all following input files until
the next
-x option. Possible values for
language are:
.Sp
.Vb 9
c c-header cpp-output
c++ c++-header c++-cpp-output
objective-c objective-c-header objective-c-cpp-output
objective-c++ objective-c++-header objective-c++-cpp-output
assembler assembler-with-cpp
ada
f77 f77-cpp-input f95 f95-cpp-input
go
java
.Ve
"-x none" 4
Item "-x none" Turn off any specification of a language, so that subsequent files are
handled according to their file name suffixes (as they are if
-x
has not been used at all).
"-pass-exit-codes" 4
Item "-pass-exit-codes" Normally the
gcc program will exit with the code of 1 if any
phase of the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify
\fB-pass-exit-codes, the
gcc program will instead return with
numerically highest error produced by any phase that returned an error
indication. The C, \*(C+, and Fortran frontends return 4, if an internal
compiler error is encountered.
If you only want some of the stages of compilation, you can use
\fB-x (or filename suffixes) to tell gcc where to start, and
one of the options -c, -S, or -E to say where
\fBgcc is to stop. Note that some combinations (for example,
\fB-x cpp-output -E) instruct gcc to do nothing at all.
"-c" 4
Item "-c" Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking
stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an
object file for each source file.
.Sp
By default, the object file name for a source file is made by replacing
the suffix
.c,
.i,
.s, etc., with
.o.
.Sp
Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are
ignored.
"-S" 4
Item "-S" Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output
is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input
file specified.
.Sp
By default, the assembler file name for a source file is made by
replacing the suffix
.c,
.i, etc., with
.s.
.Sp
Input files that don't require compilation are ignored.
"-E" 4
Item "-E" Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The
output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the
standard output.
.Sp
Input files that don't require preprocessing are ignored.
"-o file" 4
Item "-o file" Place output in file
file. This applies regardless to whatever
sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file,
an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code.
.Sp
If
-o is not specified, the default is to put an executable
file in
a.out, the object file for
\fI
source.suffix in source.o, its
assembler file in source.s, a precompiled header file in
\fIsource.suffix.gch, and all preprocessed C source on
standard output.
"-v" 4
Item "-v" Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages
of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver
program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper.
"-###" 4
Item "-###" Like
-v except the commands are not executed and arguments
are quoted unless they contain only alphanumeric characters or
\*(C`./-_\*(C'.
This is useful for shell scripts to capture the driver-generated command lines.
"-pipe" 4
Item "-pipe" Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the
various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where
the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler has
no trouble.
"--help" 4
Item "--help" Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line options
understood by
gcc. If the
-v option is also specified
then
--help will also be passed on to the various processes
invoked by
gcc, so that they can display the command-line options
they accept. If the
-Wextra option has also been specified
(prior to the
--help option), then command-line options that
have no documentation associated with them will also be displayed.
"--target-help" 4
Item "--target-help" Print (on the standard output) a description of target-specific command-line
options for each tool. For some targets extra target-specific
information may also be printed.
"--help={class|[^]qualifier}[,...]" 4
Item "--help={class|[^]qualifier}[,...]" Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line
options understood by the compiler that fit into all specified classes
and qualifiers. These are the supported classes:
"optimizers" 4
Item "optimizers" This will display all of the optimization options supported by the
compiler.
"warnings" 4
Item "warnings" This will display all of the options controlling warning messages
produced by the compiler.
"target" 4
Item "target" This will display target-specific options. Unlike the
\fB--target-help option however, target-specific options of the
linker and assembler will not be displayed. This is because those
tools do not currently support the extended
--help= syntax.
"params" 4
Item "params" This will display the values recognized by the
--param
option.
"language" 4
Item "language" This will display the options supported for
language, where
\fIlanguage is the name of one of the languages supported in this
version of \s-1GCC\s0.
"common" 4
Item "common" This will display the options that are common to all languages.
.Sp
These are the supported qualifiers:
"undocumented" 4
Item "undocumented" Display only those options that are undocumented.
"joined" 4
Item "joined" Display options taking an argument that appears after an equal
sign in the same continuous piece of text, such as:
\fB--help=target.
"separate" 4
Item "separate" Display options taking an argument that appears as a separate word
following the original option, such as:
-o output-file.
.Sp
Thus for example to display all the undocumented target-specific
switches supported by the compiler the following can be used:
.Sp
.Vb 1
--help=target,undocumented
.Ve
.Sp
The sense of a qualifier can be inverted by prefixing it with the
\fB^ character, so for example to display all binary warning
options (i.e., ones that are either on or off and that do not take an
argument) that have a description, use:
.Sp
.Vb 1
--help=warnings,^joined,^undocumented
.Ve
.Sp
The argument to --help= should not consist solely of inverted
qualifiers.
.Sp
Combining several classes is possible, although this usually
restricts the output by so much that there is nothing to display. One
case where it does work however is when one of the classes is
\fItarget. So for example to display all the target-specific
optimization options the following can be used:
.Sp
.Vb 1
--help=target,optimizers
.Ve
.Sp
The --help= option can be repeated on the command line. Each
successive use will display its requested class of options, skipping
those that have already been displayed.
.Sp
If the -Q option appears on the command line before the
\fB--help= option, then the descriptive text displayed by
\fB--help= is changed. Instead of describing the displayed
options, an indication is given as to whether the option is enabled,
disabled or set to a specific value (assuming that the compiler
knows this at the point where the --help= option is used).
.Sp
Here is a truncated example from the \s-1ARM\s0 port of gcc:
.Sp
.Vb 5
% gcc -Q -mabi=2 --help=target -c
The following options are target specific:
-mabi= 2
-mabort-on-noreturn [disabled]
-mapcs [disabled]
.Ve
.Sp
The output is sensitive to the effects of previous command-line
options, so for example it is possible to find out which optimizations
are enabled at -O2 by using:
.Sp
.Vb 1
-Q -O2 --help=optimizers
.Ve
.Sp
Alternatively you can discover which binary optimizations are enabled
by -O3 by using:
.Sp
.Vb 3
gcc -c -Q -O3 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O3-opts
gcc -c -Q -O2 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O2-opts
diff /tmp/O2-opts /tmp/O3-opts | grep enabled
.Ve
"-no-canonical-prefixes" 4
Item "-no-canonical-prefixes" Do not expand any symbolic links, resolve references to
/../
or
/./, or make the path absolute when generating a relative
prefix.
"--version" 4
Item "--version" Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked \s-1GCC\s0.
"-wrapper" 4
Item "-wrapper" Invoke all subcommands under a wrapper program. The name of the
wrapper program and its parameters are passed as a comma separated
list.
.Sp
.Vb 1
gcc -c
t.c -wrapper gdb,--args
.Ve
.Sp
This will invoke all subprograms of
gcc under
\fBgdb --args, thus the invocation of
cc1 will be
\fBgdb --args cc1 ....
"-fplugin=name.so" 4
Item "-fplugin=name.so" Load the plugin code in file
name.so, assumed to be a
shared object to be dlopen'd by the compiler. The base name of
the shared object file is used to identify the plugin for the
purposes of argument parsing (See
\fB-fplugin-arg-
name-key=value below).
Each plugin should define the callback functions specified in the
Plugins \s-1API\s0.
"-fplugin-arg-name-key=value" 4
Item "-fplugin-arg-name-key=value" Define an argument called
key with a value of
value
for the plugin called
name.
"-fdump-ada-spec[-slim]" 4
Item "-fdump-ada-spec[-slim]" For C and \*(C+ source and include files, generate corresponding Ada
specs.
"-fdump-go-spec=file" 4
Item "-fdump-go-spec=file" For input files in any language, generate corresponding Go
declarations in
file. This generates Go
\*(C`const\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`type\*(C',
\*(C`var\*(C', and
\*(C`func\*(C' declarations which may be a
useful way to start writing a Go interface to code written in some
other language.
"@file" 4
Item "@file" Read command-line options from
file. The options read are
inserted in place of the original @
file option. If
file
does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
literally, and not removed.
.Sp
Options in
file are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
with a backslash. The
file may itself contain additional
@
file options; any such options will be processed recursively.
.Sh "Compiling \*(C+ Programs"
Subsection "Compiling Programs" \*(C+ source files conventionally use one of the suffixes
.C,
\
fB.cc,
.cpp,
.CPP,
.c++,
.cp, or
\
fB.cxx; \*(C+ header files often use
.hh,
.hpp,
\
fB.H, or (for shared template code)
.tcc; and
preprocessed \*(C+ files use the suffix
.ii. \s-1GCC\s0 recognizes
files with these names and compiles them as \*(C+ programs even if you
call the compiler the same way as for compiling C programs (usually
with the name
gcc).
However, the use of gcc does not add the \*(C+ library.
\fBg++ is a program that calls \s-1GCC\s0 and treats .c,
\fB.h and .i files as \*(C+ source files instead of C source
files unless -x is used, and automatically specifies linking
against the \*(C+ library. This program is also useful when
precompiling a C header file with a .h extension for use in \*(C+
compilations. On many systems, g++ is also installed with
the name c++.
When you compile \*(C+ programs, you may specify many of the same
command-line options that you use for compiling programs in any
language; or command-line options meaningful for C and related
languages; or options that are meaningful only for \*(C+ programs.
.Sh "Options Controlling C Dialect"
Subsection "Options Controlling C Dialect" The following options control the dialect of C (or languages derived
from C, such as \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+) that the compiler
accepts:
"-ansi" 4
Item "-ansi" In C mode, this is equivalent to
-std=c90. In \*(C+ mode, it is
equivalent to
-std=c++98.
.Sp
This turns off certain features of \s-1GCC\s0 that are incompatible with \s-1ISO\s0
C90 (when compiling C code), or of standard \*(C+ (when compiling \*(C+ code),
such as the
\*(C`asm\*(C' and
\*(C`typeof\*(C' keywords, and
predefined macros such as
\*(C`unix\*(C' and
\*(C`vax\*(C' that identify the
type of system you are using. It also enables the undesirable and
rarely used \s-1ISO\s0 trigraph feature. For the C compiler,
it disables recognition of \*(C+ style
// comments as well as
the
\*(C`inline\*(C' keyword.
.Sp
The alternate keywords
\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_extension_\|_\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C' and
\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C' continue to work despite
\fB-ansi. You would not want to use them in an \s-1ISO\s0 C program, of
course, but it is useful to put them in header files that might be included
in compilations done with
-ansi. Alternate predefined macros
such as
\*(C`_\|_unix_\|_\*(C' and
\*(C`_\|_vax_\|_\*(C' are also available, with or
without
-ansi.
.Sp
The
-ansi option does not cause non-ISO programs to be
rejected gratuitously. For that,
-pedantic is required in
addition to
-ansi.
.Sp
The macro
\*(C`_\|_STRICT_ANSI_\|_\*(C' is predefined when the
-ansi
option is used. Some header files may notice this macro and refrain
from declaring certain functions or defining certain macros that the
\s-1ISO\s0 standard doesn't call for; this is to avoid interfering with any
programs that might use these names for other things.
.Sp
Functions that would normally be built in but do not have semantics
defined by \s-1ISO\s0 C (such as
\*(C`alloca\*(C' and
\*(C`ffs\*(C') are not built-in
functions when
-ansi is used.
"-std=" 4
Item "-std=" Determine the language standard. This option
is currently only supported when compiling C or \*(C+.
.Sp
The compiler can accept several base standards, such as
c90 or
\fBc++98, and \s-1GNU\s0 dialects of those standards, such as
\fBgnu90 or
gnu++98. By specifying a base standard, the
compiler will accept all programs following that standard and those
using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that do not contradict it. For example,
\fB-std=c90 turns off certain features of \s-1GCC\s0 that are
incompatible with \s-1ISO\s0 C90, such as the
\*(C`asm\*(C' and
\*(C`typeof\*(C'
keywords, but not other \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that do not have a meaning in
\s-1ISO\s0 C90, such as omitting the middle term of a
\*(C`?:\*(C'
expression. On the other hand, by specifying a \s-1GNU\s0 dialect of a
standard, all features the compiler support are enabled, even when
those features change the meaning of the base standard and some
strict-conforming programs may be rejected. The particular standard
is used by
-pedantic to identify which features are \s-1GNU\s0
extensions given that version of the standard. For example
\fB-std=gnu90 -pedantic would warn about \*(C+ style
//
comments, while
-std=gnu99 -pedantic would not.
.Sp
A value for this option must be provided; possible values are
"c90" 4
Item "c90" 0
"c89" 4
Item "c89" "iso9899:1990" 4
Item "iso9899:1990"
Support all \s-1ISO\s0 C90 programs (certain \s-1GNU\s0 extensions that conflict
with \s-1ISO\s0 C90 are disabled). Same as -ansi for C code.
"iso9899:199409" 4
Item "iso9899:199409" \s-1ISO\s0 C90 as modified in amendment 1.
"c99" 4
Item "c99" 0
"c9x" 4
Item "c9x" "iso9899:1999" 4
Item "iso9899:1999" "iso9899:199x" 4
Item "iso9899:199x"
\s-1ISO\s0 C99. Note that this standard is not yet fully supported; see
<http://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-4.7/c99status.html> for more information. The
names c9x and iso9899:199x are deprecated.
"c11" 4
Item "c11" 0
"c1x" 4
Item "c1x" "iso9899:2011" 4
Item "iso9899:2011"
\s-1ISO\s0 C11, the 2011 revision of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard.
Support is incomplete and experimental. The name c1x is
deprecated.
"gnu90" 4
Item "gnu90" 0
"gnu89" 4
Item "gnu89"
\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C90 (including some C99 features). This
is the default for C code.
"gnu99" 4
Item "gnu99" 0
"gnu9x" 4
Item "gnu9x"
\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C99. When \s-1ISO\s0 C99 is fully implemented in \s-1GCC\s0,
this will become the default. The name gnu9x is deprecated.
"gnu11" 4
Item "gnu11" 0
"gnu1x" 4
Item "gnu1x"
\s-1GNU\s0 dialect of \s-1ISO\s0 C11. Support is incomplete and experimental. The
name gnu1x is deprecated.
"c++98" 4
Item "c++98" The 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard plus amendments. Same as
-ansi for
\*(C+ code.
"gnu++98" 4
Item "gnu++98" \s-1GNU\s0 dialect of
-std=c++98. This is the default for
\*(C+ code.
"c++11" 4
Item "c++11" The 2011 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard plus amendments. Support for \*(C+11 is still
experimental, and may change in incompatible ways in future releases.
"gnu++11" 4
Item "gnu++11" \s-1GNU\s0 dialect of
-std=c++11. Support for \*(C+11 is still
experimental, and may change in incompatible ways in future releases.
"-fgnu89-inline" 4
Item "-fgnu89-inline" The option
-fgnu89-inline tells \s-1GCC\s0 to use the traditional
\s-1GNU\s0 semantics for
\*(C`inline\*(C' functions when in C99 mode.
This option
is accepted and ignored by \s-1GCC\s0 versions 4.1.3 up to but not including
4.3. In \s-1GCC\s0 versions 4.3 and later it changes the behavior of \s-1GCC\s0 in
C99 mode. Using this option is roughly equivalent to adding the
\f(CW\*(C`gnu_inline\*(C' function attribute to all inline functions.
.Sp
The option
-fno-gnu89-inline explicitly tells \s-1GCC\s0 to use the
C99 semantics for
\*(C`inline\*(C' when in C99 or gnu99 mode (i.e., it
specifies the default behavior). This option was first supported in
\s-1GCC\s0 4.3. This option is not supported in
-std=c90 or
\fB-std=gnu90 mode.
.Sp
The preprocessor macros
\*(C`_\|_GNUC_GNU_INLINE_\|_\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_GNUC_STDC_INLINE_\|_\*(C' may be used to check which semantics are
in effect for
\*(C`inline\*(C' functions.
"-aux-info filename" 4
Item "-aux-info filename" Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all functions
declared
and/
or defined in a translation unit, including those in header
files. This option is silently ignored in any language other than C.
.Sp
Besides declarations, the file indicates, in comments, the origin of
each declaration (source file and line), whether the declaration was
implicit, prototyped or unprototyped (
I,
N for new or
\fBO for old, respectively, in the first character after the line
number and the colon), and whether it came from a declaration or a
definition (
C or
F, respectively, in the following
character). In the case of function definitions, a K&R-style list of
arguments followed by their declarations is also provided, inside
comments, after the declaration.
"-fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions" 4
Item "-fallow-parameterless-variadic-functions" Accept variadic functions without named parameters.
.Sp
Although it is possible to define such a function, this is not very
useful as it is not possible to read the arguments. This is only
supported for C as this construct is allowed by \*(C+.
"-fno-asm" 4
Item "-fno-asm" Do not recognize
\*(C`asm\*(C',
\*(C`inline\*(C' or
\*(C`typeof\*(C' as a
keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use
the keywords
\*(C`_\|_asm_\|_\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_inline_\|_\*(C' and
\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C'
instead.
-ansi implies
-fno-asm.
.Sp
In \*(C+, this switch only affects the
\*(C`typeof\*(C' keyword, since
\f(CW\*(C`asm\*(C' and
\*(C`inline\*(C' are standard keywords. You may want to
use the
-fno-gnu-keywords flag instead, which has the same
effect. In C99 mode (
-std=c99 or
-std=gnu99), this
switch only affects the
\*(C`asm\*(C' and
\*(C`typeof\*(C' keywords, since
\f(CW\*(C`inline\*(C' is a standard keyword in \s-1ISO\s0 C99.
"-fno-builtin" 4
Item "-fno-builtin" 0
"-fno-builtin-function" 4
Item "-fno-builtin-function"
Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin with
\fB_\|_builtin_ as prefix.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 normally generates special code to handle certain built-in functions
more efficiently; for instance, calls to \*(C`alloca\*(C' may become single
instructions which adjust the stack directly, and calls to \*(C`memcpy\*(C'
may become inline copy loops. The resulting code is often both smaller
and faster, but since the function calls no longer appear as such, you
cannot set a breakpoint on those calls, nor can you change the behavior
of the functions by linking with a different library. In addition,
when a function is recognized as a built-in function, \s-1GCC\s0 may use
information about that function to warn about problems with calls to
that function, or to generate more efficient code, even if the
resulting code still contains calls to that function. For example,
warnings are given with -Wformat for bad calls to
\f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C', when \*(C`printf\*(C' is built in, and \*(C`strlen\*(C' is
known not to modify global memory.
.Sp
With the -fno-builtin-function option
only the built-in function function is
disabled. function must not begin with _\|_builtin_. If a
function is named that is not built-in in this version of \s-1GCC\s0, this
option is ignored. There is no corresponding
\fB-fbuiltin-function option; if you wish to enable
built-in functions selectively when using -fno-builtin or
\fB-ffreestanding, you may define macros such as:
.Sp
.Vb 2
#define abs(n) _\|_builtin_abs ((n))
#define strcpy(d, s) _\|_builtin_strcpy ((d), (s))
.Ve
"-fhosted" 4
Item "-fhosted" Assert that compilation takes place in a hosted environment. This implies
\fB-fbuiltin. A hosted environment is one in which the
entire standard library is available, and in which
\*(C`main\*(C' has a return
type of
\*(C`int\*(C'. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel.
This is equivalent to
-fno-freestanding.
"-ffreestanding" 4
Item "-ffreestanding" Assert that compilation takes place in a freestanding environment. This
implies
-fno-builtin. A freestanding environment
is one in which the standard library may not exist, and program startup may
not necessarily be at
\*(C`main\*(C'. The most obvious example is an \s-1OS\s0 kernel.
This is equivalent to
-fno-hosted.
"-fopenmp" 4
Item "-fopenmp" Enable handling of OpenMP directives
\*(C`#pragma omp\*(C' in C/\*(C+ and
\f(CW\*(C`!$omp\*(C' in Fortran. When
-fopenmp is specified, the
compiler generates parallel code according to the OpenMP Application
Program Interface v3.0 <
http://www.openmp.org/>. This option
implies
-pthread, and thus is only supported on targets that
have support for
-pthread.
"-fgnu-tm" 4
Item "-fgnu-tm" When the option
-fgnu-tm is specified, the compiler will
generate code for the Linux variant of Intel's current Transactional
Memory \s-1ABI\s0 specification document (Revision 1.1, May 6 2009). This is
an experimental feature whose interface may change in future versions
of \s-1GCC\s0, as the official specification changes. Please note that not
all architectures are supported for this feature.
.Sp
For more information on \s-1GCC\s0's support for transactional memory,
.Sp
Note that the transactional memory feature is not supported with
non-call exceptions (
-fnon-call-exceptions).
"-fms-extensions" 4
Item "-fms-extensions" Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files.
.Sp
In \*(C+ code, this allows member names in structures to be similar
to previous types declarations.
.Sp
.Vb 4
typedef int UOW;
struct ABC {
UOW UOW;
};
.Ve
.Sp
Some cases of unnamed fields in structures and unions are only
accepted with this option.
"-fplan9-extensions" 4
Item "-fplan9-extensions" Accept some non-standard constructs used in Plan 9 code.
.Sp
This enables
-fms-extensions, permits passing pointers to
structures with anonymous fields to functions that expect pointers to
elements of the type of the field, and permits referring to anonymous
fields declared using a typedef. This is only
supported for C, not \*(C+.
"-trigraphs" 4
Item "-trigraphs" Support \s-1ISO\s0 C trigraphs. The
-ansi option (and
-std
options for strict \s-1ISO\s0 C conformance) implies
-trigraphs.
"-no-integrated-cpp" 4
Item "-no-integrated-cpp" Performs a compilation in two passes: preprocessing and compiling. This
option allows a user supplied \*(L"cc1\*(R", \*(L"cc1plus\*(R", or \*(L"cc1obj\*(R" via the
\fB-B option. The user supplied compilation step can then add in
an additional preprocessing step after normal preprocessing but before
compiling. The default is to use the integrated cpp (internal cpp)
.Sp
The semantics of this option will change if \*(L"cc1\*(R", \*(L"cc1plus\*(R", and
\*(L"cc1obj\*(R" are merged.
"-traditional" 4
Item "-traditional" 0
"-traditional-cpp" 4
Item "-traditional-cpp"
Formerly, these options caused \s-1GCC\s0 to attempt to emulate a pre-standard
C compiler. They are now only supported with the -E switch.
The preprocessor continues to support a pre-standard mode. See the \s-1GNU\s0
\s-1CPP\s0 manual for details.
"-fcond-mismatch" 4
Item "-fcond-mismatch" Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and
third arguments. The value of such an expression is void. This option
is not supported for \*(C+.
"-flax-vector-conversions" 4
Item "-flax-vector-conversions" Allow implicit conversions between vectors with differing numbers of
elements
and/
or incompatible element types. This option should not be
used for new code.
"-funsigned-char" 4
Item "-funsigned-char" Let the type
\*(C`char\*(C' be unsigned, like
\*(C`unsigned char\*(C'.
.Sp
Each kind of machine has a default for what
\*(C`char\*(C' should
be. It is either like
\*(C`unsigned char\*(C' by default or like
\f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C' by default.
.Sp
Ideally, a portable program should always use
\*(C`signed char\*(C' or
\f(CW\*(C`unsigned char\*(C' when it depends on the signedness of an object.
But many programs have been written to use plain
\*(C`char\*(C' and
expect it to be signed, or expect it to be unsigned, depending on the
machines they were written for. This option, and its inverse, let you
make such a program work with the opposite default.
.Sp
The type
\*(C`char\*(C' is always a distinct type from each of
\f(CW\*(C`signed char\*(C' or
\*(C`unsigned char\*(C', even though its behavior
is always just like one of those two.
"-fsigned-char" 4
Item "-fsigned-char" Let the type
\*(C`char\*(C' be signed, like
\*(C`signed char\*(C'.
.Sp
Note that this is equivalent to
-fno-unsigned-char, which is
the negative form of
-funsigned-char. Likewise, the option
\fB-fno-signed-char is equivalent to
-funsigned-char.
"-fsigned-bitfields" 4
Item "-fsigned-bitfields" 0
"-funsigned-bitfields" 4
Item "-funsigned-bitfields" "-fno-signed-bitfields" 4
Item "-fno-signed-bitfields" "-fno-unsigned-bitfields" 4
Item "-fno-unsigned-bitfields"
These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned, when the
declaration does not use either \*(C`signed\*(C' or \*(C`unsigned\*(C'. By
default, such a bit-field is signed, because this is consistent: the
basic integer types such as \*(C`int\*(C' are signed types.
.Sh "Options Controlling \*(C+ Dialect"
Subsection "Options Controlling Dialect" This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
for \*(C+ programs; but you can also use most of the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler options
regardless of what language your program is in. For example, you
might compile a file \*(C`firstClass.C\*(C' like this:
.Vb 1
g++ -g -frepo -O -c firstClass.C
.Ve
In this example, only -frepo is an option meant
only for \*(C+ programs; you can use the other options with any
language supported by \s-1GCC\s0.
Here is a list of options that are only for compiling \*(C+ programs:
"-fabi-version=n" 4
Item "-fabi-version=n" Use version
n of the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0. Version 2 is the version of the
\*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 that first appeared in G++ 3.4. Version 1 is the version of
the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 that first appeared in G++ 3.2. Version 0 will always be
the version that conforms most closely to the \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0 specification.
Therefore, the \s-1ABI\s0 obtained using version 0 will change as \s-1ABI\s0 bugs
are fixed.
.Sp
The default is version 2.
.Sp
Version 3 corrects an error in mangling a constant address as a
template argument.
.Sp
Version 4, which first appeared in G++ 4.5, implements a standard
mangling for vector types.
.Sp
Version 5, which first appeared in G++ 4.6, corrects the mangling of
attribute
const/
volatile on function pointer types, decltype of a
plain decl, and use of a function parameter in the declaration of
another parameter.
.Sp
Version 6, which first appeared in G++ 4.7, corrects the promotion
behavior of \*(C+11 scoped enums and the mangling of template argument
packs,
const/
static_cast, prefix ++ and --, and a class scope function
used as a template argument.
.Sp
See also
-Wabi.
"-fno-access-control" 4
Item "-fno-access-control" Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working
around bugs in the access control code.
"-fcheck-new" 4
Item "-fcheck-new" Check that the pointer returned by
\*(C`operator new\*(C' is non-null
before attempting to modify the storage allocated. This check is
normally unnecessary because the \*(C+ standard specifies that
\f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C' will only return
0 if it is declared
\fB\f(BIthrow()
, in which case the compiler will always check the
return value even without this option. In all other cases, when
\f(CW\*(C`operator new\*(C' has a non-empty exception specification, memory
exhaustion is signalled by throwing
\*(C`std::bad_alloc\*(C'. See also
\fBnew (nothrow).
"-fconserve-space" 4
Item "-fconserve-space" Put uninitialized or run-time-initialized global variables into the
common segment, as C does. This saves space in the executable at the
cost of not diagnosing duplicate definitions. If you compile with this
flag and your program mysteriously crashes after
\*(C`main()\*(C' has
completed, you may have an object that is being destroyed twice because
two definitions were merged.
.Sp
This option is no longer useful on most targets, now that support has
been added for putting variables into \s-1BSS\s0 without making them common.
"-fconstexpr-depth=n" 4
Item "-fconstexpr-depth=n" Set the maximum nested evaluation depth for \*(C+11 constexpr functions
to
n. A limit is needed to detect endless recursion during
constant expression evaluation. The minimum specified by the standard
is 512.
"-fdeduce-init-list" 4
Item "-fdeduce-init-list" Enable deduction of a template type parameter as
std::initializer_list from a brace-enclosed initializer list, i.e.
.Sp
.Vb 4
template <class T> auto forward(T t) -> decltype (realfn (t))
{
return realfn (t);
}
void f()
{
forward({1,2}); // call forward<std::initializer_list<int>>
}
.Ve
.Sp
This deduction was implemented as a possible extension to the
originally proposed semantics for the \*(C+11 standard, but was not part
of the final standard, so it is disabled by default. This option is
deprecated, and may be removed in a future version of G++.
"-ffriend-injection" 4
Item "-ffriend-injection" Inject friend functions into the enclosing namespace, so that they are
visible outside the scope of the class in which they are declared.
Friend functions were documented to work this way in the old Annotated
\*(C+ Reference Manual, and versions of G++ before 4.1 always worked
that way. However, in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ a friend function that is not declared
in an enclosing scope can only be found using argument dependent
lookup. This option causes friends to be injected as they were in
earlier releases.
.Sp
This option is for compatibility, and may be removed in a future
release of G++.
"-fno-elide-constructors" 4
Item "-fno-elide-constructors" The \*(C+ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary
that is only used to initialize another object of the same type.
Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces G++ to
call the copy constructor in all cases.
"-fno-enforce-eh-specs" 4
Item "-fno-enforce-eh-specs" Don't generate code to check for violation of exception specifications
at run time. This option violates the \*(C+ standard, but may be useful
for reducing code size in production builds, much like defining
\fB\s-1NDEBUG\s0. This does not give user code permission to throw
exceptions in violation of the exception specifications; the compiler
will still optimize based on the specifications, so throwing an
unexpected exception will result in undefined behavior.
"-ffor-scope" 4
Item "-ffor-scope" 0
"-fno-for-scope" 4
Item "-fno-for-scope"
If -ffor-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
a for-init-statement is limited to the for loop itself,
as specified by the \*(C+ standard.
If -fno-for-scope is specified, the scope of variables declared in
a for-init-statement extends to the end of the enclosing scope,
as was the case in old versions of G++, and other (traditional)
implementations of \*(C+.
.Sp
The default if neither flag is given to follow the standard,
but to allow and give a warning for old-style code that would
otherwise be invalid, or have different behavior.
"-fno-gnu-keywords" 4
Item "-fno-gnu-keywords" Do not recognize
\*(C`typeof\*(C' as a keyword, so that code can use this
word as an identifier. You can use the keyword
\*(C`_\|_typeof_\|_\*(C' instead.
\fB-ansi implies
-fno-gnu-keywords.
"-fno-implicit-templates" 4
Item "-fno-implicit-templates" Never emit code for non-inline templates that are instantiated
implicitly (i.e. by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations.
"-fno-implicit-inline-templates" 4
Item "-fno-implicit-inline-templates" Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either.
The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and
without optimization will need the same set of explicit instantiations.
"-fno-implement-inlines" 4
Item "-fno-implement-inlines" To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions
controlled by
#pragma implementation. This will cause linker
errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called.
"-fms-extensions" 4
Item "-fms-extensions" Disable pedantic warnings about constructs used in \s-1MFC\s0, such as implicit
int and getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax.
"-fno-nonansi-builtins" 4
Item "-fno-nonansi-builtins" Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by
\
s-1ANSI/
ISO\s0 C. These include
\*(C`ffs\*(C',
\*(C`alloca\*(C',
\*(C`_exit\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`index\*(C',
\*(C`bzero\*(C',
\*(C`conjf\*(C', and other related functions.
"-fnothrow-opt" 4
Item "-fnothrow-opt" Treat a
\*(C`throw()\*(C' exception specification as though it were a
\f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C' specification to reduce or eliminate the text size
overhead relative to a function with no exception specification. If
the function has local variables of types with non-trivial
destructors, the exception specification will actually make the
function smaller because the \s-1EH\s0 cleanups for those variables can be
optimized away. The semantic effect is that an exception thrown out of
a function with such an exception specification will result in a call
to
\*(C`terminate\*(C' rather than
\*(C`unexpected\*(C'.
"-fno-operator-names" 4
Item "-fno-operator-names" Do not treat the operator name keywords
\*(C`and\*(C',
\*(C`bitand\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`bitor\*(C',
\*(C`compl\*(C',
\*(C`not\*(C',
\*(C`or\*(C' and
\*(C`xor\*(C' as
synonyms as keywords.
"-fno-optional-diags" 4
Item "-fno-optional-diags" Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to
issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the one for
a name having multiple meanings within a class.
"-fpermissive" 4
Item "-fpermissive" Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to
warnings. Thus, using
-fpermissive will allow some
nonconforming code to compile.
"-fno-pretty-templates" 4
Item "-fno-pretty-templates" When an error message refers to a specialization of a function
template, the compiler will normally print the signature of the
template followed by the template arguments and any typedefs or
typenames in the signature (e.g.
\*(C`void f(T) [with T = int]\*(C'
rather than
\*(C`void f(int)\*(C') so that it's clear which template is
involved. When an error message refers to a specialization of a class
template, the compiler will omit any template arguments that match
the default template arguments for that template. If either of these
behaviors make it harder to understand the error message rather than
easier, using
-fno-pretty-templates will disable them.
"-frepo" 4
Item "-frepo" Enable automatic template instantiation at link time. This option also
implies
-fno-implicit-templates.
"-fno-rtti" 4
Item "-fno-rtti" Disable generation of information about every class with virtual
functions for use by the \*(C+ run-time type identification features
(
dynamic_cast and
typeid). If you don't use those parts
of the language, you can save some space by using this flag. Note that
exception handling uses the same information, but it will generate it as
needed. The
dynamic_cast operator can still be used for casts that
do not require run-time type information, i.e. casts to
\*(C`void *\*(C' or to
unambiguous base classes.
"-fstats" 4
Item "-fstats" Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compilation.
This information is generally only useful to the G++ development team.
"-fstrict-enums" 4
Item "-fstrict-enums" Allow the compiler to optimize using the assumption that a value of
enumerated type can only be one of the values of the enumeration (as
defined in the \*(C+ standard; basically, a value that can be
represented in the minimum number of bits needed to represent all the
enumerators). This assumption may not be valid if the program uses a
cast to convert an arbitrary integer value to the enumerated type.
"-ftemplate-depth=n" 4
Item "-ftemplate-depth=n" Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to
n.
A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect
endless recursions during template class instantiation. \
s-1ANSI/
ISO\s0 \*(C+
conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17
(changed to 1024 in \*(C+11). The default value is 900, as the compiler
can run out of stack space before hitting 1024 in some situations.
"-fno-threadsafe-statics" 4
Item "-fno-threadsafe-statics" Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the \*(C+
\s-1ABI\s0 for thread-safe initialization of local statics. You can use this
option to reduce code size slightly in code that doesn't need to be
thread-safe.
"-fuse-cxa-atexit" 4
Item "-fuse-cxa-atexit" Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_atexit\*(C' function rather than the
\*(C`atexit\*(C' function.
This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of static
destructors, but will only work if your C library supports
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_cxa_atexit\*(C'.
"-fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr" 4
Item "-fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr" Don't use the
\*(C`_\|_cxa_get_exception_ptr\*(C' runtime routine. This
will cause
\*(C`std::uncaught_exception\*(C' to be incorrect, but is necessary
if the runtime routine is not available.
"-fvisibility-inlines-hidden" 4
Item "-fvisibility-inlines-hidden" This switch declares that the user does not attempt to compare
pointers to inline functions or methods where the addresses of the two functions
were taken in different shared objects.
.Sp
The effect of this is that \s-1GCC\s0 may, effectively, mark inline methods with
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_ ((visibility ("hidden")))\*(C' so that they do not
appear in the export table of a \s-1DSO\s0 and do not require a \s-1PLT\s0 indirection
when used within the \s-1DSO\s0. Enabling this option can have a dramatic effect
on load and link times of a \s-1DSO\s0 as it massively reduces the size of the
dynamic export table when the library makes heavy use of templates.
.Sp
The behavior of this switch is not quite the same as marking the
methods as hidden directly, because it does not affect static variables
local to the function or cause the compiler to deduce that
the function is defined in only one shared object.
.Sp
You may mark a method as having a visibility explicitly to negate the
effect of the switch for that method. For example, if you do want to
compare pointers to a particular inline method, you might mark it as
having default visibility. Marking the enclosing class with explicit
visibility will have no effect.
.Sp
Explicitly instantiated inline methods are unaffected by this option
as their linkage might otherwise cross a shared library boundary.
"-fvisibility-ms-compat" 4
Item "-fvisibility-ms-compat" This flag attempts to use visibility settings to make \s-1GCC\s0's \*(C+
linkage model compatible with that of Microsoft Visual Studio.
.Sp
The flag makes these changes to \s-1GCC\s0's linkage model:
"1." 4
It sets the default visibility to
\*(C`hidden\*(C', like
\fB-fvisibility=hidden.
"2." 4
Types, but not their members, are not hidden by default.
"3." 4
The One Definition Rule is relaxed for types without explicit
visibility specifications that are defined in more than one different
shared object: those declarations are permitted if they would have
been permitted when this option was not used.
.Sp
In new code it is better to use -fvisibility=hidden and
export those classes that are intended to be externally visible.
Unfortunately it is possible for code to rely, perhaps accidentally,
on the Visual Studio behavior.
.Sp
Among the consequences of these changes are that static data members
of the same type with the same name but defined in different shared
objects will be different, so changing one will not change the other;
and that pointers to function members defined in different shared
objects may not compare equal. When this flag is given, it is a
violation of the \s-1ODR\s0 to define types with the same name differently.
"-fno-weak" 4
Item "-fno-weak" Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the linker.
By default, G++ will use weak symbols if they are available. This
option exists only for testing, and should not be used by end-users;
it will result in inferior code and has no benefits. This option may
be removed in a future release of G++.
"-nostdinc++" 4
Item "-nostdinc++" Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to
\*(C+, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option
is used when building the \*(C+ library.)
In addition, these optimization, warning, and code generation options
have meanings only for \*(C+ programs:
"-fno-default-inline" 4
Item "-fno-default-inline" Do not assume
inline for functions defined inside a class scope.
Note that these
functions will have linkage like inline functions; they just won't be
inlined by default.
"-Wabi (C, Objective-C, \*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wabi (C, Objective-C, and Objective- only)" Warn when G++ generates code that is probably not compatible with the
vendor-neutral \*(C+ \s-1ABI\s0. Although an effort has been made to warn about
all such cases, there are probably some cases that are not warned about,
even though G++ is generating incompatible code. There may also be
cases where warnings are emitted even though the code that is generated
will be compatible.
.Sp
You should rewrite your code to avoid these warnings if you are
concerned about the fact that code generated by G++ may not be binary
compatible with code generated by other compilers.
.Sp
The known incompatibilities in
-fabi-version=2 (the default) include:
"\(bu" 4
A template with a non-type template parameter of reference type is
mangled incorrectly:
.Sp
.Vb 3
extern int N;
template <int &> struct S {};
void n (S<N>) {2}
.Ve
.Sp
This is fixed in
-fabi-version=3.
"\(bu" 4
\s-1SIMD\s0 vector types declared using
\*(C`_\|_attribute ((vector_size))\*(C' are
mangled in a non-standard way that does not allow for overloading of
functions taking vectors of different sizes.
.Sp
The mangling is changed in
-fabi-version=4.
.Sp
The known incompatibilities in -fabi-version=1 include:
"\(bu" 4
Incorrect handling of tail-padding for bit-fields. G++ may attempt to
pack data into the same byte as a base class. For example:
.Sp
.Vb 2
struct A { virtual void f(); int f1 : 1; };
struct B : public A { int f2 : 1; };
.Ve
.Sp
In this case, G++ will place
\*(C`B::f2\*(C' into the same byte
as
\*(C`A::f1\*(C'; other compilers will not. You can avoid this problem
by explicitly padding
\*(C`A\*(C' so that its size is a multiple of the
byte size on your platform; that will cause G++ and other compilers to
layout
\*(C`B\*(C' identically.
"\(bu" 4
Incorrect handling of tail-padding for virtual bases. G++ does not use
tail padding when laying out virtual bases. For example:
.Sp
.Vb 3
struct A { virtual void f(); char c1; };
struct B { B(); char c2; };
struct C : public A, public virtual B {};
.Ve
.Sp
In this case, G++ will not place
\*(C`B\*(C' into the tail-padding for
\f(CW\*(C`A\*(C'; other compilers will. You can avoid this problem by
explicitly padding
\*(C`A\*(C' so that its size is a multiple of its
alignment (ignoring virtual base classes); that will cause G++ and other
compilers to layout
\*(C`C\*(C' identically.
"\(bu" 4
Incorrect handling of bit-fields with declared widths greater than that
of their underlying types, when the bit-fields appear in a union. For
example:
.Sp
.Vb 1
union U { int i : 4096; };
.Ve
.Sp
Assuming that an
\*(C`int\*(C' does not have 4096 bits, G++ will make the
union too small by the number of bits in an
\*(C`int\*(C'.
"\(bu" 4
Empty classes can be placed at incorrect offsets. For example:
.Sp
.Vb 1
struct A {};
struct B {
A a;
virtual void f ();
};
struct C : public B, public A {};
.Ve
.Sp
G++ will place the
\*(C`A\*(C' base class of
\*(C`C\*(C' at a nonzero offset;
it should be placed at offset zero. G++ mistakenly believes that the
\f(CW\*(C`A\*(C' data member of
\*(C`B\*(C' is already at offset zero.
"\(bu" 4
Names of template functions whose types involve
\*(C`typename\*(C' or
template template parameters can be mangled incorrectly.
.Sp
.Vb 2
template <typename Q>
void f(typename Q::X) {}
template <template <typename> class Q>
void f(typename Q<int>::X) {}
.Ve
.Sp
Instantiations of these templates may be mangled incorrectly.
.Sp
It also warns psABI related changes. The known psABI changes at this
point include:
"\(bu" 4
For
SYSV/
x86-64, when passing union with long double, it is changed to
pass in memory as specified in psABI. For example:
.Sp
.Vb 4
union U {
long double ld;
int i;
};
.Ve
.Sp
\f(CW\*(C`union U\*(C' will always be passed in memory.
"-Wctor-dtor-privacy (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wctor-dtor-privacy ( and Objective- only)" Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or
destructors in that class are private, and it has neither friends nor
public static member functions.
"-Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor ( and Objective- only)" Warn when
delete is used to destroy an instance of a class that
has virtual functions and non-virtual destructor. It is unsafe to delete
an instance of a derived class through a pointer to a base class if the
base class does not have a virtual destructor. This warning is enabled
by
-Wall.
"-Wnarrowing (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wnarrowing ( and Objective- only)" Warn when a narrowing conversion prohibited by \*(C+11 occurs within
\fB{ }, e.g.
.Sp
.Vb 1
int i = { 2.2 }; // error: narrowing from double to int
.Ve
.Sp
This flag is included in
-Wall and
-Wc++11-compat.
.Sp
With -std=c++11,
-Wno-narrowing suppresses the diagnostic
required by the standard. Note that this does not affect the meaning
of well-formed code; narrowing conversions are still considered
ill-formed in \s-1SFINAE\s0 context.
"-Wnoexcept (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wnoexcept ( and Objective- only)" Warn when a noexcept-expression evaluates to false because of a call
to a function that does not have a non-throwing exception
specification (i.e.
\f(BIthrow() or noexcept) but is known by
the compiler to never throw an exception.
"-Wnon-virtual-dtor (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wnon-virtual-dtor ( and Objective- only)" Warn when a class has virtual functions and accessible non-virtual
destructor, in which case it would be possible but unsafe to delete
an instance of a derived class through a pointer to the base class.
This warning is also enabled if
-Weffc++ is specified.
"-Wreorder (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wreorder ( and Objective- only)" Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not
match the order in which they must be executed. For instance:
.Sp
.Vb 5
struct A {
int i;
int j;
A(): j (0), i (1) { }
};
.Ve
.Sp
The compiler will rearrange the member initializers for
i
and
j to match the declaration order of the members, emitting
a warning to that effect. This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
The following -W... options are not affected by -Wall.
"-Weffc++ (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Weffc++ ( and Objective- only)" Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott Meyers'
\fIEffective \*(C+, Second Edition book:
"\(bu" 4
Item 11: Define a copy constructor and an assignment operator for classes
with dynamically allocated memory.
"\(bu" 4
Item 12: Prefer initialization to assignment in constructors.
"\(bu" 4
Item 14: Make destructors virtual in base classes.
"\(bu" 4
Item 15: Have
\*(C`operator=\*(C' return a reference to
*this.
"\(bu" 4
Item 23: Don't try to return a reference when you must return an object.
.Sp
Also warn about violations of the following style guidelines from
Scott Meyers' More Effective \*(C+ book:
"\(bu" 4
Item 6: Distinguish between prefix and postfix forms of increment and
decrement operators.
"\(bu" 4
Item 7: Never overload
\*(C`&&\*(C',
\*(C`||\*(C', or
\*(C`,\*(C'.
.Sp
When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library
headers do not obey all of these guidelines; use grep -v
to filter out those warnings.
"-Wstrict-null-sentinel (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wstrict-null-sentinel ( and Objective- only)" Warn also about the use of an uncasted
\*(C`NULL\*(C' as sentinel. When
compiling only with \s-1GCC\s0 this is a valid sentinel, as
\*(C`NULL\*(C' is defined
to
\*(C`_\|_null\*(C'. Although it is a null pointer constant not a null pointer,
it is guaranteed to be of the same size as a pointer. But this use is
not portable across different compilers.
"-Wno-non-template-friend (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wno-non-template-friend ( and Objective- only)" Disable warnings when non-templatized friend functions are declared
within a template. Since the advent of explicit template specification
support in G++, if the name of the friend is an unqualified-id (i.e.,
\fBfriend foo(int)), the \*(C+ language specification demands that the
friend declare or define an ordinary, nontemplate function. (Section
14.5.3). Before G++ implemented explicit specification, unqualified-ids
could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a templatized
function. Because this non-conforming behavior is no longer the default
behavior for G++,
-Wnon-template-friend allows the compiler to
check existing code for potential trouble spots and is on by default.
This new compiler behavior can be turned off with
\fB-Wno-non-template-friend, which keeps the conformant compiler code
but disables the helpful warning.
"-Wold-style-cast (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wold-style-cast ( and Objective- only)" Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast to a non-void type is used within
a \*(C+ program. The new-style casts (
dynamic_cast,
\fBstatic_cast,
reinterpret_cast, and
const_cast) are
less vulnerable to unintended effects and much easier to search for.
"-Woverloaded-virtual (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Woverloaded-virtual ( and Objective- only)" Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a
base class. For example, in:
.Sp
.Vb 3
struct A {
virtual void f();
};
struct B: public A {
void f(int);
};
.Ve
.Sp
the
\*(C`A\*(C' class version of
\*(C`f\*(C' is hidden in
\*(C`B\*(C', and code
like:
.Sp
.Vb 2
B* b;
b->f();
.Ve
.Sp
will fail to compile.
"-Wno-pmf-conversions (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wno-pmf-conversions ( and Objective- only)" Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function
to a plain pointer.
"-Wsign-promo (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wsign-promo ( and Objective- only)" Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or
enumerated type to a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned type of
the same size. Previous versions of G++ would try to preserve
unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior.
.Sp
.Vb 4
struct A {
operator int ();
A& operator = (int);
};
main ()
{
A a,b;
a = b;
}
.Ve
.Sp
In this example, G++ will synthesize a default
A& operator =
(const A&);, while cfront will use the user-defined
operator =.
.Sh "Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ Dialects"
Subsection "Options Controlling Objective-C and Objective- Dialects" (\s-1NOTE:\s0 This manual does not describe the Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+
languages themselves.
This section describes the command-line options that are only meaningful
for Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ programs, but you can also use most of
the language-independent \s-1GNU\s0 compiler options.
For example, you might compile a file \*(C`some_class.m\*(C' like this:
.Vb 1
gcc -g -fgnu-runtime -O -c some_class.m
.Ve
In this example, -fgnu-runtime is an option meant only for
Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ programs; you can use the other options with
any language supported by \s-1GCC\s0.
Note that since Objective-C is an extension of the C language, Objective-C
compilations may also use options specific to the C front-end (e.g.,
\fB-Wtraditional). Similarly, Objective-\*(C+ compilations may use
\*(C+-specific options (e.g., -Wabi).
Here is a list of options that are only for compiling Objective-C
and Objective-\*(C+ programs:
"-fconstant-string-class=class-name" 4
Item "-fconstant-string-class=class-name" Use
class-name as the name of the class to instantiate for each
literal string specified with the syntax
\*(C`@"..."\*(C'. The default
class name is
\*(C`NXConstantString\*(C' if the \s-1GNU\s0 runtime is being used, and
\f(CW\*(C`NSConstantString\*(C' if the NeXT runtime is being used (see below). The
\fB-fconstant-cfstrings option, if also present, will override the
\fB-fconstant-string-class setting and cause
\*(C`@"..."\*(C' literals
to be laid out as constant CoreFoundation strings.
"-fgnu-runtime" 4
Item "-fgnu-runtime" Generate object code compatible with the standard \s-1GNU\s0 Objective-C
runtime. This is the default for most types of systems.
"-fnext-runtime" 4
Item "-fnext-runtime" Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime. This is the default
for NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac \s-1OS\s0 X. The macro
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_NEXT_RUNTIME_\|_\*(C' is predefined if (and only if) this option is
used.
"-fno-nil-receivers" 4
Item "-fno-nil-receivers" Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches (
\*(C`[receiver
message:arg]\*(C') in this translation unit ensure that the receiver is
not
\*(C`nil\*(C'. This allows for more efficient entry points in the
runtime to be used. This option is only available in conjunction with
the NeXT runtime and \s-1ABI\s0 version 0 or 1.
"-fobjc-abi-version=n" 4
Item "-fobjc-abi-version=n" Use version
n of the Objective-C \s-1ABI\s0 for the selected runtime.
This option is currently supported only for the NeXT runtime. In that
case, Version 0 is the traditional (32-bit) \s-1ABI\s0 without support for
properties and other Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 1 is the
traditional (32-bit) \s-1ABI\s0 with support for properties and other
Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 2 is the modern (64-bit) \s-1ABI\s0. If
nothing is specified, the default is Version 0 on 32-bit target
machines, and Version 2 on 64-bit target machines.
"-fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors" 4
Item "-fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors" For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables is a
\*(C+ object with a non-trivial default constructor. If so, synthesize a
special
\*(C`- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C' instance method which will run
non-trivial default constructors on any such instance variables, in order,
and then return
\*(C`self\*(C'. Similarly, check if any instance variable
is a \*(C+ object with a non-trivial destructor, and if so, synthesize a
special
\*(C`- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C' method which will run
all such default destructors, in reverse order.
.Sp
The
\*(C`- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C' and
\*(C`- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C'
methods thusly generated will only operate on instance variables
declared in the current Objective-C class, and not those inherited
from superclasses. It is the responsibility of the Objective-C
runtime to invoke all such methods in an object's inheritance
hierarchy. The
\*(C`- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C' methods will be invoked
by the runtime immediately after a new object instance is allocated;
the
\*(C`- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C' methods will be invoked immediately
before the runtime deallocates an object instance.
.Sp
As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.4 and later has
support for invoking the
\*(C`- (id) .cxx_construct\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`- (void) .cxx_destruct\*(C' methods.
"-fobjc-direct-dispatch" 4
Item "-fobjc-direct-dispatch" Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher. On Darwin this is
accomplished via the comm page.
"-fobjc-exceptions" 4
Item "-fobjc-exceptions" Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in
Objective-C, similar to what is offered by \*(C+ and Java. This option
is required to use the Objective-C keywords
@try,
\f(CW@throw,
@catch,
@finally and
\f(CW@synchronized. This option is available with both the \s-1GNU\s0
runtime and the NeXT runtime (but not available in conjunction with
the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.2 and earlier).
"-fobjc-gc" 4
Item "-fobjc-gc" Enable garbage collection (\s-1GC\s0) in Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+
programs. This option is only available with the NeXT runtime; the
\s-1GNU\s0 runtime has a different garbage collection implementation that
does not require special compiler flags.
"-fobjc-nilcheck" 4
Item "-fobjc-nilcheck" For the NeXT runtime with version 2 of the \s-1ABI\s0, check for a nil
receiver in method invocations before doing the actual method call.
This is the default and can be disabled using
\fB-fno-objc-nilcheck. Class methods and super calls are never
checked for nil in this way no matter what this flag is set to.
Currently this flag does nothing when the \s-1GNU\s0 runtime, or an older
version of the NeXT runtime \s-1ABI\s0, is used.
"-fobjc-std=objc1" 4
Item "-fobjc-std=objc1" Conform to the language syntax of Objective-C 1.0, the language
recognized by \s-1GCC\s0 4.0. This only affects the Objective-C additions to
the C/\*(C+ language; it does not affect conformance to C/\*(C+ standards,
which is controlled by the separate C/\*(C+ dialect option flags. When
this option is used with the Objective-C or Objective-\*(C+ compiler,
any Objective-C syntax that is not recognized by \s-1GCC\s0 4.0 is rejected.
This is useful if you need to make sure that your Objective-C code can
be compiled with older versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
"-freplace-objc-classes" 4
Item "-freplace-objc-classes" Emit a special marker instructing
\f(BIld\|(1) not to statically link in
the resulting object file, and allow \f(BIdyld\|(1) to load it in at
run time instead. This is used in conjunction with the Fix-and-Continue
debugging mode, where the object file in question may be recompiled and
dynamically reloaded in the course of program execution, without the need
to restart the program itself. Currently, Fix-and-Continue functionality
is only available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac \s-1OS\s0 X 10.3
and later.
"-fzero-link" 4
Item "-fzero-link" When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily replaces calls
to
\*(C`objc_getClass("...")\*(C' (when the name of the class is known at
compile time) with static class references that get initialized at load time,
which improves run-time performance. Specifying the
-fzero-link flag
suppresses this behavior and causes calls to
\*(C`objc_getClass("...")\*(C'
to be retained. This is useful in Zero-Link debugging mode, since it allows
for individual class implementations to be modified during program execution.
The \s-1GNU\s0 runtime currently always retains calls to
\*(C`objc_get_class("...")\*(C'
regardless of command-line options.
"-gen-decls" 4
Item "-gen-decls" Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file to a
file named
sourcename.decl.
"-Wassign-intercept (Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wassign-intercept (Objective-C and Objective- only)" Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the
garbage collector.
"-Wno-protocol (Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wno-protocol (Objective-C and Objective- only)" If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued for
every method in the protocol that is not implemented by the class. The
default behavior is to issue a warning for every method not explicitly
implemented in the class, even if a method implementation is inherited
from the superclass. If you use the
-Wno-protocol option, then
methods inherited from the superclass are considered to be implemented,
and no warning is issued for them.
"-Wselector (Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wselector (Objective-C and Objective- only)" Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector are
found during compilation. The check is performed on the list of methods
in the final stage of compilation. Additionally, a check is performed
for each selector appearing in a
\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C'
expression, and a corresponding method for that selector has been found
during compilation. Because these checks scan the method table only at
the end of compilation, these warnings are not produced if the final
stage of compilation is not reached, for example because an error is
found during compilation, or because the
-fsyntax-only option is
being used.
"-Wstrict-selector-match (Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wstrict-selector-match (Objective-C and Objective- only)" Warn if multiple methods with differing argument
and/
or return types are
found for a given selector when attempting to send a message using this
selector to a receiver of type
\*(C`id\*(C' or
\*(C`Class\*(C'. When this flag
is off (which is the default behavior), the compiler will omit such warnings
if any differences found are confined to types that share the same size
and alignment.
"-Wundeclared-selector (Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wundeclared-selector (Objective-C and Objective- only)" Warn if a
\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C' expression referring to an
undeclared selector is found. A selector is considered undeclared if no
method with that name has been declared before the
\f(CW\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C' expression, either explicitly in an
\f(CW@interface or
@protocol declaration, or implicitly in
an
@implementation section. This option always performs its
checks as soon as a
\*(C`@selector(...)\*(C' expression is found,
while
-Wselector only performs its checks in the final stage of
compilation. This also enforces the coding style convention
that methods and selectors must be declared before being used.
"-print-objc-runtime-info" 4
Item "-print-objc-runtime-info" Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed by
value, if any.
.Sh "Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting"
Subsection "Options to Control Diagnostic Messages Formatting" Traditionally, diagnostic messages have been formatted irrespective of
the output device's aspect (e.g. its width, ...). The options described
below can be used to control the diagnostic messages formatting
algorithm, e.g. how many characters per line, how often source location
information should be reported. Right now, only the \*(C+ front end can
honor these options. However it is expected, in the near future, that
the remaining front ends would be able to digest them correctly.
"-fmessage-length=n" 4
Item "-fmessage-length=n" Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about
n
characters. The default is 72 characters for
g++ and 0 for the rest of
the front ends supported by \s-1GCC\s0. If
n is zero, then no
line-wrapping will be done; each error message will appear on a single
line.
"-fdiagnostics-show-location=once" 4
Item "-fdiagnostics-show-location=once" Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages
reporter to emit
once source location information; that is, in
case the message is too long to fit on a single physical line and has to
be wrapped, the source location won't be emitted (as prefix) again,
over and over, in subsequent continuation lines. This is the default
behavior.
"-fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line" 4
Item "-fdiagnostics-show-location=every-line" Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic
messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as
prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking
a message which is too long to fit on a single line.
"-fno-diagnostics-show-option" 4
Item "-fno-diagnostics-show-option" By default, each diagnostic emitted includes text indicating the
command-line option that directly controls the diagnostic (if such an
option is known to the diagnostic machinery). Specifying the
\fB-fno-diagnostics-show-option flag suppresses that behavior.
.Sh "Options to Request or Suppress Warnings"
Subsection "Options to Request or Suppress Warnings" Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions that
are not inherently erroneous but that are risky or suggest there
may have been an error.
The following language-independent options do not enable specific
warnings but control the kinds of diagnostics produced by \s-1GCC\s0.
"-fsyntax-only" 4
Item "-fsyntax-only" Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that.
"-fmax-errors=n" 4
Item "-fmax-errors=n" Limits the maximum number of error messages to
n, at which point
\s-1GCC\s0 bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source
code. If
n is 0 (the default), there is no limit on the number
of error messages produced. If
-Wfatal-errors is also
specified, then
-Wfatal-errors takes precedence over this
option.
"-w" 4
Item "-w" Inhibit all warning messages.
"-Werror" 4
Item "-Werror" Make all warnings into errors.
"-Werror=" 4
Item "-Werror=" Make the specified warning into an error. The specifier for a warning
is appended, for example
-Werror=switch turns the warnings
controlled by
-Wswitch into errors. This switch takes a
negative form, to be used to negate
-Werror for specific
warnings, for example
-Wno-error=switch makes
\fB-Wswitch warnings not be errors, even when
-Werror
is in effect.
.Sp
The warning message for each controllable warning includes the
option that controls the warning. That option can then be used with
\fB-Werror= and
-Wno-error= as described above.
(Printing of the option in the warning message can be disabled using the
\fB-fno-diagnostics-show-option flag.)
.Sp
Note that specifying
-Werror=foo automatically implies
\fB-W
foo. However,
-Wno-error=foo does not
imply anything.
"-Wfatal-errors" 4
Item "-Wfatal-errors" This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first error
occurred rather than trying to keep going and printing further error
messages.
You can request many specific warnings with options beginning
\fB-W, for example -Wimplicit to request warnings on
implicit declarations. Each of these specific warning options also
has a negative form beginning -Wno- to turn off warnings; for
example, -Wno-implicit. This manual lists only one of the
two forms, whichever is not the default. For further,
language-specific options also refer to \*(C+ Dialect Options and
\fBObjective-C and Objective-\*(C+ Dialect Options.
When an unrecognized warning option is requested (e.g.,
\fB-Wunknown-warning), \s-1GCC\s0 will emit a diagnostic stating
that the option is not recognized. However, if the -Wno- form
is used, the behavior is slightly different: No diagnostic will be
produced for -Wno-unknown-warning unless other diagnostics
are being produced. This allows the use of new -Wno- options
with old compilers, but if something goes wrong, the compiler will
warn that an unrecognized option was used.
"-pedantic" 4
Item "-pedantic" Issue all the warnings demanded by strict \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+;
reject all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other
programs that do not follow \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+. For \s-1ISO\s0 C, follows the
version of the \s-1ISO\s0 C standard specified by any
-std option used.
.Sp
Valid \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ programs should compile properly with or without
this option (though a rare few will require
-ansi or a
\fB-std option specifying the required version of \s-1ISO\s0 C). However,
without this option, certain \s-1GNU\s0 extensions and traditional C and \*(C+
features are supported as well. With this option, they are rejected.
.Sp
\fB-pedantic does not cause warning messages for use of the
alternate keywords whose names begin and end with
_\|_. Pedantic
warnings are also disabled in the expression that follows
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_extension_\|_\*(C'. However, only system header files should use
these escape routes; application programs should avoid them.
.Sp
Some users try to use
-pedantic to check programs for strict \s-1ISO\s0
C conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want:
it finds some non-ISO practices, but not all---only those for which
\s-1ISO\s0 C
requires a diagnostic, and some others for which
diagnostics have been added.
.Sp
A feature to report any failure to conform to \s-1ISO\s0 C might be useful in
some instances, but would require considerable additional work and would
be quite different from
-pedantic. We don't have plans to
support such a feature in the near future.
.Sp
Where the standard specified with
-std represents a \s-1GNU\s0
extended dialect of C, such as
gnu90 or
gnu99, there is a
corresponding
base standard, the version of \s-1ISO\s0 C on which the \s-1GNU\s0
extended dialect is based. Warnings from
-pedantic are given
where they are required by the base standard. (It would not make sense
for such warnings to be given only for features not in the specified \s-1GNU\s0
C dialect, since by definition the \s-1GNU\s0 dialects of C include all
features the compiler supports with the given option, and there would be
nothing to warn about.)
"-pedantic-errors" 4
Item "-pedantic-errors" Like
-pedantic, except that errors are produced rather than
warnings.
"-Wall" 4
Item "-Wall" This enables all the warnings about constructions that some users
consider questionable, and that are easy to avoid (or modify to
prevent the warning), even in conjunction with macros. This also
enables some language-specific warnings described in
\*(C+ Dialect
Options and
Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ Dialect Options.
.Sp
\fB-Wall turns on the following warning flags:
.Sp
\fB-Waddress
\-Warray-bounds (only with
-O2)
\fB-Wc++11-compat
\-Wchar-subscripts
\-Wenum-compare (in
C/
Objc; this is on by default in \*(C+)
\fB-Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only)
\fB-Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)
\fB-Wcomment
\-Wformat
\-Wmain (only for
C/
ObjC and unless
-ffreestanding)
\fB-Wmaybe-uninitialized
\-Wmissing-braces
\-Wnonnull
\-Wparentheses
\-Wpointer-sign
\-Wreorder
\-Wreturn-type
\-Wsequence-point
\-Wsign-compare (only in \*(C+)
\fB-Wstrict-aliasing
\-Wstrict-overflow=1
\-Wswitch
\-Wtrigraphs
\-Wuninitialized
\-Wunknown-pragmas
\-Wunused-function
\-Wunused-label
\-Wunused-value
\-Wunused-variable
\-Wvolatile-register-var
.Sp
Note that some warning flags are not implied by
-Wall. Some of
them warn about constructions that users generally do not consider
questionable, but which occasionally you might wish to check for;
others warn about constructions that are necessary or hard to avoid in
some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress
the warning. Some of them are enabled by
-Wextra but many of
them must be enabled individually.
"-Wextra" 4
Item "-Wextra" This enables some extra warning flags that are not enabled by
\fB-Wall. (This option used to be called
-W. The older
name is still supported, but the newer name is more descriptive.)
.Sp
\fB-Wclobbered
\-Wempty-body
\-Wignored-qualifiers
\-Wmissing-field-initializers
\-Wmissing-parameter-type (C only)
\fB-Wold-style-declaration (C only)
\fB-Woverride-init
\-Wsign-compare
\-Wtype-limits
\-Wuninitialized
\-Wunused-parameter (only with
-Wunused or
-Wall)
\fB-Wunused-but-set-parameter (only with
-Wunused or
-Wall)
.Sp
The option
-Wextra also prints warning messages for the
following cases:
"\(bu" 4
A pointer is compared against integer zero with
<,
<=,
\fB>, or
>=.
"\(bu" 4
(\*(C+ only) An enumerator and a non-enumerator both appear in a
conditional expression.
"\(bu" 4
(\*(C+ only) Ambiguous virtual bases.
"\(bu" 4
(\*(C+ only) Subscripting an array that has been declared
register.
"\(bu" 4
(\*(C+ only) Taking the address of a variable that has been declared
\fBregister.
"\(bu" 4
(\*(C+ only) A base class is not initialized in a derived class' copy
constructor.
"-Wchar-subscripts" 4
Item "-Wchar-subscripts" Warn if an array subscript has type
\*(C`char\*(C'. This is a common cause
of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some
machines.
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wcomment" 4
Item "-Wcomment" Warn whenever a comment-start sequence
/* appears in a
/*
comment, or whenever a Backslash-Newline appears in a
// comment.
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wno-coverage-mismatch" 4
Item "-Wno-coverage-mismatch" Warn if feedback profiles do not match when using the
\fB-fprofile-use option.
If a source file was changed between
-fprofile-gen and
\fB-fprofile-use, the files with the profile feedback can fail
to match the source file and \s-1GCC\s0 cannot use the profile feedback
information. By default, this warning is enabled and is treated as an
error.
-Wno-coverage-mismatch can be used to disable the
warning or
-Wno-error=coverage-mismatch can be used to
disable the error. Disabling the error for this warning can result in
poorly optimized code and is useful only in the
case of very minor changes such as bug fixes to an existing code-base.
Completely disabling the warning is not recommended.
"-Wno-cpp" 4
Item "-Wno-cpp" (C, Objective-C, \*(C+, Objective-\*(C+ and Fortran only)
.Sp
Suppress warning messages emitted by
\*(C`#warning\*(C' directives.
"-Wdouble-promotion (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wdouble-promotion (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)" Give a warning when a value of type
\*(C`float\*(C' is implicitly
promoted to
\*(C`double\*(C'. CPUs with a 32-bit \*(L"single-precision\*(R"
floating-point unit implement
\*(C`float\*(C' in hardware, but emulate
\f(CW\*(C`double\*(C' in software. On such a machine, doing computations
using
\*(C`double\*(C' values is much more expensive because of the
overhead required for software emulation.
.Sp
It is easy to accidentally do computations with
\*(C`double\*(C' because
floating-point literals are implicitly of type
\*(C`double\*(C'. For
example, in:
.Sp
.Vb 4
float area(float radius)
{
return 3.14159 * radius * radius;
}
.Ve
.Sp
the compiler will perform the entire computation with
\*(C`double\*(C'
because the floating-point literal is a
\*(C`double\*(C'.
"-Wformat" 4
Item "-Wformat" Check calls to
\*(C`printf\*(C' and
\*(C`scanf\*(C', etc., to make sure that
the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string
specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string make
sense. This includes standard functions, and others specified by format
attributes, in the
\*(C`printf\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`scanf\*(C',
\*(C`strftime\*(C' and
\*(C`strfmon\*(C' (an
X/
Open extension,
not in the C standard) families (or other target-specific families).
Which functions are checked without format attributes having been
specified depends on the standard version selected, and such checks of
functions without the attribute specified are disabled by
\fB-ffreestanding or
-fno-builtin.
.Sp
The formats are checked against the format features supported by \s-1GNU\s0
libc version 2.2. These include all \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and C99 features, as well
as features from the Single Unix Specification and some \s-1BSD\s0 and \s-1GNU\s0
extensions. Other library implementations may not support all these
features; \s-1GCC\s0 does not support warning about features that go beyond a
particular library's limitations. However, if
-pedantic is used
with
-Wformat, warnings will be given about format features not
in the selected standard version (but not for
\*(C`strfmon\*(C' formats,
since those are not in any version of the C standard).
.Sp
Since
-Wformat also checks for null format arguments for
several functions,
-Wformat also implies
-Wnonnull.
.Sp
\fB-Wformat is included in
-Wall. For more control over some
aspects of format checking, the options
-Wformat-y2k,
\fB-Wno-format-extra-args,
-Wno-format-zero-length,
\fB-Wformat-nonliteral,
-Wformat-security, and
\fB-Wformat=2 are available, but are not included in
-Wall.
"-Wformat-y2k" 4
Item "-Wformat-y2k" If
-Wformat is specified, also warn about
\*(C`strftime\*(C'
formats that may yield only a two-digit year.
"-Wno-format-contains-nul" 4
Item "-Wno-format-contains-nul" If
-Wformat is specified, do not warn about format strings that
contain \s-1NUL\s0 bytes.
"-Wno-format-extra-args" 4
Item "-Wno-format-extra-args" If
-Wformat is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a
\f(CW\*(C`printf\*(C' or
\*(C`scanf\*(C' format function. The C standard specifies
that such arguments are ignored.
.Sp
Where the unused arguments lie between used arguments that are
specified with
$ operand number specifications, normally
warnings are still given, since the implementation could not know what
type to pass to
\*(C`va_arg\*(C' to skip the unused arguments. However,
in the case of
\*(C`scanf\*(C' formats, this option will suppress the
warning if the unused arguments are all pointers, since the Single
Unix Specification says that such unused arguments are allowed.
"-Wno-format-zero-length" 4
Item "-Wno-format-zero-length" If
-Wformat is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats.
The C standard specifies that zero-length formats are allowed.
"-Wformat-nonliteral" 4
Item "-Wformat-nonliteral" If
-Wformat is specified, also warn if the format string is not a
string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function
takes its format arguments as a
\*(C`va_list\*(C'.
"-Wformat-security" 4
Item "-Wformat-security" If
-Wformat is specified, also warn about uses of format
functions that represent possible security problems. At present, this
warns about calls to
\*(C`printf\*(C' and
\*(C`scanf\*(C' functions where the
format string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments,
as in
\*(C`printf (foo);\*(C'. This may be a security hole if the format
string came from untrusted input and contains
\f(CB%n. (This is
currently a subset of what -Wformat-nonliteral warns about, but
in future warnings may be added to -Wformat-security that are not
included in -Wformat-nonliteral.)
"-Wformat=2" 4
Item "-Wformat=2" Enable
-Wformat plus format checks not included in
\fB-Wformat. Currently equivalent to
-Wformat
\-Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security -Wformat-y2k.
"-Wnonnull" 4
Item "-Wnonnull" Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as
requiring a non-null value by the
\*(C`nonnull\*(C' function attribute.
.Sp
\fB-Wnonnull is included in
-Wall and
-Wformat. It
can be disabled with the
-Wno-nonnull option.
"-Winit-self (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Winit-self (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)" Warn about uninitialized variables that are initialized with themselves.
Note this option can only be used with the
-Wuninitialized option.
.Sp
For example, \s-1GCC\s0 will warn about
\*(C`i\*(C' being uninitialized in the
following snippet only when
-Winit-self has been specified:
.Sp
.Vb 5
int f()
{
int i = i;
return i;
}
.Ve
"-Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wimplicit-int (C and Objective-C only)" Warn when a declaration does not specify a type.
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wimplicit-function-declaration (C and Objective-C only)" Give a warning whenever a function is used before being declared. In
C99 mode (
-std=c99 or
-std=gnu99), this warning is
enabled by default and it is made into an error by
\fB-pedantic-errors. This warning is also enabled by
\fB-Wall.
"-Wimplicit (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wimplicit (C and Objective-C only)" Same as
-Wimplicit-int and
-Wimplicit-function-declaration.
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wignored-qualifiers (C and \*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wignored-qualifiers (C and only)" Warn if the return type of a function has a type qualifier
such as
\*(C`const\*(C'. For \s-1ISO\s0 C such a type qualifier has no effect,
since the value returned by a function is not an lvalue.
For \*(C+, the warning is only emitted for scalar types or
\*(C`void\*(C'.
\s-1ISO\s0 C prohibits qualified
\*(C`void\*(C' return types on function
definitions, so such return types always receive a warning
even without this option.
.Sp
This warning is also enabled by
-Wextra.
"-Wmain" 4
Item "-Wmain" Warn if the type of
main is suspicious.
main should be
a function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero
arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types. This warning
is enabled by default in \*(C+ and is enabled by either
-Wall
or
-pedantic.
"-Wmissing-braces" 4
Item "-Wmissing-braces" Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed. In
the following example, the initializer for
a is not fully
bracketed, but that for
b is fully bracketed.
.Sp
.Vb 2
int a[2][2] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
int b[2][2] = { { 0, 1 }, { 2, 3 } };
.Ve
.Sp
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wmissing-include-dirs (C, \*(C+, Objective-C and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wmissing-include-dirs (C, , Objective-C and Objective- only)" Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist.
"-Wparentheses" 4
Item "-Wparentheses" Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such
as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value
is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people
often get confused about.
.Sp
Also warn if a comparison like
x<=y<=z appears; this is
equivalent to
(x<=y ? 1 : 0) <= z, which is a different
interpretation from that of ordinary mathematical notation.
.Sp
Also warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which
\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C' statement an
\*(C`else\*(C' branch belongs. Here is an example of
such a case:
.Sp
.Vb 7
{
if (a)
if (b)
foo ();
else
bar ();
}
.Ve
.Sp
In C/\*(C+, every
\*(C`else\*(C' branch belongs to the innermost possible
\f(CW\*(C`if\*(C' statement, which in this example is
\*(C`if (b)\*(C'. This is
often not what the programmer expected, as illustrated in the above
example by indentation the programmer chose. When there is the
potential for this confusion, \s-1GCC\s0 will issue a warning when this flag
is specified. To eliminate the warning, add explicit braces around
the innermost
\*(C`if\*(C' statement so there is no way the
\*(C`else\*(C'
could belong to the enclosing
\*(C`if\*(C'. The resulting code would
look like this:
.Sp
.Vb 9
{
if (a)
{
if (b)
foo ();
else
bar ();
}
}
.Ve
.Sp
Also warn for dangerous uses of the
?: with omitted middle operand \s-1GNU\s0 extension. When the condition
in the ?: operator is a boolean expression the omitted value will
be always 1. Often the user expects it to be a value computed
inside the conditional expression instead.
.Sp
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wsequence-point" 4
Item "-Wsequence-point" Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations
of sequence point rules in the C and \*(C+ standards.
.Sp
The C and \*(C+ standards defines the order in which expressions in a C/\*(C+
program are evaluated in terms of
sequence points, which represent
a partial ordering between the execution of parts of the program: those
executed before the sequence point, and those executed after it. These
occur after the evaluation of a full expression (one which is not part
of a larger expression), after the evaluation of the first operand of a
\f(CW\*(C`&&\*(C',
\*(C`||\*(C',
\*(C`? :\*(C' or
\*(C`,\*(C' (comma) operator, before a
function is called (but after the evaluation of its arguments and the
expression denoting the called function), and in certain other places.
Other than as expressed by the sequence point rules, the order of
evaluation of subexpressions of an expression is not specified. All
these rules describe only a partial order rather than a total order,
since, for example, if two functions are called within one expression
with no sequence point between them, the order in which the functions
are called is not specified. However, the standards committee have
ruled that function calls do not overlap.
.Sp
It is not specified when between sequence points modifications to the
values of objects take effect. Programs whose behavior depends on this
have undefined behavior; the C and \*(C+ standards specify that \*(L"Between
the previous and next sequence point an object shall have its stored
value modified at most once by the evaluation of an expression.
Furthermore, the prior value shall be read only to determine the value
to be stored.\*(R". If a program breaks these rules, the results on any
particular implementation are entirely unpredictable.
.Sp
Examples of code with undefined behavior are
\*(C`a = a++;\*(C',
\*(C`a[n]
= b[n++]\*(C' and
\*(C`a[i++] = i;\*(C'. Some more complicated cases are not
diagnosed by this option, and it may give an occasional false positive
result, but in general it has been found fairly effective at detecting
this sort of problem in programs.
.Sp
The standard is worded confusingly, therefore there is some debate
over the precise meaning of the sequence point rules in subtle cases.
Links to discussions of the problem, including proposed formal
definitions, may be found on the \s-1GCC\s0 readings page, at
<
http://gcc.gnu.org/readings.html>.
.Sp
This warning is enabled by
-Wall for C and \*(C+.
"-Wreturn-type" 4
Item "-Wreturn-type" Warn whenever a function is defined with a return-type that defaults
to
\*(C`int\*(C'. Also warn about any
\*(C`return\*(C' statement with no
return-value in a function whose return-type is not
\*(C`void\*(C'
(falling off the end of the function body is considered returning
without a value), and about a
\*(C`return\*(C' statement with an
expression in a function whose return-type is
\*(C`void\*(C'.
.Sp
For \*(C+, a function without return type always produces a diagnostic
message, even when
-Wno-return-type is specified. The only
exceptions are
main and functions defined in system headers.
.Sp
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wswitch" 4
Item "-Wswitch" Warn whenever a
\*(C`switch\*(C' statement has an index of enumerated type
and lacks a
\*(C`case\*(C' for one or more of the named codes of that
enumeration. (The presence of a
\*(C`default\*(C' label prevents this
warning.)
\*(C`case\*(C' labels outside the enumeration range also
provoke warnings when this option is used (even if there is a
\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C' label).
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wswitch-default" 4
Item "-Wswitch-default" Warn whenever a
\*(C`switch\*(C' statement does not have a
\*(C`default\*(C'
case.
"-Wswitch-enum" 4
Item "-Wswitch-enum" Warn whenever a
\*(C`switch\*(C' statement has an index of enumerated type
and lacks a
\*(C`case\*(C' for one or more of the named codes of that
enumeration.
\*(C`case\*(C' labels outside the enumeration range also
provoke warnings when this option is used. The only difference
between
-Wswitch and this option is that this option gives a
warning about an omitted enumeration code even if there is a
\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C' label.
"-Wsync-nand (C and \*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wsync-nand (C and only)" Warn when
\*(C`_\|_sync_fetch_and_nand\*(C' and
\*(C`_\|_sync_nand_and_fetch\*(C'
built-in functions are used. These functions changed semantics in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4.
"-Wtrigraphs" 4
Item "-Wtrigraphs" Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of
the program (trigraphs within comments are not warned about).
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wunused-but-set-parameter" 4
Item "-Wunused-but-set-parameter" Warn whenever a function parameter is assigned to, but otherwise unused
(aside from its declaration).
.Sp
To suppress this warning use the
unused attribute.
.Sp
This warning is also enabled by
-Wunused together with
\fB-Wextra.
"-Wunused-but-set-variable" 4
Item "-Wunused-but-set-variable" Warn whenever a local variable is assigned to, but otherwise unused
(aside from its declaration).
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
.Sp
To suppress this warning use the
unused attribute.
.Sp
This warning is also enabled by
-Wunused, which is enabled
by
-Wall.
"-Wunused-function" 4
Item "-Wunused-function" Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a
non-inline static function is unused.
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wunused-label" 4
Item "-Wunused-label" Warn whenever a label is declared but not used.
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
.Sp
To suppress this warning use the
unused attribute.
"-Wunused-local-typedefs (C, Objective-C, \*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wunused-local-typedefs (C, Objective-C, and Objective- only)" Warn when a typedef locally defined in a function is not used.
"-Wunused-parameter" 4
Item "-Wunused-parameter" Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration.
.Sp
To suppress this warning use the
unused attribute.
"-Wno-unused-result" 4
Item "-Wno-unused-result" Do not warn if a caller of a function marked with attribute
\f(CW\*(C`warn_unused_result\*(C' does not use
its return value. The default is
-Wunused-result.
"-Wunused-variable" 4
Item "-Wunused-variable" Warn whenever a local variable or non-constant static variable is unused
aside from its declaration.
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
.Sp
To suppress this warning use the
unused attribute.
"-Wunused-value" 4
Item "-Wunused-value" Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not
used. To suppress this warning cast the unused expression to
\fBvoid. This includes an expression-statement or the left-hand
side of a comma expression that contains no side effects. For example,
an expression such as
x[i,j] will cause a warning, while
\fBx[(void)i,j] will not.
.Sp
This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wunused" 4
Item "-Wunused" All the above
-Wunused options combined.
.Sp
In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must
either specify
-Wextra -Wunused (note that
-Wall implies
\fB-Wunused), or separately specify
-Wunused-parameter.
"-Wuninitialized" 4
Item "-Wuninitialized" Warn if an automatic variable is used without first being initialized
or if a variable may be clobbered by a
\*(C`setjmp\*(C' call. In \*(C+,
warn if a non-static reference or non-static
const member
appears in a class without constructors.
.Sp
If you want to warn about code that uses the uninitialized value of the
variable in its own initializer, use the
-Winit-self option.
.Sp
These warnings occur for individual uninitialized or clobbered
elements of structure, union or array variables as well as for
variables that are uninitialized or clobbered as a whole. They do
not occur for variables or elements declared
\*(C`volatile\*(C'. Because
these warnings depend on optimization, the exact variables or elements
for which there are warnings will depend on the precise optimization
options and version of \s-1GCC\s0 used.
.Sp
Note that there may be no warning about a variable that is used only
to compute a value that itself is never used, because such
computations may be deleted by data flow analysis before the warnings
are printed.
"-Wmaybe-uninitialized" 4
Item "-Wmaybe-uninitialized" For an automatic variable, if there exists a path from the function
entry to a use of the variable that is initialized, but there exist
some other paths the variable is not initialized, the compiler will
emit a warning if it can not prove the uninitialized paths do not
happen at run time. These warnings are made optional because \s-1GCC\s0 is
not smart enough to see all the reasons why the code might be correct
despite appearing to have an error. Here is one example of how
this can happen:
.Sp
.Vb 12
{
int x;
switch (y)
{
case 1: x = 1;
break;
case 2: x = 4;
break;
case 3: x = 5;
}
foo (x);
}
.Ve
.Sp
If the value of
\*(C`y\*(C' is always 1, 2 or 3, then
\*(C`x\*(C' is
always initialized, but \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't know this. To suppress the
warning, the user needs to provide a default case with
assert\|(0) or
similar code.
.Sp
This option also warns when a non-volatile automatic variable might be
changed by a call to
\*(C`longjmp\*(C'. These warnings as well are possible
only in optimizing compilation.
.Sp
The compiler sees only the calls to
\*(C`setjmp\*(C'. It cannot know
where
\*(C`longjmp\*(C' will be called; in fact, a signal handler could
call it at any point in the code. As a result, you may get a warning
even when there is in fact no problem because
\*(C`longjmp\*(C' cannot
in fact be called at the place that would cause a problem.
.Sp
Some spurious warnings can be avoided if you declare all the functions
you use that never return as
\*(C`noreturn\*(C'.
.Sp
This warning is enabled by
-Wall or
-Wextra.
"-Wunknown-pragmas" 4
Item "-Wunknown-pragmas" Warn when a
\*(C`#pragma\*(C' directive is encountered that is not understood by
\s-1GCC\s0. If this command-line option is used, warnings will even be issued
for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if
the warnings were only enabled by the
-Wall command-line option.
"-Wno-pragmas" 4
Item "-Wno-pragmas" Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters,
invalid syntax, or conflicts between pragmas. See also
\fB-Wunknown-pragmas.
"-Wstrict-aliasing" 4
Item "-Wstrict-aliasing" This option is only active when
-fstrict-aliasing is active.
It warns about code that might break the strict aliasing rules that the
compiler is using for optimization. The warning does not catch all
cases, but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls. It is
included in
-Wall.
It is equivalent to
-Wstrict-aliasing=3
"-Wstrict-aliasing=n" 4
Item "-Wstrict-aliasing=n" This option is only active when
-fstrict-aliasing is active.
It warns about code that might break the strict aliasing rules that the
compiler is using for optimization.
Higher levels correspond to higher accuracy (fewer false positives).
Higher levels also correspond to more effort, similar to the way -O works.
\fB-Wstrict-aliasing is equivalent to
-Wstrict-aliasing=n,
with n=3.
.Sp
Level 1: Most aggressive, quick, least accurate.
Possibly useful when higher levels
do not warn but -fstrict-aliasing still breaks the code, as it has very few
false negatives. However, it has many false positives.
Warns for all pointer conversions between possibly incompatible types,
even if never dereferenced. Runs in the front end only.
.Sp
Level 2: Aggressive, quick, not too precise.
May still have many false positives (not as many as level 1 though),
and few false negatives (but possibly more than level 1).
Unlike level 1, it only warns when an address is taken. Warns about
incomplete types. Runs in the front end only.
.Sp
Level 3 (default for
-Wstrict-aliasing):
Should have very few false positives and few false
negatives. Slightly slower than levels 1 or 2 when optimization is enabled.
Takes care of the common pun+dereference pattern in the front end:
\f(CW\*(C`*(int*)&some_float\*(C'.
If optimization is enabled, it also runs in the back end, where it deals
with multiple statement cases using flow-sensitive points-to information.
Only warns when the converted pointer is dereferenced.
Does not warn about incomplete types.
"-Wstrict-overflow" 4
Item "-Wstrict-overflow" 0
"-Wstrict-overflow=n" 4
Item "-Wstrict-overflow=n"
This option is only active when -fstrict-overflow is active.
It warns about cases where the compiler optimizes based on the
assumption that signed overflow does not occur. Note that it does not
warn about all cases where the code might overflow: it only warns
about cases where the compiler implements some optimization. Thus
this warning depends on the optimization level.
.Sp
An optimization that assumes that signed overflow does not occur is
perfectly safe if the values of the variables involved are such that
overflow never does, in fact, occur. Therefore this warning can
easily give a false positive: a warning about code that is not
actually a problem. To help focus on important issues, several
warning levels are defined. No warnings are issued for the use of
undefined signed overflow when estimating how many iterations a loop
will require, in particular when determining whether a loop will be
executed at all.
"-Wstrict-overflow=1" 4
Item "-Wstrict-overflow=1" Warn about cases that are both questionable and easy to avoid. For
example:
\*(C`x + 1 > x\*(C'; with
-fstrict-overflow, the
compiler will simplify this to
1. This level of
\fB-Wstrict-overflow is enabled by
-Wall; higher levels
are not, and must be explicitly requested.
"-Wstrict-overflow=2" 4
Item "-Wstrict-overflow=2" Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified to a
constant. For example:
\*(C`abs (x) >= 0\*(C'. This can only be
simplified when
-fstrict-overflow is in effect, because
\f(CW\*(C`abs (INT_MIN)\*(C' overflows to
\*(C`INT_MIN\*(C', which is less than
zero.
-Wstrict-overflow (with no level) is the same as
\fB-Wstrict-overflow=2.
"-Wstrict-overflow=3" 4
Item "-Wstrict-overflow=3" Also warn about other cases where a comparison is simplified. For
example:
\*(C`x + 1 > 1\*(C' will be simplified to
\*(C`x > 0\*(C'.
"-Wstrict-overflow=4" 4
Item "-Wstrict-overflow=4" Also warn about other simplifications not covered by the above cases.
For example:
\*(C`(x * 10) / 5\*(C' will be simplified to
\*(C`x * 2\*(C'.
"-Wstrict-overflow=5" 4
Item "-Wstrict-overflow=5" Also warn about cases where the compiler reduces the magnitude of a
constant involved in a comparison. For example:
\*(C`x + 2 > y\*(C' will
be simplified to
\*(C`x + 1 >= y\*(C'. This is reported only at the
highest warning level because this simplification applies to many
comparisons, so this warning level will give a very large number of
false positives.
"-Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn]" 4
Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=[pure|const|noreturn]" Warn for cases where adding an attribute may be beneficial. The
attributes currently supported are listed below.
"-Wsuggest-attribute=pure" 4
Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure" 0
"-Wsuggest-attribute=const" 4
Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=const" "-Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn" 4
Item "-Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn"
Warn about functions that might be candidates for attributes
\f(CW\*(C`pure\*(C', \*(C`const\*(C' or \*(C`noreturn\*(C'. The compiler only warns for
functions visible in other compilation units or (in the case of \*(C`pure\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C') if it cannot prove that the function returns normally. A function
returns normally if it doesn't contain an infinite loop nor returns abnormally
by throwing, calling \*(C`abort()\*(C' or trapping. This analysis requires option
\fB-fipa-pure-const, which is enabled by default at -O and
higher. Higher optimization levels improve the accuracy of the analysis.
"-Warray-bounds" 4
Item "-Warray-bounds" This option is only active when
-ftree-vrp is active
(default for
-O2 and above). It warns about subscripts to arrays
that are always out of bounds. This warning is enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wno-div-by-zero" 4
Item "-Wno-div-by-zero" Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero. Floating-point
division by zero is not warned about, as it can be a legitimate way of
obtaining infinities and NaNs.
"-Wsystem-headers" 4
Item "-Wsystem-headers" Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files.
Warnings from system headers are normally suppressed, on the assumption
that they usually do not indicate real problems and would only make the
compiler output harder to read. Using this command-line option tells
\s-1GCC\s0 to emit warnings from system headers as if they occurred in user
code. However, note that using
-Wall in conjunction with this
option will
not warn about unknown pragmas in system
headers---for that,
-Wunknown-pragmas must also be used.
"-Wtrampolines" 4
Item "-Wtrampolines" .Vb 1
Warn about trampolines generated for pointers to nested functions.
\&
A trampoline is a small piece of data or code that is created at run
time on the stack when the address of a nested function is taken, and
is used to call the nested function indirectly. For some targets, it
is made up of data only and thus requires no special treatment. But,
for most targets, it is made up of code and thus requires the stack
to be made executable in order for the program to work properly.
.Ve
"-Wfloat-equal" 4
Item "-Wfloat-equal" Warn if floating-point values are used in equality comparisons.
.Sp
The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the
programmer) to consider floating-point values as approximations to
infinitely precise real numbers. If you are doing this, then you need
to compute (by analyzing the code, or in some other way) the maximum or
likely maximum error that the computation introduces, and allow for it
when performing comparisons (and when producing output, but that's a
different problem). In particular, instead of testing for equality, you
would check to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and
this is done with the relational operators, so equality comparisons are
probably mistaken.
"-Wtraditional (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wtraditional (C and Objective-C only)" Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
\s-1ISO\s0 C. Also warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that have no traditional C
equivalent,
and/
or problematic constructs that should be avoided.
"\(bu" 4
Macro parameters that appear within string literals in the macro body.
In traditional C macro replacement takes place within string literals,
but does not in \s-1ISO\s0 C.
"\(bu" 4
In traditional C, some preprocessor directives did not exist.
Traditional preprocessors would only consider a line to be a directive
if the
# appeared in column 1 on the line. Therefore
\fB-Wtraditional warns about directives that traditional C
understands but would ignore because the
# does not appear as the
first character on the line. It also suggests you hide directives like
\fB#pragma not understood by traditional C by indenting them. Some
traditional implementations would not recognize
#elif, so it
suggests avoiding it altogether.
"\(bu" 4
A function-like macro that appears without arguments.
"\(bu" 4
The unary plus operator.
"\(bu" 4
The
U integer constant suffix, or the
F or
L floating-point
constant suffixes. (Traditional C does support the
L suffix on integer
constants.) Note, these suffixes appear in macros defined in the system
headers of most modern systems, e.g. the
_MIN/
_MAX macros in
\*(C`<limits.h>\*(C'.
Use of these macros in user code might normally lead to spurious
warnings, however \s-1GCC\s0's integrated preprocessor has enough context to
avoid warning in these cases.
"\(bu" 4
A function declared external in one block and then used after the end of
the block.
"\(bu" 4
A
\*(C`switch\*(C' statement has an operand of type
\*(C`long\*(C'.
"\(bu" 4
A non-
\*(C`static\*(C' function declaration follows a
\*(C`static\*(C' one.
This construct is not accepted by some traditional C compilers.
"\(bu" 4
The \s-1ISO\s0 type of an integer constant has a different width or
signedness from its traditional type. This warning is only issued if
the base of the constant is ten. I.e. hexadecimal or octal values, which
typically represent bit patterns, are not warned about.
"\(bu" 4
Usage of \s-1ISO\s0 string concatenation is detected.
"\(bu" 4
Initialization of automatic aggregates.
"\(bu" 4
Identifier conflicts with labels. Traditional C lacks a separate
namespace for labels.
"\(bu" 4
Initialization of unions. If the initializer is zero, the warning is
omitted. This is done under the assumption that the zero initializer in
user code appears conditioned on e.g.
\*(C`_\|_STDC_\|_\*(C' to avoid missing
initializer warnings and relies on default initialization to zero in the
traditional C case.
"\(bu" 4
Conversions by prototypes between
fixed/
floating-point values and vice
versa. The absence of these prototypes when compiling with traditional
C would cause serious problems. This is a subset of the possible
conversion warnings, for the full set use
-Wtraditional-conversion.
"\(bu" 4
Use of \s-1ISO\s0 C style function definitions. This warning intentionally is
\fInot issued for prototype declarations or variadic functions
because these \s-1ISO\s0 C features will appear in your code when using
libiberty's traditional C compatibility macros,
\*(C`PARAMS\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`VPARAMS\*(C'. This warning is also bypassed for nested functions
because that feature is already a \s-1GCC\s0 extension and thus not relevant to
traditional C compatibility.
"-Wtraditional-conversion (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wtraditional-conversion (C and Objective-C only)" Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what
would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This
includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and
conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed-point argument
except when the same as the default promotion.
"-Wdeclaration-after-statement (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wdeclaration-after-statement (C and Objective-C only)" Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block. This
construct, known from \*(C+, was introduced with \s-1ISO\s0 C99 and is by default
allowed in \s-1GCC\s0. It is not supported by \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and was not supported by
\s-1GCC\s0 versions before \s-1GCC\s0 3.0.
"-Wundef" 4
Item "-Wundef" Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an
#if directive.
"-Wno-endif-labels" 4
Item "-Wno-endif-labels" Do not warn whenever an
#else or an
#endif are followed by text.
"-Wshadow" 4
Item "-Wshadow" Warn whenever a local variable or type declaration shadows another variable,
parameter, type, or class member (in \*(C+), or whenever a built-in function
is shadowed. Note that in \*(C+, the compiler will not warn if a local variable
shadows a
struct/
class/
enum, but will warn if it shadows an explicit typedef.
"-Wlarger-than=len" 4
Item "-Wlarger-than=len" Warn whenever an object of larger than
len bytes is defined.
"-Wframe-larger-than=len" 4
Item "-Wframe-larger-than=len" Warn if the size of a function frame is larger than
len bytes.
The computation done to determine the stack frame size is approximate
and not conservative.
The actual requirements may be somewhat greater than
len
even if you do not get a warning. In addition, any space allocated
via
\*(C`alloca\*(C', variable-length arrays, or related constructs
is not included by the compiler when determining
whether or not to issue a warning.
"-Wno-free-nonheap-object" 4
Item "-Wno-free-nonheap-object" Do not warn when attempting to free an object that was not allocated
on the heap.
"-Wstack-usage=len" 4
Item "-Wstack-usage=len" Warn if the stack usage of a function might be larger than
len bytes.
The computation done to determine the stack usage is conservative.
Any space allocated via
\*(C`alloca\*(C', variable-length arrays, or related
constructs is included by the compiler when determining whether or not to
issue a warning.
.Sp
The message is in keeping with the output of
-fstack-usage.
"\(bu" 4
If the stack usage is fully static but exceeds the specified amount, it's:
.Sp
.Vb 1
warning: stack usage is 1120 bytes
.Ve
"\(bu" 4
If the stack usage is (partly) dynamic but bounded, it's:
.Sp
.Vb 1
warning: stack usage might be 1648 bytes
.Ve
"\(bu" 4
If the stack usage is (partly) dynamic and not bounded, it's:
.Sp
.Vb 1
warning: stack usage might be unbounded
.Ve
"-Wunsafe-loop-optimizations" 4
Item "-Wunsafe-loop-optimizations" Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler could not
assume anything on the bounds of the loop indices. With
\fB-funsafe-loop-optimizations warn if the compiler made
such assumptions.
"-Wno-pedantic-ms-format (MinGW targets only)" 4
Item "-Wno-pedantic-ms-format (MinGW targets only)" Disables the warnings about non-ISO
\*(C`printf\*(C' /
\*(C`scanf\*(C' format
width specifiers
\*(C`I32\*(C',
\*(C`I64\*(C', and
\*(C`I\*(C' used on Windows targets
depending on the \s-1MS\s0 runtime, when you are using the options
-Wformat
and
-pedantic without gnu-extensions.
"-Wpointer-arith" 4
Item "-Wpointer-arith" Warn about anything that depends on the \*(L"size of\*(R" a function type or
of
\*(C`void\*(C'. \s-1GNU\s0 C assigns these types a size of 1, for
convenience in calculations with
\*(C`void *\*(C' pointers and pointers
to functions. In \*(C+, warn also when an arithmetic operation involves
\f(CW\*(C`NULL\*(C'. This warning is also enabled by
-pedantic.
"-Wtype-limits" 4
Item "-Wtype-limits" Warn if a comparison is always true or always false due to the limited
range of the data type, but do not warn for constant expressions. For
example, warn if an unsigned variable is compared against zero with
\fB< or
>=. This warning is also enabled by
\fB-Wextra.
"-Wbad-function-cast (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wbad-function-cast (C and Objective-C only)" Warn whenever a function call is cast to a non-matching type.
For example, warn if
\*(C`int malloc()\*(C' is cast to
\*(C`anything *\*(C'.
"-Wc++-compat (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wc++-compat (C and Objective-C only)" Warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that are outside of the common subset of
\s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+, e.g. request for implicit conversion from
\f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C' to a pointer to non-
\*(C`void\*(C' type.
"-Wc++11-compat (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wc++11-compat ( and Objective- only)" Warn about \*(C+ constructs whose meaning differs between \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 1998
and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 2011, e.g., identifiers in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 1998 that are keywords
in \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ 2011. This warning turns on
-Wnarrowing and is
enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wcast-qual" 4
Item "-Wcast-qual" Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from
the target type. For example, warn if a
\*(C`const char *\*(C' is cast
to an ordinary
\*(C`char *\*(C'.
.Sp
Also warn when making a cast that introduces a type qualifier in an
unsafe way. For example, casting
\*(C`char **\*(C' to
\*(C`const char **\*(C'
is unsafe, as in this example:
.Sp
.Vb 6
/* p is char ** value. */
const char **q = (const char **) p;
/* Assignment of readonly string to const char * is OK. */
*q = "string";
/* Now char** pointer points to read-only memory. */
**p = \*(Aqb\*(Aq;
.Ve
"-Wcast-align" 4
Item "-Wcast-align" Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the
target is increased. For example, warn if a
\*(C`char *\*(C' is cast to
an
\*(C`int *\*(C' on machines where integers can only be accessed at
two- or four-byte boundaries.
"-Wwrite-strings" 4
Item "-Wwrite-strings" When compiling C, give string constants the type
\*(C`const
char[\f(CIlength]\*(C' so that copying the address of one into a
non-\*(C`const\*(C' \*(C`char *\*(C' pointer will get a warning. These
warnings will help you find at compile time code that can try to write
into a string constant, but only if you have been very careful about
using \*(C`const\*(C' in declarations and prototypes. Otherwise, it will
just be a nuisance. This is why we did not make -Wall request
these warnings.
.Sp
When compiling \*(C+, warn about the deprecated conversion from string
literals to \*(C`char *\*(C'. This warning is enabled by default for \*(C+
programs.
"-Wclobbered" 4
Item "-Wclobbered" Warn for variables that might be changed by
longjmp or
\fBvfork. This warning is also enabled by
-Wextra.
"-Wconversion" 4
Item "-Wconversion" Warn for implicit conversions that may alter a value. This includes
conversions between real and integer, like
\*(C`abs (x)\*(C' when
\f(CW\*(C`x\*(C' is
\*(C`double\*(C'; conversions between signed and unsigned,
like
\*(C`unsigned ui = -1\*(C'; and conversions to smaller types, like
\f(CW\*(C`sqrtf (M_PI)\*(C'. Do not warn for explicit casts like
\*(C`abs
((int) x)\*(C' and
\*(C`ui = (unsigned) -1\*(C', or if the value is not
changed by the conversion like in
\*(C`abs (2.0)\*(C'. Warnings about
conversions between signed and unsigned integers can be disabled by
using
-Wno-sign-conversion.
.Sp
For \*(C+, also warn for confusing overload resolution for user-defined
conversions; and conversions that will never use a type conversion
operator: conversions to
\*(C`void\*(C', the same type, a base class or a
reference to them. Warnings about conversions between signed and
unsigned integers are disabled by default in \*(C+ unless
\fB-Wsign-conversion is explicitly enabled.
"-Wno-conversion-null (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wno-conversion-null ( and Objective- only)" Do not warn for conversions between
\*(C`NULL\*(C' and non-pointer
types.
-Wconversion-null is enabled by default.
"-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant ( and Objective- only)" Warn when a literal '0' is used as null pointer constant. This can
be useful to facilitate the conversion to
\*(C`nullptr\*(C' in \*(C+11.
"-Wempty-body" 4
Item "-Wempty-body" Warn if an empty body occurs in an
if,
else or
do
while statement. This warning is also enabled by
-Wextra.
"-Wenum-compare" 4
Item "-Wenum-compare" Warn about a comparison between values of different enumerated types.
In \*(C+ enumeral mismatches in conditional expressions are also
diagnosed and the warning is enabled by default. In C this warning is
enabled by
-Wall.
"-Wjump-misses-init (C, Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wjump-misses-init (C, Objective-C only)" Warn if a
\*(C`goto\*(C' statement or a
\*(C`switch\*(C' statement jumps
forward across the initialization of a variable, or jumps backward to a
label after the variable has been initialized. This only warns about
variables that are initialized when they are declared. This warning is
only supported for C and Objective-C; in \*(C+ this sort of branch is an
error in any case.
.Sp
\fB-Wjump-misses-init is included in
-Wc++-compat. It
can be disabled with the
-Wno-jump-misses-init option.
"-Wsign-compare" 4
Item "-Wsign-compare" Warn when a comparison between signed and unsigned values could produce
an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned.
This warning is also enabled by
-Wextra; to get the other warnings
of
-Wextra without this warning, use
-Wextra -Wno-sign-compare.
"-Wsign-conversion" 4
Item "-Wsign-conversion" Warn for implicit conversions that may change the sign of an integer
value, like assigning a signed integer expression to an unsigned
integer variable. An explicit cast silences the warning. In C, this
option is enabled also by
-Wconversion.
"-Waddress" 4
Item "-Waddress" Warn about suspicious uses of memory addresses. These include using
the address of a function in a conditional expression, such as
\f(CW\*(C`void func(void); if (func)\*(C', and comparisons against the memory
address of a string literal, such as
\*(C`if (x == "abc")\*(C'. Such
uses typically indicate a programmer error: the address of a function
always evaluates to true, so their use in a conditional usually
indicate that the programmer forgot the parentheses in a function
call; and comparisons against string literals result in unspecified
behavior and are not portable in C, so they usually indicate that the
programmer intended to use
\*(C`strcmp\*(C'. This warning is enabled by
\fB-Wall.
"-Wlogical-op" 4
Item "-Wlogical-op" Warn about suspicious uses of logical operators in expressions.
This includes using logical operators in contexts where a
bit-wise operator is likely to be expected.
"-Waggregate-return" 4
Item "-Waggregate-return" Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or
called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits
a warning.)
"-Wno-attributes" 4
Item "-Wno-attributes" Do not warn if an unexpected
\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_\*(C' is used, such as
unrecognized attributes, function attributes applied to variables,
etc. This will not stop errors for incorrect use of supported
attributes.
"-Wno-builtin-macro-redefined" 4
Item "-Wno-builtin-macro-redefined" Do not warn if certain built-in macros are redefined. This suppresses
warnings for redefinition of
\*(C`_\|_TIMESTAMP_\|_\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_TIME_\|_\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_DATE_\|_\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_FILE_\|_\*(C', and
\*(C`_\|_BASE_FILE_\|_\*(C'.
"-Wstrict-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wstrict-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)" Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the
argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without
a warning if preceded by a declaration that specifies the argument
types.)
"-Wold-style-declaration (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wold-style-declaration (C and Objective-C only)" Warn for obsolescent usages, according to the C Standard, in a
declaration. For example, warn if storage-class specifiers like
\f(CW\*(C`static\*(C' are not the first things in a declaration. This warning
is also enabled by
-Wextra.
"-Wold-style-definition (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wold-style-definition (C and Objective-C only)" Warn if an old-style function definition is used. A warning is given
even if there is a previous prototype.
"-Wmissing-parameter-type (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wmissing-parameter-type (C and Objective-C only)" A function parameter is declared without a type specifier in K&R-style
functions:
.Sp
.Vb 1
void foo(bar) { }
.Ve
.Sp
This warning is also enabled by
-Wextra.
"-Wmissing-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wmissing-prototypes (C and Objective-C only)" Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype
declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself
provides a prototype. The aim is to detect global functions that
are not declared in header files.
"-Wmissing-declarations" 4
Item "-Wmissing-declarations" Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration.
Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype.
Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in
header files. In \*(C+, no warnings are issued for function templates,
or for inline functions, or for functions in anonymous namespaces.
"-Wmissing-field-initializers" 4
Item "-Wmissing-field-initializers" Warn if a structure's initializer has some fields missing. For
example, the following code would cause such a warning, because
\f(CW\*(C`
x.h\*(C' is implicitly zero:
.Sp
.Vb 2
struct s { int f, g, h; };
struct s x = { 3, 4 };
.Ve
.Sp
This option does not warn about designated initializers, so the following
modification would not trigger a warning:
.Sp
.Vb 2
struct s { int f, g, h; };
struct s x = { .f = 3, .g = 4 };
.Ve
.Sp
This warning is included in
-Wextra. To get other
-Wextra
warnings without this one, use
-Wextra -Wno-missing-field-initializers.
"-Wmissing-format-attribute" 4
Item "-Wmissing-format-attribute" Warn about function pointers that might be candidates for
\*(C`format\*(C'
attributes. Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones.
\s-1GCC\s0 will guess that function pointers with
\*(C`format\*(C' attributes that
are used in assignment, initialization, parameter passing or return
statements should have a corresponding
\*(C`format\*(C' attribute in the
resulting type. I.e. the left-hand side of the assignment or
initialization, the type of the parameter variable, or the return type
of the containing function respectively should also have a
\*(C`format\*(C'
attribute to avoid the warning.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 will also warn about function definitions that might be
candidates for
\*(C`format\*(C' attributes. Again, these are only
possible candidates. \s-1GCC\s0 will guess that
\*(C`format\*(C' attributes
might be appropriate for any function that calls a function like
\f(CW\*(C`vprintf\*(C' or
\*(C`vscanf\*(C', but this might not always be the
case, and some functions for which
\*(C`format\*(C' attributes are
appropriate may not be detected.
"-Wno-multichar" 4
Item "-Wno-multichar" Do not warn if a multicharacter constant (
'\s-1FOOF\s0') is used.
Usually they indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have
implementation-defined values, and should not be used in portable code.
"-Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>" 4
Item "-Wnormalized=<none|id|nfc|nfkc>" In \s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+, two identifiers are different if they are
different sequences of characters. However, sometimes when characters
outside the basic \s-1ASCII\s0 character set are used, you can have two
different character sequences that look the same. To avoid confusion,
the \s-1ISO\s0 10646 standard sets out some
normalization rules which
when applied ensure that two sequences that look the same are turned into
the same sequence. \s-1GCC\s0 can warn you if you are using identifiers that
have not been normalized; this option controls that warning.
.Sp
There are four levels of warning supported by \s-1GCC\s0. The default is
\fB-Wnormalized=nfc, which warns about any identifier that is
not in the \s-1ISO\s0 10646 \*(L"C\*(R" normalized form,
\s-1NFC\s0. \s-1NFC\s0 is the
recommended form for most uses.
.Sp
Unfortunately, there are some characters allowed in identifiers by
\s-1ISO\s0 C and \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ that, when turned into \s-1NFC\s0, are not allowed in
identifiers. That is, there's no way to use these symbols in portable
\s-1ISO\s0 C or \*(C+ and have all your identifiers in \s-1NFC\s0.
\fB-Wnormalized=id suppresses the warning for these characters.
It is hoped that future versions of the standards involved will correct
this, which is why this option is not the default.
.Sp
You can switch the warning off for all characters by writing
\fB-Wnormalized=none. You would only want to do this if you
were using some other normalization scheme (like \*(L"D\*(R"), because
otherwise you can easily create bugs that are literally impossible to see.
.Sp
Some characters in \s-1ISO\s0 10646 have distinct meanings but look identical
in some fonts or display methodologies, especially once formatting has
been applied. For instance
\*(C`\eu207F\*(C', \*(L"\s-1SUPERSCRIPT\s0 \s-1LATIN\s0 \s-1SMALL\s0
\s-1LETTER\s0 N\*(R", will display just like a regular
\*(C`n\*(C' that has been
placed in a superscript. \s-1ISO\s0 10646 defines the
\s-1NFKC\s0
normalization scheme to convert all these into a standard form as
well, and \s-1GCC\s0 will warn if your code is not in \s-1NFKC\s0 if you use
\fB-Wnormalized=nfkc. This warning is comparable to warning
about every identifier that contains the letter O because it might be
confused with the digit 0, and so is not the default, but may be
useful as a local coding convention if the programming environment is
unable to be fixed to display these characters distinctly.
"-Wno-deprecated" 4
Item "-Wno-deprecated" Do not warn about usage of deprecated features.
"-Wno-deprecated-declarations" 4
Item "-Wno-deprecated-declarations" Do not warn about uses of functions,
variables, and types marked as deprecated by using the
\*(C`deprecated\*(C'
attribute.
"-Wno-overflow" 4
Item "-Wno-overflow" Do not warn about compile-time overflow in constant expressions.
"-Woverride-init (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Woverride-init (C and Objective-C only)" Warn if an initialized field without side effects is overridden when
using designated initializers.
.Sp
This warning is included in
-Wextra. To get other
\fB-Wextra warnings without this one, use
-Wextra
\-Wno-override-init.
"-Wpacked" 4
Item "-Wpacked" Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed
attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure.
Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For
instance, in this code, the variable
\*(C`f.x\*(C' in
\*(C`struct bar\*(C'
will be misaligned even though
\*(C`struct bar\*(C' does not itself
have the packed attribute:
.Sp
.Vb 8
struct foo {
int x;
char a, b, c, d;
} _\|_attribute_\|_((packed));
struct bar {
char z;
struct foo f;
};
.Ve
"-Wpacked-bitfield-compat" 4
Item "-Wpacked-bitfield-compat" The 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 series of \s-1GCC\s0 ignore the
\*(C`packed\*(C' attribute
on bit-fields of type
\*(C`char\*(C'. This has been fixed in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4 but
the change can lead to differences in the structure layout. \s-1GCC\s0
informs you when the offset of such a field has changed in \s-1GCC\s0 4.4.
For example there is no longer a 4-bit padding between field
\*(C`a\*(C'
and
\*(C`b\*(C' in this structure:
.Sp
.Vb 5
struct foo
{
char a:4;
char b:8;
} _\|_attribute_\|_ ((packed));
.Ve
.Sp
This warning is enabled by default. Use
\fB-Wno-packed-bitfield-compat to disable this warning.
"-Wpadded" 4
Item "-Wpadded" Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element
of the structure or to align the whole structure. Sometimes when this
happens it is possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to
reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller.
"-Wredundant-decls" 4
Item "-Wredundant-decls" Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in
cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing.
"-Wnested-externs (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wnested-externs (C and Objective-C only)" Warn if an
\*(C`extern\*(C' declaration is encountered within a function.
"-Winline" 4
Item "-Winline" Warn if a function can not be inlined and it was declared as inline.
Even with this option, the compiler will not warn about failures to
inline functions declared in system headers.
.Sp
The compiler uses a variety of heuristics to determine whether or not
to inline a function. For example, the compiler takes into account
the size of the function being inlined and the amount of inlining
that has already been done in the current function. Therefore,
seemingly insignificant changes in the source program can cause the
warnings produced by
-Winline to appear or disappear.
"-Wno-invalid-offsetof (\*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-Wno-invalid-offsetof ( and Objective- only)" Suppress warnings from applying the
offsetof macro to a non-POD
type. According to the 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard, applying
offsetof
to a non-POD type is undefined. In existing \*(C+ implementations,
however,
offsetof typically gives meaningful results even when
applied to certain kinds of non-POD types. (Such as a simple
\fBstruct that fails to be a \s-1POD\s0 type only by virtue of having a
constructor.) This flag is for users who are aware that they are
writing nonportable code and who have deliberately chosen to ignore the
warning about it.
.Sp
The restrictions on
offsetof may be relaxed in a future version
of the \*(C+ standard.
"-Wno-int-to-pointer-cast" 4
Item "-Wno-int-to-pointer-cast" Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a
different size. In \*(C+, casting to a pointer type of smaller size is
an error.
Wint-to-pointer-cast is enabled by default.
"-Wno-pointer-to-int-cast (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wno-pointer-to-int-cast (C and Objective-C only)" Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a
different size.
"-Winvalid-pch" 4
Item "-Winvalid-pch" Warn if a precompiled header is found in
the search path but can't be used.
"-Wlong-long" 4
Item "-Wlong-long" Warn if
long long type is used. This is enabled by either
\fB-pedantic or
-Wtraditional in \s-1ISO\s0 C90 and \*(C+98
modes. To inhibit the warning messages, use
-Wno-long-long.
"-Wvariadic-macros" 4
Item "-Wvariadic-macros" Warn if variadic macros are used in pedantic \s-1ISO\s0 C90 mode, or the \s-1GNU\s0
alternate syntax when in pedantic \s-1ISO\s0 C99 mode. This is default.
To inhibit the warning messages, use
-Wno-variadic-macros.
"-Wvector-operation-performance" 4
Item "-Wvector-operation-performance" Warn if vector operation is not implemented via \s-1SIMD\s0 capabilities of the
architecture. Mainly useful for the performance tuning.
Vector operation can be implemented
\*(C`piecewise\*(C', which means that the
scalar operation is performed on every vector element;
\f(CW\*(C`in parallel\*(C', which means that the vector operation is implemented
using scalars of wider type, which normally is more performance efficient;
and
\*(C`as a single scalar\*(C', which means that vector fits into a
scalar type.
"-Wvla" 4
Item "-Wvla" Warn if variable length array is used in the code.
\fB-Wno-vla will prevent the
-pedantic warning of
the variable length array.
"-Wvolatile-register-var" 4
Item "-Wvolatile-register-var" Warn if a register variable is declared volatile. The volatile
modifier does not inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate reads
and/
or writes to register variables. This warning is enabled by
\fB-Wall.
"-Wdisabled-optimization" 4
Item "-Wdisabled-optimization" Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning does
not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it
merely indicates that \s-1GCC\s0's optimizers were unable to handle the code
effectively. Often, the problem is that your code is too big or too
complex; \s-1GCC\s0 will refuse to optimize programs when the optimization
itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of time.
"-Wpointer-sign (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wpointer-sign (C and Objective-C only)" Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different signedness.
This option is only supported for C and Objective-C. It is implied by
\fB-Wall and by
-pedantic, which can be disabled with
\fB-Wno-pointer-sign.
"-Wstack-protector" 4
Item "-Wstack-protector" This option is only active when
-fstack-protector is active. It
warns about functions that will not be protected against stack smashing.
"-Wno-mudflap" 4
Item "-Wno-mudflap" Suppress warnings about constructs that cannot be instrumented by
\fB-fmudflap.
"-Woverlength-strings" 4
Item "-Woverlength-strings" Warn about string constants that are longer than the \*(L"minimum
maximum\*(R" length specified in the C standard. Modern compilers
generally allow string constants that are much longer than the
standard's minimum limit, but very portable programs should avoid
using longer strings.
.Sp
The limit applies
after string constant concatenation, and does
not count the trailing \s-1NUL\s0. In C90, the limit was 509 characters; in
C99, it was raised to 4095. \*(C+98 does not specify a normative
minimum maximum, so we do not diagnose overlength strings in \*(C+.
.Sp
This option is implied by
-pedantic, and can be disabled with
\fB-Wno-overlength-strings.
"-Wunsuffixed-float-constants (C and Objective-C only)" 4
Item "-Wunsuffixed-float-constants (C and Objective-C only)" \s-1GCC\s0 will issue a warning for any floating constant that does not have
a suffix. When used together with
-Wsystem-headers it will
warn about such constants in system header files. This can be useful
when preparing code to use with the
\*(C`FLOAT_CONST_DECIMAL64\*(C' pragma
from the decimal floating-point extension to C99.
.Sh "Options for Debugging Your Program or \s-1GCC\s0"
Subsection "Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC" \s-1GCC\s0 has various special options that are used for debugging
either your program or \s-1GCC:\s0
"-g" 4
Item "-g" Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format
(stabs, \s-1COFF\s0, \s-1XCOFF\s0, or \s-1DWARF\s0 2). \s-1GDB\s0 can work with this debugging
information.
.Sp
On most systems that use stabs format,
-g enables use of extra
debugging information that only \s-1GDB\s0 can use; this extra information
makes debugging work better in \s-1GDB\s0 but will probably make other debuggers
crash or
refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether
to generate the extra information, use
-gstabs+,
-gstabs,
\fB-gxcoff+,
-gxcoff, or
-gvms (see below).
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 allows you to use
-g with
\fB-O. The shortcuts taken by optimized code may occasionally
produce surprising results: some variables you declared may not exist
at all; flow of control may briefly move where you did not expect it;
some statements may not be executed because they compute constant
results or their values were already at hand; some statements may
execute in different places because they were moved out of loops.
.Sp
Nevertheless it proves possible to debug optimized output. This makes
it reasonable to use the optimizer for programs that might have bugs.
.Sp
The following options are useful when \s-1GCC\s0 is generated with the
capability for more than one debugging format.
"-ggdb" 4
Item "-ggdb" Produce debugging information for use by \s-1GDB\s0. This means to use the
most expressive format available (\s-1DWARF\s0 2, stabs, or the native format
if neither of those are supported), including \s-1GDB\s0 extensions if at all
possible.
"-gstabs" 4
Item "-gstabs" Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
without \s-1GDB\s0 extensions. This is the format used by \s-1DBX\s0 on most \s-1BSD\s0
systems. On \s-1MIPS\s0, Alpha and System V Release 4 systems this option
produces stabs debugging output that is not understood by \s-1DBX\s0 or \s-1SDB\s0.
On System V Release 4 systems this option requires the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
"-feliminate-unused-debug-symbols" 4
Item "-feliminate-unused-debug-symbols" Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
for only symbols that are actually used.
"-femit-class-debug-always" 4
Item "-femit-class-debug-always" Instead of emitting debugging information for a \*(C+ class in only one
object file, emit it in all object files using the class. This option
should be used only with debuggers that are unable to handle the way \s-1GCC\s0
normally emits debugging information for classes because using this
option will increase the size of debugging information by as much as a
factor of two.
"-fno-debug-types-section" 4
Item "-fno-debug-types-section" By default when using \s-1DWARF\s0 v4 or higher type DIEs will be put into
their own .debug_types section instead of making them part of the
.debug_info section. It is more efficient to put them in a separate
comdat sections since the linker will then be able to remove duplicates.
But not all \s-1DWARF\s0 consumers support .debug_types sections yet.
"-gstabs+" 4
Item "-gstabs+" Produce debugging information in stabs format (if that is supported),
using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger (\s-1GDB\s0). The
use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
refuse to read the program.
"-gcoff" 4
Item "-gcoff" Produce debugging information in \s-1COFF\s0 format (if that is supported).
This is the format used by \s-1SDB\s0 on most System V systems prior to
System V Release 4.
"-gxcoff" 4
Item "-gxcoff" Produce debugging information in \s-1XCOFF\s0 format (if that is supported).
This is the format used by the \s-1DBX\s0 debugger on \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 systems.
"-gxcoff+" 4
Item "-gxcoff+" Produce debugging information in \s-1XCOFF\s0 format (if that is supported),
using \s-1GNU\s0 extensions understood only by the \s-1GNU\s0 debugger (\s-1GDB\s0). The
use of these extensions is likely to make other debuggers crash or
refuse to read the program, and may cause assemblers other than the \s-1GNU\s0
assembler (\s-1GAS\s0) to fail with an error.
"-gdwarf-version" 4
Item "-gdwarf-version" Produce debugging information in \s-1DWARF\s0 format (if that is
supported). This is the format used by \s-1DBX\s0 on \s-1IRIX\s0 6. The value
of
version may be either 2, 3 or 4; the default version is 2.
.Sp
Note that with \s-1DWARF\s0 version 2 some ports require, and will always
use, some non-conflicting \s-1DWARF\s0 3 extensions in the unwind tables.
.Sp
Version 4 may require \s-1GDB\s0 7.0 and
-fvar-tracking-assignments
for maximum benefit.
"-grecord-gcc-switches" 4
Item "-grecord-gcc-switches" This switch causes the command-line options used to invoke the
compiler that may affect code generation to be appended to the
DW_AT_producer attribute in \s-1DWARF\s0 debugging information. The options
are concatenated with spaces separating them from each other and from
the compiler version. See also
-frecord-gcc-switches for another
way of storing compiler options into the object file.
"-gno-record-gcc-switches" 4
Item "-gno-record-gcc-switches" Disallow appending command-line options to the DW_AT_producer attribute
in \s-1DWARF\s0 debugging information. This is the default.
"-gstrict-dwarf" 4
Item "-gstrict-dwarf" Disallow using extensions of later \s-1DWARF\s0 standard version than selected
with
-gdwarf-version. On most targets using non-conflicting
\s-1DWARF\s0 extensions from later standard versions is allowed.
"-gno-strict-dwarf" 4
Item "-gno-strict-dwarf" Allow using extensions of later \s-1DWARF\s0 standard version than selected with
\fB-gdwarf-
version.
"-gvms" 4
Item "-gvms" Produce debugging information in \s-1VMS\s0 debug format (if that is
supported). This is the format used by \s-1DEBUG\s0 on \s-1VMS\s0 systems.
"-glevel" 4
Item "-glevel" 0
"-ggdblevel" 4
Item "-ggdblevel" "-gstabslevel" 4
Item "-gstabslevel" "-gcofflevel" 4
Item "-gcofflevel" "-gxcofflevel" 4
Item "-gxcofflevel" "-gvmslevel" 4
Item "-gvmslevel"
Request debugging information and also use level to specify how
much information. The default level is 2.
.Sp
Level 0 produces no debug information at all. Thus, -g0 negates
\fB-g.
.Sp
Level 1 produces minimal information, enough for making backtraces in
parts of the program that you don't plan to debug. This includes
descriptions of functions and external variables, but no information
about local variables and no line numbers.
.Sp
Level 3 includes extra information, such as all the macro definitions
present in the program. Some debuggers support macro expansion when
you use -g3.
.Sp
\fB-gdwarf-2 does not accept a concatenated debug level, because
\s-1GCC\s0 used to support an option -gdwarf that meant to generate
debug information in version 1 of the \s-1DWARF\s0 format (which is very
different from version 2), and it would have been too confusing. That
debug format is long obsolete, but the option cannot be changed now.
Instead use an additional -glevel option to change the
debug level for \s-1DWARF\s0.
"-gtoggle" 4
Item "-gtoggle" Turn off generation of debug info, if leaving out this option would have
generated it, or turn it on at level 2 otherwise. The position of this
argument in the command line does not matter, it takes effect after all
other options are processed, and it does so only once, no matter how
many times it is given. This is mainly intended to be used with
\fB-fcompare-debug.
"-fdump-final-insns[=file]" 4
Item "-fdump-final-insns[=file]" Dump the final internal representation (\s-1RTL\s0) to
file. If the
optional argument is omitted (or if
file is
\*(C`.\*(C'), the name
of the dump file will be determined by appending
\*(C`.gkd\*(C' to the
compilation output file name.
"-fcompare-debug[=opts]" 4
Item "-fcompare-debug[=opts]" If no error occurs during compilation, run the compiler a second time,
adding
opts and
-fcompare-debug-second to the arguments
passed to the second compilation. Dump the final internal
representation in both compilations, and print an error if they differ.
.Sp
If the equal sign is omitted, the default
-gtoggle is used.
.Sp
The environment variable
\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0, if defined, non-empty
and nonzero, implicitly enables
-fcompare-debug. If
\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0 is defined to a string starting with a dash,
then it is used for
opts, otherwise the default
-gtoggle
is used.
.Sp
\fB-fcompare-debug=, with the equal sign but without
opts,
is equivalent to
-fno-compare-debug, which disables the dumping
of the final representation and the second compilation, preventing even
\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0 from taking effect.
.Sp
To verify full coverage during
-fcompare-debug testing, set
\fB\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0 to say
-fcompare-debug-not-overridden,
which \s-1GCC\s0 will reject as an invalid option in any actual compilation
(rather than preprocessing, assembly or linking). To get just a
warning, setting
\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0 to
-w%n-fcompare-debug
not overridden will do.
"-fcompare-debug-second" 4
Item "-fcompare-debug-second" This option is implicitly passed to the compiler for the second
compilation requested by
-fcompare-debug, along with options to
silence warnings, and omitting other options that would cause
side-effect compiler outputs to files or to the standard output. Dump
files and preserved temporary files are renamed so as to contain the
\f(CW\*(C`.gk\*(C' additional extension during the second compilation, to avoid
overwriting those generated by the first.
.Sp
When this option is passed to the compiler driver, it causes the
\fIfirst compilation to be skipped, which makes it useful for little
other than debugging the compiler proper.
"-feliminate-dwarf2-dups" 4
Item "-feliminate-dwarf2-dups" Compress \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information by eliminating duplicated
information about each symbol. This option only makes sense when
generating \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information with
-gdwarf-2.
"-femit-struct-debug-baseonly" 4
Item "-femit-struct-debug-baseonly" Emit debug information for struct-like types
only when the base name of the compilation source file
matches the base name of file in which the struct was defined.
.Sp
This option substantially reduces the size of debugging information,
but at significant potential loss in type information to the debugger.
See
-femit-struct-debug-reduced for a less aggressive option.
See
-femit-struct-debug-detailed for more detailed control.
.Sp
This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
"-femit-struct-debug-reduced" 4
Item "-femit-struct-debug-reduced" Emit debug information for struct-like types
only when the base name of the compilation source file
matches the base name of file in which the type was defined,
unless the struct is a template or defined in a system header.
.Sp
This option significantly reduces the size of debugging information,
with some potential loss in type information to the debugger.
See
-femit-struct-debug-baseonly for a more aggressive option.
See
-femit-struct-debug-detailed for more detailed control.
.Sp
This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
"-femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list]" 4
Item "-femit-struct-debug-detailed[=spec-list]" Specify the struct-like types
for which the compiler will generate debug information.
The intent is to reduce duplicate struct debug information
between different object files within the same program.
.Sp
This option is a detailed version of
\fB-femit-struct-debug-reduced and
-femit-struct-debug-baseonly,
which will serve for most needs.
.Sp
A specification has the syntax[
dir:|
ind:][
ord:|
gen:](
any|
sys|
base|
none)
.Sp
The optional first word limits the specification to
structs that are used directly (
dir:) or used indirectly (
ind:).
A struct type is used directly when it is the type of a variable, member.
Indirect uses arise through pointers to structs.
That is, when use of an incomplete struct would be legal, the use is indirect.
An example is
\fBstruct one direct; struct two * indirect;.
.Sp
The optional second word limits the specification to
ordinary structs (
ord:) or generic structs (
gen:).
Generic structs are a bit complicated to explain.
For \*(C+, these are non-explicit specializations of template classes,
or non-template classes within the above.
Other programming languages have generics,
but
-femit-struct-debug-detailed does not yet implement them.
.Sp
The third word specifies the source files for those
structs for which the compiler will emit debug information.
The values
none and
any have the normal meaning.
The value
base means that
the base of name of the file in which the type declaration appears
must match the base of the name of the main compilation file.
In practice, this means that
types declared in
foo.c and
foo.h will have debug information,
but types declared in other header will not.
The value
sys means those types satisfying
base
or declared in system or compiler headers.
.Sp
You may need to experiment to determine the best settings for your application.
.Sp
The default is
-femit-struct-debug-detailed=all.
.Sp
This option works only with \s-1DWARF\s0 2.
"-fno-merge-debug-strings" 4
Item "-fno-merge-debug-strings" Direct the linker to not merge together strings in the debugging
information that are identical in different object files. Merging is
not supported by all assemblers or linkers. Merging decreases the size
of the debug information in the output file at the cost of increasing
link processing time. Merging is enabled by default.
"-fdebug-prefix-map=old=new" 4
Item "-fdebug-prefix-map=old=new" When compiling files in directory
old, record debugging
information describing them as in new instead.
"-fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm" 4
Item "-fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm" Emit \s-1DWARF\s0 2 unwind info as compiler generated
\*(C`.eh_frame\*(C' section
instead of using \s-1GAS\s0
\*(C`.cfi_*\*(C' directives.
"-p" 4
Item "-p" Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
analysis program
prof. You must use this option when compiling
the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
linking.
"-pg" 4
Item "-pg" Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the
analysis program
gprof. You must use this option when compiling
the source files you want data about, and you must also use it when
linking.
"-Q" 4
Item "-Q" Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and
print some statistics about each pass when it finishes.
"-ftime-report" 4
Item "-ftime-report" Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each
pass when it finishes.
"-fmem-report" 4
Item "-fmem-report" Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
allocation when it finishes.
"-fpre-ipa-mem-report" 4
Item "-fpre-ipa-mem-report" 0
"-fpost-ipa-mem-report" 4
Item "-fpost-ipa-mem-report"
Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory
allocation before or after interprocedural optimization.
"-fstack-usage" 4
Item "-fstack-usage" Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program, on a
per-function basis. The filename for the dump is made by appending
\
fI.su to the
auxname.
auxname is generated from the name of
the output file, if explicitly specified and it is not an executable,
otherwise it is the basename of the source file. An entry is made up
of three fields:
"\(bu" 4
The name of the function.
"\(bu" 4
A number of bytes.
"\(bu" 4
One or more qualifiers:
\*(C`static\*(C',
\*(C`dynamic\*(C',
\*(C`bounded\*(C'.
.Sp
The qualifier \*(C`static\*(C' means that the function manipulates the stack
statically: a fixed number of bytes are allocated for the frame on function
entry and released on function exit; no stack adjustments are otherwise made
in the function. The second field is this fixed number of bytes.
.Sp
The qualifier \*(C`dynamic\*(C' means that the function manipulates the stack
dynamically: in addition to the static allocation described above, stack
adjustments are made in the body of the function, for example to push/pop
arguments around function calls. If the qualifier \*(C`bounded\*(C' is also
present, the amount of these adjustments is bounded at compile time and
the second field is an upper bound of the total amount of stack used by
the function. If it is not present, the amount of these adjustments is
not bounded at compile time and the second field only represents the
bounded part.
"-fprofile-arcs" 4
Item "-fprofile-arcs" Add code so that program flow
arcs are instrumented. During
execution the program records how many times each branch and call is
executed and how many times it is taken or returns. When the compiled
program exits it saves this data to a file called
\fI
auxname.gcda for each source file. The data may be used for
profile-directed optimizations (-fbranch-probabilities), or for
test coverage analysis (-ftest-coverage). Each object file's
\fIauxname is generated from the name of the output file, if
explicitly specified and it is not the final executable, otherwise it is
the basename of the source file. In both cases any suffix is removed
(e.g.
foo.gcda for input file
dir/foo.c, or
\
fIdir/
foo.gcda for output file specified as
-o dir/foo.o).
"--coverage" 4
Item "--coverage" This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for coverage
analysis. The option is a synonym for
-fprofile-arcs
\fB-ftest-coverage (when compiling) and
-lgcov (when
linking). See the documentation for those options for more details.
"\(bu" 4
Compile the source files with
-fprofile-arcs plus optimization
and code generation options. For test coverage analysis, use the
additional
-ftest-coverage option. You do not need to profile
every source file in a program.
"\(bu" 4
Link your object files with
-lgcov or
-fprofile-arcs
(the latter implies the former).
"\(bu" 4
Run the program on a representative workload to generate the arc profile
information. This may be repeated any number of times. You can run
concurrent instances of your program, and provided that the file system
supports locking, the data files will be correctly updated. Also
\f(CW\*(C`fork\*(C' calls are detected and correctly handled (double counting
will not happen).
"\(bu" 4
For profile-directed optimizations, compile the source files again with
the same optimization and code generation options plus
\fB-fbranch-probabilities.
"\(bu" 4
For test coverage analysis, use
gcov to produce human readable
information from the
.gcno and
.gcda files. Refer to the
\fBgcov documentation for further information.
.Sp
With -fprofile-arcs, for each function of your program \s-1GCC\s0
creates a program flow graph, then finds a spanning tree for the graph.
Only arcs that are not on the spanning tree have to be instrumented: the
compiler adds code to count the number of times that these arcs are
executed. When an arc is the only exit or only entrance to a block, the
instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a new basic
block must be created to hold the instrumentation code.
"-ftest-coverage" 4
Item "-ftest-coverage" Produce a notes file that the
gcov code-coverage utility can use to
show program coverage. Each source file's note file is called
\fI
auxname.gcno. Refer to the -fprofile-arcs option
above for a description of auxname and instructions on how to
generate test coverage data. Coverage data will match the source files
more closely, if you do not optimize.
"-fdbg-cnt-list" 4
Item "-fdbg-cnt-list" Print the name and the counter upper bound for all debug counters.
"-fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list" 4
Item "-fdbg-cnt=counter-value-list" Set the internal debug counter upper bound.
counter-value-list
is a comma-separated list of
name:
value pairs
which sets the upper bound of each debug counter
name to
value.
All debug counters have the initial upper bound of
\s-1UINT_MAX\s0,
thus
dbg_cnt() returns true always unless the upper bound is set by this option.
e.g. With -fdbg-cnt=dce:10,tail_call:0
dbg_cnt(dce) will return true only for first 10 invocations
"-fenable-kind-pass" 4
Item "-fenable-kind-pass" 0
"-fdisable-kind-pass=range-list" 4
Item "-fdisable-kind-pass=range-list"
This is a set of debugging options that are used to explicitly disable/enable
optimization passes. For compiler users, regular options for enabling/disabling
passes should be used instead.
"*<-fdisable-ipa-pass>" 4
Item "*<-fdisable-ipa-pass>" Disable ipa pass
pass.
pass is the pass name. If the same pass is
statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
appended with a sequential number starting from 1.
"*<-fdisable-rtl-pass>" 4
Item "*<-fdisable-rtl-pass>" 0
"*<-fdisable-rtl-pass=range-list>" 4
Item "*<-fdisable-rtl-pass=range-list>"
Disable rtl pass pass. pass is the pass name. If the same pass is
statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
appended with a sequential number starting from 1. range-list is a comma
seperated list of function ranges or assembler names. Each range is a number
pair seperated by a colon. The range is inclusive in both ends. If the range
is trivial, the number pair can be simplified as a single number. If the
function's cgraph node's uid is falling within one of the specified ranges,
the pass is disabled for that function. The uid is shown in the
function header of a dump file, and the pass names can be dumped by using
option -fdump-passes.
"*<-fdisable-tree-pass>" 4
Item "*<-fdisable-tree-pass>" 0
"*<-fdisable-tree-pass=range-list>" 4
Item "*<-fdisable-tree-pass=range-list>"
Disable tree pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for the description of
option arguments.
"*<-fenable-ipa-pass>" 4
Item "*<-fenable-ipa-pass>" Enable ipa pass
pass.
pass is the pass name. If the same pass is
statically invoked in the compiler multiple times, the pass name should be
appended with a sequential number starting from 1.
"*<-fenable-rtl-pass>" 4
Item "*<-fenable-rtl-pass>" 0
"*<-fenable-rtl-pass=range-list>" 4
Item "*<-fenable-rtl-pass=range-list>"
Enable rtl pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for option argument
description and examples.
"*<-fenable-tree-pass>" 4
Item "*<-fenable-tree-pass>" 0
"*<-fenable-tree-pass=range-list>" 4
Item "*<-fenable-tree-pass=range-list>"
Enable tree pass pass. See -fdisable-rtl for the description
of option arguments.
.Sp
.Vb 10
# disable ccp1 for all functions
-fdisable-tree-ccp1
# disable complete unroll for function whose cgraph node uid is 1
-fenable-tree-cunroll=1
# disable gcse2 for functions at the following ranges [1,1],
# [300,400], and [400,1000]
# disable gcse2 for functions foo and foo2
-fdisable-rtl-gcse2=foo,foo2
# disable early inlining
-fdisable-tree-einline
# disable ipa inlining
-fdisable-ipa-inline
# enable tree full unroll
-fenable-tree-unroll
.Ve
"-dletters" 4
Item "-dletters" 0
"-fdump-rtl-pass" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-pass"
Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by
\fIletters. This is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of the
compiler. The file names for most of the dumps are made by appending
a pass number and a word to the dumpname, and the files are
created in the directory of the output file. Note that the pass
number is computed statically as passes get registered into the pass
manager. Thus the numbering is not related to the dynamic order of
execution of passes. In particular, a pass installed by a plugin
could have a number over 200 even if it executed quite early.
\fIdumpname is generated from the name of the output file, if
explicitly specified and it is not an executable, otherwise it is the
basename of the source file. These switches may have different effects
when -E is used for preprocessing.
.Sp
Debug dumps can be enabled with a -fdump-rtl switch or some
\fB-d option letters. Here are the possible
letters for use in pass and letters, and their meanings:
"-fdump-rtl-alignments" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-alignments" Dump after branch alignments have been computed.
"-fdump-rtl-asmcons" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-asmcons" Dump after fixing rtl statements that have unsatisfied
in/
out constraints.
"-fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec" Dump after auto-inc-dec discovery. This pass is only run on
architectures that have auto inc or auto dec instructions.
"-fdump-rtl-barriers" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-barriers" Dump after cleaning up the barrier instructions.
"-fdump-rtl-bbpart" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-bbpart" Dump after partitioning hot and cold basic blocks.
"-fdump-rtl-bbro" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-bbro" Dump after block reordering.
"-fdump-rtl-btl1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-btl1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-btl2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-btl2"
\fB-fdump-rtl-btl1 and -fdump-rtl-btl2 enable dumping
after the two branch
target load optimization passes.
"-fdump-rtl-bypass" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-bypass" Dump after jump bypassing and control flow optimizations.
"-fdump-rtl-combine" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-combine" Dump after the \s-1RTL\s0 instruction combination pass.
"-fdump-rtl-compgotos" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-compgotos" Dump after duplicating the computed gotos.
"-fdump-rtl-ce1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-ce1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-ce2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-ce2" "-fdump-rtl-ce3" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-ce3"
\fB-fdump-rtl-ce1, -fdump-rtl-ce2, and
\fB-fdump-rtl-ce3 enable dumping after the three
if conversion passes.
"-fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg" Dump after hard register copy propagation.
"-fdump-rtl-csa" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-csa" Dump after combining stack adjustments.
"-fdump-rtl-cse1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-cse1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-cse2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-cse2"
\fB-fdump-rtl-cse1 and -fdump-rtl-cse2 enable dumping after
the two common sub-expression elimination passes.
"-fdump-rtl-dce" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-dce" Dump after the standalone dead code elimination passes.
"-fdump-rtl-dbr" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-dbr" Dump after delayed branch scheduling.
"-fdump-rtl-dce1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-dce1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-dce2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-dce2"
\fB-fdump-rtl-dce1 and -fdump-rtl-dce2 enable dumping after
the two dead store elimination passes.
"-fdump-rtl-eh" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-eh" Dump after finalization of \s-1EH\s0 handling code.
"-fdump-rtl-eh_ranges" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-eh_ranges" Dump after conversion of \s-1EH\s0 handling range regions.
"-fdump-rtl-expand" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-expand" Dump after \s-1RTL\s0 generation.
"-fdump-rtl-fwprop1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-fwprop1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-fwprop2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-fwprop2"
\fB-fdump-rtl-fwprop1 and -fdump-rtl-fwprop2 enable
dumping after the two forward propagation passes.
"-fdump-rtl-gcse1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-gcse1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-gcse2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-gcse2"
\fB-fdump-rtl-gcse1 and -fdump-rtl-gcse2 enable dumping
after global common subexpression elimination.
"-fdump-rtl-init-regs" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-init-regs" Dump after the initialization of the registers.
"-fdump-rtl-initvals" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-initvals" Dump after the computation of the initial value sets.
"-fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout" Dump after converting to cfglayout mode.
"-fdump-rtl-ira" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-ira" Dump after iterated register allocation.
"-fdump-rtl-jump" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-jump" Dump after the second jump optimization.
"-fdump-rtl-loop2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-loop2" \fB-fdump-rtl-loop2 enables dumping after the rtl
loop optimization passes.
"-fdump-rtl-mach" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-mach" Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization pass, if that
pass exists.
"-fdump-rtl-mode_sw" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-mode_sw" Dump after removing redundant mode switches.
"-fdump-rtl-rnreg" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-rnreg" Dump after register renumbering.
"-fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout" Dump after converting from cfglayout mode.
"-fdump-rtl-peephole2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-peephole2" Dump after the peephole pass.
"-fdump-rtl-postreload" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-postreload" Dump after post-reload optimizations.
"-fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue" Dump after generating the function prologues and epilogues.
"-fdump-rtl-regmove" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-regmove" Dump after the register move pass.
"-fdump-rtl-sched1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-sched1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-sched2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-sched2"
\fB-fdump-rtl-sched1 and -fdump-rtl-sched2 enable dumping
after the basic block scheduling passes.
"-fdump-rtl-see" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-see" Dump after sign extension elimination.
"-fdump-rtl-seqabstr" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-seqabstr" Dump after common sequence discovery.
"-fdump-rtl-shorten" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-shorten" Dump after shortening branches.
"-fdump-rtl-sibling" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-sibling" Dump after sibling call optimizations.
"-fdump-rtl-split1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-split1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-split2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-split2" "-fdump-rtl-split3" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-split3" "-fdump-rtl-split4" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-split4" "-fdump-rtl-split5" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-split5"
\fB-fdump-rtl-split1, -fdump-rtl-split2,
\fB-fdump-rtl-split3, -fdump-rtl-split4 and
\fB-fdump-rtl-split5 enable dumping after five rounds of
instruction splitting.
"-fdump-rtl-sms" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-sms" Dump after modulo scheduling. This pass is only run on some
architectures.
"-fdump-rtl-stack" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-stack" Dump after conversion from \s-1GCC\s0's \*(L"flat register file\*(R" registers to the
x87's stack-like registers. This pass is only run on x86 variants.
"-fdump-rtl-subreg1" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-subreg1" 0
"-fdump-rtl-subreg2" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-subreg2"
\fB-fdump-rtl-subreg1 and -fdump-rtl-subreg2 enable dumping after
the two subreg expansion passes.
"-fdump-rtl-unshare" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-unshare" Dump after all rtl has been unshared.
"-fdump-rtl-vartrack" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-vartrack" Dump after variable tracking.
"-fdump-rtl-vregs" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-vregs" Dump after converting virtual registers to hard registers.
"-fdump-rtl-web" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-web" Dump after live range splitting.
"-fdump-rtl-regclass" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-regclass" 0
"-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init" "-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish" "-fdump-rtl-dfinit" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-dfinit" "-fdump-rtl-dfinish" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-dfinish"
These dumps are defined but always produce empty files.
"-da" 4
Item "-da" 0
"-fdump-rtl-all" 4
Item "-fdump-rtl-all"
Produce all the dumps listed above.
"-dA" 4
Item "-dA" Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information.
"-dD" 4
Item "-dD" Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to
normal output.
"-dH" 4
Item "-dH" Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs.
"-dp" 4
Item "-dp" Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which
pattern and alternative was used. The length of each instruction is
also printed.
"-dP" 4
Item "-dP" Dump the \s-1RTL\s0 in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction.
Also turns on
-dp annotation.
"-dv" 4
Item "-dv" For each of the other indicated dump files (
-fdump-rtl-pass),
dump a representation of the control flow graph suitable for viewing with \s-1VCG\s0
to
file.pass.vcg.
"-dx" 4
Item "-dx" Just generate \s-1RTL\s0 for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used
with
-fdump-rtl-expand.
"-fdump-noaddr" 4
Item "-fdump-noaddr" When doing debugging dumps, suppress address output. This makes it more
feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with
different compiler binaries
and/
or different
text / bss / data / heap / stack / dso start locations.
"-fdump-unnumbered" 4
Item "-fdump-unnumbered" When doing debugging dumps, suppress instruction numbers and address output.
This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler
invocations with different options, in particular with and without
\fB-g.
"-fdump-unnumbered-links" 4
Item "-fdump-unnumbered-links" When doing debugging dumps (see
-d option above), suppress
instruction numbers for the links to the previous and next instructions
in a sequence.
"-fdump-translation-unit (\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-fdump-translation-unit ( only)" 0
"-fdump-translation-unit-options (\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-fdump-translation-unit-options ( only)"
Dump a representation of the tree structure for the entire translation
unit to a file. The file name is made by appending .tu to the
source file name, and the file is created in the same directory as the
output file. If the -options form is used, options
controls the details of the dump as described for the
\fB-fdump-tree options.
"-fdump-class-hierarchy (\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-fdump-class-hierarchy ( only)" 0
"-fdump-class-hierarchy-options (\*(C+ only)" 4
Item "-fdump-class-hierarchy-options ( only)"
Dump a representation of each class's hierarchy and virtual function
table layout to a file. The file name is made by appending
\fI.class to the source file name, and the file is created in the
same directory as the output file. If the -options form
is used, options controls the details of the dump as described
for the -fdump-tree options.
"-fdump-ipa-switch" 4
Item "-fdump-ipa-switch" Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis
language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a
switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is created
in the same directory as the output file. The following dumps are
possible:
"all" 4
Item "all" Enables all inter-procedural analysis dumps.
"cgraph" 4
Item "cgraph" Dumps information about call-graph optimization, unused function removal,
and inlining decisions.
"inline" 4
Item "inline" Dump after function inlining.
"-fdump-passes" 4
Item "-fdump-passes" Dump the list of optimization passes that are turned on and off by
the current command-line options.
"-fdump-statistics-option" 4
Item "-fdump-statistics-option" Enable and control dumping of pass statistics in a separate file. The
file name is generated by appending a suffix ending in
\
fB.statistics to the source file name, and the file is created in
the same directory as the output file. If the
-option
form is used,
-stats will cause counters to be summed over the
whole compilation unit while
-details will dump every event as
the passes generate them. The default with no option is to sum
counters for each function compiled.
"-fdump-tree-switch" 4
Item "-fdump-tree-switch" 0
"-fdump-tree-switch-options" 4
Item "-fdump-tree-switch-options"
Control the dumping at various stages of processing the intermediate
language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a
switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is
created in the same directory as the output file. If the
\fB-options form is used, options is a list of
\fB- separated options which control the details of the dump. Not
all options are applicable to all dumps; those that are not
meaningful will be ignored. The following options are available
"address" 4
Item "address" Print the address of each node. Usually this is not meaningful as it
changes according to the environment and source file. Its primary use
is for tying up a dump file with a debug environment.
"asmname" 4
Item "asmname" If
\*(C`DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME\*(C' has been set for a given decl, use that
in the dump instead of
\*(C`DECL_NAME\*(C'. Its primary use is ease of
use working backward from mangled names in the assembly file.
"slim" 4
Item "slim" Inhibit dumping of members of a scope or body of a function merely
because that scope has been reached. Only dump such items when they
are directly reachable by some other path. When dumping pretty-printed
trees, this option inhibits dumping the bodies of control structures.
"raw" 4
Item "raw" Print a raw representation of the tree. By default, trees are
pretty-printed into a C-like representation.
"details" 4
Item "details" Enable more detailed dumps (not honored by every dump option).
"stats" 4
Item "stats" Enable dumping various statistics about the pass (not honored by every dump
option).
"blocks" 4
Item "blocks" Enable showing basic block boundaries (disabled in raw dumps).
"vops" 4
Item "vops" Enable showing virtual operands for every statement.
"lineno" 4
Item "lineno" Enable showing line numbers for statements.
"uid" 4
Item "uid" Enable showing the unique \s-1ID\s0 (
\*(C`DECL_UID\*(C') for each variable.
"verbose" 4
Item "verbose" Enable showing the tree dump for each statement.
"eh" 4
Item "eh" Enable showing the \s-1EH\s0 region number holding each statement.
"scev" 4
Item "scev" Enable showing scalar evolution analysis details.
"all" 4
Item "all" Turn on all options, except
raw,
slim,
verbose
and
lineno.
.Sp
The following tree dumps are possible:
"original" 4
Item "original" Dump before any tree based optimization, to
file.original.
"optimized" 4
Item "optimized" Dump after all tree based optimization, to
file.optimized.
"gimple" 4
Item "gimple" Dump each function before and after the gimplification pass to a file. The
file name is made by appending
.gimple to the source file name.
"cfg" 4
Item "cfg" Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file. The file name is
made by appending
.cfg to the source file name.
"vcg" 4
Item "vcg" Dump the control flow graph of each function to a file in \s-1VCG\s0 format. The
file name is made by appending
.vcg to the source file name. Note
that if the file contains more than one function, the generated file cannot
be used directly by \s-1VCG\s0. You will need to cut and paste each function's
graph into its own separate file first.
"ch" 4
Item "ch" Dump each function after copying loop headers. The file name is made by
appending
.ch to the source file name.
"ssa" 4
Item "ssa" Dump \s-1SSA\s0 related information to a file. The file name is made by appending
\
fI.ssa to the source file name.
"alias" 4
Item "alias" Dump aliasing information for each function. The file name is made by
appending
.alias to the source file name.
"ccp" 4
Item "ccp" Dump each function after \s-1CCP\s0. The file name is made by appending
\
fI.ccp to the source file name.
"storeccp" 4
Item "storeccp" Dump each function after STORE-CCP. The file name is made by appending
\
fI.storeccp to the source file name.
"pre" 4
Item "pre" Dump trees after partial redundancy elimination. The file name is made
by appending
.pre to the source file name.
"fre" 4
Item "fre" Dump trees after full redundancy elimination. The file name is made
by appending
.fre to the source file name.
"copyprop" 4
Item "copyprop" Dump trees after copy propagation. The file name is made
by appending
.copyprop to the source file name.
"store_copyprop" 4
Item "store_copyprop" Dump trees after store copy-propagation. The file name is made
by appending
.store_copyprop to the source file name.
"dce" 4
Item "dce" Dump each function after dead code elimination. The file name is made by
appending
.dce to the source file name.
"mudflap" 4
Item "mudflap" Dump each function after adding mudflap instrumentation. The file name is
made by appending
.mudflap to the source file name.
"sra" 4
Item "sra" Dump each function after performing scalar replacement of aggregates. The
file name is made by appending
.sra to the source file name.
"sink" 4
Item "sink" Dump each function after performing code sinking. The file name is made
by appending
.sink to the source file name.
"dom" 4
Item "dom" Dump each function after applying dominator tree optimizations. The file
name is made by appending
.dom to the source file name.
"dse" 4
Item "dse" Dump each function after applying dead store elimination. The file
name is made by appending
.dse to the source file name.
"phiopt" 4
Item "phiopt" Dump each function after optimizing \s-1PHI\s0 nodes into straightline code. The file
name is made by appending
.phiopt to the source file name.
"forwprop" 4
Item "forwprop" Dump each function after forward propagating single use variables. The file
name is made by appending
.forwprop to the source file name.
"copyrename" 4
Item "copyrename" Dump each function after applying the copy rename optimization. The file
name is made by appending
.copyrename to the source file name.
"nrv" 4
Item "nrv" Dump each function after applying the named return value optimization on
generic trees. The file name is made by appending
.nrv to the source
file name.
"vect" 4
Item "vect" Dump each function after applying vectorization of loops. The file name is
made by appending
.vect to the source file name.
"slp" 4
Item "slp" Dump each function after applying vectorization of basic blocks. The file name
is made by appending
.slp to the source file name.
"vrp" 4
Item "vrp" Dump each function after Value Range Propagation (\s-1VRP\s0). The file name
is made by appending
.vrp to the source file name.
"all" 4
Item "all" Enable all the available tree dumps with the flags provided in this option.
"-ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n" 4
Item "-ftree-vectorizer-verbose=n" This option controls the amount of debugging output the vectorizer prints.
This information is written to standard error, unless
\fB-fdump-tree-all or
-fdump-tree-vect is specified,
in which case it is output to the usual dump listing file,
.vect.
For
n=0 no diagnostic information is reported.
If
n=1 the vectorizer reports each loop that got vectorized,
and the total number of loops that got vectorized.
If
n=2 the vectorizer also reports non-vectorized loops that passed
the first analysis phase (vect_analyze_loop_form) - i.e. countable,
inner-most, single-bb, single-
entry/
exit loops. This is the same verbosity
level that
-fdump-tree-vect-stats uses.
Higher verbosity levels mean either more information dumped for each
reported loop, or same amount of information reported for more loops:
if
n=3, vectorizer cost model information is reported.
If
n=4, alignment related information is added to the reports.
If
n=5, data-references related information (e.g. memory dependences,
memory access-patterns) is added to the reports.
If
n=6, the vectorizer reports also non-vectorized inner-most loops
that did not pass the first analysis phase (i.e., may not be countable, or
may have complicated control-flow).
If
n=7, the vectorizer reports also non-vectorized nested loops.
If
n=8, \s-1SLP\s0 related information is added to the reports.
For
n=9, all the information the vectorizer generates during its
analysis and transformation is reported. This is the same verbosity level
that
-fdump-tree-vect-details uses.
"-frandom-seed=string" 4
Item "-frandom-seed=string" This option provides a seed that \s-1GCC\s0 uses when it would otherwise use
random numbers. It is used to generate certain symbol names
that have to be different in every compiled file. It is also used to
place unique stamps in coverage data files and the object files that
produce them. You can use the
-frandom-seed option to produce
reproducibly identical object files.
.Sp
The
string should be different for every file you compile.
"-fsched-verbose=n" 4
Item "-fsched-verbose=n" On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls the
amount of debugging output the scheduler prints. This information is
written to standard error, unless
-fdump-rtl-sched1 or
\fB-fdump-rtl-sched2 is specified, in which case it is output
to the usual dump listing file,
.sched1 or
.sched2
respectively. However for
n greater than nine, the output is
always printed to standard error.
.Sp
For
n greater than zero,
-fsched-verbose outputs the
same information as
-fdump-rtl-sched1 and
-fdump-rtl-sched2.
For
n greater than one, it also output basic block probabilities,
detailed ready list information and
unit/
insn info. For
n greater
than two, it includes \s-1RTL\s0 at abort point, control-flow and regions info.
And for
n over four,
-fsched-verbose also includes
dependence info.
"-save-temps" 4
Item "-save-temps" 0
"-save-temps=cwd" 4
Item "-save-temps=cwd"
Store the usual \*(L"temporary\*(R" intermediate files permanently; place them
in the current directory and name them based on the source file. Thus,
compiling foo.c with -c -save-temps would produce files
\fIfoo.i and foo.s, as well as foo.o. This creates a
preprocessed foo.i output file even though the compiler now
normally uses an integrated preprocessor.
.Sp
When used in combination with the -x command-line option,
\fB-save-temps is sensible enough to avoid over writing an
input source file with the same extension as an intermediate file.
The corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming the
source file before using -save-temps.
.Sp
If you invoke \s-1GCC\s0 in parallel, compiling several different source
files that share a common base name in different subdirectories or the
same source file compiled for multiple output destinations, it is
likely that the different parallel compilers will interfere with each
other, and overwrite the temporary files. For instance:
.Sp
.Vb 2
gcc -save-temps -o outdir1/foo.o indir1/foo.c&
gcc -save-temps -o outdir2/foo.o indir2/foo.c&
.Ve
.Sp
may result in foo.i and foo.o being written to
simultaneously by both compilers.
"-save-temps=obj" 4
Item "-save-temps=obj" Store the usual \*(L"temporary\*(R" intermediate files permanently. If the
\fB-o option is used, the temporary files are based on the
object file. If the
-o option is not used, the
\fB-save-temps=obj switch behaves like
-save-temps.
.Sp
For example:
.Sp
.Vb 3
gcc -save-temps=obj -c
foo.c
gcc -save-temps=obj -c
bar.c -o
dir/
xbar.o
gcc -save-temps=obj
foobar.c -o
dir2/
yfoobar
.Ve
.Sp
would create
foo.i,
foo.s,
dir/xbar.i,
\
fIdir/
xbar.s,
dir2/yfoobar.i,
dir2/yfoobar.s, and
\
fIdir2/
yfoobar.o.
"-time[=file]" 4
Item "-time[=file]" Report the \s-1CPU\s0 time taken by each subprocess in the compilation
sequence. For C source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler
(plus the linker if linking is done).
.Sp
Without the specification of an output file, the output looks like this:
.Sp
.Vb 2
# cc1 0.12 0.01
# as 0.00 0.01
.Ve
.Sp
The first number on each line is the \*(L"user time\*(R", that is time spent
executing the program itself. The second number is \*(L"system time\*(R",
time spent executing operating system routines on behalf of the program.
Both numbers are in seconds.
.Sp
With the specification of an output file, the output is appended to the
named file, and it looks like this:
.Sp
.Vb 2
0.12 0.01 cc1 <options>
0.00 0.01 as <options>
.Ve
.Sp
The \*(L"user time\*(R" and the \*(L"system time\*(R" are moved before the program
name, and the options passed to the program are displayed, so that one
can later tell what file was being compiled, and with which options.
"-fvar-tracking" 4
Item "-fvar-tracking" Run variable tracking pass. It computes where variables are stored at each
position in code. Better debugging information is then generated
(if the debugging information format supports this information).
.Sp
It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (
-Os,
\fB-O,
-O2, ...), debugging information (
-g) and
the debug info format supports it.
"-fvar-tracking-assignments" 4
Item "-fvar-tracking-assignments" Annotate assignments to user variables early in the compilation and
attempt to carry the annotations over throughout the compilation all the
way to the end, in an attempt to improve debug information while
optimizing. Use of
-gdwarf-4 is recommended along with it.
.Sp
It can be enabled even if var-tracking is disabled, in which case
annotations will be created and maintained, but discarded at the end.
"-fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle" 4
Item "-fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle" Toggle
-fvar-tracking-assignments, in the same way that
\fB-gtoggle toggles
-g.
"-print-file-name=library" 4
Item "-print-file-name=library" Print the full absolute name of the library file
library that
would be used when linking---and don't do anything else. With this
option, \s-1GCC\s0 does not compile or link anything; it just prints the
file name.
"-print-multi-directory" 4
Item "-print-multi-directory" Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by any
other switches present in the command line. This directory is supposed
to exist in
\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0.
"-print-multi-lib" 4
Item "-print-multi-lib" Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler switches
that enable them. The directory name is separated from the switches by
\fB;, and each switch starts with an
@ instead of the
\fB-, without spaces between multiple switches. This is supposed to
ease shell-processing.
"-print-multi-os-directory" 4
Item "-print-multi-os-directory" Print the path to \s-1OS\s0 libraries for the selected
multilib, relative to some
lib subdirectory. If \s-1OS\s0 libraries are
present in the
lib subdirectory and no multilibs are used, this is
usually just
., if \s-1OS\s0 libraries are present in
libsuffix
sibling directories this prints e.g. ../lib64, ../lib or
\fI../lib32, or if \s-1OS\s0 libraries are present in lib/subdir
subdirectories it prints e.g. amd64, sparcv9 or ev6.
"-print-multiarch" 4
Item "-print-multiarch" Print the path to \s-1OS\s0 libraries for the selected multiarch,
relative to some
lib subdirectory.
"-print-prog-name=program" 4
Item "-print-prog-name=program" Like
-print-file-name, but searches for a program such as
cpp.
"-print-libgcc-file-name" 4
Item "-print-libgcc-file-name" Same as
-print-file-name=libgcc.a.
.Sp
This is useful when you use
-nostdlib or
-nodefaultlibs
but you do want to link with
libgcc.a. You can do
.Sp
.Vb 1
gcc -nostdlib <files>... \`gcc -print-libgcc-file-name\`
.Ve
"-print-search-dirs" 4
Item "-print-search-dirs" Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of
program and library directories
gcc will search---and don't do anything else.
.Sp
This is useful when
gcc prints the error message
\fBinstallation problem, cannot exec cpp0: No such file or directory.
To resolve this you either need to put
cpp0 and the other compiler
components where
gcc expects to find them, or you can set the environment
variable
\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0 to the directory where you installed them.
Don't forget the trailing
/.
"-print-sysroot" 4
Item "-print-sysroot" Print the target sysroot directory that will be used during
compilation. This is the target sysroot specified either at configure
time or using the
--sysroot option, possibly with an extra
suffix that depends on compilation options. If no target sysroot is
specified, the option prints nothing.
"-print-sysroot-headers-suffix" 4
Item "-print-sysroot-headers-suffix" Print the suffix added to the target sysroot when searching for
headers, or give an error if the compiler is not configured with such
a suffix---and don't do anything else.
"-dumpmachine" 4
Item "-dumpmachine" Print the compiler's target machine (for example,
\fBi686-pc-linux-gnu)---and don't do anything else.
"-dumpversion" 4
Item "-dumpversion" Print the compiler version (for example,
3.0)---and don't do
anything else.
"-dumpspecs" 4
Item "-dumpspecs" Print the compiler's built-in specs---and don't do anything else. (This
is used when \s-1GCC\s0 itself is being built.)
"-feliminate-unused-debug-types" 4
Item "-feliminate-unused-debug-types" Normally, when producing \s-1DWARF2\s0 output, \s-1GCC\s0 will emit debugging
information for all types declared in a compilation
unit, regardless of whether or not they are actually used
in that compilation unit. Sometimes this is useful, such as
if, in the debugger, you want to cast a value to a type that is
not actually used in your program (but is declared). More often,
however, this results in a significant amount of wasted space.
With this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will avoid producing debug symbol output
for types that are nowhere used in the source file being compiled.
.Sh "Options That Control Optimization"
Subsection "Options That Control Optimization" These options control various sorts of optimizations.
Without any optimization option, the compiler's goal is to reduce the
cost of compilation and to make debugging produce the expected
results. Statements are independent: if you stop the program with a
breakpoint between statements, you can then assign a new value to any
variable or change the program counter to any other statement in the
function and get exactly the results you would expect from the source
code.
Turning on optimization flags makes the compiler attempt to improve
the performance and/or code size at the expense of compilation time
and possibly the ability to debug the program.
The compiler performs optimization based on the knowledge it has of the
program. Compiling multiple files at once to a single output file mode allows
the compiler to use information gained from all of the files when compiling
each of them.
Not all optimizations are controlled directly by a flag. Only
optimizations that have a flag are listed in this section.
Most optimizations are only enabled if an -O level is set on
the command line. Otherwise they are disabled, even if individual
optimization flags are specified.
Depending on the target and how \s-1GCC\s0 was configured, a slightly different
set of optimizations may be enabled at each -O level than
those listed here. You can invoke \s-1GCC\s0 with -Q --help=optimizers
to find out the exact set of optimizations that are enabled at each level.
"-O" 4
Item "-O" 0
"-O1" 4
Item "-O1"
Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot
more memory for a large function.
.Sp
With -O, the compiler tries to reduce code size and execution
time, without performing any optimizations that take a great deal of
compilation time.
.Sp
\fB-O turns on the following optimization flags:
.Sp
\fB-fauto-inc-dec
\-fcompare-elim
\-fcprop-registers
\-fdce
\-fdefer-pop
\-fdelayed-branch
\-fdse
\-fguess-branch-probability
\-fif-conversion2
\-fif-conversion
\-fipa-pure-const
\-fipa-profile
\-fipa-reference
\-fmerge-constants
\-fsplit-wide-types
\-ftree-bit-ccp
\-ftree-builtin-call-dce
\-ftree-ccp
\-ftree-ch
\-ftree-copyrename
\-ftree-dce
\-ftree-dominator-opts
\-ftree-dse
\-ftree-forwprop
\-ftree-fre
\-ftree-phiprop
\-ftree-sra
\-ftree-pta
\-ftree-ter
\-funit-at-a-time
.Sp
\fB-O also turns on -fomit-frame-pointer on machines
where doing so does not interfere with debugging.
"-O2" 4
Item "-O2" Optimize even more. \s-1GCC\s0 performs nearly all supported optimizations
that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff.
As compared to
-O, this option increases both compilation time
and the performance of the generated code.
.Sp
\fB-O2 turns on all optimization flags specified by
-O. It
also turns on the following optimization flags:
\fB-fthread-jumps
\-falign-functions -falign-jumps
\-falign-loops -falign-labels
\-fcaller-saves
\-fcrossjumping
\-fcse-follow-jumps -fcse-skip-blocks
\-fdelete-null-pointer-checks
\-fdevirtualize
\-fexpensive-optimizations
\-fgcse -fgcse-lm
\-finline-small-functions
\-findirect-inlining
\-fipa-sra
\-foptimize-sibling-calls
\-fpartial-inlining
\-fpeephole2
\-fregmove
\-freorder-blocks -freorder-functions
\-frerun-cse-after-loop
\-fsched-interblock -fsched-spec
\-fschedule-insns -fschedule-insns2
\-fstrict-aliasing -fstrict-overflow
\-ftree-switch-conversion -ftree-tail-merge
\-ftree-pre
\-ftree-vrp
.Sp
Please note the warning under
-fgcse about
invoking
-O2 on programs that use computed gotos.
"-O3" 4
Item "-O3" Optimize yet more.
-O3 turns on all optimizations specified
by
-O2 and also turns on the
-finline-functions,
\fB-funswitch-loops,
-fpredictive-commoning,
\fB-fgcse-after-reload,
-ftree-vectorize and
\fB-fipa-cp-clone options.
"-O0" 4
Item "-O0" Reduce compilation time and make debugging produce the expected
results. This is the default.
"-Os" 4
Item "-Os" Optimize for size.
-Os enables all
-O2 optimizations that
do not typically increase code size. It also performs further
optimizations designed to reduce code size.
.Sp
\fB-Os disables the following optimization flags:
\fB-falign-functions -falign-jumps -falign-loops
\-falign-labels -freorder-blocks -freorder-blocks-and-partition
\-fprefetch-loop-arrays -ftree-vect-loop-version
"-Ofast" 4
Item "-Ofast" Disregard strict standards compliance.
-Ofast enables all
\fB-O3 optimizations. It also enables optimizations that are not
valid for all standard compliant programs.
It turns on
-ffast-math and the Fortran-specific
\fB-fno-protect-parens and
-fstack-arrays.
.Sp
If you use multiple
-O options, with or without level numbers,
the last such option is the one that is effective.
Options of the form -fflag specify machine-independent
flags. Most flags have both positive and negative forms; the negative
form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo. In the table
below, only one of the forms is listed---the one you typically will
use. You can figure out the other form by either removing no-
or adding it.
The following options control specific optimizations. They are either
activated by -O options or are related to ones that are. You
can use the following flags in the rare cases when \*(L"fine-tuning\*(R" of
optimizations to be performed is desired.
"-fno-default-inline" 4
Item "-fno-default-inline" Do not make member functions inline by default merely because they are
defined inside the class scope (\*(C+ only). Otherwise, when you specify
\fB-O, member functions defined inside class scope are compiled
inline by default; i.e., you don't need to add
inline in front of
the member function name.
"-fno-defer-pop" 4
Item "-fno-defer-pop" Always pop the arguments to each function call as soon as that function
returns. For machines that must pop arguments after a function call,
the compiler normally lets arguments accumulate on the stack for several
function calls and pops them all at once.
.Sp
Disabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fforward-propagate" 4
Item "-fforward-propagate" Perform a forward propagation pass on \s-1RTL\s0. The pass tries to combine two
instructions and checks if the result can be simplified. If loop unrolling
is active, two passes are performed and the second is scheduled after
loop unrolling.
.Sp
This option is enabled by default at optimization levels
-O,
\fB-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-ffp-contract=style" 4
Item "-ffp-contract=style" \fB-ffp-contract=off disables floating-point expression contraction.
\fB-ffp-contract=fast enables floating-point expression contraction
such as forming of fused multiply-add operations if the target has
native support for them.
\fB-ffp-contract=on enables floating-point expression contraction
if allowed by the language standard. This is currently not implemented
and treated equal to
-ffp-contract=off.
.Sp
The default is
-ffp-contract=fast.
"-fomit-frame-pointer" 4
Item "-fomit-frame-pointer" Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for functions that
don't need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and
restore frame pointers; it also makes an extra register available
in many functions.
It also makes debugging impossible on
some machines.
.Sp
On some machines, such as the \s-1VAX\s0, this flag has no effect, because
the standard calling sequence automatically handles the frame pointer
and nothing is saved by pretending it doesn't exist. The
machine-description macro
\*(C`FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED\*(C' controls
whether a target machine supports this flag.
.Sp
Starting with \s-1GCC\s0 version 4.6, the default setting (when not optimizing for
size) for 32-bit Linux x86 and 32-bit Darwin x86 targets has been changed to
\fB-fomit-frame-pointer. The default can be reverted to
\fB-fno-omit-frame-pointer by configuring \s-1GCC\s0 with the
\fB--enable-frame-pointer configure option.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-foptimize-sibling-calls" 4
Item "-foptimize-sibling-calls" Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fno-inline" 4
Item "-fno-inline" Do not expand any functions inline apart from those marked with
the
\*(C`always_inline\*(C' attribute. This is the default when not
optimizing.
.Sp
Single functions can be exempted from inlining by marking them
with the
\*(C`noinline\*(C' attribute.
"-finline-small-functions" 4
Item "-finline-small-functions" Integrate functions into their callers when their body is smaller than expected
function call code (so overall size of program gets smaller). The compiler
heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth integrating
in this way. This inlining applies to all functions, even those not declared
inline.
.Sp
Enabled at level
-O2.
"-findirect-inlining" 4
Item "-findirect-inlining" Inline also indirect calls that are discovered to be known at compile
time thanks to previous inlining. This option has any effect only
when inlining itself is turned on by the
-finline-functions
or
-finline-small-functions options.
.Sp
Enabled at level
-O2.
"-finline-functions" 4
Item "-finline-functions" Consider all functions for inlining, even if they are not declared inline.
The compiler heuristically decides which functions are worth integrating
in this way.
.Sp
If all calls to a given function are integrated, and the function is
declared
\*(C`static\*(C', then the function is normally not output as
assembler code in its own right.
.Sp
Enabled at level
-O3.
"-finline-functions-called-once" 4
Item "-finline-functions-called-once" Consider all
\*(C`static\*(C' functions called once for inlining into their
caller even if they are not marked
\*(C`inline\*(C'. If a call to a given
function is integrated, then the function is not output as assembler code
in its own right.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O1,
-O2,
-O3 and
-Os.
"-fearly-inlining" 4
Item "-fearly-inlining" Inline functions marked by
\*(C`always_inline\*(C' and functions whose body seems
smaller than the function call overhead early before doing
\fB-fprofile-generate instrumentation and real inlining pass. Doing so
makes profiling significantly cheaper and usually inlining faster on programs
having large chains of nested wrapper functions.
.Sp
Enabled by default.
"-fipa-sra" 4
Item "-fipa-sra" Perform interprocedural scalar replacement of aggregates, removal of
unused parameters and replacement of parameters passed by reference
by parameters passed by value.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3 and
-Os.
"-finline-limit=n" 4
Item "-finline-limit=n" By default, \s-1GCC\s0 limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag
allows coarse control of this limit.
n is the size of functions that
can be inlined in number of pseudo instructions.
.Sp
Inlining is actually controlled by a number of parameters, which may be
specified individually by using
--param name=value.
The
-finline-limit=n option sets some of these parameters
as follows:
"max-inline-insns-single" 4
Item "max-inline-insns-single" is set to
n/2.
"max-inline-insns-auto" 4
Item "max-inline-insns-auto" is set to
n/2.
.Sp
See below for a documentation of the individual
parameters controlling inlining and for the defaults of these parameters.
.Sp
\fINote: there may be no value to -finline-limit that results
in default behavior.
.Sp
\fINote: pseudo instruction represents, in this particular context, an
abstract measurement of function's size. In no way does it represent a count
of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one
release to an another.
"-fno-keep-inline-dllexport" 4
Item "-fno-keep-inline-dllexport" This is a more fine-grained version of
-fkeep-inline-functions,
which applies only to functions that are declared using the
\*(C`dllexport\*(C'
attribute or declspec
"-fkeep-inline-functions" 4
Item "-fkeep-inline-functions" In C, emit
\*(C`static\*(C' functions that are declared
\*(C`inline\*(C'
into the object file, even if the function has been inlined into all
of its callers. This switch does not affect functions using the
\f(CW\*(C`extern inline\*(C' extension in \s-1GNU\s0 C90. In \*(C+, emit any and all
inline functions into the object file.
"-fkeep-static-consts" 4
Item "-fkeep-static-consts" Emit variables declared
\*(C`static const\*(C' when optimization isn't turned
on, even if the variables aren't referenced.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to
check if the variable was referenced, regardless of whether or not
optimization is turned on, use the
-fno-keep-static-consts option.
"-fmerge-constants" 4
Item "-fmerge-constants" Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and floating-point
constants) across compilation units.
.Sp
This option is the default for optimized compilation if the assembler and
linker support it. Use
-fno-merge-constants to inhibit this
behavior.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fmerge-all-constants" 4
Item "-fmerge-all-constants" Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables.
.Sp
This option implies
-fmerge-constants. In addition to
\fB-fmerge-constants this considers e.g. even constant initialized
arrays or initialized constant variables with integral or floating-point
types. Languages like C or \*(C+ require each variable, including multiple
instances of the same variable in recursive calls, to have distinct locations,
so using this option will result in non-conforming
behavior.
"-fmodulo-sched" 4
Item "-fmodulo-sched" Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first scheduling
pass. This pass looks at innermost loops and reorders their
instructions by overlapping different iterations.
"-fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves" 4
Item "-fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves" Perform more aggressive \s-1SMS\s0 based modulo scheduling with register moves
allowed. By setting this flag certain anti-dependences edges will be
deleted which will trigger the generation of reg-moves based on the
life-range analysis. This option is effective only with
\fB-fmodulo-sched enabled.
"-fno-branch-count-reg" 4
Item "-fno-branch-count-reg" Do not use \*(L"decrement and branch\*(R" instructions on a count register,
but instead generate a sequence of instructions that decrement a
register, compare it against zero, then branch based upon the result.
This option is only meaningful on architectures that support such
instructions, which include x86, PowerPC, \s-1IA-64\s0 and S/390.
.Sp
The default is
-fbranch-count-reg.
"-fno-function-cse" 4
Item "-fno-function-cse" Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that
calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly.
.Sp
This option results in less efficient code, but some strange hacks
that alter the assembler output may be confused by the optimizations
performed when this option is not used.
.Sp
The default is
-ffunction-cse
"-fno-zero-initialized-in-bss" 4
Item "-fno-zero-initialized-in-bss" If the target supports a \s-1BSS\s0 section, \s-1GCC\s0 by default puts variables that
are initialized to zero into \s-1BSS\s0. This can save space in the resulting
code.
.Sp
This option turns off this behavior because some programs explicitly
rely on variables going to the data section. E.g., so that the
resulting executable can find the beginning of that section
and/
or make
assumptions based on that.
.Sp
The default is
-fzero-initialized-in-bss.
"-fmudflap -fmudflapth -fmudflapir" 4
Item "-fmudflap -fmudflapth -fmudflapir" For front-ends that support it (C and \*(C+), instrument all risky
pointer/
array dereferencing operations, some standard library
string/
heap functions, and some other associated constructs with
range/
validity tests. Modules so instrumented should be immune to
buffer overflows, invalid heap use, and some other classes of C/\*(C+
programming errors. The instrumentation relies on a separate runtime
library (
libmudflap), which will be linked into a program if
\fB-fmudflap is given at link time. Run-time behavior of the
instrumented program is controlled by the
\s-1MUDFLAP_OPTIONS\s0
environment variable. See
\*(C`env MUDFLAP_OPTIONS=-help a.out\*(C'
for its options.
.Sp
Use
-fmudflapth instead of
-fmudflap to compile and to
link if your program is multi-threaded. Use
-fmudflapir, in
addition to
-fmudflap or
-fmudflapth, if
instrumentation should ignore pointer reads. This produces less
instrumentation (and therefore faster execution) and still provides
some protection against outright memory corrupting writes, but allows
erroneously read data to propagate within a program.
"-fthread-jumps" 4
Item "-fthread-jumps" Perform optimizations where we check to see if a jump branches to a
location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If
so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the
second branch or a point immediately following it, depending on whether
the condition is known to be true or false.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fsplit-wide-types" 4
Item "-fsplit-wide-types" When using a type that occupies multiple registers, such as
\*(C`long
long\*(C' on a 32-bit system, split the registers apart and allocate them
independently. This normally generates better code for those types,
but may make debugging more difficult.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
\fB-Os.
"-fcse-follow-jumps" 4
Item "-fcse-follow-jumps" In common subexpression elimination (\s-1CSE\s0), scan through jump instructions
when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For
example, when \s-1CSE\s0 encounters an
\*(C`if\*(C' statement with an
\f(CW\*(C`else\*(C' clause, \s-1CSE\s0 will follow the jump when the condition
tested is false.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fcse-skip-blocks" 4
Item "-fcse-skip-blocks" This is similar to
-fcse-follow-jumps, but causes \s-1CSE\s0 to
follow jumps that conditionally skip over blocks. When \s-1CSE\s0
encounters a simple
\*(C`if\*(C' statement with no else clause,
\fB-fcse-skip-blocks causes \s-1CSE\s0 to follow the jump around the
body of the
\*(C`if\*(C'.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-frerun-cse-after-loop" 4
Item "-frerun-cse-after-loop" Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations has been
performed.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fgcse" 4
Item "-fgcse" Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass.
This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation.
.Sp
\fINote: When compiling a program using computed gotos, a \s-1GCC\s0
extension, you may get better run-time performance if you disable
the global common subexpression elimination pass by adding
\fB-fno-gcse to the command line.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fgcse-lm" 4
Item "-fgcse-lm" When
-fgcse-lm is enabled, global common subexpression elimination will
attempt to move loads that are only killed by stores into themselves. This
allows a loop containing a
load/
store sequence to be changed to a load outside
the loop, and a
copy/
store within the loop.
.Sp
Enabled by default when gcse is enabled.
"-fgcse-sm" 4
Item "-fgcse-sm" When
-fgcse-sm is enabled, a store motion pass is run after
global common subexpression elimination. This pass will attempt to move
stores out of loops. When used in conjunction with
-fgcse-lm,
loops containing a
load/
store sequence can be changed to a load before
the loop and a store after the loop.
.Sp
Not enabled at any optimization level.
"-fgcse-las" 4
Item "-fgcse-las" When
-fgcse-las is enabled, the global common subexpression
elimination pass eliminates redundant loads that come after stores to the
same memory location (both partial and full redundancies).
.Sp
Not enabled at any optimization level.
"-fgcse-after-reload" 4
Item "-fgcse-after-reload" When
-fgcse-after-reload is enabled, a redundant load elimination
pass is performed after reload. The purpose of this pass is to cleanup
redundant spilling.
"-funsafe-loop-optimizations" 4
Item "-funsafe-loop-optimizations" If given, the loop optimizer will assume that loop indices do not
overflow, and that the loops with nontrivial exit condition are not
infinite. This enables a wider range of loop optimizations even if
the loop optimizer itself cannot prove that these assumptions are valid.
Using
-Wunsafe-loop-optimizations, the compiler will warn you
if it finds this kind of loop.
"-fcrossjumping" 4
Item "-fcrossjumping" Perform cross-jumping transformation. This transformation unifies equivalent code and save code size. The
resulting code may or may not perform better than without cross-jumping.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fauto-inc-dec" 4
Item "-fauto-inc-dec" Combine increments or decrements of addresses with memory accesses.
This pass is always skipped on architectures that do not have
instructions to support this. Enabled by default at
-O and
higher on architectures that support this.
"-fdce" 4
Item "-fdce" Perform dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) on \s-1RTL\s0.
Enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-fdse" 4
Item "-fdse" Perform dead store elimination (\s-1DSE\s0) on \s-1RTL\s0.
Enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-fif-conversion" 4
Item "-fif-conversion" Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents. This
include use of conditional moves, min, max, set flags and abs instructions, and
some tricks doable by standard arithmetics. The use of conditional execution
on chips where it is available is controlled by
\*(C`if-conversion2\*(C'.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fif-conversion2" 4
Item "-fif-conversion2" Use conditional execution (where available) to transform conditional jumps into
branch-less equivalents.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fdelete-null-pointer-checks" 4
Item "-fdelete-null-pointer-checks" Assume that programs cannot safely dereference null pointers, and that
no code or data element resides there. This enables simple constant
folding optimizations at all optimization levels. In addition, other
optimization passes in \s-1GCC\s0 use this flag to control global dataflow
analyses that eliminate useless checks for null pointers; these assume
that if a pointer is checked after it has already been dereferenced,
it cannot be null.
.Sp
Note however that in some environments this assumption is not true.
Use
-fno-delete-null-pointer-checks to disable this optimization
for programs that depend on that behavior.
.Sp
Some targets, especially embedded ones, disable this option at all levels.
Otherwise it is enabled at all levels:
-O0,
-O1,
\fB-O2,
-O3,
-Os. Passes that use the information
are enabled independently at different optimization levels.
"-fdevirtualize" 4
Item "-fdevirtualize" Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to direct calls. This
is done both within a procedure and interprocedurally as part of
indirect inlining (
\*(C`-findirect-inlining\*(C') and interprocedural constant
propagation (
-fipa-cp).
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fexpensive-optimizations" 4
Item "-fexpensive-optimizations" Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-free" 4
Item "-free" Attempt to remove redundant extension instructions. This is especially
helpful for the x86-64 architecture which implicitly zero-extends in 64-bit
registers after writing to their lower 32-bit half.
.Sp
Enabled for x86 at levels
-O2,
-O3.
"-foptimize-register-move" 4
Item "-foptimize-register-move" 0
"-fregmove" 4
Item "-fregmove"
Attempt to reassign register numbers in move instructions and as
operands of other simple instructions in order to maximize the amount of
register tying. This is especially helpful on machines with two-operand
instructions.
.Sp
Note -fregmove and -foptimize-register-move are the same
optimization.
.Sp
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
"-fira-algorithm=algorithm" 4
Item "-fira-algorithm=algorithm" Use the specified coloring algorithm for the integrated register
allocator. The
algorithm argument can be
priority, which
specifies Chow's priority coloring, or
\s-1CB\s0, which specifies
Chaitin-Briggs coloring. Chaitin-Briggs coloring is not implemented
for all architectures, but for those targets that do support it, it is
the default because it generates better code.
"-fira-region=region" 4
Item "-fira-region=region" Use specified regions for the integrated register allocator. The
\fIregion argument should be one of the following:
"all" 4
Item "all" Use all loops as register allocation regions.
This can give the best results for machines with a small
and/
or
irregular register set.
"mixed" 4
Item "mixed" Use all loops except for loops with small register pressure
as the regions. This value usually gives
the best results in most cases and for most architectures,
and is enabled by default when compiling with optimization for speed
(
-O,
-O2, ...).
"one" 4
Item "one" Use all functions as a single region.
This typically results in the smallest code size, and is enabled by default for
\fB-Os or
-O0.
"-fira-loop-pressure" 4
Item "-fira-loop-pressure" Use \s-1IRA\s0 to evaluate register pressure in loops for decisions to move
loop invariants. This option usually results in generation
of faster and smaller code on machines with large register files (>= 32
registers), but it can slow the compiler down.
.Sp
This option is enabled at level
-O3 for some targets.
"-fno-ira-share-save-slots" 4
Item "-fno-ira-share-save-slots" Disable sharing of stack slots used for saving call-used hard
registers living through a call. Each hard register gets a
separate stack slot, and as a result function stack frames are
larger.
"-fno-ira-share-spill-slots" 4
Item "-fno-ira-share-spill-slots" Disable sharing of stack slots allocated for pseudo-registers. Each
pseudo-register that does not get a hard register gets a separate
stack slot, and as a result function stack frames are larger.
"-fira-verbose=n" 4
Item "-fira-verbose=n" Control the verbosity of the dump file for the integrated register allocator.
The default value is 5. If the value
n is greater or equal to 10,
the dump output is sent to stderr using the same format as
n minus 10.
"-fdelayed-branch" 4
Item "-fdelayed-branch" If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions
to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch
instructions.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fschedule-insns" 4
Item "-fschedule-insns" If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to
eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This
helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions
by allowing other instructions to be issued until the result of the load
or floating-point instruction is required.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3.
"-fschedule-insns2" 4
Item "-fschedule-insns2" Similar to
-fschedule-insns, but requests an additional pass of
instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is
especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of
registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fno-sched-interblock" 4
Item "-fno-sched-interblock" Don't schedule instructions across basic blocks. This is normally
enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
with
-fschedule-insns or at
-O2 or higher.
"-fno-sched-spec" 4
Item "-fno-sched-spec" Don't allow speculative motion of non-load instructions. This is normally
enabled by default when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.
with
-fschedule-insns or at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-pressure" 4
Item "-fsched-pressure" Enable register pressure sensitive insn scheduling before the register
allocation. This only makes sense when scheduling before register
allocation is enabled, i.e. with
-fschedule-insns or at
\fB-O2 or higher. Usage of this option can improve the
generated code and decrease its size by preventing register pressure
increase above the number of available hard registers and as a
consequence register spills in the register allocation.
"-fsched-spec-load" 4
Item "-fsched-spec-load" Allow speculative motion of some load instructions. This only makes
sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
\fB-fschedule-insns or at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-spec-load-dangerous" 4
Item "-fsched-spec-load-dangerous" Allow speculative motion of more load instructions. This only makes
sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e. with
\fB-fschedule-insns or at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-stalled-insns" 4
Item "-fsched-stalled-insns" 0
"-fsched-stalled-insns=n" 4
Item "-fsched-stalled-insns=n"
Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the queue
of stalled insns into the ready list, during the second scheduling pass.
\fB-fno-sched-stalled-insns means that no insns will be moved
prematurely, -fsched-stalled-insns=0 means there is no limit
on how many queued insns can be moved prematurely.
\fB-fsched-stalled-insns without a value is equivalent to
\fB-fsched-stalled-insns=1.
"-fsched-stalled-insns-dep" 4
Item "-fsched-stalled-insns-dep" 0
"-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n" 4
Item "-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=n"
Define how many insn groups (cycles) will be examined for a dependency
on a stalled insn that is candidate for premature removal from the queue
of stalled insns. This has an effect only during the second scheduling pass,
and only if -fsched-stalled-insns is used.
\fB-fno-sched-stalled-insns-dep is equivalent to
\fB-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=0.
\fB-fsched-stalled-insns-dep without a value is equivalent to
\fB-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=1.
"-fsched2-use-superblocks" 4
Item "-fsched2-use-superblocks" When scheduling after register allocation, do use superblock scheduling
algorithm. Superblock scheduling allows motion across basic block boundaries
resulting on faster schedules. This option is experimental, as not all machine
descriptions used by \s-1GCC\s0 model the \s-1CPU\s0 closely enough to avoid unreliable
results from the algorithm.
.Sp
This only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation, i.e. with
\fB-fschedule-insns2 or at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-group-heuristic" 4
Item "-fsched-group-heuristic" Enable the group heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
the instruction that belongs to a schedule group. This is enabled
by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e. with
-fschedule-insns
or
-fschedule-insns2 or at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-critical-path-heuristic" 4
Item "-fsched-critical-path-heuristic" Enable the critical-path heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
instructions on the critical path. This is enabled by default when
scheduling is enabled, i.e. with
-fschedule-insns
or
-fschedule-insns2 or at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-spec-insn-heuristic" 4
Item "-fsched-spec-insn-heuristic" Enable the speculative instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This
heuristic favors speculative instructions with greater dependency weakness.
This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
with
-fschedule-insns or
-fschedule-insns2
or at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-rank-heuristic" 4
Item "-fsched-rank-heuristic" Enable the rank heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors
the instruction belonging to a basic block with greater size or frequency.
This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
with
-fschedule-insns or
-fschedule-insns2 or
at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-last-insn-heuristic" 4
Item "-fsched-last-insn-heuristic" Enable the last-instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic
favors the instruction that is less dependent on the last instruction
scheduled. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled,
i.e. with
-fschedule-insns or
-fschedule-insns2 or
at
-O2 or higher.
"-fsched-dep-count-heuristic" 4
Item "-fsched-dep-count-heuristic" Enable the dependent-count heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic
favors the instruction that has more instructions depending on it.
This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.
with
-fschedule-insns or
-fschedule-insns2 or
at
-O2 or higher.
"-freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops" 4
Item "-freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops" The modulo scheduling comes before the traditional scheduling, if a loop
was modulo scheduled we may want to prevent the later scheduling passes
from changing its schedule, we use this option to control that.
"-fselective-scheduling" 4
Item "-fselective-scheduling" Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective
scheduling runs instead of the first scheduler pass.
"-fselective-scheduling2" 4
Item "-fselective-scheduling2" Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective
scheduling runs instead of the second scheduler pass.
"-fsel-sched-pipelining" 4
Item "-fsel-sched-pipelining" Enable software pipelining of innermost loops during selective scheduling.
This option has no effect until one of
-fselective-scheduling or
\fB-fselective-scheduling2 is turned on.
"-fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops" 4
Item "-fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops" When pipelining loops during selective scheduling, also pipeline outer loops.
This option has no effect until
-fsel-sched-pipelining is turned on.
"-fshrink-wrap" 4
Item "-fshrink-wrap" Emit function prologues only before parts of the function that need it,
rather than at the top of the function. This flag is enabled by default at
\fB-O and higher.
"-fcaller-saves" 4
Item "-fcaller-saves" Enable values to be allocated in registers that will be clobbered by
function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the
registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it
seems to result in better code than would otherwise be produced.
.Sp
This option is always enabled by default on certain machines, usually
those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fcombine-stack-adjustments" 4
Item "-fcombine-stack-adjustments" Tracks stack adjustments (pushes and pops) and stack memory references
and then tries to find ways to combine them.
.Sp
Enabled by default at
-O1 and higher.
"-fconserve-stack" 4
Item "-fconserve-stack" Attempt to minimize stack usage. The compiler will attempt to use less
stack space, even if that makes the program slower. This option
implies setting the
large-stack-frame parameter to 100
and the
large-stack-frame-growth parameter to 400.
"-ftree-reassoc" 4
Item "-ftree-reassoc" Perform reassociation on trees. This flag is enabled by default
at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-pre" 4
Item "-ftree-pre" Perform partial redundancy elimination (\s-1PRE\s0) on trees. This flag is
enabled by default at
-O2 and
-O3.
"-ftree-forwprop" 4
Item "-ftree-forwprop" Perform forward propagation on trees. This flag is enabled by default
at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-fre" 4
Item "-ftree-fre" Perform full redundancy elimination (\s-1FRE\s0) on trees. The difference
between \s-1FRE\s0 and \s-1PRE\s0 is that \s-1FRE\s0 only considers expressions
that are computed on all paths leading to the redundant computation.
This analysis is faster than \s-1PRE\s0, though it exposes fewer redundancies.
This flag is enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-phiprop" 4
Item "-ftree-phiprop" Perform hoisting of loads from conditional pointers on trees. This
pass is enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-copy-prop" 4
Item "-ftree-copy-prop" Perform copy propagation on trees. This pass eliminates unnecessary
copy operations. This flag is enabled by default at
-O and
higher.
"-fipa-pure-const" 4
Item "-fipa-pure-const" Discover which functions are pure or constant.
Enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-fipa-reference" 4
Item "-fipa-reference" Discover which static variables do not escape cannot escape the
compilation unit.
Enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-fipa-pta" 4
Item "-fipa-pta" Perform interprocedural pointer analysis and interprocedural modification
and reference analysis. This option can cause excessive memory and
compile-time usage on large compilation units. It is not enabled by
default at any optimization level.
"-fipa-profile" 4
Item "-fipa-profile" Perform interprocedural profile propagation. The functions called only from
cold functions are marked as cold. Also functions executed once (such as
\f(CW\*(C`cold\*(C',
\*(C`noreturn\*(C', static constructors or destructors) are identified. Cold
functions and loop less parts of functions executed once are then optimized for
size.
Enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-fipa-cp" 4
Item "-fipa-cp" Perform interprocedural constant propagation.
This optimization analyzes the program to determine when values passed
to functions are constants and then optimizes accordingly.
This optimization can substantially increase performance
if the application has constants passed to functions.
This flag is enabled by default at
-O2,
-Os and
-O3.
"-fipa-cp-clone" 4
Item "-fipa-cp-clone" Perform function cloning to make interprocedural constant propagation stronger.
When enabled, interprocedural constant propagation will perform function cloning
when externally visible function can be called with constant arguments.
Because this optimization can create multiple copies of functions,
it may significantly increase code size
(see
--param ipcp-unit-growth=value).
This flag is enabled by default at
-O3.
"-fipa-matrix-reorg" 4
Item "-fipa-matrix-reorg" Perform matrix flattening and transposing.
Matrix flattening tries to replace an m-dimensional matrix
with its equivalent n-dimensional matrix, where n < m.
This reduces the level of indirection needed for accessing the elements
of the matrix. The second optimization is matrix transposing, which
attempts to change the order of the matrix's dimensions in order to
improve cache locality.
Both optimizations need the
-fwhole-program flag.
Transposing is enabled only if profiling information is available.
"-ftree-sink" 4
Item "-ftree-sink" Perform forward store motion on trees. This flag is
enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-bit-ccp" 4
Item "-ftree-bit-ccp" Perform sparse conditional bit constant propagation on trees and propagate
pointer alignment information.
This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default
at
-O and higher. It requires that
-ftree-ccp is enabled.
"-ftree-ccp" 4
Item "-ftree-ccp" Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (\s-1CCP\s0) on trees. This
pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default
at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-switch-conversion" 4
Item "-ftree-switch-conversion" Perform conversion of simple initializations in a switch to
initializations from a scalar array. This flag is enabled by default
at
-O2 and higher.
"-ftree-tail-merge" 4
Item "-ftree-tail-merge" Look for identical code sequences. When found, replace one with a jump to the
other. This optimization is known as tail merging or cross jumping. This flag
is enabled by default at
-O2 and higher. The compilation time
in this pass can
be limited using
max-tail-merge-comparisons parameter and
\fBmax-tail-merge-iterations parameter.
"-ftree-dce" 4
Item "-ftree-dce" Perform dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) on trees. This flag is enabled by
default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-builtin-call-dce" 4
Item "-ftree-builtin-call-dce" Perform conditional dead code elimination (\s-1DCE\s0) for calls to builtin functions
that may set
\*(C`errno\*(C' but are otherwise side-effect free. This flag is
enabled by default at
-O2 and higher if
-Os is not also
specified.
"-ftree-dominator-opts" 4
Item "-ftree-dominator-opts" Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (
constant/
copy
propagation, redundancy elimination, range propagation and expression
simplification) based on a dominator tree traversal. This also
performs jump threading (to reduce jumps to jumps). This flag is
enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-dse" 4
Item "-ftree-dse" Perform dead store elimination (\s-1DSE\s0) on trees. A dead store is a store into
a memory location that is later overwritten by another store without
any intervening loads. In this case the earlier store can be deleted. This
flag is enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-ch" 4
Item "-ftree-ch" Perform loop header copying on trees. This is beneficial since it increases
effectiveness of code motion optimizations. It also saves one jump. This flag
is enabled by default at
-O and higher. It is not enabled
for
-Os, since it usually increases code size.
"-ftree-loop-optimize" 4
Item "-ftree-loop-optimize" Perform loop optimizations on trees. This flag is enabled by default
at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-loop-linear" 4
Item "-ftree-loop-linear" Perform loop interchange transformations on tree. Same as
\fB-floop-interchange. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has
to be configured with
--with-ppl and
--with-cloog to
enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
"-floop-interchange" 4
Item "-floop-interchange" Perform loop interchange transformations on loops. Interchanging two
nested loops switches the inner and outer loops. For example, given a
loop like:
.Sp
.Vb 5
DO J = 1, M
DO I = 1, N
A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C
ENDDO
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
loop interchange will transform the loop as if the user had written:
.Sp
.Vb 5
DO I = 1, N
DO J = 1, M
A(J, I) = A(J, I) * C
ENDDO
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
which can be beneficial when
\*(C`N\*(C' is larger than the caches,
because in Fortran, the elements of an array are stored in memory
contiguously by column, and the original loop iterates over rows,
potentially creating at each access a cache miss. This optimization
applies to all the languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is not limited to
Fortran. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to be configured
with
--with-ppl and
--with-cloog to enable the
Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
"-floop-strip-mine" 4
Item "-floop-strip-mine" Perform loop strip mining transformations on loops. Strip mining
splits a loop into two nested loops. The outer loop has strides
equal to the strip size and the inner loop has strides of the
original loop within a strip. The strip length can be changed
using the
loop-block-tile-size parameter. For example,
given a loop like:
.Sp
.Vb 3
DO I = 1, N
A(I) = A(I) + C
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
loop strip mining will transform the loop as if the user had written:
.Sp
.Vb 5
DO II = 1, N, 51
DO I = II, min (II + 50, N)
A(I) = A(I) + C
ENDDO
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
This optimization applies to all the languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is
not limited to Fortran. To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to
be configured with
--with-ppl and
--with-cloog to
enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
"-floop-block" 4
Item "-floop-block" Perform loop blocking transformations on loops. Blocking strip mines
each loop in the loop nest such that the memory accesses of the
element loops fit inside caches. The strip length can be changed
using the
loop-block-tile-size parameter. For example, given
a loop like:
.Sp
.Vb 5
DO I = 1, N
DO J = 1, M
A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J)
ENDDO
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
loop blocking will transform the loop as if the user had written:
.Sp
.Vb 9
DO II = 1, N, 51
DO JJ = 1, M, 51
DO I = II, min (II + 50, N)
DO J = JJ, min (JJ + 50, M)
A(J, I) = B(I) + C(J)
ENDDO
ENDDO
ENDDO
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
which can be beneficial when
\*(C`M\*(C' is larger than the caches,
because the innermost loop will iterate over a smaller amount of data
which can be kept in the caches. This optimization applies to all the
languages supported by \s-1GCC\s0 and is not limited to Fortran. To use this
code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to be configured with
--with-ppl
and
--with-cloog to enable the Graphite loop transformation
infrastructure.
"-fgraphite-identity" 4
Item "-fgraphite-identity" Enable the identity transformation for graphite. For every SCoP we generate
the polyhedral representation and transform it back to gimple. Using
\fB-fgraphite-identity we can check the costs or benefits of the
\s-1GIMPLE\s0 -> \s-1GRAPHITE\s0 -> \s-1GIMPLE\s0 transformation. Some minimal optimizations
are also performed by the code generator CLooG, like index splitting and
dead code elimination in loops.
"-floop-flatten" 4
Item "-floop-flatten" Removes the loop nesting structure: transforms the loop nest into a
single loop. This transformation can be useful as an enablement
transform for vectorization and parallelization. This feature
is experimental.
To use this code transformation, \s-1GCC\s0 has to be configured
with
--with-ppl and
--with-cloog to enable the
Graphite loop transformation infrastructure.
"-floop-parallelize-all" 4
Item "-floop-parallelize-all" Use the Graphite data dependence analysis to identify loops that can
be parallelized. Parallelize all the loops that can be analyzed to
not contain loop carried dependences without checking that it is
profitable to parallelize the loops.
"-fcheck-data-deps" 4
Item "-fcheck-data-deps" Compare the results of several data dependence analyzers. This option
is used for debugging the data dependence analyzers.
"-ftree-loop-if-convert" 4
Item "-ftree-loop-if-convert" Attempt to transform conditional jumps in the innermost loops to
branch-less equivalents. The intent is to remove control-flow from
the innermost loops in order to improve the ability of the
vectorization pass to handle these loops. This is enabled by default
if vectorization is enabled.
"-ftree-loop-if-convert-stores" 4
Item "-ftree-loop-if-convert-stores" Attempt to also if-convert conditional jumps containing memory writes.
This transformation can be unsafe for multi-threaded programs as it
transforms conditional memory writes into unconditional memory writes.
For example,
.Sp
.Vb 3
for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
if (cond)
A[i] = expr;
.Ve
.Sp
would be transformed to
.Sp
.Vb 2
for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
A[i] = cond ? expr : A[i];
.Ve
.Sp
potentially producing data races.
"-ftree-loop-distribution" 4
Item "-ftree-loop-distribution" Perform loop distribution. This flag can improve cache performance on
big loop bodies and allow further loop optimizations, like
parallelization or vectorization, to take place. For example, the loop
.Sp
.Vb 4
DO I = 1, N
A(I) = B(I) + C
D(I) = E(I) * F
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
is transformed to
.Sp
.Vb 6
DO I = 1, N
A(I) = B(I) + C
ENDDO
DO I = 1, N
D(I) = E(I) * F
ENDDO
.Ve
"-ftree-loop-distribute-patterns" 4
Item "-ftree-loop-distribute-patterns" Perform loop distribution of patterns that can be code generated with
calls to a library. This flag is enabled by default at
-O3.
.Sp
This pass distributes the initialization loops and generates a call to
memset zero. For example, the loop
.Sp
.Vb 4
DO I = 1, N
A(I) = 0
B(I) = A(I) + I
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
is transformed to
.Sp
.Vb 6
DO I = 1, N
A(I) = 0
ENDDO
DO I = 1, N
B(I) = A(I) + I
ENDDO
.Ve
.Sp
and the initialization loop is transformed into a call to memset zero.
"-ftree-loop-im" 4
Item "-ftree-loop-im" Perform loop invariant motion on trees. This pass moves only invariants that
would be hard to handle at \s-1RTL\s0 level (function calls, operations that expand to
nontrivial sequences of insns). With
-funswitch-loops it also moves
operands of conditions that are invariant out of the loop, so that we can use
just trivial invariantness analysis in loop unswitching. The pass also includes
store motion.
"-ftree-loop-ivcanon" 4
Item "-ftree-loop-ivcanon" Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in loops for which
determining number of iterations requires complicated analysis. Later
optimizations then may determine the number easily. Useful especially
in connection with unrolling.
"-fivopts" 4
Item "-fivopts" Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction, induction
variable merging and induction variable elimination) on trees.
"-ftree-parallelize-loops=n" 4
Item "-ftree-parallelize-loops=n" Parallelize loops, i.e., split their iteration space to run in n threads.
This is only possible for loops whose iterations are independent
and can be arbitrarily reordered. The optimization is only
profitable on multiprocessor machines, for loops that are CPU-intensive,
rather than constrained e.g. by memory bandwidth. This option
implies
-pthread, and thus is only supported on targets
that have support for
-pthread.
"-ftree-pta" 4
Item "-ftree-pta" Perform function-local points-to analysis on trees. This flag is
enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-sra" 4
Item "-ftree-sra" Perform scalar replacement of aggregates. This pass replaces structure
references with scalars to prevent committing structures to memory too
early. This flag is enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-copyrename" 4
Item "-ftree-copyrename" Perform copy renaming on trees. This pass attempts to rename compiler
temporaries to other variables at copy locations, usually resulting in
variable names which more closely resemble the original variables. This flag
is enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-ter" 4
Item "-ftree-ter" Perform temporary expression replacement during the \s-1SSA-\s0>normal phase. Single
use/
single def temporaries are replaced at their use location with their
defining expression. This results in non-GIMPLE code, but gives the expanders
much more complex trees to work on resulting in better \s-1RTL\s0 generation. This is
enabled by default at
-O and higher.
"-ftree-vectorize" 4
Item "-ftree-vectorize" Perform loop vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
\fB-O3.
"-ftree-slp-vectorize" 4
Item "-ftree-slp-vectorize" Perform basic block vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at
\fB-O3 and when
-ftree-vectorize is enabled.
"-ftree-vect-loop-version" 4
Item "-ftree-vect-loop-version" Perform loop versioning when doing loop vectorization on trees. When a loop
appears to be vectorizable except that data alignment or data dependence cannot
be determined at compile time, then vectorized and non-vectorized versions of
the loop are generated along with run-time checks for alignment or dependence
to control which version is executed. This option is enabled by default
except at level
-Os where it is disabled.
"-fvect-cost-model" 4
Item "-fvect-cost-model" Enable cost model for vectorization.
"-ftree-vrp" 4
Item "-ftree-vrp" Perform Value Range Propagation on trees. This is similar to the
constant propagation pass, but instead of values, ranges of values are
propagated. This allows the optimizers to remove unnecessary range
checks like array bound checks and null pointer checks. This is
enabled by default at
-O2 and higher. Null pointer check
elimination is only done if
-fdelete-null-pointer-checks is
enabled.
"-ftracer" 4
Item "-ftracer" Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation
simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do
better job.
"-funroll-loops" 4
Item "-funroll-loops" Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile
time or upon entry to the loop.
-funroll-loops implies
\fB-frerun-cse-after-loop. This option makes code larger,
and may or may not make it run faster.
"-funroll-all-loops" 4
Item "-funroll-all-loops" Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when
the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly.
\fB-funroll-all-loops implies the same options as
\fB-funroll-loops,
"-fsplit-ivs-in-unroller" 4
Item "-fsplit-ivs-in-unroller" Enables expressing of values of induction variables in later iterations
of the unrolled loop using the value in the first iteration. This breaks
long dependency chains, thus improving efficiency of the scheduling passes.
.Sp
Combination of
-fweb and \s-1CSE\s0 is often sufficient to obtain the
same effect. However in cases the loop body is more complicated than
a single basic block, this is not reliable. It also does not work at all
on some of the architectures due to restrictions in the \s-1CSE\s0 pass.
.Sp
This optimization is enabled by default.
"-fvariable-expansion-in-unroller" 4
Item "-fvariable-expansion-in-unroller" With this option, the compiler will create multiple copies of some
local variables when unrolling a loop which can result in superior code.
"-fpartial-inlining" 4
Item "-fpartial-inlining" Inline parts of functions. This option has any effect only
when inlining itself is turned on by the
-finline-functions
or
-finline-small-functions options.
.Sp
Enabled at level
-O2.
"-fpredictive-commoning" 4
Item "-fpredictive-commoning" Perform predictive commoning optimization, i.e., reusing computations
(especially memory loads and stores) performed in previous
iterations of loops.
.Sp
This option is enabled at level
-O3.
"-fprefetch-loop-arrays" 4
Item "-fprefetch-loop-arrays" If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to prefetch
memory to improve the performance of loops that access large arrays.
.Sp
This option may generate better or worse code; results are highly
dependent on the structure of loops within the source code.
.Sp
Disabled at level
-Os.
"-fno-peephole" 4
Item "-fno-peephole" 0
"-fno-peephole2" 4
Item "-fno-peephole2"
Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations. The difference
between -fno-peephole and -fno-peephole2 is in how they
are implemented in the compiler; some targets use one, some use the
other, a few use both.
.Sp
\fB-fpeephole is enabled by default.
\fB-fpeephole2 enabled at levels -O2, -O3, -Os.
"-fno-guess-branch-probability" 4
Item "-fno-guess-branch-probability" Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 will use heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they are
not provided by profiling feedback (
-fprofile-arcs). These
heuristics are based on the control flow graph. If some branch probabilities
are specified by
_\|_builtin_expect, then the heuristics will be
used to guess branch probabilities for the rest of the control flow graph,
taking the
_\|_builtin_expect info into account. The interactions
between the heuristics and
_\|_builtin_expect can be complex, and in
some cases, it may be useful to disable the heuristics so that the effects
of
_\|_builtin_expect are easier to understand.
.Sp
The default is
-fguess-branch-probability at levels
\fB-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-freorder-blocks" 4
Item "-freorder-blocks" Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce number of
taken branches and improve code locality.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3.
"-freorder-blocks-and-partition" 4
Item "-freorder-blocks-and-partition" In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in order
to reduce number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold basic blocks
into separate sections of the assembly and .o files, to improve
paging and cache locality performance.
.Sp
This optimization is automatically turned off in the presence of
exception handling, for linkonce sections, for functions with a user-defined
section attribute and on any architecture that does not support named
sections.
"-freorder-functions" 4
Item "-freorder-functions" Reorder functions in the object file in order to
improve code locality. This is implemented by using special
subsections
\*(C`.text.hot\*(C' for most frequently executed functions and
\f(CW\*(C`.text.unlikely\*(C' for unlikely executed functions. Reordering is done by
the linker so object file format must support named sections and linker must
place them in a reasonable way.
.Sp
Also profile feedback must be available in to make this option effective. See
\fB-fprofile-arcs for details.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fstrict-aliasing" 4
Item "-fstrict-aliasing" Allow the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to
the language being compiled. For C (and \*(C+), this activates
optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an
object of one type is assumed never to reside at the same address as an
object of a different type, unless the types are almost the same. For
example, an
\*(C`unsigned int\*(C' can alias an
\*(C`int\*(C', but not a
\f(CW\*(C`void*\*(C' or a
\*(C`double\*(C'. A character type may alias any other
type.
.Sp
Pay special attention to code like this:
.Sp
.Vb 4
union a_union {
int i;
double d;
};
int f() {
union a_union t;
t.d = 3.0;
return t.i;
}
.Ve
.Sp
The practice of reading from a different union member than the one most
recently written to (called \*(L"type-punning\*(R") is common. Even with
\fB-fstrict-aliasing, type-punning is allowed, provided the memory
is accessed through the union type. So, the code above will work as
expected. However, this code might not:
.Sp
.Vb 7
int f() {
union a_union t;
int* ip;
t.d = 3.0;
ip = &t.i;
return *ip;
}
.Ve
.Sp
Similarly, access by taking the address, casting the resulting pointer
and dereferencing the result has undefined behavior, even if the cast
uses a union type, e.g.:
.Sp
.Vb 4
int f() {
double d = 3.0;
return ((union a_union *) &d)->i;
}
.Ve
.Sp
The
-fstrict-aliasing option is enabled at levels
\fB-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fstrict-overflow" 4
Item "-fstrict-overflow" Allow the compiler to assume strict signed overflow rules, depending
on the language being compiled. For C (and \*(C+) this means that
overflow when doing arithmetic with signed numbers is undefined, which
means that the compiler may assume that it will not happen. This
permits various optimizations. For example, the compiler will assume
that an expression like
\*(C`i + 10 > i\*(C' will always be true for
signed
\*(C`i\*(C'. This assumption is only valid if signed overflow is
undefined, as the expression is false if
\*(C`i + 10\*(C' overflows when
using twos complement arithmetic. When this option is in effect any
attempt to determine whether an operation on signed numbers will
overflow must be written carefully to not actually involve overflow.
.Sp
This option also allows the compiler to assume strict pointer
semantics: given a pointer to an object, if adding an offset to that
pointer does not produce a pointer to the same object, the addition is
undefined. This permits the compiler to conclude that
\*(C`p + u >
p\*(C' is always true for a pointer
\*(C`p\*(C' and unsigned integer
\f(CW\*(C`u\*(C'. This assumption is only valid because pointer wraparound is
undefined, as the expression is false if
\*(C`p + u\*(C' overflows using
twos complement arithmetic.
.Sp
See also the
-fwrapv option. Using
-fwrapv means
that integer signed overflow is fully defined: it wraps. When
\fB-fwrapv is used, there is no difference between
\fB-fstrict-overflow and
-fno-strict-overflow for
integers. With
-fwrapv certain types of overflow are
permitted. For example, if the compiler gets an overflow when doing
arithmetic on constants, the overflowed value can still be used with
\fB-fwrapv, but not otherwise.
.Sp
The
-fstrict-overflow option is enabled at levels
\fB-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-falign-functions" 4
Item "-falign-functions" 0
"-falign-functions=n" 4
Item "-falign-functions=n"
Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than
\fIn, skipping up to n bytes. For instance,
\fB-falign-functions=32 aligns functions to the next 32-byte
boundary, but -falign-functions=24 would align to the next
32-byte boundary only if this can be done by skipping 23 bytes or less.
.Sp
\fB-fno-align-functions and -falign-functions=1 are
equivalent and mean that functions will not be aligned.
.Sp
Some assemblers only support this flag when n is a power of two;
in that case, it is rounded up.
.Sp
If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
.Sp
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
"-falign-labels" 4
Item "-falign-labels" 0
"-falign-labels=n" 4
Item "-falign-labels=n"
Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to
\fIn bytes like -falign-functions. This option can easily
make code slower, because it must insert dummy operations for when the
branch target is reached in the usual flow of the code.
.Sp
\fB-fno-align-labels and -falign-labels=1 are
equivalent and mean that labels will not be aligned.
.Sp
If -falign-loops or -falign-jumps are applicable and
are greater than this value, then their values are used instead.
.Sp
If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default
which is very likely to be 1, meaning no alignment.
.Sp
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
"-falign-loops" 4
Item "-falign-loops" 0
"-falign-loops=n" 4
Item "-falign-loops=n"
Align loops to a power-of-two boundary, skipping up to n bytes
like -falign-functions. The hope is that the loop will be
executed many times, which will make up for any execution of the dummy
operations.
.Sp
\fB-fno-align-loops and -falign-loops=1 are
equivalent and mean that loops will not be aligned.
.Sp
If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
.Sp
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
"-falign-jumps" 4
Item "-falign-jumps" 0
"-falign-jumps=n" 4
Item "-falign-jumps=n"
Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets
where the targets can only be reached by jumping, skipping up to n
bytes like -falign-functions. In this case, no dummy operations
need be executed.
.Sp
\fB-fno-align-jumps and -falign-jumps=1 are
equivalent and mean that loops will not be aligned.
.Sp
If n is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default.
.Sp
Enabled at levels -O2, -O3.
"-funit-at-a-time" 4
Item "-funit-at-a-time" This option is left for compatibility reasons.
-funit-at-a-time
has no effect, while
-fno-unit-at-a-time implies
\fB-fno-toplevel-reorder and
-fno-section-anchors.
.Sp
Enabled by default.
"-fno-toplevel-reorder" 4
Item "-fno-toplevel-reorder" Do not reorder top-level functions, variables, and
\*(C`asm\*(C'
statements. Output them in the same order that they appear in the
input file. When this option is used, unreferenced static variables
will not be removed. This option is intended to support existing code
that relies on a particular ordering. For new code, it is better to
use attributes.
.Sp
Enabled at level
-O0. When disabled explicitly, it also implies
\fB-fno-section-anchors, which is otherwise enabled at
-O0 on some
targets.
"-fweb" 4
Item "-fweb" Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes and assign
each web individual pseudo register. This allows the register allocation pass
to operate on pseudos directly, but also strengthens several other optimization
passes, such as \s-1CSE\s0, loop optimizer and trivial dead code remover. It can,
however, make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in a
\*(L"home register\*(R".
.Sp
Enabled by default with
-funroll-loops.
"-fwhole-program" 4
Item "-fwhole-program" Assume that the current compilation unit represents the whole program being
compiled. All public functions and variables with the exception of
\*(C`main\*(C'
and those merged by attribute
\*(C`externally_visible\*(C' become static functions
and in effect are optimized more aggressively by interprocedural optimizers. If
gold is used as the linker plugin,
\*(C`externally_visible\*(C' attributes are automatically added to functions (not variable yet due to a current
gold issue) that are accessed outside of \s-1LTO\s0 objects according to resolution file produced by
gold. For other linkers that cannot generate resolution file, explicit
\*(C`externally_visible\*(C' attributes are still necessary.
While this option is equivalent to proper use of the
\*(C`static\*(C' keyword for
programs consisting of a single file, in combination with option
\fB-flto this flag can be used to
compile many smaller scale programs since the functions and variables become
local for the whole combined compilation unit, not for the single source file
itself.
.Sp
This option implies
-fwhole-file for Fortran programs.
"-flto[=n]" 4
Item "-flto[=n]" This option runs the standard link-time optimizer. When invoked
with source code, it generates \s-1GIMPLE\s0 (one of \s-1GCC\s0's internal
representations) and writes it to special \s-1ELF\s0 sections in the object
file. When the object files are linked together, all the function
bodies are read from these \s-1ELF\s0 sections and instantiated as if they
had been part of the same translation unit.
.Sp
To use the link-time optimizer,
-flto needs to be specified at
compile time and during the final link. For example:
.Sp
.Vb 3
gcc -c -O2 -flto
foo.c
gcc -c -O2 -flto
bar.c
gcc -o myprog -flto -O2 foo.o bar.o
.Ve
.Sp
The first two invocations to \s-1GCC\s0 save a bytecode representation
of \s-1GIMPLE\s0 into special \s-1ELF\s0 sections inside
foo.o and
\fIbar.o. The final invocation reads the \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode from
\fIfoo.o and
bar.o, merges the two files into a single
internal image, and compiles the result as usual. Since both
\fIfoo.o and
bar.o are merged into a single image, this
causes all the interprocedural analyses and optimizations in \s-1GCC\s0 to
work across the two files as if they were a single one. This means,
for example, that the inliner is able to inline functions in
\fIbar.o into functions in
foo.o and vice-versa.
.Sp
Another (simpler) way to enable link-time optimization is:
.Sp
.Vb 1
gcc -o myprog -flto -O2
foo.c bar.c
.Ve
.Sp
The above generates bytecode for
foo.c and
bar.c,
merges them together into a single \s-1GIMPLE\s0 representation and optimizes
them as usual to produce
myprog.
.Sp
The only important thing to keep in mind is that to enable link-time
optimizations the
-flto flag needs to be passed to both the
compile and the link commands.
.Sp
To make whole program optimization effective, it is necessary to make
certain whole program assumptions. The compiler needs to know
what functions and variables can be accessed by libraries and runtime
outside of the link-time optimized unit. When supported by the linker,
the linker plugin (see
-fuse-linker-plugin) passes information
to the compiler about used and externally visible symbols. When
the linker plugin is not available,
-fwhole-program should be
used to allow the compiler to make these assumptions, which leads
to more aggressive optimization decisions.
.Sp
Note that when a file is compiled with
-flto, the generated
object file is larger than a regular object file because it
contains \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes and the usual final code. This means that
object files with \s-1LTO\s0 information can be linked as normal object
files; if
-flto is not passed to the linker, no
interprocedural optimizations are applied.
.Sp
Additionally, the optimization flags used to compile individual files
are not necessarily related to those used at link time. For instance,
.Sp
.Vb 3
gcc -c -O0 -flto
foo.c
gcc -c -O0 -flto
bar.c
gcc -o myprog -flto -O3 foo.o bar.o
.Ve
.Sp
This produces individual object files with unoptimized assembler
code, but the resulting binary
myprog is optimized at
\fB-O3. If, instead, the final binary is generated without
\fB-flto, then
myprog is not optimized.
.Sp
When producing the final binary with
-flto, \s-1GCC\s0 only
applies link-time optimizations to those files that contain bytecode.
Therefore, you can mix and match object files and libraries with
\s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes and final object code. \s-1GCC\s0 automatically selects
which files to optimize in \s-1LTO\s0 mode and which files to link without
further processing.
.Sp
There are some code generation flags preserved by \s-1GCC\s0 when
generating bytecodes, as they need to be used during the final link
stage. Currently, the following options are saved into the \s-1GIMPLE\s0
bytecode files:
-fPIC,
-fcommon and all the
\fB-m target flags.
.Sp
At link time, these options are read in and reapplied. Note that the
current implementation makes no attempt to recognize conflicting
values for these options. If different files have conflicting option
values (e.g., one file is compiled with
-fPIC and another
isn't), the compiler simply uses the last value read from the
bytecode files. It is recommended, then, that you compile all the files
participating in the same link with the same options.
.Sp
If \s-1LTO\s0 encounters objects with C linkage declared with incompatible
types in separate translation units to be linked together (undefined
behavior according to \s-1ISO\s0 C99 6.2.7), a non-fatal diagnostic may be
issued. The behavior is still undefined at run time.
.Sp
Another feature of \s-1LTO\s0 is that it is possible to apply interprocedural
optimizations on files written in different languages. This requires
support in the language front end. Currently, the C, \*(C+ and
Fortran front ends are capable of emitting \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecodes, so
something like this should work:
.Sp
.Vb 4
gcc -c -flto
foo.c
g++ -c -flto
bar.cc
gfortran -c -flto baz.f90
g++ -o myprog -flto -O3 foo.o bar.o baz.o -lgfortran
.Ve
.Sp
Notice that the final link is done with
g++ to get the \*(C+
runtime libraries and
-lgfortran is added to get the Fortran
runtime libraries. In general, when mixing languages in \s-1LTO\s0 mode, you
should use the same link command options as when mixing languages in a
regular (non-LTO) compilation; all you need to add is
-flto to
all the compile and link commands.
.Sp
If object files containing \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode are stored in a library archive, say
\fIlibfoo.a, it is possible to extract and use them in an \s-1LTO\s0 link if you
are using a linker with plugin support. To enable this feature, use
the flag
-fuse-linker-plugin at link time:
.Sp
.Vb 1
gcc -o myprog -O2 -flto -fuse-linker-plugin a.o b.o -lfoo
.Ve
.Sp
With the linker plugin enabled, the linker extracts the needed
\s-1GIMPLE\s0 files from
libfoo.a and passes them on to the running \s-1GCC\s0
to make them part of the aggregated \s-1GIMPLE\s0 image to be optimized.
.Sp
If you are not using a linker with plugin support
and/
or do not
enable the linker plugin, then the objects inside
libfoo.a
are extracted and linked as usual, but they do not participate
in the \s-1LTO\s0 optimization process.
.Sp
Link-time optimizations do not require the presence of the whole program to
operate. If the program does not require any symbols to be exported, it is
possible to combine
-flto and
-fwhole-program to allow
the interprocedural optimizers to use more aggressive assumptions which may
lead to improved optimization opportunities.
Use of
-fwhole-program is not needed when linker plugin is
active (see
-fuse-linker-plugin).
.Sp
The current implementation of \s-1LTO\s0 makes no
attempt to generate bytecode that is portable between different
types of hosts. The bytecode files are versioned and there is a
strict version check, so bytecode files generated in one version of
\s-1GCC\s0 will not work with an
older/
newer version of \s-1GCC\s0.
.Sp
Link-time optimization does not work well with generation of debugging
information. Combining
-flto with
\fB-g is currently experimental and expected to produce wrong
results.
.Sp
If you specify the optional
n, the optimization and code
generation done at link time is executed in parallel using
n
parallel jobs by utilizing an installed
make program. The
environment variable
\s-1MAKE\s0 may be used to override the program
used. The default value for
n is 1.
.Sp
You can also specify
-flto=jobserver to use \s-1GNU\s0 make's
job server mode to determine the number of parallel jobs. This
is useful when the Makefile calling \s-1GCC\s0 is already executing in parallel.
You must prepend a
+ to the command recipe in the parent Makefile
for this to work. This option likely only works if
\s-1MAKE\s0 is
\s-1GNU\s0 make.
.Sp
This option is disabled by default
"-flto-partition=alg" 4
Item "-flto-partition=alg" Specify the partitioning algorithm used by the link-time optimizer.
The value is either
\*(C`1to1\*(C' to specify a partitioning mirroring
the original source files or
\*(C`balanced\*(C' to specify partitioning
into equally sized chunks (whenever possible). Specifying
\*(C`none\*(C'
as an algorithm disables partitioning and streaming completely. The
default value is
\*(C`balanced\*(C'.
"-flto-compression-level=n" 4
Item "-flto-compression-level=n" This option specifies the level of compression used for intermediate
language written to \s-1LTO\s0 object files, and is only meaningful in
conjunction with \s-1LTO\s0 mode (
-flto). Valid
values are 0 (no compression) to 9 (maximum compression). Values
outside this range are clamped to either 0 or 9. If the option is not
given, a default balanced compression setting is used.
"-flto-report" 4
Item "-flto-report" Prints a report with internal details on the workings of the link-time
optimizer. The contents of this report vary from version to version.
It is meant to be useful to \s-1GCC\s0 developers when processing object
files in \s-1LTO\s0 mode (via
-flto).
.Sp
Disabled by default.
"-fuse-linker-plugin" 4
Item "-fuse-linker-plugin" Enables the use of a linker plugin during link-time optimization. This
option relies on plugin support in the linker, which is available in gold
or in \s-1GNU\s0 ld 2.21 or newer.
.Sp
This option enables the extraction of object files with \s-1GIMPLE\s0 bytecode out
of library archives. This improves the quality of optimization by exposing
more code to the link-time optimizer. This information specifies what
symbols can be accessed externally (by non-LTO object or during dynamic
linking). Resulting code quality improvements on binaries (and shared
libraries that use hidden visibility) are similar to
\*(C`-fwhole-program\*(C'.
See
-flto for a description of the effect of this flag and how to
use it.
.Sp
This option is enabled by default when \s-1LTO\s0 support in \s-1GCC\s0 is enabled
and \s-1GCC\s0 was configured for use with
a linker supporting plugins (\s-1GNU\s0 ld 2.21 or newer or gold).
"-ffat-lto-objects" 4
Item "-ffat-lto-objects" Fat \s-1LTO\s0 objects are object files that contain both the intermediate language
and the object code. This makes them usable for both \s-1LTO\s0 linking and normal
linking. This option is effective only when compiling with
-flto
and is ignored at link time.
.Sp
\fB-fno-fat-lto-objects improves compilation time over plain \s-1LTO\s0, but
requires the complete toolchain to be aware of \s-1LTO\s0. It requires a linker with
linker plugin support for basic functionality. Additionally, nm, ar and ranlib
need to support linker plugins to allow a full-featured build environment
(capable of building static libraries etc).
.Sp
The default is
-ffat-lto-objects but this default is intended to
change in future releases when linker plugin enabled environments become more
common.
"-fcompare-elim" 4
Item "-fcompare-elim" After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting,
identify arithmetic instructions that compute processor flags similar to a
comparison operation based on that arithmetic. If possible, eliminate the
explicit comparison operation.
.Sp
This pass only applies to certain targets that cannot explicitly represent
the comparison operation before register allocation is complete.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fcprop-registers" 4
Item "-fcprop-registers" After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting,
we perform a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce scheduling dependencies
and occasionally eliminate the copy.
.Sp
Enabled at levels
-O,
-O2,
-O3,
-Os.
"-fprofile-correction" 4
Item "-fprofile-correction" Profiles collected using an instrumented binary for multi-threaded programs may
be inconsistent due to missed counter updates. When this option is specified,
\s-1GCC\s0 will use heuristics to correct or smooth out such inconsistencies. By
default, \s-1GCC\s0 will emit an error message when an inconsistent profile is detected.
"-fprofile-dir=path" 4
Item "-fprofile-dir=path" Set the directory to search for the profile data files in to
path.
This option affects only the profile data generated by
\fB-fprofile-generate,
-ftest-coverage,
-fprofile-arcs
and used by
-fprofile-use and
-fbranch-probabilities
and its related options. Both absolute and relative paths can be used.
By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will use the current directory as
path, thus the
profile data file will appear in the same directory as the object file.
"-fprofile-generate" 4
Item "-fprofile-generate" 0
"-fprofile-generate=path" 4
Item "-fprofile-generate=path"
Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to produce
profile useful for later recompilation with profile feedback based
optimization. You must use -fprofile-generate both when
compiling and when linking your program.
.Sp
The following options are enabled: \*(C`-fprofile-arcs\*(C', \*(C`-fprofile-values\*(C', \*(C`-fvpt\*(C'.
.Sp
If path is specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will look at the path to find
the profile feedback data files. See -fprofile-dir.
"-fprofile-use" 4
Item "-fprofile-use" 0
"-fprofile-use=path" 4
Item "-fprofile-use=path"
Enable profile feedback directed optimizations, and optimizations
generally profitable only with profile feedback available.
.Sp
The following options are enabled: \*(C`-fbranch-probabilities\*(C', \*(C`-fvpt\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`-funroll-loops\*(C', \*(C`-fpeel-loops\*(C', \*(C`-ftracer\*(C'
.Sp
By default, \s-1GCC\s0 emits an error message if the feedback profiles do not
match the source code. This error can be turned into a warning by using
\fB-Wcoverage-mismatch. Note this may result in poorly optimized
code.
.Sp
If path is specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will look at the path to find
the profile feedback data files. See -fprofile-dir.
The following options control compiler behavior regarding floating-point
arithmetic. These options trade off between speed and
correctness. All must be specifically enabled.
"-ffloat-store" 4
Item "-ffloat-store" Do not store floating-point variables in registers, and inhibit other
options that might change whether a floating-point value is taken from a
register or memory.
.Sp
This option prevents undesirable excess precision on machines such as
the 68000 where the floating registers (of the 68881) keep more
precision than a
\*(C`double\*(C' is supposed to have. Similarly for the
x86 architecture. For most programs, the excess precision does only
good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of \s-1IEEE\s0 floating
point. Use
-ffloat-store for such programs, after modifying
them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables.
"-fexcess-precision=style" 4
Item "-fexcess-precision=style" This option allows further control over excess precision on machines
where floating-point registers have more precision than the \s-1IEEE\s0
\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C' and
\*(C`double\*(C' types and the processor does not
support operations rounding to those types. By default,
\fB-fexcess-precision=fast is in effect; this means that
operations are carried out in the precision of the registers and that
it is unpredictable when rounding to the types specified in the source
code takes place. When compiling C, if
\fB-fexcess-precision=standard is specified then excess
precision will follow the rules specified in \s-1ISO\s0 C99; in particular,
both casts and assignments cause values to be rounded to their
semantic types (whereas
-ffloat-store only affects
assignments). This option is enabled by default for C if a strict
conformance option such as
-std=c99 is used.
.Sp
\fB-fexcess-precision=standard is not implemented for languages
other than C, and has no effect if
\fB-funsafe-math-optimizations or
-ffast-math is
specified. On the x86, it also has no effect if
-mfpmath=sse
or
-mfpmath=sse+387 is specified; in the former case, \s-1IEEE\s0
semantics apply without excess precision, and in the latter, rounding
is unpredictable.
"-ffast-math" 4
Item "-ffast-math" Sets
-fno-math-errno,
-funsafe-math-optimizations,
\fB-ffinite-math-only,
-fno-rounding-math,
\fB-fno-signaling-nans and
-fcx-limited-range.
.Sp
This option causes the preprocessor macro
\*(C`_\|_FAST_MATH_\|_\*(C' to be defined.
.Sp
This option is not turned on by any
-O option besides
\fB-Ofast since it can result in incorrect output for programs
that depend on an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0
rules/
specifications
for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
"-fno-math-errno" 4
Item "-fno-math-errno" Do not set \s-1ERRNO\s0 after calling math functions that are executed
with a single instruction, e.g., sqrt. A program that relies on
\s-1IEEE\s0 exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag
for speed while maintaining \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic compatibility.
.Sp
This option is not turned on by any
-O option since
it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on
an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0
rules/
specifications for
math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
.Sp
The default is
-fmath-errno.
.Sp
On Darwin systems, the math library never sets
\*(C`errno\*(C'. There is
therefore no reason for the compiler to consider the possibility that
it might, and
-fno-math-errno is the default.
"-funsafe-math-optimizations" 4
Item "-funsafe-math-optimizations" Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume
that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate \s-1IEEE\s0 or
\s-1ANSI\s0 standards. When used at link-time, it may include libraries
or startup files that change the default \s-1FPU\s0 control word or other
similar optimizations.
.Sp
This option is not turned on by any
-O option since
it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on
an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0
rules/
specifications for
math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
Enables
-fno-signed-zeros,
-fno-trapping-math,
\fB-fassociative-math and
-freciprocal-math.
.Sp
The default is
-fno-unsafe-math-optimizations.
"-fassociative-math" 4
Item "-fassociative-math" Allow re-association of operands in series of floating-point operations.
This violates the \s-1ISO\s0 C and \*(C+ language standard by possibly changing
computation result. \s-1NOTE:\s0 re-ordering may change the sign of zero as
well as ignore NaNs and inhibit or create underflow or overflow (and
thus cannot be used on code that relies on rounding behavior like
\f(CW\*(C`(x + 2**52) - 2**52\*(C'. May also reorder floating-point comparisons
and thus may not be used when ordered comparisons are required.
This option requires that both
-fno-signed-zeros and
\fB-fno-trapping-math be in effect. Moreover, it doesn't make
much sense with
-frounding-math. For Fortran the option
is automatically enabled when both
-fno-signed-zeros and
\fB-fno-trapping-math are in effect.
.Sp
The default is
-fno-associative-math.
"-freciprocal-math" 4
Item "-freciprocal-math" Allow the reciprocal of a value to be used instead of dividing by
the value if this enables optimizations. For example
\*(C`x / y\*(C'
can be replaced with
\*(C`x * (1/y)\*(C', which is useful if
\*(C`(1/y)\*(C'
is subject to common subexpression elimination. Note that this loses
precision and increases the number of flops operating on the value.
.Sp
The default is
-fno-reciprocal-math.
"-ffinite-math-only" 4
Item "-ffinite-math-only" Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume
that arguments and results are not NaNs or +-Infs.
.Sp
This option is not turned on by any
-O option since
it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on
an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0
rules/
specifications for
math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs
that do not require the guarantees of these specifications.
.Sp
The default is
-fno-finite-math-only.
"-fno-signed-zeros" 4
Item "-fno-signed-zeros" Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that ignore the
signedness of zero. \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic specifies the behavior of
distinct +0.0 and -0.0 values, which then prohibits simplification
of expressions such as x+0.0 or 0.0*x (even with
-ffinite-math-only).
This option implies that the sign of a zero result isn't significant.
.Sp
The default is
-fsigned-zeros.
"-fno-trapping-math" 4
Item "-fno-trapping-math" Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate
user-visible traps. These traps include division by zero, overflow,
underflow, inexact result and invalid operation. This option requires
that
-fno-signaling-nans be in effect. Setting this option may
allow faster code if one relies on \*(L"non-stop\*(R" \s-1IEEE\s0 arithmetic, for example.
.Sp
This option should never be turned on by any
-O option since
it can result in incorrect output for programs that depend on
an exact implementation of \s-1IEEE\s0 or \s-1ISO\s0
rules/
specifications for
math functions.
.Sp
The default is
-ftrapping-math.
"-frounding-math" 4
Item "-frounding-math" Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default floating-point
rounding behavior. This is round-to-zero for all floating point
to integer conversions, and round-to-nearest for all other arithmetic
truncations. This option should be specified for programs that change
the \s-1FP\s0 rounding mode dynamically, or that may be executed with a
non-default rounding mode. This option disables constant folding of
floating-point expressions at compile time (which may be affected by
rounding mode) and arithmetic transformations that are unsafe in the
presence of sign-dependent rounding modes.
.Sp
The default is
-fno-rounding-math.
.Sp
This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
disable all \s-1GCC\s0 optimizations that are affected by rounding mode.
Future versions of \s-1GCC\s0 may provide finer control of this setting
using C99's
\*(C`FENV_ACCESS\*(C' pragma. This command-line option
will be used to specify the default state for
\*(C`FENV_ACCESS\*(C'.
"-fsignaling-nans" 4
Item "-fsignaling-nans" Compile code assuming that \s-1IEEE\s0 signaling NaNs may generate user-visible
traps during floating-point operations. Setting this option disables
optimizations that may change the number of exceptions visible with
signaling NaNs. This option implies
-ftrapping-math.
.Sp
This option causes the preprocessor macro
\*(C`_\|_SUPPORT_SNAN_\|_\*(C' to
be defined.
.Sp
The default is
-fno-signaling-nans.
.Sp
This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to
disable all \s-1GCC\s0 optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior.
"-fsingle-precision-constant" 4
Item "-fsingle-precision-constant" Treat floating-point constants as single precision instead of
implicitly converting them to double-precision constants.
"-fcx-limited-range" 4
Item "-fcx-limited-range" When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not
needed when performing complex division. Also, there is no checking
whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is
\*(C`NaN
+ I*NaN\*(C', with an attempt to rescue the situation in that case. The
default is
-fno-cx-limited-range, but is enabled by
\fB-ffast-math.
.Sp
This option controls the default setting of the \s-1ISO\s0 C99
\f(CW\*(C`CX_LIMITED_RANGE\*(C' pragma. Nevertheless, the option applies to
all languages.
"-fcx-fortran-rules" 4
Item "-fcx-fortran-rules" Complex multiplication and division follow Fortran rules. Range
reduction is done as part of complex division, but there is no checking
whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is
\*(C`NaN
+ I*NaN\*(C', with an attempt to rescue the situation in that case.
.Sp
The default is
-fno-cx-fortran-rules.
The following options control optimizations that may improve
performance, but are not enabled by any -O options. This
section includes experimental options that may produce broken code.
"-fbranch-probabilities" 4
Item "-fbranch-probabilities" After running a program compiled with
-fprofile-arcs, you can compile it a second time using
\fB-fbranch-probabilities, to improve optimizations based on
the number of times each branch was taken. When the program
compiled with
-fprofile-arcs exits it saves arc execution
counts to a file called
sourcename.gcda for each source
file. The information in this data file is very dependent on the
structure of the generated code, so you must use the same source code
and the same optimization options for both compilations.
.Sp
With -fbranch-probabilities, \s-1GCC\s0 puts a
\fB\s-1REG_BR_PROB\s0 note on each \s-1JUMP_INSN\s0 and \s-1CALL_INSN\s0.
These can be used to improve optimization. Currently, they are only
used in one place: in reorg.c, instead of guessing which path a
branch is most likely to take, the \s-1REG_BR_PROB\s0 values are used to
exactly determine which path is taken more often.
"-fprofile-values" 4
Item "-fprofile-values" If combined with
-fprofile-arcs, it adds code so that some
data about values of expressions in the program is gathered.
.Sp
With
-fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered
from profiling values of expressions for usage in optimizations.
.Sp
Enabled with
-fprofile-generate and
-fprofile-use.
"-fvpt" 4
Item "-fvpt" If combined with
-fprofile-arcs, it instructs the compiler to add
a code to gather information about values of expressions.
.Sp
With
-fbranch-probabilities, it reads back the data gathered
and actually performs the optimizations based on them.
Currently the optimizations include specialization of division operation
using the knowledge about the value of the denominator.
"-frename-registers" 4
Item "-frename-registers" Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use
of registers left over after register allocation. This optimization
will most benefit processors with lots of registers. Depending on the
debug information format adopted by the target, however, it can
make debugging impossible, since variables will no longer stay in
a \*(L"home register\*(R".
.Sp
Enabled by default with
-funroll-loops and
-fpeel-loops.
"-ftracer" 4
Item "-ftracer" Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation
simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do
better job.
.Sp
Enabled with
-fprofile-use.
"-funroll-loops" 4
Item "-funroll-loops" Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or
upon entry to the loop.
-funroll-loops implies
\fB-frerun-cse-after-loop,
-fweb and
-frename-registers.
It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e. complete removal of loops with
small constant number of iterations). This option makes code larger, and may
or may not make it run faster.
.Sp
Enabled with
-fprofile-use.
"-funroll-all-loops" 4
Item "-funroll-all-loops" Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when
the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly.
\fB-funroll-all-loops implies the same options as
\fB-funroll-loops.
"-fpeel-loops" 4
Item "-fpeel-loops" Peels loops for which there is enough information that they do not
roll much (from profile feedback). It also turns on complete loop peeling
(i.e. complete removal of loops with small constant number of iterations).
.Sp
Enabled with
-fprofile-use.
"-fmove-loop-invariants" 4
Item "-fmove-loop-invariants" Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the \s-1RTL\s0 loop optimizer. Enabled
at level
-O1
"-funswitch-loops" 4
Item "-funswitch-loops" Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with duplicates
of the loop on both branches (modified according to result of the condition).
"-ffunction-sections" 4
Item "-ffunction-sections" 0
"-fdata-sections" 4
Item "-fdata-sections"
Place each function or data item into its own section in the output
file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the
function or the name of the data item determines the section's name
in the output file.
.Sp
Use these options on systems where the linker can perform optimizations
to improve locality of reference in the instruction space. Most systems
using the \s-1ELF\s0 object format and \s-1SPARC\s0 processors running Solaris 2 have
linkers with such optimizations. \s-1AIX\s0 may have these optimizations in
the future.
.Sp
Only use these options when there are significant benefits from doing
so. When you specify these options, the assembler and linker will
create larger object and executable files and will also be slower.
You will not be able to use \*(C`gprof\*(C' on all systems if you
specify this option and you may have problems with debugging if
you specify both this option and -g.
"-fbranch-target-load-optimize" 4
Item "-fbranch-target-load-optimize" Perform branch target register load optimization before prologue / epilogue
threading.
The use of target registers can typically be exposed only during reload,
thus hoisting loads out of loops and doing inter-block scheduling needs
a separate optimization pass.
"-fbranch-target-load-optimize2" 4
Item "-fbranch-target-load-optimize2" Perform branch target register load optimization after prologue / epilogue
threading.
"-fbtr-bb-exclusive" 4
Item "-fbtr-bb-exclusive" When performing branch target register load optimization, don't reuse
branch target registers in within any basic block.
"-fstack-protector" 4
Item "-fstack-protector" Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smashing
attacks. This is done by adding a guard variable to functions with
vulnerable objects. This includes functions that call alloca, and
functions with buffers larger than 8 bytes. The guards are initialized
when a function is entered and then checked when the function exits.
If a guard check fails, an error message is printed and the program exits.
"-fstack-protector-all" 4
Item "-fstack-protector-all" Like
-fstack-protector except that all functions are protected.
"-fsection-anchors" 4
Item "-fsection-anchors" Try to reduce the number of symbolic address calculations by using
shared \*(L"anchor\*(R" symbols to address nearby objects. This transformation
can help to reduce the number of \s-1GOT\s0 entries and \s-1GOT\s0 accesses on some
targets.
.Sp
For example, the implementation of the following function
\*(C`foo\*(C':
.Sp
.Vb 2
static int a, b, c;
int foo (void) { return a + b + c; }
.Ve
.Sp
would usually calculate the addresses of all three variables, but if you
compile it with
-fsection-anchors, it will access the variables
from a common anchor point instead. The effect is similar to the
following pseudocode (which isn't valid C):
.Sp
.Vb 5
int foo (void)
{
register int *xr = &x;
return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
}
.Ve
.Sp
Not all targets support this option.
"--param name=value" 4
Item "--param name=value" In some places, \s-1GCC\s0 uses various constants to control the amount of
optimization that is done. For example, \s-1GCC\s0 will not inline functions
that contain more than a certain number of instructions. You can
control some of these constants on the command line using the
\fB--param option.
.Sp
The names of specific parameters, and the meaning of the values, are
tied to the internals of the compiler, and are subject to change
without notice in future releases.
.Sp
In each case, the
value is an integer. The allowable choices for
\fIname are given in the following table:
"predictable-branch-outcome" 4
Item "predictable-branch-outcome" When branch is predicted to be taken with probability lower than this threshold
(in percent), then it is considered well predictable. The default is 10.
"max-crossjump-edges" 4
Item "max-crossjump-edges" The maximum number of incoming edges to consider for crossjumping.
The algorithm used by
-fcrossjumping is O(N^2) in
the number of edges incoming to each block. Increasing values mean
more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time increase with
probably small improvement in executable size.
"min-crossjump-insns" 4
Item "min-crossjump-insns" The minimum number of instructions that must be matched at the end
of two blocks before crossjumping will be performed on them. This
value is ignored in the case where all instructions in the block being
crossjumped from are matched. The default value is 5.
"max-grow-copy-bb-insns" 4
Item "max-grow-copy-bb-insns" The maximum code size expansion factor when copying basic blocks
instead of jumping. The expansion is relative to a jump instruction.
The default value is 8.
"max-goto-duplication-insns" 4
Item "max-goto-duplication-insns" The maximum number of instructions to duplicate to a block that jumps
to a computed goto. To avoid O(N^2) behavior in a number of
passes, \s-1GCC\s0 factors computed gotos early in the compilation process,
and unfactors them as late as possible. Only computed jumps at the
end of a basic blocks with no more than max-goto-duplication-insns are
unfactored. The default value is 8.
"max-delay-slot-insn-search" 4
Item "max-delay-slot-insn-search" The maximum number of instructions to consider when looking for an
instruction to fill a delay slot. If more than this arbitrary number of
instructions is searched, the time savings from filling the delay slot
will be minimal so stop searching. Increasing values mean more
aggressive optimization, making the compilation time increase with probably
small improvement in execution time.
"max-delay-slot-live-search" 4
Item "max-delay-slot-live-search" When trying to fill delay slots, the maximum number of instructions to
consider when searching for a block with valid live register
information. Increasing this arbitrarily chosen value means more
aggressive optimization, increasing the compilation time. This parameter
should be removed when the delay slot code is rewritten to maintain the
control-flow graph.
"max-gcse-memory" 4
Item "max-gcse-memory" The approximate maximum amount of memory that will be allocated in
order to perform the global common subexpression elimination
optimization. If more memory than specified is required, the
optimization will not be done.
"max-gcse-insertion-ratio" 4
Item "max-gcse-insertion-ratio" If the ratio of expression insertions to deletions is larger than this value
for any expression, then \s-1RTL\s0 \s-1PRE\s0 will insert or remove the expression and thus
leave partially redundant computations in the instruction stream. The default value is 20.
"max-pending-list-length" 4
Item "max-pending-list-length" The maximum number of pending dependencies scheduling will allow
before flushing the current state and starting over. Large functions
with few branches or calls can create excessively large lists which
needlessly consume memory and resources.
"max-modulo-backtrack-attempts" 4
Item "max-modulo-backtrack-attempts" The maximum number of backtrack attempts the scheduler should make
when modulo scheduling a loop. Larger values can exponentially increase
compilation time.
"max-inline-insns-single" 4
Item "max-inline-insns-single" Several parameters control the tree inliner used in gcc.
This number sets the maximum number of instructions (counted in \s-1GCC\s0's
internal representation) in a single function that the tree inliner
will consider for inlining. This only affects functions declared
inline and methods implemented in a class declaration (\*(C+).
The default value is 400.
"max-inline-insns-auto" 4
Item "max-inline-insns-auto" When you use
-finline-functions (included in
-O3),
a lot of functions that would otherwise not be considered for inlining
by the compiler will be investigated. To those functions, a different
(more restrictive) limit compared to functions declared inline can
be applied.
The default value is 40.
"large-function-insns" 4
Item "large-function-insns" The limit specifying really large functions. For functions larger than this
limit after inlining, inlining is constrained by
\fB--param large-function-growth. This parameter is useful primarily
to avoid extreme compilation time caused by non-linear algorithms used by the
back end.
The default value is 2700.
"large-function-growth" 4
Item "large-function-growth" Specifies maximal growth of large function caused by inlining in percents.
The default value is 100 which limits large function growth to 2.0 times
the original size.
"large-unit-insns" 4
Item "large-unit-insns" The limit specifying large translation unit. Growth caused by inlining of
units larger than this limit is limited by
--param inline-unit-growth.
For small units this might be too tight (consider unit consisting of function A
that is inline and B that just calls A three time. If B is small relative to
A, the growth of unit is 300\e% and yet such inlining is very sane. For very
large units consisting of small inlineable functions however the overall unit
growth limit is needed to avoid exponential explosion of code size. Thus for
smaller units, the size is increased to
--param large-unit-insns
before applying
--param inline-unit-growth. The default is 10000
"inline-unit-growth" 4
Item "inline-unit-growth" Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by inlining.
The default value is 30 which limits unit growth to 1.3 times the original
size.
"ipcp-unit-growth" 4
Item "ipcp-unit-growth" Specifies maximal overall growth of the compilation unit caused by
interprocedural constant propagation. The default value is 10 which limits
unit growth to 1.1 times the original size.
"large-stack-frame" 4
Item "large-stack-frame" The limit specifying large stack frames. While inlining the algorithm is trying
to not grow past this limit too much. Default value is 256 bytes.
"large-stack-frame-growth" 4
Item "large-stack-frame-growth" Specifies maximal growth of large stack frames caused by inlining in percents.
The default value is 1000 which limits large stack frame growth to 11 times
the original size.
"max-inline-insns-recursive" 4
Item "max-inline-insns-recursive" 0
"max-inline-insns-recursive-auto" 4
Item "max-inline-insns-recursive-auto"
Specifies maximum number of instructions out-of-line copy of self recursive inline
function can grow into by performing recursive inlining.
.Sp
For functions declared inline --param max-inline-insns-recursive is
taken into account. For function not declared inline, recursive inlining
happens only when -finline-functions (included in -O3) is
enabled and --param max-inline-insns-recursive-auto is used. The
default value is 450.
"max-inline-recursive-depth" 4
Item "max-inline-recursive-depth" 0
"max-inline-recursive-depth-auto" 4
Item "max-inline-recursive-depth-auto"
Specifies maximum recursion depth used by the recursive inlining.
.Sp
For functions declared inline --param max-inline-recursive-depth is
taken into account. For function not declared inline, recursive inlining
happens only when -finline-functions (included in -O3) is
enabled and --param max-inline-recursive-depth-auto is used. The
default value is 8.
"min-inline-recursive-probability" 4
Item "min-inline-recursive-probability" Recursive inlining is profitable only for function having deep recursion
in average and can hurt for function having little recursion depth by
increasing the prologue size or complexity of function body to other
optimizers.
.Sp
When profile feedback is available (see
-fprofile-generate) the actual
recursion depth can be guessed from probability that function will recurse via
given call expression. This parameter limits inlining only to call expression
whose probability exceeds given threshold (in percents). The default value is
10.
"early-inlining-insns" 4
Item "early-inlining-insns" Specify growth that early inliner can make. In effect it increases amount of
inlining for code having large abstraction penalty. The default value is 10.
"max-early-inliner-iterations" 4
Item "max-early-inliner-iterations" 0
"max-early-inliner-iterations" 4
Item "max-early-inliner-iterations"
Limit of iterations of early inliner. This basically bounds number of nested
indirect calls early inliner can resolve. Deeper chains are still handled by
late inlining.
"comdat-sharing-probability" 4
Item "comdat-sharing-probability" 0
"comdat-sharing-probability" 4
Item "comdat-sharing-probability"
Probability (in percent) that \*(C+ inline function with comdat visibility
will be shared across multiple compilation units. The default value is 20.
"min-vect-loop-bound" 4
Item "min-vect-loop-bound" The minimum number of iterations under which a loop will not get vectorized
when
-ftree-vectorize is used. The number of iterations after
vectorization needs to be greater than the value specified by this option
to allow vectorization. The default value is 0.
"gcse-cost-distance-ratio" 4
Item "gcse-cost-distance-ratio" Scaling factor in calculation of maximum distance an expression
can be moved by \s-1GCSE\s0 optimizations. This is currently supported only in the
code hoisting pass. The bigger the ratio, the more aggressive code hoisting
will be with simple expressions, i.e., the expressions that have cost
less than
gcse-unrestricted-cost. Specifying 0 will disable
hoisting of simple expressions. The default value is 10.
"gcse-unrestricted-cost" 4
Item "gcse-unrestricted-cost" Cost, roughly measured as the cost of a single typical machine
instruction, at which \s-1GCSE\s0 optimizations will not constrain
the distance an expression can travel. This is currently
supported only in the code hoisting pass. The lesser the cost,
the more aggressive code hoisting will be. Specifying 0 will
allow all expressions to travel unrestricted distances.
The default value is 3.
"max-hoist-depth" 4
Item "max-hoist-depth" The depth of search in the dominator tree for expressions to hoist.
This is used to avoid quadratic behavior in hoisting algorithm.
The value of 0 will avoid limiting the search, but may slow down compilation
of huge functions. The default value is 30.
"max-tail-merge-comparisons" 4
Item "max-tail-merge-comparisons" The maximum amount of similar bbs to compare a bb with. This is used to
avoid quadratic behavior in tree tail merging. The default value is 10.
"max-tail-merge-iterations" 4
Item "max-tail-merge-iterations" The maximum amount of iterations of the pass over the function. This is used to
limit compilation time in tree tail merging. The default value is 2.
"max-unrolled-insns" 4
Item "max-unrolled-insns" The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if that loop
is unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled, it determines how many times
the loop code is unrolled.
"max-average-unrolled-insns" 4
Item "max-average-unrolled-insns" The maximum number of instructions biased by probabilities of their execution
that a loop should have if that loop is unrolled, and if the loop is unrolled,
it determines how many times the loop code is unrolled.
"max-unroll-times" 4
Item "max-unroll-times" The maximum number of unrollings of a single loop.
"max-peeled-insns" 4
Item "max-peeled-insns" The maximum number of instructions that a loop should have if that loop
is peeled, and if the loop is peeled, it determines how many times
the loop code is peeled.
"max-peel-times" 4
Item "max-peel-times" The maximum number of peelings of a single loop.
"max-completely-peeled-insns" 4
Item "max-completely-peeled-insns" The maximum number of insns of a completely peeled loop.
"max-completely-peel-times" 4
Item "max-completely-peel-times" The maximum number of iterations of a loop to be suitable for complete peeling.
"max-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth" 4
Item "max-completely-peel-loop-nest-depth" The maximum depth of a loop nest suitable for complete peeling.
"max-unswitch-insns" 4
Item "max-unswitch-insns" The maximum number of insns of an unswitched loop.
"max-unswitch-level" 4
Item "max-unswitch-level" The maximum number of branches unswitched in a single loop.
"lim-expensive" 4
Item "lim-expensive" The minimum cost of an expensive expression in the loop invariant motion.
"iv-consider-all-candidates-bound" 4
Item "iv-consider-all-candidates-bound" Bound on number of candidates for induction variables below that
all candidates are considered for each use in induction variable
optimizations. Only the most relevant candidates are considered
if there are more candidates, to avoid quadratic time complexity.
"iv-max-considered-uses" 4
Item "iv-max-considered-uses" The induction variable optimizations give up on loops that contain more
induction variable uses.
"iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound" 4
Item "iv-always-prune-cand-set-bound" If number of candidates in the set is smaller than this value,
we always try to remove unnecessary ivs from the set during its
optimization when a new iv is added to the set.
"scev-max-expr-size" 4
Item "scev-max-expr-size" Bound on size of expressions used in the scalar evolutions analyzer.
Large expressions slow the analyzer.
"scev-max-expr-complexity" 4
Item "scev-max-expr-complexity" Bound on the complexity of the expressions in the scalar evolutions analyzer.
Complex expressions slow the analyzer.
"omega-max-vars" 4
Item "omega-max-vars" The maximum number of variables in an Omega constraint system.
The default value is 128.
"omega-max-geqs" 4
Item "omega-max-geqs" The maximum number of inequalities in an Omega constraint system.
The default value is 256.
"omega-max-eqs" 4
Item "omega-max-eqs" The maximum number of equalities in an Omega constraint system.
The default value is 128.
"omega-max-wild-cards" 4
Item "omega-max-wild-cards" The maximum number of wildcard variables that the Omega solver will
be able to insert. The default value is 18.
"omega-hash-table-size" 4
Item "omega-hash-table-size" The size of the hash table in the Omega solver. The default value is
550.
"omega-max-keys" 4
Item "omega-max-keys" The maximal number of keys used by the Omega solver. The default
value is 500.
"omega-eliminate-redundant-constraints" 4
Item "omega-eliminate-redundant-constraints" When set to 1, use expensive methods to eliminate all redundant
constraints. The default value is 0.
"vect-max-version-for-alignment-checks" 4
Item "vect-max-version-for-alignment-checks" The maximum number of run-time checks that can be performed when
doing loop versioning for alignment in the vectorizer. See option
ftree-vect-loop-version for more information.
"vect-max-version-for-alias-checks" 4
Item "vect-max-version-for-alias-checks" The maximum number of run-time checks that can be performed when
doing loop versioning for alias in the vectorizer. See option
ftree-vect-loop-version for more information.
"max-iterations-to-track" 4
Item "max-iterations-to-track" The maximum number of iterations of a loop the brute force algorithm
for analysis of # of iterations of the loop tries to evaluate.
"hot-bb-count-fraction" 4
Item "hot-bb-count-fraction" Select fraction of the maximal count of repetitions of basic block in program
given basic block needs to have to be considered hot.
"hot-bb-frequency-fraction" 4
Item "hot-bb-frequency-fraction" Select fraction of the entry block frequency of executions of basic block in
function given basic block needs to have to be considered hot.
"max-predicted-iterations" 4
Item "max-predicted-iterations" The maximum number of loop iterations we predict statically. This is useful
in cases where function contain single loop with known bound and other loop
with unknown. We predict the known number of iterations correctly, while
the unknown number of iterations average to roughly 10. This means that the
loop without bounds would appear artificially cold relative to the other one.
"align-threshold" 4
Item "align-threshold" Select fraction of the maximal frequency of executions of basic block in
function given basic block will get aligned.
"align-loop-iterations" 4
Item "align-loop-iterations" A loop expected to iterate at lest the selected number of iterations will get
aligned.
"tracer-dynamic-coverage" 4
Item "tracer-dynamic-coverage" 0
"tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback" 4
Item "tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback"
This value is used to limit superblock formation once the given percentage of
executed instructions is covered. This limits unnecessary code size
expansion.
.Sp
The tracer-dynamic-coverage-feedback is used only when profile
feedback is available. The real profiles (as opposed to statically estimated
ones) are much less balanced allowing the threshold to be larger value.
"tracer-max-code-growth" 4
Item "tracer-max-code-growth" Stop tail duplication once code growth has reached given percentage. This is
rather hokey argument, as most of the duplicates will be eliminated later in
cross jumping, so it may be set to much higher values than is the desired code
growth.
"tracer-min-branch-ratio" 4
Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio" Stop reverse growth when the reverse probability of best edge is less than this
threshold (in percent).
"tracer-min-branch-ratio" 4
Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio" 0
"tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback" 4
Item "tracer-min-branch-ratio-feedback"
Stop forward growth if the best edge do have probability lower than this
threshold.
.Sp
Similarly to tracer-dynamic-coverage two values are present, one for
compilation for profile feedback and one for compilation without. The value
for compilation with profile feedback needs to be more conservative (higher) in
order to make tracer effective.
"max-cse-path-length" 4
Item "max-cse-path-length" Maximum number of basic blocks on path that cse considers. The default is 10.
"max-cse-insns" 4
Item "max-cse-insns" The maximum instructions \s-1CSE\s0 process before flushing. The default is 1000.
"ggc-min-expand" 4
Item "ggc-min-expand" \s-1GCC\s0 uses a garbage collector to manage its own memory allocation. This
parameter specifies the minimum percentage by which the garbage
collector's heap should be allowed to expand between collections.
Tuning this may improve compilation speed; it has no effect on code
generation.
.Sp
The default is 30% + 70% * (\s-1RAM/1GB\s0) with an upper bound of 100% when
\s-1RAM\s0 >= 1GB. If
\*(C`getrlimit\*(C' is available, the notion of \*(L"\s-1RAM\s0\*(R" is
the smallest of actual \s-1RAM\s0 and
\*(C`RLIMIT_DATA\*(C' or
\*(C`RLIMIT_AS\*(C'. If
\s-1GCC\s0 is not able to calculate \s-1RAM\s0 on a particular platform, the lower
bound of 30% is used. Setting this parameter and
\fBggc-min-heapsize to zero causes a full collection to occur at
every opportunity. This is extremely slow, but can be useful for
debugging.
"ggc-min-heapsize" 4
Item "ggc-min-heapsize" Minimum size of the garbage collector's heap before it begins bothering
to collect garbage. The first collection occurs after the heap expands
by
ggc-min-expand% beyond
ggc-min-heapsize. Again,
tuning this may improve compilation speed, and has no effect on code
generation.
.Sp
The default is the smaller of \s-1RAM/8\s0, \s-1RLIMIT_RSS\s0, or a limit that
tries to ensure that \s-1RLIMIT_DATA\s0 or \s-1RLIMIT_AS\s0 are not exceeded, but
with a lower bound of 4096 (four megabytes) and an upper bound of
131072 (128 megabytes). If \s-1GCC\s0 is not able to calculate \s-1RAM\s0 on a
particular platform, the lower bound is used. Setting this parameter
very large effectively disables garbage collection. Setting this
parameter and
ggc-min-expand to zero causes a full collection
to occur at every opportunity.
"max-reload-search-insns" 4
Item "max-reload-search-insns" The maximum number of instruction reload should look backward for equivalent
register. Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the
compilation time increase with probably slightly better performance.
The default value is 100.
"max-cselib-memory-locations" 4
Item "max-cselib-memory-locations" The maximum number of memory locations cselib should take into account.
Increasing values mean more aggressive optimization, making the compilation time
increase with probably slightly better performance. The default value is 500.
"reorder-blocks-duplicate" 4
Item "reorder-blocks-duplicate" 0
"reorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback" 4
Item "reorder-blocks-duplicate-feedback"
Used by basic block reordering pass to decide whether to use unconditional
branch or duplicate the code on its destination. Code is duplicated when its
estimated size is smaller than this value multiplied by the estimated size of
unconditional jump in the hot spots of the program.
.Sp
The reorder-block-duplicate-feedback is used only when profile
feedback is available and may be set to higher values than
\fBreorder-block-duplicate since information about the hot spots is more
accurate.
"max-sched-ready-insns" 4
Item "max-sched-ready-insns" The maximum number of instructions ready to be issued the scheduler should
consider at any given time during the first scheduling pass. Increasing
values mean more thorough searches, making the compilation time increase
with probably little benefit. The default value is 100.
"max-sched-region-blocks" 4
Item "max-sched-region-blocks" The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
interblock scheduling. The default value is 10.
"max-pipeline-region-blocks" 4
Item "max-pipeline-region-blocks" The maximum number of blocks in a region to be considered for
pipelining in the selective scheduler. The default value is 15.
"max-sched-region-insns" 4
Item "max-sched-region-insns" The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
interblock scheduling. The default value is 100.
"max-pipeline-region-insns" 4
Item "max-pipeline-region-insns" The maximum number of insns in a region to be considered for
pipelining in the selective scheduler. The default value is 200.
"min-spec-prob" 4
Item "min-spec-prob" The minimum probability (in percents) of reaching a source block
for interblock speculative scheduling. The default value is 40.
"max-sched-extend-regions-iters" 4
Item "max-sched-extend-regions-iters" The maximum number of iterations through \s-1CFG\s0 to extend regions.
0 - disable region extension,
N - do at most N iterations.
The default value is 0.
"max-sched-insn-conflict-delay" 4
Item "max-sched-insn-conflict-delay" The maximum conflict delay for an insn to be considered for speculative motion.
The default value is 3.
"sched-spec-prob-cutoff" 4
Item "sched-spec-prob-cutoff" The minimal probability of speculation success (in percents), so that
speculative insn will be scheduled.
The default value is 40.
"sched-mem-true-dep-cost" 4
Item "sched-mem-true-dep-cost" Minimal distance (in \s-1CPU\s0 cycles) between store and load targeting same
memory locations. The default value is 1.
"selsched-max-lookahead" 4
Item "selsched-max-lookahead" The maximum size of the lookahead window of selective scheduling. It is a
depth of search for available instructions.
The default value is 50.
"selsched-max-sched-times" 4
Item "selsched-max-sched-times" The maximum number of times that an instruction will be scheduled during
selective scheduling. This is the limit on the number of iterations
through which the instruction may be pipelined. The default value is 2.
"selsched-max-insns-to-rename" 4
Item "selsched-max-insns-to-rename" The maximum number of best instructions in the ready list that are considered
for renaming in the selective scheduler. The default value is 2.
"sms-min-sc" 4
Item "sms-min-sc" The minimum value of stage count that swing modulo scheduler will
generate. The default value is 2.
"max-last-value-rtl" 4
Item "max-last-value-rtl" The maximum size measured as number of RTLs that can be recorded in an expression
in combiner for a pseudo register as last known value of that register. The default
is 10000.
"integer-share-limit" 4
Item "integer-share-limit" Small integer constants can use a shared data structure, reducing the
compiler's memory usage and increasing its speed. This sets the maximum
value of a shared integer constant. The default value is 256.
"min-virtual-mappings" 4
Item "min-virtual-mappings" Specifies the minimum number of virtual mappings in the incremental
\s-1SSA\s0 updater that should be registered to trigger the virtual mappings
heuristic defined by virtual-mappings-ratio. The default value is
100.
"virtual-mappings-ratio" 4
Item "virtual-mappings-ratio" If the number of virtual mappings is virtual-mappings-ratio bigger
than the number of virtual symbols to be updated, then the incremental
\s-1SSA\s0 updater switches to a full update for those symbols. The default
ratio is 3.
"ssp-buffer-size" 4
Item "ssp-buffer-size" The minimum size of buffers (i.e. arrays) that will receive stack smashing
protection when
-fstack-protection is used.
"max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts" 4
Item "max-jump-thread-duplication-stmts" Maximum number of statements allowed in a block that needs to be
duplicated when threading jumps.
"max-fields-for-field-sensitive" 4
Item "max-fields-for-field-sensitive" Maximum number of fields in a structure we will treat in
a field sensitive manner during pointer analysis. The default is zero
for -O0, and -O1 and 100 for -Os, -O2, and -O3.
"prefetch-latency" 4
Item "prefetch-latency" Estimate on average number of instructions that are executed before
prefetch finishes. The distance we prefetch ahead is proportional
to this constant. Increasing this number may also lead to less
streams being prefetched (see
simultaneous-prefetches).
"simultaneous-prefetches" 4
Item "simultaneous-prefetches" Maximum number of prefetches that can run at the same time.
"l1-cache-line-size" 4
Item "l1-cache-line-size" The size of cache line in L1 cache, in bytes.
"l1-cache-size" 4
Item "l1-cache-size" The size of L1 cache, in kilobytes.
"l2-cache-size" 4
Item "l2-cache-size" The size of L2 cache, in kilobytes.
"min-insn-to-prefetch-ratio" 4
Item "min-insn-to-prefetch-ratio" The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the
number of prefetches to enable prefetching in a loop.
"prefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio" 4
Item "prefetch-min-insn-to-mem-ratio" The minimum ratio between the number of instructions and the
number of memory references to enable prefetching in a loop.
"use-canonical-types" 4
Item "use-canonical-types" Whether the compiler should use the \*(L"canonical\*(R" type system. By
default, this should always be 1, which uses a more efficient internal
mechanism for comparing types in \*(C+ and Objective-\*(C+. However, if
bugs in the canonical type system are causing compilation failures,
set this value to 0 to disable canonical types.
"switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio" 4
Item "switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio" Switch initialization conversion will refuse to create arrays that are
bigger than
switch-conversion-max-branch-ratio times the number of
branches in the switch.
"max-partial-antic-length" 4
Item "max-partial-antic-length" Maximum length of the partial antic set computed during the tree
partial redundancy elimination optimization (
-ftree-pre) when
optimizing at
-O3 and above. For some sorts of source code
the enhanced partial redundancy elimination optimization can run away,
consuming all of the memory available on the host machine. This
parameter sets a limit on the length of the sets that are computed,
which prevents the runaway behavior. Setting a value of 0 for
this parameter will allow an unlimited set length.
"sccvn-max-scc-size" 4
Item "sccvn-max-scc-size" Maximum size of a strongly connected component (\s-1SCC\s0) during \s-1SCCVN\s0
processing. If this limit is hit, \s-1SCCVN\s0 processing for the whole
function will not be done and optimizations depending on it will
be disabled. The default maximum \s-1SCC\s0 size is 10000.
"ira-max-loops-num" 4
Item "ira-max-loops-num" \s-1IRA\s0 uses regional register allocation by default. If a function
contains more loops than the number given by this parameter, only at most
the given number of the most frequently-executed loops form regions
for regional register allocation. The default value of the
parameter is 100.
"ira-max-conflict-table-size" 4
Item "ira-max-conflict-table-size" Although \s-1IRA\s0 uses a sophisticated algorithm to compress the conflict
table, the table can still require excessive amounts of memory for
huge functions. If the conflict table for a function could be more
than the size in \s-1MB\s0 given by this parameter, the register allocator
instead uses a faster, simpler, and lower-quality
algorithm that does not require building a pseudo-register conflict table.
The default value of the parameter is 2000.
"ira-loop-reserved-regs" 4
Item "ira-loop-reserved-regs" \s-1IRA\s0 can be used to evaluate more accurate register pressure in loops
for decisions to move loop invariants (see
-O3). The number
of available registers reserved for some other purposes is given
by this parameter. The default value of the parameter is 2, which is
the minimal number of registers needed by typical instructions.
This value is the best found from numerous experiments.
"loop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop" 4
Item "loop-invariant-max-bbs-in-loop" Loop invariant motion can be very expensive, both in compilation time and
in amount of needed compile-time memory, with very large loops. Loops
with more basic blocks than this parameter won't have loop invariant
motion optimization performed on them. The default value of the
parameter is 1000 for -O1 and 10000 for -O2 and above.
"loop-max-datarefs-for-datadeps" 4
Item "loop-max-datarefs-for-datadeps" Building data dapendencies is expensive for very large loops. This
parameter limits the number of data references in loops that are
considered for data dependence analysis. These large loops will not
be handled then by the optimizations using loop data dependencies.
The default value is 1000.
"max-vartrack-size" 4
Item "max-vartrack-size" Sets a maximum number of hash table slots to use during variable
tracking dataflow analysis of any function. If this limit is exceeded
with variable tracking at assignments enabled, analysis for that
function is retried without it, after removing all debug insns from
the function. If the limit is exceeded even without debug insns, var
tracking analysis is completely disabled for the function. Setting
the parameter to zero makes it unlimited.
"max-vartrack-expr-depth" 4
Item "max-vartrack-expr-depth" Sets a maximum number of recursion levels when attempting to map
variable names or debug temporaries to value expressions. This trades
compilation time for more complete debug information. If this is set too
low, value expressions that are available and could be represented in
debug information may end up not being used; setting this higher may
enable the compiler to find more complex debug expressions, but compile
time and memory use may grow. The default is 12.
"min-nondebug-insn-uid" 4
Item "min-nondebug-insn-uid" Use uids starting at this parameter for nondebug insns. The range below
the parameter is reserved exclusively for debug insns created by
\fB-fvar-tracking-assignments, but debug insns may get
(non-overlapping) uids above it if the reserved range is exhausted.
"ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor" 4
Item "ipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor" IPA-SRA will replace a pointer to an aggregate with one or more new
parameters only when their cumulative size is less or equal to
\fBipa-sra-ptr-growth-factor times the size of the original
pointer parameter.
"tm-max-aggregate-size" 4
Item "tm-max-aggregate-size" When making copies of thread-local variables in a transaction, this
parameter specifies the size in bytes after which variables will be
saved with the logging functions as opposed to
save/
restore code
sequence pairs. This option only applies when using
\fB-fgnu-tm.
"graphite-max-nb-scop-params" 4
Item "graphite-max-nb-scop-params" To avoid exponential effects in the Graphite loop transforms, the
number of parameters in a Static Control Part (SCoP) is bounded. The
default value is 10 parameters. A variable whose value is unknown at
compilation time and defined outside a SCoP is a parameter of the SCoP.
"graphite-max-bbs-per-function" 4
Item "graphite-max-bbs-per-function" To avoid exponential effects in the detection of SCoPs, the size of
the functions analyzed by Graphite is bounded. The default value is
100 basic blocks.
"loop-block-tile-size" 4
Item "loop-block-tile-size" Loop blocking or strip mining transforms, enabled with
\fB-floop-block or
-floop-strip-mine, strip mine each
loop in the loop nest by a given number of iterations. The strip
length can be changed using the
loop-block-tile-size
parameter. The default value is 51 iterations.
"ipa-cp-value-list-size" 4
Item "ipa-cp-value-list-size" IPA-CP attempts to track all possible values and types passed to a function's
parameter in order to propagate them and perform devirtualization.
\fBipa-cp-value-list-size is the maximum number of values and types it
stores per one formal parameter of a function.
"lto-partitions" 4
Item "lto-partitions" Specify desired number of partitions produced during \s-1WHOPR\s0 compilation.
The number of partitions should exceed the number of CPUs used for compilation.
The default value is 32.
"lto-minpartition" 4
Item "lto-minpartition" Size of minimal partition for \s-1WHOPR\s0 (in estimated instructions).
This prevents expenses of splitting very small programs into too many
partitions.
"cxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help" 4
Item "cxx-max-namespaces-for-diagnostic-help" The maximum number of namespaces to consult for suggestions when \*(C+
name lookup fails for an identifier. The default is 1000.
"sink-frequency-threshold" 4
Item "sink-frequency-threshold" The maximum relative execution frequency (in percents) of the target block
relative to a statement's original block to allow statement sinking of a
statement. Larger numbers result in more aggressive statement sinking.
The default value is 75. A small positive adjustment is applied for
statements with memory operands as those are even more profitable so sink.
"max-stores-to-sink" 4
Item "max-stores-to-sink" The maximum number of conditional stores paires that can be sunk. Set to 0
if either vectorization (
-ftree-vectorize) or if-conversion
(
-ftree-loop-if-convert) is disabled. The default is 2.
"allow-load-data-races" 4
Item "allow-load-data-races" Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on loads.
Set to 1 to allow, otherwise to 0. This option is enabled by default
unless implicitly set by the
-fmemory-model= option.
"allow-store-data-races" 4
Item "allow-store-data-races" Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on stores.
Set to 1 to allow, otherwise to 0. This option is enabled by default
unless implicitly set by the
-fmemory-model= option.
"allow-packed-load-data-races" 4
Item "allow-packed-load-data-races" Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on packed data loads.
Set to 1 to allow, otherwise to 0. This option is enabled by default
unless implicitly set by the
-fmemory-model= option.
"allow-packed-store-data-races" 4
Item "allow-packed-store-data-races" Allow optimizers to introduce new data races on packed data stores.
Set to 1 to allow, otherwise to 0. This option is enabled by default
unless implicitly set by the
-fmemory-model= option.
"case-values-threshold" 4
Item "case-values-threshold" The smallest number of different values for which it is best to use a
jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. If the value is
0, use the default for the machine. The default is 0.
"tree-reassoc-width" 4
Item "tree-reassoc-width" Set the maximum number of instructions executed in parallel in
reassociated tree. This parameter overrides target dependent
heuristics used by default if has non zero value.
.Sh "Options Controlling the Preprocessor"
Subsection "Options Controlling the Preprocessor" These options control the C preprocessor, which is run on each C source
file before actual compilation.
If you use the -E option, nothing is done except preprocessing.
Some of these options make sense only together with -E because
they cause the preprocessor output to be unsuitable for actual
compilation.
"-Wp,option" 4
Item "-Wp,option" You can use
-Wp,option to bypass the compiler driver
and pass
option directly through to the preprocessor. If
\fIoption contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the
commas. However, many options are modified, translated or interpreted
by the compiler driver before being passed to the preprocessor, and
\fB-Wp forcibly bypasses this phase. The preprocessor's direct
interface is undocumented and subject to change, so whenever possible
you should avoid using
-Wp and let the driver handle the
options instead.
"-Xpreprocessor option" 4
Item "-Xpreprocessor option" Pass
option as an option to the preprocessor. You can use this to
supply system-specific preprocessor options that \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
recognize.
.Sp
If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
\fB-Xpreprocessor twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
"-D name" 4
Item "-D name" Predefine
name as a macro, with definition
1.
"-D name=definition" 4
Item "-D name=definition" The contents of
definition are tokenized and processed as if
they appeared during translation phase three in a
#define
directive. In particular, the definition will be truncated by
embedded newline characters.
.Sp
If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like
program you may need to use the shell's quoting syntax to protect
characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.
.Sp
If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line, write
its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the equals sign
(if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells, so you will need
to quote the option. With
sh and
csh,
\fB-D'
name(args...)=definition' works.
.Sp
\fB-D and
-U options are processed in the order they
are given on the command line. All
-imacros file and
\fB-include
file options are processed after all
\fB-D and
-U options.
"-U name" 4
Item "-U name" Cancel any previous definition of
name, either built in or
provided with a
-D option.
"-undef" 4
Item "-undef" Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The
standard predefined macros remain defined.
"-I dir" 4
Item "-I dir" Add the directory
dir to the list of directories to be searched
for header files.
Directories named by
-I are searched before the standard
system include directories. If the directory
dir is a standard
system include directory, the option is ignored to ensure that the
default search order for system directories and the special treatment
of system headers are not defeated
.
If
dir begins with
\*(C`=\*(C', then the
\*(C`=\*(C' will be replaced
by the sysroot prefix; see
--sysroot and
-isysroot.
"-o file" 4
Item "-o file" Write output to
file. This is the same as specifying
file
as the second non-option argument to
cpp.
gcc has a
different interpretation of a second non-option argument, so you must
use
-o to specify the output file.
"-Wall" 4
Item "-Wall" Turns on all optional warnings which are desirable for normal code.
At present this is
-Wcomment,
-Wtrigraphs,
\fB-Wmultichar and a warning about integer promotion causing a
change of sign in
\*(C`#if\*(C' expressions. Note that many of the
preprocessor's warnings are on by default and have no options to
control them.
"-Wcomment" 4
Item "-Wcomment" 0
"-Wcomments" 4
Item "-Wcomments"
Warn whenever a comment-start sequence /* appears in a /*
comment, or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a // comment.
(Both forms have the same effect.)
"-Wtrigraphs" 4
Item "-Wtrigraphs" Most trigraphs in comments cannot affect the meaning of the program.
However, a trigraph that would form an escaped newline (
??/ at
the end of a line) can, by changing where the comment begins or ends.
Therefore, only trigraphs that would form escaped newlines produce
warnings inside a comment.
.Sp
This option is implied by
-Wall. If
-Wall is not
given, this option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled. To
get trigraph conversion without warnings, but get the other
\fB-Wall warnings, use
-trigraphs -Wall -Wno-trigraphs.
"-Wtraditional" 4
Item "-Wtraditional" Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and
\s-1ISO\s0 C. Also warn about \s-1ISO\s0 C constructs that have no traditional C
equivalent, and problematic constructs which should be avoided.
"-Wundef" 4
Item "-Wundef" Warn whenever an identifier which is not a macro is encountered in an
\fB#if directive, outside of
defined. Such identifiers are
replaced with zero.
"-Wunused-macros" 4
Item "-Wunused-macros" Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused. A macro
is
used if it is expanded or tested for existence at least once.
The preprocessor will also warn if the macro has not been used at the
time it is redefined or undefined.
.Sp
Built-in macros, macros defined on the command line, and macros
defined in include files are not warned about.
.Sp
\fINote: If a macro is actually used, but only used in skipped
conditional blocks, then \s-1CPP\s0 will report it as unused. To avoid the
warning in such a case, you might improve the scope of the macro's
definition by, for example, moving it into the first skipped block.
Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like:
.Sp
.Vb 2
#if defined the_macro_causing_the_warning
#endif
.Ve
"-Wendif-labels" 4
Item "-Wendif-labels" Warn whenever an
#else or an
#endif are followed by text.
This usually happens in code of the form
.Sp
.Vb 5
#if FOO
...
#else FOO
...
#endif FOO
.Ve
.Sp
The second and third
\*(C`FOO\*(C' should be in comments, but often are not
in older programs. This warning is on by default.
"-Werror" 4
Item "-Werror" Make all warnings into hard errors. Source code which triggers warnings
will be rejected.
"-Wsystem-headers" 4
Item "-Wsystem-headers" Issue warnings for code in system headers. These are normally unhelpful
in finding bugs in your own code, therefore suppressed. If you are
responsible for the system library, you may want to see them.
"-w" 4
Item "-w" Suppress all warnings, including those which \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0 issues by default.
"-pedantic" 4
Item "-pedantic" Issue all the mandatory diagnostics listed in the C standard. Some of
them are left out by default, since they trigger frequently on harmless
code.
"-pedantic-errors" 4
Item "-pedantic-errors" Issue all the mandatory diagnostics, and make all mandatory diagnostics
into errors. This includes mandatory diagnostics that \s-1GCC\s0 issues
without
-pedantic but treats as warnings.
"-M" 4
Item "-M" Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule
suitable for
make describing the dependencies of the main
source file. The preprocessor outputs one
make rule containing
the object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all
the included files, including those coming from
-include or
\fB-imacros command line options.
.Sp
Unless specified explicitly (with
-MT or
-MQ), the
object file name consists of the name of the source file with any
suffix replaced with object file suffix and with any leading directory
parts removed. If there are many included files then the rule is
split into several lines using
\e-newline. The rule has no
commands.
.Sp
This option does not suppress the preprocessor's debug output, such as
\fB-dM. To avoid mixing such debug output with the dependency
rules you should explicitly specify the dependency output file with
\fB-MF, or use an environment variable like
\fB\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0. Debug output
will still be sent to the regular output stream as normal.
.Sp
Passing
-M to the driver implies
-E, and suppresses
warnings with an implicit
-w.
"-MM" 4
Item "-MM" Like
-M but do not mention header files that are found in
system header directories, nor header files that are included,
directly or indirectly, from such a header.
.Sp
This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in an
\fB#include directive does not in itself determine whether that
header will appear in
-MM dependency output. This is a
slight change in semantics from \s-1GCC\s0 versions 3.0 and earlier.
"-MF file" 4
Item "-MF file" When used with
-M or
-MM, specifies a
file to write the dependencies to. If no
-MF switch is given
the preprocessor sends the rules to the same place it would have sent
preprocessed output.
.Sp
When used with the driver options
-MD or
-MMD,
\fB-MF overrides the default dependency output file.
"-MG" 4
Item "-MG" In conjunction with an option such as
-M requesting
dependency generation,
-MG assumes missing header files are
generated files and adds them to the dependency list without raising
an error. The dependency filename is taken directly from the
\f(CW\*(C`#include\*(C' directive without prepending any path.
-MG
also suppresses preprocessed output, as a missing header file renders
this useless.
.Sp
This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles.
"-MP" 4
Item "-MP" This option instructs \s-1CPP\s0 to add a phony target for each dependency
other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These
dummy rules work around errors
make gives if you remove header
files without updating the
Makefile to match.
.Sp
This is typical output:
.Sp
.Vb 1
test.o:
test.c test.h
test.h:
.Ve
"-MT target" 4
Item "-MT target" Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation. By
default \s-1CPP\s0 takes the name of the main input file, deletes any
directory components and any file suffix such as
.c, and
appends the platform's usual object suffix. The result is the target.
.Sp
An
-MT option will set the target to be exactly the string you
specify. If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single
argument to
-MT, or use multiple
-MT options.
.Sp
For example,
-MT '$(objpfx)foo.o' might give
.Sp
.Vb 1
$(objpfx)foo.o:
foo.c
.Ve
"-MQ target" 4
Item "-MQ target" Same as
-MT, but it quotes any characters which are special to
Make.
-MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o' gives
.Sp
.Vb 1
$$(objpfx)foo.o:
foo.c
.Ve
.Sp
The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with
\fB-MQ.
"-MD" 4
Item "-MD" \fB-MD is equivalent to
-M -MF file, except that
\fB-E is not implied. The driver determines
file based on
whether an
-o option is given. If it is, the driver uses its
argument but with a suffix of
.d, otherwise it takes the name
of the input file, removes any directory components and suffix, and
applies a
.d suffix.
.Sp
If
-MD is used in conjunction with
-E, any
\fB-o switch is understood to specify the dependency output file, but if used without
-E, each
-o
is understood to specify a target object file.
.Sp
Since
-E is not implied,
-MD can be used to generate
a dependency output file as a side-effect of the compilation process.
"-MMD" 4
Item "-MMD" Like
-MD except mention only user header files, not system
header files.
"-fpch-deps" 4
Item "-fpch-deps" When using precompiled headers, this flag
will cause the dependency-output flags to also list the files from the
precompiled header's dependencies. If not specified only the
precompiled header would be listed and not the files that were used to
create it because those files are not consulted when a precompiled
header is used.
"-fpch-preprocess" 4
Item "-fpch-preprocess" This option allows use of a precompiled header together with
-E. It inserts a special
\*(C`#pragma\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`#pragma GCC pch_preprocess "\f(CIfilename
"\*(C' in the output to mark
the place where the precompiled header was found, and its
filename.
When
-fpreprocessed is in use, \s-1GCC\s0 recognizes this
\*(C`#pragma\*(C'
and loads the \s-1PCH\s0.
.Sp
This option is off by default, because the resulting preprocessed output
is only really suitable as input to \s-1GCC\s0. It is switched on by
\fB-save-temps.
.Sp
You should not write this
\*(C`#pragma\*(C' in your own code, but it is
safe to edit the filename if the \s-1PCH\s0 file is available in a different
location. The filename may be absolute or it may be relative to \s-1GCC\s0's
current directory.
"-x c" 4
Item "-x c" 0
"-x c++" 4
Item "-x c++" "-x objective-c" 4
Item "-x objective-c" "-x assembler-with-cpp" 4
Item "-x assembler-with-cpp"
Specify the source language: C, \*(C+, Objective-C, or assembly. This has
nothing to do with standards conformance or extensions; it merely
selects which base syntax to expect. If you give none of these options,
cpp will deduce the language from the extension of the source file:
\fB.c, .cc, .m, or .S. Some other common
extensions for \*(C+ and assembly are also recognized. If cpp does not
recognize the extension, it will treat the file as C; this is the most
generic mode.
.Sp
\fINote: Previous versions of cpp accepted a -lang option
which selected both the language and the standards conformance level.
This option has been removed, because it conflicts with the -l
option.
"-std=standard" 4
Item "-std=standard" 0
"-ansi" 4
Item "-ansi"
Specify the standard to which the code should conform. Currently \s-1CPP\s0
knows about C and \*(C+ standards; others may be added in the future.
.Sp
\fIstandard
may be one of:
Item "c90"
0
Item "c89" Item "iso9899:1990"
The \s-1ISO\s0 C standard from 1990. c90 is the customary shorthand for
this version of the standard.
.Sp
The -ansi option is equivalent to -std=c90.
Item "iso9899:199409" The 1990 C standard, as amended in 1994.
Item "iso9899:1999"
0
Item "c99" Item "iso9899:199x" Item "c9x"
The revised \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, published in December 1999. Before
publication, this was known as C9X.
Item "iso9899:2011"
0
Item "c11" Item "c1x"
The revised \s-1ISO\s0 C standard, published in December 2011. Before
publication, this was known as C1X.
Item "gnu90"
0
Item "gnu89"
The 1990 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions. This is the default.
Item "gnu99"
0
Item "gnu9x"
The 1999 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions.
Item "gnu11"
0
Item "gnu1x"
The 2011 C standard plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions.
Item "c++98" The 1998 \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ standard plus amendments.
Item "gnu++98" The same as -std=c++98 plus \s-1GNU\s0 extensions. This is the
default for \*(C+ code.
"-I-" 4
Item "-I-" Split the include path. Any directories specified with
-I
options before
-I- are searched only for headers requested with
\f(CW\*(C`#include "\f(CIfile
"\*(C'; they are not searched for
\f(CW\*(C`#include <\f(CIfile
>\*(C'. If additional directories are
specified with
-I options after the
-I-, those
directories are searched for all
#include directives.
.Sp
In addition,
-I- inhibits the use of the directory of the current
file directory as the first search directory for
\*(C`#include "\f(CIfile"\*(C'.
This option has been deprecated.
"-nostdinc" 4
Item "-nostdinc" Do not search the standard system directories for header files.
Only the directories you have specified with
-I options
(and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched.
"-nostdinc++" 4
Item "-nostdinc++" Do not search for header files in the \*(C+-specific standard directories,
but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is
used when building the \*(C+ library.)
"-include file" 4
Item "-include file" Process
file as if
\*(C`#include "file"\*(C' appeared as the first
line of the primary source file. However, the first directory searched
for
file is the preprocessor's working directory
instead of
the directory containing the main source file. If not found there, it
is searched for in the remainder of the
\*(C`#include "..."\*(C' search
chain as normal.
.Sp
If multiple
-include options are given, the files are included
in the order they appear on the command line.
"-imacros file" 4
Item "-imacros file" Exactly like
-include, except that any output produced by
scanning
file is thrown away. Macros it defines remain defined.
This allows you to acquire all the macros from a header without also
processing its declarations.
.Sp
All files specified by
-imacros are processed before all files
specified by
-include.
"-idirafter dir" 4
Item "-idirafter dir" Search
dir for header files, but do it
after all
directories specified with
-I and the standard system directories
have been exhausted.
dir is treated as a system include directory.
If
dir begins with
\*(C`=\*(C', then the
\*(C`=\*(C' will be replaced
by the sysroot prefix; see
--sysroot and
-isysroot.
"-iprefix prefix" 4
Item "-iprefix prefix" Specify
prefix as the prefix for subsequent
-iwithprefix
options. If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the
final
/.
"-iwithprefix dir" 4
Item "-iwithprefix dir" 0
"-iwithprefixbefore dir" 4
Item "-iwithprefixbefore dir"
Append dir to the prefix specified previously with
\fB-iprefix, and add the resulting directory to the include search
path. -iwithprefixbefore puts it in the same place -I
would; -iwithprefix puts it where -idirafter would.
"-isysroot dir" 4
Item "-isysroot dir" This option is like the
--sysroot option, but applies only to
header files (except for Darwin targets, where it applies to both header
files and libraries). See the
--sysroot option for more
information.
"-imultilib dir" 4
Item "-imultilib dir" Use
dir as a subdirectory of the directory containing
target-specific \*(C+ headers.
"-isystem dir" 4
Item "-isystem dir" Search
dir for header files, after all directories specified by
\fB-I but before the standard system directories. Mark it
as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as
is applied to the standard system directories.
If
dir begins with
\*(C`=\*(C', then the
\*(C`=\*(C' will be replaced
by the sysroot prefix; see
--sysroot and
-isysroot.
"-iquote dir" 4
Item "-iquote dir" Search
dir only for header files requested with
\f(CW\*(C`#include "\f(CIfile
"\*(C'; they are not searched for
\f(CW\*(C`#include <\f(CIfile
>\*(C', before all directories specified by
\fB-I and before the standard system directories.
If
dir begins with
\*(C`=\*(C', then the
\*(C`=\*(C' will be replaced
by the sysroot prefix; see
--sysroot and
-isysroot.
"-fdirectives-only" 4
Item "-fdirectives-only" When preprocessing, handle directives, but do not expand macros.
.Sp
The option's behavior depends on the
-E and
-fpreprocessed
options.
.Sp
With
-E, preprocessing is limited to the handling of directives
such as
\*(C`#define\*(C',
\*(C`#ifdef\*(C', and
\*(C`#error\*(C'. Other
preprocessor operations, such as macro expansion and trigraph
conversion are not performed. In addition, the
-dD option is
implicitly enabled.
.Sp
With
-fpreprocessed, predefinition of command line and most
builtin macros is disabled. Macros such as
\*(C`_\|_LINE_\|_\*(C', which are
contextually dependent, are handled normally. This enables compilation of
files previously preprocessed with
\*(C`-E -fdirectives-only\*(C'.
.Sp
With both
-E and
-fpreprocessed, the rules for
\fB-fpreprocessed take precedence. This enables full preprocessing of
files previously preprocessed with
\*(C`-E -fdirectives-only\*(C'.
"-fdollars-in-identifiers" 4
Item "-fdollars-in-identifiers" Accept
$ in identifiers.
"-fextended-identifiers" 4
Item "-fextended-identifiers" Accept universal character names in identifiers. This option is
experimental; in a future version of \s-1GCC\s0, it will be enabled by
default for C99 and \*(C+.
"-fpreprocessed" 4
Item "-fpreprocessed" Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been
preprocessed. This suppresses things like macro expansion, trigraph
conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of most directives.
The preprocessor still recognizes and removes comments, so that you can
pass a file preprocessed with
-C to the compiler without
problems. In this mode the integrated preprocessor is little more than
a tokenizer for the front ends.
.Sp
\fB-fpreprocessed is implicit if the input file has one of the
extensions
.i,
.ii or
.mi. These are the
extensions that \s-1GCC\s0 uses for preprocessed files created by
\fB-save-temps.
"-ftabstop=width" 4
Item "-ftabstop=width" Set the distance between tab stops. This helps the preprocessor report
correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs appear on the
line. If the value is less than 1 or greater than 100, the option is
ignored. The default is 8.
"-fdebug-cpp" 4
Item "-fdebug-cpp" This option is only useful for debugging \s-1GCC\s0. When used with
\fB-E, dumps debugging information about location maps. Every
token in the output is preceded by the dump of the map its location
belongs to. The dump of the map holding the location of a token would
be:
.Sp
.Vb 1
{"P":F</
file/
path>;"F":F</
includer/
path>;"L":<line_num>;"C":<col_num>;"S":<system_header_p>;"M":<map_address>;"E":<macro_expansion_p>,"loc":<location>}
.Ve
.Sp
When used without
-E, this option has no effect.
"-ftrack-macro-expansion[=level]" 4
Item "-ftrack-macro-expansion[=level]" Track locations of tokens across macro expansions. This allows the
compiler to emit diagnostic about the current macro expansion stack
when a compilation error occurs in a macro expansion. Using this
option makes the preprocessor and the compiler consume more
memory. The
level parameter can be used to choose the level of
precision of token location tracking thus decreasing the memory
consumption if necessary. Value
0 of
level de-activates
this option just as if no
-ftrack-macro-expansion was present
on the command line. Value
1 tracks tokens locations in a
degraded mode for the sake of minimal memory overhead. In this mode
all tokens resulting from the expansion of an argument of a
function-like macro have the same location. Value
2 tracks
tokens locations completely. This value is the most memory hungry.
When this option is given no argument, the default parameter value is
\fB2.
"-fexec-charset=charset" 4
Item "-fexec-charset=charset" Set the execution character set, used for string and character
constants. The default is \s-1UTF-8\s0.
charset can be any encoding
supported by the system's
\*(C`iconv\*(C' library routine.
"-fwide-exec-charset=charset" 4
Item "-fwide-exec-charset=charset" Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and
character constants. The default is \s-1UTF-32\s0 or \s-1UTF-16\s0, whichever
corresponds to the width of
\*(C`wchar_t\*(C'. As with
\fB-fexec-charset,
charset can be any encoding supported
by the system's
\*(C`iconv\*(C' library routine; however, you will have
problems with encodings that do not fit exactly in
\*(C`wchar_t\*(C'.
"-finput-charset=charset" 4
Item "-finput-charset=charset" Set the input character set, used for translation from the character
set of the input file to the source character set used by \s-1GCC\s0. If the
locale does not specify, or \s-1GCC\s0 cannot get this information from the
locale, the default is \s-1UTF-8\s0. This can be overridden by either the locale
or this command line option. Currently the command line option takes
precedence if there's a conflict.
charset can be any encoding
supported by the system's
\*(C`iconv\*(C' library routine.
"-fworking-directory" 4
Item "-fworking-directory" Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will
let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of
preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor will
emit, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the
current working directory followed by two slashes. \s-1GCC\s0 will use this
directory, when it's present in the preprocessed input, as the
directory emitted as the current working directory in some debugging
information formats. This option is implicitly enabled if debugging
information is enabled, but this can be inhibited with the negated
form
-fno-working-directory. If the
-P flag is
present in the command line, this option has no effect, since no
\f(CW\*(C`#line\*(C' directives are emitted whatsoever.
"-fno-show-column" 4
Item "-fno-show-column" Do not print column numbers in diagnostics. This may be necessary if
diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not understand the
column numbers, such as
dejagnu.
"-A predicate=answer" 4
Item "-A predicate=answer" Make an assertion with the predicate
predicate and answer
\fIanswer. This form is preferred to the older form
-A
\fIpredicate
(answer), which is still supported, because
it does not use shell special characters.
"-A -predicate=answer" 4
Item "-A -predicate=answer" Cancel an assertion with the predicate
predicate and answer
\fIanswer.
"-dCHARS" 4
Item "-dCHARS" \fI\s-1CHARS\s0 is a sequence of one or more of the following characters,
and must not be preceded by a space. Other characters are interpreted
by the compiler proper, or reserved for future versions of \s-1GCC\s0, and so
are silently ignored. If you specify characters whose behavior
conflicts, the result is undefined.
"M" 4
Item "M" Instead of the normal output, generate a list of
#define
directives for all the macros defined during the execution of the
preprocessor, including predefined macros. This gives you a way of
finding out what is predefined in your version of the preprocessor.
Assuming you have no file
foo.h, the command
.Sp
.Vb 1
touch
foo.h; cpp -dM
foo.h
.Ve
.Sp
will show all the predefined macros.
.Sp
If you use
-dM without the
-E option,
-dM is
interpreted as a synonym for
-fdump-rtl-mach.
"D" 4
Item "D" Like
M except in two respects: it does
not include the
predefined macros, and it outputs
both the
#define
directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to
the standard output file.
"N" 4
Item "N" Like
D, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.
"I" 4
Item "I" Output
#include directives in addition to the result of
preprocessing.
"U" 4
Item "U" Like
D except that only macros that are expanded, or whose
definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the
output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and
\fB#undef directives are also output for macros tested but
undefined at the time.
"-P" 4
Item "-P" Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor.
This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is
not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the
linemarkers.
"-C" 4
Item "-C" Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output
file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted
along with the directive.
.Sp
You should be prepared for side effects when using
-C; it
causes the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right.
For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a
directive line have the effect of turning that line into an ordinary
source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a
#.
"-CC" 4
Item "-CC" Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is
like
-C, except that comments contained within macros are
also passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded.
.Sp
In addition to the side-effects of the
-C option, the
\fB-CC option causes all \*(C+-style comments inside a macro
to be converted to C-style comments. This is to prevent later use
of that macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of
the source line.
.Sp
The
-CC option is generally used to support lint comments.
"-traditional-cpp" 4
Item "-traditional-cpp" Try to imitate the behavior of old-fashioned C preprocessors, as
opposed to \s-1ISO\s0 C preprocessors.
"-trigraphs" 4
Item "-trigraphs" Process trigraph sequences.
These are three-character sequences, all starting with
??, that
are defined by \s-1ISO\s0 C to stand for single characters. For example,
\fB??/ stands for
\e, so
'??/n' is a character
constant for a newline. By default, \s-1GCC\s0 ignores trigraphs, but in
standard-conforming modes it converts them. See the
-std and
\fB-ansi options.
.Sp
The nine trigraphs and their replacements are
.Sp
.Vb 2
Trigraph: ??( ??) ??< ??> ??= ??/ ??\*(Aq ??! ??-
Replacement: [ ] { } # \e ^ | ~
.Ve
"-remap" 4
Item "-remap" Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit very
short file names, such as MS-DOS.
"--help" 4
Item "--help" 0
"--target-help" 4
Item "--target-help"
Print text describing all the command line options instead of
preprocessing anything.
"-v" 4
Item "-v" Verbose mode. Print out \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0's version number at the beginning of
execution, and report the final form of the include path.
"-H" 4
Item "-H" Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the
\fB#include stack it is. Precompiled header files are also
printed, even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled
header file is printed with
...x and a valid one with
...! .
"-version" 4
Item "-version" 0
"--version" 4
Item "--version"
Print out \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1CPP\s0's version number. With one dash, proceed to
preprocess as normal. With two dashes, exit immediately.
.Sh "Passing Options to the Assembler"
Subsection "Passing Options to the Assembler" You can pass options to the assembler.
"-Wa,option" 4
Item "-Wa,option" Pass
option as an option to the assembler. If
option
contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas.
"-Xassembler option" 4
Item "-Xassembler option" Pass
option as an option to the assembler. You can use this to
supply system-specific assembler options that \s-1GCC\s0 does not know how to
recognize.
.Sp
If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use
\fB-Xassembler twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
.Sh "Options for Linking"
Subsection "Options for Linking" These options come into play when the compiler links object files into
an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is
not doing a link step.
"object-file-name" 4
Item "object-file-name" A file name that does not end in a special recognized suffix is
considered to name an object file or library. (Object files are
distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file
contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input
to the linker.
"-c" 4
Item "-c" 0
"-S" 4
Item "-S" "-E" 4
Item "-E"
If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and
object file names should not be used as arguments.
"-llibrary" 4
Item "-llibrary" 0
"-l library" 4
Item "-l library"
Search the library named library when linking. (The second
alternative with the library as a separate argument is only for
\s-1POSIX\s0 compliance and is not recommended.)
.Sp
It makes a difference where in the command you write this option; the
linker searches and processes libraries and object files in the order they
are specified. Thus, foo.o -lz bar.o searches library z
after file foo.o but before bar.o. If bar.o refers
to functions in z, those functions may not be loaded.
.Sp
The linker searches a standard list of directories for the library,
which is actually a file named liblibrary.a. The linker
then uses this file as if it had been specified precisely by name.
.Sp
The directories searched include several standard system directories
plus any that you specify with -L.
.Sp
Normally the files found this way are library files---archive files
whose members are object files. The linker handles an archive file by
scanning through it for members which define symbols that have so far
been referenced but not defined. But if the file that is found is an
ordinary object file, it is linked in the usual fashion. The only
difference between using an -l option and specifying a file name
is that -l surrounds library with lib and .a
and searches several directories.
"-lobjc" 4
Item "-lobjc" You need this special case of the
-l option in order to
link an Objective-C or Objective-\*(C+ program.
"-nostartfiles" 4
Item "-nostartfiles" Do not use the standard system startup files when linking.
The standard system libraries are used normally, unless
-nostdlib
or
-nodefaultlibs is used.
"-nodefaultlibs" 4
Item "-nodefaultlibs" Do not use the standard system libraries when linking.
Only the libraries you specify will be passed to the linker, options
specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as
\*(C`-static-libgcc\*(C'
or
\*(C`-shared-libgcc\*(C', will be ignored.
The standard startup files are used normally, unless
-nostartfiles
is used. The compiler may generate calls to
\*(C`memcmp\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C',
\*(C`memcpy\*(C' and
\*(C`memmove\*(C'.
These entries are usually resolved by entries in
libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
mechanism when this option is specified.
"-nostdlib" 4
Item "-nostdlib" Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking.
No startup files and only the libraries you specify will be passed to
the linker, options specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as
\f(CW\*(C`-static-libgcc\*(C' or
\*(C`-shared-libgcc\*(C', will be ignored.
The compiler may generate calls to
\*(C`memcmp\*(C',
\*(C`memset\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`memcpy\*(C' and
\*(C`memmove\*(C'.
These entries are usually resolved by entries in
libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other
mechanism when this option is specified.
.Sp
One of the standard libraries bypassed by
-nostdlib and
\fB-nodefaultlibs is
libgcc.a, a library of internal subroutines
which \s-1GCC\s0 uses to overcome shortcomings of particular machines, or special
needs for some languages.
.Sp
In most cases, you need
libgcc.a even when you want to avoid
other standard libraries. In other words, when you specify
-nostdlib
or
-nodefaultlibs you should usually specify
-lgcc as well.
This ensures that you have no unresolved references to internal \s-1GCC\s0
library subroutines. (For example,
_\|_main, used to ensure \*(C+
constructors will be called.)
"-pie" 4
Item "-pie" Produce a position independent executable on targets that support it.
For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options
that were used to generate code (
-fpie,
-fPIE,
or model suboptions) when you specify this option.
"-rdynamic" 4
Item "-rdynamic" Pass the flag
-export-dynamic to the \s-1ELF\s0 linker, on targets
that support it. This instructs the linker to add all symbols, not
only used ones, to the dynamic symbol table. This option is needed
for some uses of
\*(C`dlopen\*(C' or to allow obtaining backtraces
from within a program.
"-s" 4
Item "-s" Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable.
"-static" 4
Item "-static" On systems that support dynamic linking, this prevents linking with the shared
libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect.
"-shared" 4
Item "-shared" Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to
form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For predictable
results, you must also specify the same set of options that were used to
generate code (
-fpic,
-fPIC, or model suboptions)
when you specify this option.[1]
"-shared-libgcc" 4
Item "-shared-libgcc" 0
"-static-libgcc" 4
Item "-static-libgcc"
On systems that provide libgcc as a shared library, these options
force the use of either the shared or static version respectively.
If no shared version of libgcc was built when the compiler was
configured, these options have no effect.
.Sp
There are several situations in which an application should use the
shared libgcc instead of the static version. The most common
of these is when the application wishes to throw and catch exceptions
across different shared libraries. In that case, each of the libraries
as well as the application itself should use the shared libgcc.
.Sp
Therefore, the G++ and \s-1GCJ\s0 drivers automatically add
\fB-shared-libgcc whenever you build a shared library or a main
executable, because \*(C+ and Java programs typically use exceptions, so
this is the right thing to do.
.Sp
If, instead, you use the \s-1GCC\s0 driver to create shared libraries, you may
find that they will not always be linked with the shared libgcc.
If \s-1GCC\s0 finds, at its configuration time, that you have a non-GNU linker
or a \s-1GNU\s0 linker that does not support option --eh-frame-hdr,
it will link the shared version of libgcc into shared libraries
by default. Otherwise, it will take advantage of the linker and optimize
away the linking with the shared version of libgcc, linking with
the static version of libgcc by default. This allows exceptions to
propagate through such shared libraries, without incurring relocation
costs at library load time.
.Sp
However, if a library or main executable is supposed to throw or catch
exceptions, you must link it using the G++ or \s-1GCJ\s0 driver, as appropriate
for the languages used in the program, or using the option
\fB-shared-libgcc, such that it is linked with the shared
\fIlibgcc.
"-static-libstdc++" 4
Item "-static-libstdc++" When the
g++ program is used to link a \*(C+ program, it will
normally automatically link against
libstdc++. If
\fIlibstdc++ is available as a shared library, and the
\fB-static option is not used, then this will link against the
shared version of
libstdc++. That is normally fine. However, it
is sometimes useful to freeze the version of
libstdc++ used by
the program without going all the way to a fully static link. The
\fB-static-libstdc++ option directs the
g++ driver to
link
libstdc++ statically, without necessarily linking other
libraries statically.
"-symbolic" 4
Item "-symbolic" Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn
about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor
option
-Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs). Only a few systems support
this option.
"-T script" 4
Item "-T script" Use
script as the linker script. This option is supported by most
systems using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. On some targets, such as bare-board
targets without an operating system, the
-T option may be required
when linking to avoid references to undefined symbols.
"-Xlinker option" 4
Item "-Xlinker option" Pass
option as an option to the linker. You can use this to
supply system-specific linker options that \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize.
.Sp
If you want to pass an option that takes a separate argument, you must use
\fB-Xlinker twice, once for the option and once for the argument.
For example, to pass
-assert definitions, you must write
\fB-Xlinker -assert -Xlinker definitions. It does not work to write
\fB-Xlinker \*(L"-assert definitions\*(R", because this passes the entire
string as a single argument, which is not what the linker expects.
.Sp
When using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker, it is usually more convenient to pass
arguments to linker options using the
option=value
syntax than as separate arguments. For example, you can specify
\fB-Xlinker -Map=output.map rather than
\fB-Xlinker -Map -Xlinker output.map. Other linkers may not support
this syntax for command-line options.
"-Wl,option" 4
Item "-Wl,option" Pass
option as an option to the linker. If
option contains
commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas. You can use this
syntax to pass an argument to the option.
For example,
-Wl,-Map,output.map passes
-Map output.map to the
linker. When using the \s-1GNU\s0 linker, you can also get the same effect with
\fB-Wl,-Map=output.map.
"-u symbol" 4
Item "-u symbol" Pretend the symbol
symbol is undefined, to force linking of
library modules to define it. You can use
-u multiple times with
different symbols to force loading of additional library modules.
.Sh "Options for Directory Search"
Subsection "Options for Directory Search" These options specify directories to search for header files, for
libraries and for parts of the compiler:
"-Idir" 4
Item "-Idir" Add the directory
dir to the head of the list of directories to be
searched for header files. This can be used to override a system header
file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
searched before the system header file directories. However, you should
not use this option to add directories that contain vendor-supplied
system header files (use
-isystem for that). If you use more than
one
-I option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
order; the standard system directories come after.
.Sp
If a standard system include directory, or a directory specified with
\fB-isystem, is also specified with
-I, the
-I
option will be ignored. The directory will still be searched but as a
system directory at its normal position in the system include chain.
This is to ensure that \s-1GCC\s0's procedure to fix buggy system headers and
the ordering for the include_next directive are not inadvertently changed.
If you really need to change the search order for system directories,
use the
-nostdinc and/
or -isystem options.
"-iplugindir=dir" 4
Item "-iplugindir=dir" Set the directory to search for plugins that are passed
by
-fplugin=name instead of
\fB-fplugin=
path/name.so. This option is not meant
to be used by the user, but only passed by the driver.
"-iquotedir" 4
Item "-iquotedir" Add the directory
dir to the head of the list of directories to
be searched for header files only for the case of
#include
"file"; they are not searched for
#include <file>,
otherwise just like
-I.
"-Ldir" 4
Item "-Ldir" Add directory
dir to the list of directories to be searched
for
-l.
"-Bprefix" 4
Item "-Bprefix" This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries,
include files, and data files of the compiler itself.
.Sp
The compiler driver program runs one or more of the subprograms
\fIcpp,
cc1,
as and
ld. It tries
\fIprefix as a prefix for each program it tries to run, both with and
without
machine/version/.
.Sp
For each subprogram to be run, the compiler driver first tries the
\fB-B prefix, if any. If that name is not found, or if
-B
was not specified, the driver tries two standard prefixes,
\
fI/
usr/
lib/
gcc/ and
/usr/local/lib/gcc/. If neither of
those results in a file name that is found, the unmodified program
name is searched for using the directories specified in your
\fB\s-1PATH\s0 environment variable.
.Sp
The compiler will check to see if the path provided by the
-B
refers to a directory, and if necessary it will add a directory
separator character at the end of the path.
.Sp
\fB-B prefixes that effectively specify directory names also apply
to libraries in the linker, because the compiler translates these
options into
-L options for the linker. They also apply to
includes files in the preprocessor, because the compiler translates these
options into
-isystem options for the preprocessor. In this case,
the compiler appends
include to the prefix.
.Sp
The runtime support file
libgcc.a can also be searched for using
the
-B prefix, if needed. If it is not found there, the two
standard prefixes above are tried, and that is all. The file is left
out of the link if it is not found by those means.
.Sp
Another way to specify a prefix much like the
-B prefix is to use
the environment variable
\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0.
.Sp
As a special kludge, if the path provided by
-B is
\fI[dir/]stage
N/, where N is a number in the range 0 to
9, then it will be replaced by [dir/]include. This is to help
with boot-strapping the compiler.
"-specs=file" 4
Item "-specs=file" Process
file after the compiler reads in the standard
specs
file, in order to override the defaults which the
gcc driver
program uses when determining what switches to pass to
cc1,
\fIcc1plus,
as,
ld, etc. More than one
\fB-specs=
file can be specified on the command line, and they
are processed in order, from left to right.
"--sysroot=dir" 4
Item "--sysroot=dir" Use
dir as the logical root directory for headers and libraries.
For example, if the compiler would normally search for headers in
\
fI/
usr/
include and libraries in
/usr/lib, it will instead
search
dir/usr/include and dir/usr/lib.
.Sp
If you use both this option and the -isysroot option, then
the --sysroot option will apply to libraries, but the
\fB-isysroot option will apply to header files.
.Sp
The \s-1GNU\s0 linker (beginning with version 2.16) has the necessary support
for this option. If your linker does not support this option, the
header file aspect of --sysroot will still work, but the
library aspect will not.
"-I-" 4
Item "-I-" This option has been deprecated. Please use
-iquote instead for
\fB-I directories before the
-I- and remove the
-I-.
Any directories you specify with
-I options before the
-I-
option are searched only for the case of
#include "file";
they are not searched for
#include <file>.
.Sp
If additional directories are specified with
-I options after
the
-I-, these directories are searched for all
#include
directives. (Ordinarily
all -I directories are used
this way.)
.Sp
In addition, the
-I- option inhibits the use of the current
directory (where the current input file came from) as the first search
directory for
#include "file". There is no way to
override this effect of
-I-. With
-I. you can specify
searching the directory that was current when the compiler was
invoked. That is not exactly the same as what the preprocessor does
by default, but it is often satisfactory.
.Sp
\fB-I- does not inhibit the use of the standard system directories
for header files. Thus,
-I- and
-nostdinc are
independent.
.Sh "Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version"
Subsection "Specifying Target Machine and Compiler Version" The usual way to run \s-1GCC\s0 is to run the executable called
gcc, or
\fImachine
-gcc when cross-compiling, or
\fImachine
-gcc-version to run a version other than the
one that was installed last.
.Sh "Hardware Models and Configurations"
Subsection "Hardware Models and Configurations" Each target machine types can have its own
special options, starting with
-m, to choose among various
hardware models or configurations---for example, 68010 vs 68020,
floating coprocessor or none. A single installed version of the
compiler can compile for any model or configuration, according to the
options specified.
Some configurations of the compiler also support additional special
options, usually for compatibility with other compilers on the same
platform.
Adapteva Epiphany Options
Subsection "Adapteva Epiphany Options"
These -m options are defined for Adapteva Epiphany:
"-mhalf-reg-file" 4
Item "-mhalf-reg-file" Don't allocate any register in the range
\*(C`r32\*(C'...
\*(C`r63\*(C'.
That allows code to run on hardware variants that lack these registers.
"-mprefer-short-insn-regs" 4
Item "-mprefer-short-insn-regs" Preferrentially allocate registers that allow short instruction generation.
This can result in increasesd instruction count, so if this reduces or
increases code size might vary from case to case.
"-mbranch-cost=num" 4
Item "-mbranch-cost=num" Set the cost of branches to roughly
num \*(L"simple\*(R" instructions.
This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce
consistent results across releases.
"-mcmove" 4
Item "-mcmove" Enable the generation of conditional moves.
"-mnops=num" 4
Item "-mnops=num" Emit
num nops before every other generated instruction.
"-mno-soft-cmpsf" 4
Item "-mno-soft-cmpsf" For single-precision floating-point comparisons, emit an fsub instruction
and test the flags. This is faster than a software comparison, but can
get incorrect results in the presence of NaNs, or when two different small
numbers are compared such that their difference is calculated as zero.
The default is
-msoft-cmpsf, which uses slower, but IEEE-compliant,
software comparisons.
"-mstack-offset=num" 4
Item "-mstack-offset=num" Set the offset between the top of the stack and the stack pointer.
E.g., a value of 8 means that the eight bytes in the range sp+
0...sp+7
can be used by leaf functions without stack allocation.
Values other than
8 or
16 are untested and unlikely to work.
Note also that this option changes the \s-1ABI\s0, compiling a program with a
different stack offset than the libraries have been compiled with
will generally not work.
This option can be useful if you want to evaluate if a different stack
offset would give you better code, but to actually use a different stack
offset to build working programs, it is recommended to configure the
toolchain with the appropriate
--with-stack-offset=num option.
"-mno-round-nearest" 4
Item "-mno-round-nearest" Make the scheduler assume that the rounding mode has been set to
truncating. The default is
-mround-nearest.
"-mlong-calls" 4
Item "-mlong-calls" If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all calls might be beyond
the offset range of the b / bl instructions, and therefore load the
function address into a register before performing a (otherwise direct) call.
This is the default.
"-mshort-calls" 4
Item "-mshort-calls" If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all direct calls are
in the range of the b / bl instructions, so use these instructions
for direct calls. The default is
-mlong-calls.
"-msmall16" 4
Item "-msmall16" Assume addresses can be loaded as 16-bit unsigned values. This does not
apply to function addresses for which
-mlong-calls semantics
are in effect.
"-mfp-mode=mode" 4
Item "-mfp-mode=mode" Set the prevailing mode of the floating-point unit.
This determines the floating-point mode that is provided and expected
at function call and return time. Making this mode match the mode you
predominantly need at function start can make your programs smaller and
faster by avoiding unnecessary mode switches.
.Sp
\fImode can be set to one the following values:
"caller" 4
Item "caller" Any mode at function entry is valid, and retained or restored when
the function returns, and when it calls other functions.
This mode is useful for compiling libraries or other compilation units
you might want to incorporate into different programs with different
prevailing \s-1FPU\s0 modes, and the convenience of being able to use a single
object file outweighs the size and speed overhead for any extra
mode switching that might be needed, compared with what would be needed
with a more specific choice of prevailing \s-1FPU\s0 mode.
"truncate" 4
Item "truncate" This is the mode used for floating-point calculations with
truncating (i.e. round towards zero) rounding mode. That includes
conversion from floating point to integer.
"round-nearest" 4
Item "round-nearest" This is the mode used for floating-point calculations with
round-to-nearest-or-even rounding mode.
"int" 4
Item "int" This is the mode used to perform integer calculations in the \s-1FPU\s0, e.g.
integer multiply, or integer multiply-and-accumulate.
.Sp
The default is -mfp-mode=caller
"-mnosplit-lohi" 4
Item "-mnosplit-lohi" 0
"-mno-postinc" 4
Item "-mno-postinc" "-mno-postmodify" 4
Item "-mno-postmodify"
Code generation tweaks that disable, respectively, splitting of 32-bit
loads, generation of post-increment addresses, and generation of
post-modify addresses. The defaults are msplit-lohi,
\fB-mpost-inc, and -mpost-modify.
"-mnovect-double" 4
Item "-mnovect-double" Change the preferred \s-1SIMD\s0 mode to SImode. The default is
\fB-mvect-double, which uses DImode as preferred \s-1SIMD\s0 mode.
"-max-vect-align=num" 4
Item "-max-vect-align=num" The maximum alignment for \s-1SIMD\s0 vector mode types.
\fInum may be 4 or 8. The default is 8.
Note that this is an \s-1ABI\s0 change, even though many library function
interfaces will be unaffected, if they don't use \s-1SIMD\s0 vector modes
in places where they affect size
and/
or alignment of relevant types.
"-msplit-vecmove-early" 4
Item "-msplit-vecmove-early" Split vector moves into single word moves before reload. In theory this
could give better register allocation, but so far the reverse seems to be
generally the case.
"-m1reg-reg" 4
Item "-m1reg-reg" Specify a register to hold the constant -1, which makes loading small negative
constants and certain bitmasks faster.
Allowable values for reg are r43 and r63, which specify to use that register
as a fixed register, and none, which means that no register is used for this
purpose. The default is
-m1reg-none.
\s-1ARM\s0 Options
Subsection "ARM Options"
These -m options are defined for Advanced \s-1RISC\s0 Machines (\s-1ARM\s0)
architectures:
"-mabi=name" 4
Item "-mabi=name" Generate code for the specified \s-1ABI\s0. Permissible values are:
apcs-gnu,
\fBatpcs,
aapcs,
aapcs-linux and
iwmmxt.
"-mapcs-frame" 4
Item "-mapcs-frame" Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the \s-1ARM\s0 Procedure Call
Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for
correct execution of the code. Specifying
-fomit-frame-pointer
with this option will cause the stack frames not to be generated for
leaf functions. The default is
-mno-apcs-frame.
"-mapcs" 4
Item "-mapcs" This is a synonym for
-mapcs-frame.
"-mthumb-interwork" 4
Item "-mthumb-interwork" Generate code that supports calling between the \s-1ARM\s0 and Thumb
instruction sets. Without this option, on pre-v5 architectures, the
two instruction sets cannot be reliably used inside one program. The
default is
-mno-thumb-interwork, since slightly larger code
is generated when
-mthumb-interwork is specified. In \s-1AAPCS\s0
configurations this option is meaningless.
"-mno-sched-prolog" 4
Item "-mno-sched-prolog" Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prologue, or the
merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's
body. This means that all functions will start with a recognizable set
of instructions (or in fact one of a choice from a small set of
different function prologues), and this information can be used to
locate the start if functions inside an executable piece of code. The
default is
-msched-prolog.
"-mfloat-abi=name" 4
Item "-mfloat-abi=name" Specifies which floating-point \s-1ABI\s0 to use. Permissible values
are:
soft,
softfp and
hard.
.Sp
Specifying
soft causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate output containing
library calls for floating-point operations.
\fBsoftfp allows the generation of code using hardware floating-point
instructions, but still uses the soft-float calling conventions.
\fBhard allows generation of floating-point instructions
and uses FPU-specific calling conventions.
.Sp
The default depends on the specific target configuration. Note that
the hard-float and soft-float ABIs are not link-compatible; you must
compile your entire program with the same \s-1ABI\s0, and link with a
compatible set of libraries.
"-mlittle-endian" 4
Item "-mlittle-endian" Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is
the default for all standard configurations.
"-mbig-endian" 4
Item "-mbig-endian" Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is
to compile code for a little-endian processor.
"-mwords-little-endian" 4
Item "-mwords-little-endian" This option only applies when generating code for big-endian processors.
Generate code for a little-endian word order but a big-endian byte
order. That is, a byte order of the form
32107654. Note: this
option should only be used if you require compatibility with code for
big-endian \s-1ARM\s0 processors generated by versions of the compiler prior to
2.8. This option is now deprecated.
"-mcpu=name" 4
Item "-mcpu=name" This specifies the name of the target \s-1ARM\s0 processor. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this name
to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
assembly code. Permissible names are:
arm2,
arm250,
\fBarm3,
arm6,
arm60,
arm600,
arm610,
\fBarm620,
arm7,
arm7m,
arm7d,
arm7dm,
\fBarm7di,
arm7dmi,
arm70,
arm700,
\fBarm700i,
arm710,
arm710c,
arm7100,
\fBarm720,
\fBarm7500,
arm7500fe,
arm7tdmi,
arm7tdmi-s,
\fBarm710t,
arm720t,
arm740t,
\fBstrongarm,
strongarm110,
strongarm1100,
\fBstrongarm1110,
\fBarm8,
arm810,
arm9,
arm9e,
arm920,
\fBarm920t,
arm922t,
arm946e-s,
arm966e-s,
\fBarm968e-s,
arm926ej-s,
arm940t,
arm9tdmi,
\fBarm10tdmi,
arm1020t,
arm1026ej-s,
\fBarm10e,
arm1020e,
arm1022e,
\fBarm1136j-s,
arm1136jf-s,
mpcore,
mpcorenovfp,
\fBarm1156t2-s,
arm1156t2f-s,
arm1176jz-s,
arm1176jzf-s,
\fBcortex-a5,
cortex-a7,
cortex-a8,
cortex-a9,
\fBcortex-a15,
cortex-r4,
cortex-r4f,
cortex-r5,
\fBcortex-m4,
cortex-m3,
\fBcortex-m1,
\fBcortex-m0,
\fBxscale,
iwmmxt,
iwmmxt2,
ep9312,
\fBfa526,
fa626,
\fBfa606te,
fa626te,
fmp626,
fa726te.
.Sp
\fB-mcpu=generic-
arch is also permissible, and is
equivalent to
-march=arch -mtune=generic-arch.
See
-mtune for more information.
.Sp
\fB-mcpu=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the \s-1CPU\s0
of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on
Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is
unsuccessful the option has no effect.
"-mtune=name" 4
Item "-mtune=name" This option is very similar to the
-mcpu= option, except that
instead of specifying the actual target processor type, and hence
restricting which instructions can be used, it specifies that \s-1GCC\s0 should
tune the performance of the code as if the target were of the type
specified in this option, but still choosing the instructions that it
will generate based on the \s-1CPU\s0 specified by a
-mcpu= option.
For some \s-1ARM\s0 implementations better performance can be obtained by using
this option.
.Sp
\fB-mtune=generic-
arch specifies that \s-1GCC\s0 should tune the
performance for a blend of processors within architecture
arch.
The aim is to generate code that run well on the current most popular
processors, balancing between optimizations that benefit some CPUs in the
range, and avoiding performance pitfalls of other CPUs. The effects of
this option may change in future \s-1GCC\s0 versions as \s-1CPU\s0 models come and go.
.Sp
\fB-mtune=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the \s-1CPU\s0
of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on
Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is
unsuccessful the option has no effect.
"-march=name" 4
Item "-march=name" This specifies the name of the target \s-1ARM\s0 architecture. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this
name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead
of the
-mcpu= option. Permissible names are:
armv2,
\fBarmv2a,
armv3,
armv3m,
armv4,
armv4t,
\fBarmv5,
armv5t,
armv5e,
armv5te,
\fBarmv6,
armv6j,
\fBarmv6t2,
armv6z,
armv6zk,
armv6-m,
\fBarmv7,
armv7-a,
armv7-r,
armv7-m,
\fBiwmmxt,
iwmmxt2,
ep9312.
.Sp
\fB-march=native causes the compiler to auto-detect the architecture
of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on
Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is
unsuccessful the option has no effect.
"-mfpu=name" 4
Item "-mfpu=name" 0
"-mfpe=number" 4
Item "-mfpe=number" "-mfp=number" 4
Item "-mfp=number"
This specifies what floating-point hardware (or hardware emulation) is
available on the target. Permissible names are: fpa, fpe2,
\fBfpe3, maverick, vfp, vfpv3, vfpv3-fp16,
\fBvfpv3-d16, vfpv3-d16-fp16, vfpv3xd, vfpv3xd-fp16,
\fBneon, neon-fp16, vfpv4, vfpv4-d16,
\fBfpv4-sp-d16 and neon-vfpv4.
\fB-mfp and -mfpe are synonyms for
\fB-mfpu=fpenumber, for compatibility with older versions
of \s-1GCC\s0.
.Sp
If -msoft-float is specified this specifies the format of
floating-point values.
.Sp
If the selected floating-point hardware includes the \s-1NEON\s0 extension
(e.g. -mfpu=neon), note that floating-point
operations will not be used by \s-1GCC\s0's auto-vectorization pass unless
\fB-funsafe-math-optimizations is also specified. This is
because \s-1NEON\s0 hardware does not fully implement the \s-1IEEE\s0 754 standard for
floating-point arithmetic (in particular denormal values are treated as
zero), so the use of \s-1NEON\s0 instructions may lead to a loss of precision.
"-mfp16-format=name" 4
Item "-mfp16-format=name" Specify the format of the
\*(C`_\|_fp16\*(C' half-precision floating-point type.
Permissible names are
none,
ieee, and
alternative;
the default is
none, in which case the
\*(C`_\|_fp16\*(C' type is not
defined.
"-mstructure-size-boundary=n" 4
Item "-mstructure-size-boundary=n" The size of all structures and unions will be rounded up to a multiple
of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8, 32
and 64. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the \s-1COFF\s0
targeted toolchain the default value is 8. A value of 64 is only allowed
if the underlying \s-1ABI\s0 supports it.
.Sp
Specifying the larger number can produce faster, more efficient code, but
can also increase the size of the program. Different values are potentially
incompatible. Code compiled with one value cannot necessarily expect to
work with code or libraries compiled with another value, if they exchange
information using structures or unions.
"-mabort-on-noreturn" 4
Item "-mabort-on-noreturn" Generate a call to the function
\*(C`abort\*(C' at the end of a
\f(CW\*(C`noreturn\*(C' function. It will be executed if the function tries to
return.
"-mlong-calls" 4
Item "-mlong-calls" 0
"-mno-long-calls" 4
Item "-mno-long-calls"
Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function
will lie outside of the 64 megabyte addressing range of the offset based
version of subroutine call instruction.
.Sp
Even if this switch is enabled, not all function calls will be turned
into long calls. The heuristic is that static functions, functions
that have the short-call attribute, functions that are inside
the scope of a #pragma no_long_calls directive and functions whose
definitions have already been compiled within the current compilation
unit, will not be turned into long calls. The exception to this rule is
that weak function definitions, functions with the long-call
attribute or the section attribute, and functions that are within
the scope of a #pragma long_calls directive, will always be
turned into long calls.
.Sp
This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
\fB-mno-long-calls will restore the default behavior, as will
placing the function calls within the scope of a #pragma
long_calls_off directive. Note these switches have no effect on how
the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function
pointers.
"-msingle-pic-base" 4
Item "-msingle-pic-base" Treat the register used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing as read-only, rather than
loading it in the prologue for each function. The runtime system is
responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value
before execution begins.
"-mpic-register=reg" 4
Item "-mpic-register=reg" Specify the register to be used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing. The default is R10
unless stack-checking is enabled, when R9 is used.
"-mcirrus-fix-invalid-insns" 4
Item "-mcirrus-fix-invalid-insns" Insert NOPs into the instruction stream to in order to work around
problems with invalid Maverick instruction combinations. This option
is only valid if the
-mcpu=ep9312 option has been used to
enable generation of instructions for the Cirrus Maverick floating-point
co-processor. This option is not enabled by default, since the
problem is only present in older Maverick implementations. The default
can be re-enabled by use of the
-mno-cirrus-fix-invalid-insns
switch.
"-mpoke-function-name" 4
Item "-mpoke-function-name" Write the name of each function into the text section, directly
preceding the function prologue. The generated code is similar to this:
.Sp
.Vb 9
t0
.ascii "arm_poke_function_name", 0
.align
t1
.word 0xff000000 + (t1 - t0)
arm_poke_function_name
mov ip, sp
stmfd sp!, {fp, ip, lr, pc}
sub fp, ip, #4
.Ve
.Sp
When performing a stack backtrace, code can inspect the value of
\f(CW\*(C`pc\*(C' stored at
\*(C`fp + 0\*(C'. If the trace function then looks at
location
\*(C`pc - 12\*(C' and the top 8 bits are set, then we know that
there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this location
and has length
\*(C`((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000)\*(C'.
"-mthumb" 4
Item "-mthumb" 0
"-marm" 4
Item "-marm"
Select between generating code that executes in \s-1ARM\s0 and Thumb
states. The default for most configurations is to generate code
that executes in \s-1ARM\s0 state, but the default can be changed by
configuring \s-1GCC\s0 with the --with-mode=state
configure option.
"-mtpcs-frame" 4
Item "-mtpcs-frame" Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
not call any other functions.) The default is
-mno-tpcs-frame.
"-mtpcs-leaf-frame" 4
Item "-mtpcs-leaf-frame" Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call
Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does
not call any other functions.) The default is
-mno-apcs-leaf-frame.
"-mcallee-super-interworking" 4
Item "-mcallee-super-interworking" Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an \s-1ARM\s0
instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the
rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from
non-interworking code. This option is not valid in \s-1AAPCS\s0 configurations
because interworking is enabled by default.
"-mcaller-super-interworking" 4
Item "-mcaller-super-interworking" Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to
execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been
compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost
of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled. This option
is not valid in \s-1AAPCS\s0 configurations because interworking is enabled
by default.
"-mtp=name" 4
Item "-mtp=name" Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer. The valid
models are
soft, which generates calls to
\*(C`_\|_aeabi_read_tp\*(C',
\fBcp15, which fetches the thread pointer from
\*(C`cp15\*(C' directly
(supported in the arm6k architecture), and
auto, which uses the
best available method for the selected processor. The default setting is
\fBauto.
"-mtls-dialect=dialect" 4
Item "-mtls-dialect=dialect" Specify the dialect to use for accessing thread local storage. Two
dialects are supported ---
gnu and
gnu2. The
\fBgnu dialect selects the original \s-1GNU\s0 scheme for supporting
local and global dynamic \s-1TLS\s0 models. The
gnu2 dialect
selects the \s-1GNU\s0 descriptor scheme, which provides better performance
for shared libraries. The \s-1GNU\s0 descriptor scheme is compatible with
the original scheme, but does require new assembler, linker and
library support. Initial and local exec \s-1TLS\s0 models are unaffected by
this option and always use the original scheme.
"-mword-relocations" 4
Item "-mword-relocations" Only generate absolute relocations on word-sized values (i.e. R_ARM_ABS32).
This is enabled by default on targets (uClinux, SymbianOS) where the runtime
loader imposes this restriction, and when
-fpic or
-fPIC
is specified.
"-mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd" 4
Item "-mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd" Some Cortex-M3 cores can cause data corruption when
\*(C`ldrd\*(C' instructions
with overlapping destination and base registers are used. This option avoids
generating these instructions. This option is enabled by default when
\fB-mcpu=cortex-m3 is specified.
"-munaligned-access" 4
Item "-munaligned-access" 0
"-mno-unaligned-access" 4
Item "-mno-unaligned-access"
Enables (or disables) reading and writing of 16- and 32- bit values
from addresses that are not 16- or 32- bit aligned. By default
unaligned access is disabled for all pre-ARMv6 and all ARMv6-M
architectures, and enabled for all other architectures. If unaligned
access is not enabled then words in packed data structures will be
accessed a byte at a time.
.Sp
The \s-1ARM\s0 attribute \*(C`Tag_CPU_unaligned_access\*(C' will be set in the
generated object file to either true or false, depending upon the
setting of this option. If unaligned access is enabled then the
preprocessor symbol \*(C`_\|_ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED\*(C' will also be
defined.
\s-1AVR\s0 Options
Subsection "AVR Options"
"-mmcu=mcu" 4
Item "-mmcu=mcu" Specify Atmel \s-1AVR\s0 instruction set architectures (\s-1ISA\s0) or \s-1MCU\s0 type.
.Sp
The default for this option is@tie{}
\*(C`avr2\*(C'.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 supports the following \s-1AVR\s0 devices and ISAs:
Item "avr2" \*(L"Classic\*(R" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`attiny22\*(C', \*(C`attiny26\*(C', \*(C`at90c8534\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90s2313\*(C', \*(C`at90s2323\*(C', \*(C`at90s2333\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90s2343\*(C', \*(C`at90s4414\*(C', \*(C`at90s4433\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90s4434\*(C', \*(C`at90s8515\*(C', \*(C`at90s8535\*(C'.
Item "avr25" \*(L"Classic\*(R" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory and with
the \*(C`MOVW\*(C' instruction.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`ata6289\*(C', \*(C`attiny13\*(C', \*(C`attiny13a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`attiny2313\*(C', \*(C`attiny2313a\*(C', \*(C`attiny24\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`attiny24a\*(C', \*(C`attiny25\*(C', \*(C`attiny261\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`attiny261a\*(C', \*(C`attiny43u\*(C', \*(C`attiny4313\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`attiny44\*(C', \*(C`attiny44a\*(C', \*(C`attiny45\*(C', \*(C`attiny461\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`attiny461a\*(C', \*(C`attiny48\*(C', \*(C`attiny84\*(C', \*(C`attiny84a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`attiny85\*(C', \*(C`attiny861\*(C', \*(C`attiny861a\*(C', \*(C`attiny87\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`attiny88\*(C', \*(C`at86rf401\*(C'.
Item "avr3" \*(L"Classic\*(R" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`at43usb355\*(C', \*(C`at76c711\*(C'.
Item "avr31" \*(L"Classic\*(R" devices with 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atmega103\*(C', \*(C`at43usb320\*(C'.
Item "avr35" \*(L"Classic\*(R" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of program
memory and with the \*(C`MOVW\*(C' instruction.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atmega16u2\*(C', \*(C`atmega32u2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega8u2\*(C', \*(C`attiny167\*(C', \*(C`at90usb162\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90usb82\*(C'.
Item "avr4" \*(L"Enhanced\*(R" devices with up to 8@tie{}KiB of program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atmega48\*(C', \*(C`atmega48a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega48p\*(C', \*(C`atmega8\*(C', \*(C`atmega8hva\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega8515\*(C', \*(C`atmega8535\*(C', \*(C`atmega88\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega88a\*(C', \*(C`atmega88p\*(C', \*(C`atmega88pa\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90pwm1\*(C', \*(C`at90pwm2\*(C', \*(C`at90pwm2b\*(C', \*(C`at90pwm3\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90pwm3b\*(C', \*(C`at90pwm81\*(C'.
Item "avr5" \*(L"Enhanced\*(R" devices with 16@tie{}KiB up to 64@tie{}KiB of program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atmega16\*(C', \*(C`atmega16a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega16hva\*(C', \*(C`atmega16hva2\*(C', \*(C`atmega16hvb\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega16m1\*(C', \*(C`atmega16u4\*(C', \*(C`atmega161\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega162\*(C', \*(C`atmega163\*(C', \*(C`atmega164a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega164p\*(C', \*(C`atmega165\*(C', \*(C`atmega165a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega165p\*(C', \*(C`atmega168\*(C', \*(C`atmega168a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega168p\*(C', \*(C`atmega169\*(C', \*(C`atmega169a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega169p\*(C', \*(C`atmega169pa\*(C', \*(C`atmega32\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega32c1\*(C', \*(C`atmega32hvb\*(C', \*(C`atmega32m1\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega32u4\*(C', \*(C`atmega32u6\*(C', \*(C`atmega323\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega324a\*(C', \*(C`atmega324p\*(C', \*(C`atmega324pa\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega325\*(C', \*(C`atmega325a\*(C', \*(C`atmega325p\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega3250\*(C', \*(C`atmega3250a\*(C', \*(C`atmega3250p\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega328\*(C', \*(C`atmega328p\*(C', \*(C`atmega329\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega329a\*(C', \*(C`atmega329p\*(C', \*(C`atmega329pa\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega3290\*(C', \*(C`atmega3290a\*(C', \*(C`atmega3290p\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega406\*(C', \*(C`atmega64\*(C', \*(C`atmega64c1\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega64hve\*(C', \*(C`atmega64m1\*(C', \*(C`atmega640\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega644\*(C', \*(C`atmega644a\*(C', \*(C`atmega644p\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega644pa\*(C', \*(C`atmega645\*(C', \*(C`atmega645a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega645p\*(C', \*(C`atmega6450\*(C', \*(C`atmega6450a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega6450p\*(C', \*(C`atmega649\*(C', \*(C`atmega649a\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega649p\*(C', \*(C`atmega6490\*(C', \*(C`at90can32\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90can64\*(C', \*(C`at90pwm216\*(C', \*(C`at90pwm316\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90scr100\*(C', \*(C`at90usb646\*(C', \*(C`at90usb647\*(C', \*(C`at94k\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`m3000\*(C'.
Item "avr51" \*(L"Enhanced\*(R" devices with 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atmega128\*(C', \*(C`atmega128rfa1\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atmega1280\*(C', \*(C`atmega1281\*(C', \*(C`atmega1284p\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`at90can128\*(C', \*(C`at90usb1286\*(C', \*(C`at90usb1287\*(C'.
Item "avr6" \*(L"Enhanced\*(R" devices with 3-byte \s-1PC\s0, i.e. with more than
128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atmega2560\*(C', \*(C`atmega2561\*(C'.
Item "avrxmega2" \*(L"\s-1XMEGA\s0\*(R" devices with more than 8@tie{}KiB and up to 64@tie{}KiB of
program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atxmega16a4\*(C', \*(C`atxmega16d4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atxmega16x1\*(C', \*(C`atxmega32a4\*(C', \*(C`atxmega32d4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atxmega32x1\*(C'.
Item "avrxmega4" \*(L"\s-1XMEGA\s0\*(R" devices with more than 64@tie{}KiB and up to 128@tie{}KiB of
program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atxmega64a3\*(C', \*(C`atxmega64d3\*(C'.
Item "avrxmega5" \*(L"\s-1XMEGA\s0\*(R" devices with more than 64@tie{}KiB and up to 128@tie{}KiB of
program memory and more than 64@tie{}KiB of \s-1RAM\s0.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atxmega64a1\*(C', \*(C`atxmega64a1u\*(C'.
Item "avrxmega6" \*(L"\s-1XMEGA\s0\*(R" devices with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atxmega128a3\*(C', \*(C`atxmega128d3\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atxmega192a3\*(C', \*(C`atxmega192d3\*(C', \*(C`atxmega256a3\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atxmega256a3b\*(C', \*(C`atxmega256a3bu\*(C', \*(C`atxmega256d3\*(C'.
Item "avrxmega7" \*(L"\s-1XMEGA\s0\*(R" devices with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory and
more than 64@tie{}KiB of \s-1RAM\s0.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`atxmega128a1\*(C', \*(C`atxmega128a1u\*(C'.
Item "avr1" This \s-1ISA\s0 is implemented by the minimal \s-1AVR\s0 core and supported for
assembler only.
\fImcu@tie{}= \*(C`attiny11\*(C', \*(C`attiny12\*(C', \*(C`attiny15\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`attiny28\*(C', \*(C`at90s1200\*(C'.
"-maccumulate-args" 4
Item "-maccumulate-args" Accumulate outgoing function arguments and
acquire/
release the needed
stack space for outgoing function arguments once in function
prologue/
epilogue. Without this option, outgoing arguments are pushed
before calling a function and popped afterwards.
.Sp
Popping the arguments after the function call can be expensive on
\s-1AVR\s0 so that accumulating the stack space might lead to smaller
executables because arguments need not to be removed from the
stack after such a function call.
.Sp
This option can lead to reduced code size for functions that perform
several calls to functions that get their arguments on the stack like
calls to printf-like functions.
"-mbranch-cost=cost" 4
Item "-mbranch-cost=cost" Set the branch costs for conditional branch instructions to
\fIcost. Reasonable values for
cost are small, non-negative
integers. The default branch cost is 0.
"-mcall-prologues" 4
Item "-mcall-prologues" Functions
prologues/
epilogues are expanded as calls to appropriate
subroutines. Code size is smaller.
"-mint8" 4
Item "-mint8" Assume
\*(C`int\*(C' to be 8-bit integer. This affects the sizes of all types: a
\f(CW\*(C`char\*(C' is 1 byte, an
\*(C`int\*(C' is 1 byte, a
\*(C`long\*(C' is 2 bytes,
and
\*(C`long long\*(C' is 4 bytes. Please note that this option does not
conform to the C standards, but it results in smaller code
size.
"-mno-interrupts" 4
Item "-mno-interrupts" Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts.
Code size is smaller.
"-mrelax" 4
Item "-mrelax" Try to replace
\*(C`CALL\*(C' resp.
\*(C`JMP\*(C' instruction by the shorter
\f(CW\*(C`RCALL\*(C' resp.
\*(C`RJMP\*(C' instruction if applicable.
Setting
\*(C`-mrelax\*(C' just adds the
\*(C`--relax\*(C' option to the
linker command line when the linker is called.
.Sp
Jump relaxing is performed by the linker because jump offsets are not
known before code is located. Therefore, the assembler code generated by the
compiler is the same, but the instructions in the executable may
differ from instructions in the assembler code.
.Sp
Relaxing must be turned on if linker stubs are needed, see the
section on
\*(C`EIND\*(C' and linker stubs below.
"-mshort-calls" 4
Item "-mshort-calls" This option has been deprecated and will be removed in \s-1GCC\s0 4.8.
See
\*(C`-mrelax\*(C' for a replacement.
.Sp
Use
\*(C`RCALL\*(C'/
\*(C`RJMP\*(C' instructions even on devices with
16@tie{}KiB or more of program memory, i.e. on devices that
have the
\*(C`CALL\*(C' and
\*(C`JMP\*(C' instructions.
"-msp8" 4
Item "-msp8" Treat the stack pointer register as an 8-bit register,
i.e. assume the high byte of the stack pointer is zero.
In general, you don't need to set this option by hand.
.Sp
This option is used internally by the compiler to select and
build multilibs for architectures
\*(C`avr2\*(C' and
\*(C`avr25\*(C'.
These architectures mix devices with and without
\*(C`SPH\*(C'.
For any setting other than
\*(C`-mmcu=avr2\*(C' or
\*(C`-mmcu=avr25\*(C'
the compiler driver will add or remove this option from the compiler
proper's command line, because the compiler then knows if the device
or architecture has an 8-bit stack pointer and thus no
\*(C`SPH\*(C'
register or not.
"-mstrict-X" 4
Item "-mstrict-X" Use address register
\*(C`X\*(C' in a way proposed by the hardware. This means
that
\*(C`X\*(C' is only used in indirect, post-increment or
pre-decrement addressing.
.Sp
Without this option, the
\*(C`X\*(C' register may be used in the same way
as
\*(C`Y\*(C' or
\*(C`Z\*(C' which then is emulated by additional
instructions.
For example, loading a value with
\*(C`X+const\*(C' addressing with a
small non-negative
\*(C`const < 64\*(C' to a register
Rn is
performed as
.Sp
.Vb 3
adiw r26, const ; X += const
ld <Rn>, X ; <Rn> = *X
sbiw r26, const ; X -= const
.Ve
"-mtiny-stack" 4
Item "-mtiny-stack" Only change the lower 8@tie{}bits of the stack pointer.
\*(C`EIND\*(C' and Devices with more than 128 Ki Bytes of Flash
Subsection "EIND and Devices with more than 128 Ki Bytes of Flash"
Pointers in the implementation are 16@tie{}bits wide.
The address of a function or label is represented as word address so
that indirect jumps and calls can target any code address in the
range of 64@tie{}Ki words.
In order to facilitate indirect jump on devices with more than 128@tie{}Ki
bytes of program memory space, there is a special function register called
\f(CW\*(C`EIND\*(C' that serves as most significant part of the target address
when \*(C`EICALL\*(C' or \*(C`EIJMP\*(C' instructions are used.
Indirect jumps and calls on these devices are handled as follows by
the compiler and are subject to some limitations:
"\(bu" 4
The compiler never sets
\*(C`EIND\*(C'.
"\(bu" 4
The compiler uses
\*(C`EIND\*(C' implicitely in
\*(C`EICALL\*(C'/
\*(C`EIJMP\*(C'
instructions or might read
\*(C`EIND\*(C' directly in order to emulate an
indirect
call/
jump by means of a
\*(C`RET\*(C' instruction.
"\(bu" 4
The compiler assumes that
\*(C`EIND\*(C' never changes during the startup
code or during the application. In particular,
\*(C`EIND\*(C' is not
saved/
restored in function or interrupt service routine
prologue/
epilogue.
"\(bu" 4
For indirect calls to functions and computed goto, the linker
generates
stubs. Stubs are jump pads sometimes also called
\fItrampolines. Thus, the indirect
call/
jump jumps to such a stub.
The stub contains a direct jump to the desired address.
"\(bu" 4
Linker relaxation must be turned on so that the linker will generate
the stubs correctly an all situaltion. See the compiler option
\f(CW\*(C`-mrelax\*(C' and the linler option
\*(C`--relax\*(C'.
There are corner cases where the linker is supposed to generate stubs
but aborts without relaxation and without a helpful error message.
"\(bu" 4
The default linker script is arranged for code with
\*(C`EIND = 0\*(C'.
If code is supposed to work for a setup with
\*(C`EIND != 0\*(C', a custom
linker script has to be used in order to place the sections whose
name start with
\*(C`.trampolines\*(C' into the segment where
\*(C`EIND\*(C'
points to.
"\(bu" 4
The startup code from libgcc never sets
\*(C`EIND\*(C'.
Notice that startup code is a blend of code from libgcc and AVR-LibC.
For the impact of AVR-LibC on
\*(C`EIND\*(C', see the
AVR-LibC user manual (
\*(C`http://nongnu.org/avr-libc/user-manual/\*(C').
"\(bu" 4
It is legitimate for user-specific startup code to set up
\*(C`EIND\*(C'
early, for example by means of initialization code located in
section
\*(C`.init3\*(C'. Such code runs prior to general startup code
that initializes \s-1RAM\s0 and calls constructors, but after the bit
of startup code from AVR-LibC that sets
\*(C`EIND\*(C' to the segment
where the vector table is located.
.Sp
.Vb 1
#include <
avr/
io.h>
static void
_\|_attribute_\|_((section(".init3"),naked,used,no_instrument_function))
init3_set_eind (void)
{
_\|_asm volatile ("ldi r24,pm_hh8(_\|_trampolines_start)\en\et"
"out %i0,r24" :: "n" (&EIND) : "r24","memory");
}
.Ve
.Sp
The
\*(C`_\|_trampolines_start\*(C' symbol is defined in the linker script.
"\(bu" 4
Stubs are generated automatically by the linker if
the following two conditions are met:
Item "-<The address of a label is taken by means of the gs modifier>" (short for generate stubs) like so:
.Sp
.Vb 2
LDI r24, lo8(gs(<func>))
LDI r25, hi8(gs(<func>))
.Ve
"-<The final location of that label is in a code segment>" 4
Item "-<The final location of that label is in a code segment>" \fIoutside the segment where the stubs are located.
"\(bu" 4
The compiler emits such
\*(C`gs\*(C' modifiers for code labels in the
following situations:
"-<Taking address of a function or code label.>" 4
Item "-<Taking address of a function or code label.>" 0
"-<Computed goto.>" 4
Item "-<Computed goto.>" "-<If prologue-save function is used, see -mcall-prologues>" 4
Item "-<If prologue-save function is used, see -mcall-prologues>"
command-line option.
"-<
Switch/
case dispatch tables. If you do not want such dispatch>" 4
Item "-<Switch/case dispatch tables. If you do not want such dispatch>" tables you can specify the
-fno-jump-tables command-line option.
Item "-<C and constructors/destructors called during startup/shutdown.>" 0
Item "-<If the tools hit a gs() modifier explained above.>"
"\(bu" 4
Jumping to non-symbolic addresses like so is not supported:
.Sp
.Vb 5
int main (void)
{
/* Call function at word address 0x2 */
return ((int(*)(void)) 0x2)();
}
.Ve
.Sp
Instead, a stub has to be set up, i.e. the function has to be called
through a symbol (\*(C`func_4\*(C' in the example):
.Sp
.Vb 3
int main (void)
{
extern int func_4 (void);
/* Call function at byte address 0x4 */
return func_4();
}
.Ve
.Sp
and the application be linked with \*(C`-Wl,--defsym,func_4=0x4\*(C'.
Alternatively, \*(C`func_4\*(C' can be defined in the linker script.
Handling of the \*(C`RAMPD\*(C', \*(C`RAMPX\*(C', \*(C`RAMPY\*(C' and \*(C`RAMPZ\*(C' Special Function Registers
Subsection "Handling of the RAMPD, RAMPX, RAMPY and RAMPZ Special Function Registers"
Some \s-1AVR\s0 devices support memories larger than the 64@tie{}KiB range
that can be accessed with 16-bit pointers. To access memory locations
outside this 64@tie{}KiB range, the contentent of a \*(C`RAMP\*(C'
register is used as high part of the address:
The \*(C`X\*(C', \*(C`Y\*(C', \*(C`Z\*(C' address register is concatenated
with the \*(C`RAMPX\*(C', \*(C`RAMPY\*(C', \*(C`RAMPZ\*(C' special function
register, respectively, to get a wide address. Similarly,
\f(CW\*(C`RAMPD\*(C' is used together with direct addressing.
"\(bu" 4
The startup code initializes the
\*(C`RAMP\*(C' special function
registers with zero.
"\(bu" 4
If a
\s-1AVR\s0 Named Address Spaces,named address space other than
generic or
\*(C`_\|_flash\*(C' is used, then
\*(C`RAMPZ\*(C' is set
as needed before the operation.
"\(bu" 4
If the device supports \s-1RAM\s0 larger than 64@tie{KiB} and the compiler
needs to change
\*(C`RAMPZ\*(C' to accomplish an operation,
\*(C`RAMPZ\*(C'
is reset to zero after the operation.
"\(bu" 4
If the device comes with a specific
\*(C`RAMP\*(C' register, the \s-1ISR\s0
prologue/
epilogue saves/
restores that \s-1SFR\s0 and initializes it with
zero in case the \s-1ISR\s0 code might (implicitly) use it.
"\(bu" 4
\s-1RAM\s0 larger than 64@tie{KiB} is not supported by \s-1GCC\s0 for \s-1AVR\s0 targets.
If you use inline assembler to read from locations outside the
16-bit address range and change one of the
\*(C`RAMP\*(C' registers,
you must reset it to zero after the access.
\s-1AVR\s0 Built-in Macros
Subsection "AVR Built-in Macros"
\s-1GCC\s0 defines several built-in macros so that the user code can test
for the presence or absence of features. Almost any of the following
built-in macros are deduced from device capabilities and thus
triggered by the \*(C`-mmcu=\*(C' command-line option.
For even more AVR-specific built-in macros see
\fB\s-1AVR\s0 Named Address Spaces and \s-1AVR\s0 Built-in Functions.
Item "__AVR_ARCH__" Build-in macro that resolves to a decimal number that identifies the
architecture and depends on the \*(C`-mmcu=\f(CImcu\*(C' option.
Possible values are:
.Sp
\f(CW2, 25, 3, 31, 35,
\f(CW4, 5, 51, 6, 102, 104,
\f(CW105, 106, 107
.Sp
for mcu=\*(C`avr2\*(C', \*(C`avr25\*(C', \*(C`avr3\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`avr31\*(C', \*(C`avr35\*(C', \*(C`avr4\*(C', \*(C`avr5\*(C', \*(C`avr51\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`avr6\*(C', \*(C`avrxmega2\*(C', \*(C`avrxmega4\*(C', \*(C`avrxmega5\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`avrxmega6\*(C', \*(C`avrxmega7\*(C', respectively.
If mcu specifies a device, this built-in macro is set
accordingly. For example, with \*(C`-mmcu=atmega8\*(C' the macro will be
defined to 4.
Item "__AVR_Device__" Setting \*(C`-mmcu=\f(CIdevice\*(C' defines this built-in macro which reflects
the device's name. For example, \*(C`-mmcu=atmega8\*(C' defines the
built-in macro \*(C`_\|_AVR_ATmega8_\|_\*(C', \*(C`-mmcu=attiny261a\*(C' defines
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_AVR_ATtiny261A_\|_\*(C', etc.
.Sp
The built-in macros' names follow
the scheme \*(C`_\|_AVR_\f(CIDevice_\|_\*(C' where Device is
the device name as from the \s-1AVR\s0 user manual. The difference between
\fIDevice in the built-in macro and device in
\f(CW\*(C`-mmcu=\f(CIdevice\*(C' is that the latter is always lowercase.
.Sp
If device is not a device but only a core architecture like
\f(CW\*(C`avr51\*(C', this macro will not be defined.
Item "__AVR_XMEGA__" The device/architecture belongs to the \s-1XMEGA\s0 family of devices.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_ELPM__" The device has the the \*(C`ELPM\*(C' instruction.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_ELPMX__" The device has the \*(C`ELPM R\f(CIn,Z\*(C' and \*(C`ELPM
R\f(CIn,Z+\*(C' instructions.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_MOVW__" The device has the \*(C`MOVW\*(C' instruction to perform 16-bit
register-register moves.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_LPMX__" The device has the \*(C`LPM R\f(CIn,Z\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`LPM R\f(CIn,Z+\*(C' instructions.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_MUL__" The device has a hardware multiplier.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_JMP_CALL__" The device has the \*(C`JMP\*(C' and \*(C`CALL\*(C' instructions.
This is the case for devices with at least 16@tie{}KiB of program
memory and if \*(C`-mshort-calls\*(C' is not set.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_EIJMP_EICALL__"
0
Item "__AVR_3_BYTE_PC__"
The device has the \*(C`EIJMP\*(C' and \*(C`EICALL\*(C' instructions.
This is the case for devices with more than 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
This also means that the program counter
(\s-1PC\s0) is 3@tie{}bytes wide.
Item "__AVR_2_BYTE_PC__" The program counter (\s-1PC\s0) is 2@tie{}bytes wide. This is the case for devices
with up to 128@tie{}KiB of program memory.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_8BIT_SP__"
0
Item "__AVR_HAVE_16BIT_SP__"
The stack pointer (\s-1SP\s0) register is treated as 8-bit respectively
16-bit register by the compiler.
The definition of these macros is affected by \*(C`-mtiny-stack\*(C'.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_SPH__"
0
Item "__AVR_SP8__"
The device has the \s-1SPH\s0 (high part of stack pointer) special function
register or has an 8-bit stack pointer, respectively.
The definition of these macros is affected by \*(C`-mmcu=\*(C' and
in the cases of \*(C`-mmcu=avr2\*(C' and \*(C`-mmcu=avr25\*(C' also
by \*(C`-msp8\*(C'.
Item "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPD__"
0
Item "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPX__" Item "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPY__" Item "__AVR_HAVE_RAMPZ__"
The device has the \*(C`RAMPD\*(C', \*(C`RAMPX\*(C', \*(C`RAMPY\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`RAMPZ\*(C' special function register, respectively.
Item "__NO_INTERRUPTS__" This macro reflects the \*(C`-mno-interrupts\*(C' command line option.
Item "__AVR_ERRATA_SKIP__"
0
Item "__AVR_ERRATA_SKIP_JMP_CALL__"
Some \s-1AVR\s0 devices (\s-1AT90S8515\s0, ATmega103) must not skip 32-bit
instructions because of a hardware erratum. Skip instructions are
\f(CW\*(C`SBRS\*(C', \*(C`SBRC\*(C', \*(C`SBIS\*(C', \*(C`SBIC\*(C' and \*(C`CPSE\*(C'.
The second macro is only defined if \*(C`_\|_AVR_HAVE_JMP_CALL_\|_\*(C' is also
set.
Item "__AVR_SFR_OFFSET__=offset" Instructions that can address I/O special function registers directly
like \*(C`IN\*(C', \*(C`OUT\*(C', \*(C`SBI\*(C', etc. may use a different
address as if addressed by an instruction to access \s-1RAM\s0 like \*(C`LD\*(C'
or \*(C`STS\*(C'. This offset depends on the device architecture and has
to be subtracted from the \s-1RAM\s0 address in order to get the
respective I/O@tie{}address.
Item "__WITH_AVRLIBC__" The compiler is configured to be used together with AVR-Libc.
See the \*(C`--with-avrlibc\*(C' configure option.
Blackfin Options
Subsection "Blackfin Options"
"-mcpu=cpu[-sirevision]" 4
Item "-mcpu=cpu[-sirevision]" Specifies the name of the target Blackfin processor. Currently,
cpu
can be one of
bf512,
bf514,
bf516,
bf518,
\fBbf522,
bf523,
bf524,
bf525,
bf526,
\fBbf527,
bf531,
bf532,
bf533,
\fBbf534,
bf536,
bf537,
bf538,
bf539,
\fBbf542,
bf544,
bf547,
bf548,
bf549,
\fBbf542m,
bf544m,
bf547m,
bf548m,
bf549m,
\fBbf561,
bf592.
The optional
sirevision specifies the silicon revision of the target
Blackfin processor. Any workarounds available for the targeted silicon revision
will be enabled. If
sirevision is
none, no workarounds are enabled.
If
sirevision is
any, all workarounds for the targeted processor
will be enabled. The
\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C' macro is defined to two
hexadecimal digits representing the major and minor numbers in the silicon
revision. If
sirevision is
none, the
\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C'
is not defined. If
sirevision is
any, the
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_SILICON_REVISION_\|_\*(C' is defined to be
0xffff.
If this optional
sirevision is not used, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes the latest known
silicon revision of the targeted Blackfin processor.
.Sp
Support for
bf561 is incomplete. For
bf561,
Only the processor macro is defined.
Without this option,
bf532 is used as the processor by default.
The corresponding predefined processor macros for
cpu is to
be defined. And for
bfin-elf toolchain, this causes the hardware \s-1BSP\s0
provided by libgloss to be linked in if
-msim is not given.
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes
the simulator \s-1BSP\s0 provided by libgloss to be linked in. This option
has effect only for
bfin-elf toolchain.
Certain other options, such as
-mid-shared-library and
\fB-mfdpic, imply
-msim.
"-momit-leaf-frame-pointer" 4
Item "-momit-leaf-frame-pointer" Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This
avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and
makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option
\fB-fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for all functions,
which might make debugging harder.
"-mspecld-anomaly" 4
Item "-mspecld-anomaly" When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
contain speculative loads after jump instructions. If this option is used,
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_LOADS\*(C' is defined.
"-mno-specld-anomaly" 4
Item "-mno-specld-anomaly" Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from occurring.
"-mcsync-anomaly" 4
Item "-mcsync-anomaly" When enabled, the compiler will ensure that the generated code does not
contain \s-1CSYNC\s0 or \s-1SSYNC\s0 instructions too soon after conditional branches.
If this option is used,
\*(C`_\|_WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_SYNCS\*(C' is defined.
"-mno-csync-anomaly" 4
Item "-mno-csync-anomaly" Don't generate extra code to prevent \s-1CSYNC\s0 or \s-1SSYNC\s0 instructions from
occurring too soon after a conditional branch.
"-mlow-64k" 4
Item "-mlow-64k" When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowledge that
the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory.
"-mno-low-64k" 4
Item "-mno-low-64k" Assume that the program is arbitrarily large. This is the default.
"-mstack-check-l1" 4
Item "-mstack-check-l1" Do stack checking using information placed into L1 scratchpad memory by the
uClinux kernel.
"-mid-shared-library" 4
Item "-mid-shared-library" Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method.
This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
without virtual memory management. This option implies
-fPIC.
With a
bfin-elf target, this option implies
-msim.
"-mno-id-shared-library" 4
Item "-mno-id-shared-library" Generate code that doesn't assume \s-1ID\s0 based shared libraries are being used.
This is the default.
"-mleaf-id-shared-library" 4
Item "-mleaf-id-shared-library" Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method,
but assumes that this library or executable won't link against any other
\s-1ID\s0 shared libraries. That allows the compiler to use faster code for jumps
and calls.
"-mno-leaf-id-shared-library" 4
Item "-mno-leaf-id-shared-library" Do not assume that the code being compiled won't link against any \s-1ID\s0 shared
libraries. Slower code will be generated for jump and call insns.
"-mshared-library-id=n" 4
Item "-mshared-library-id=n" Specified the identification number of the \s-1ID\s0 based shared library being
compiled. Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code, specifying
other values will force the allocation of that number to the current
library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this option.
"-msep-data" 4
Item "-msep-data" Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different
area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in
an environment without virtual memory management by eliminating relocations
against the text section.
"-mno-sep-data" 4
Item "-mno-sep-data" Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.
This is the default.
"-mlong-calls" 4
Item "-mlong-calls" 0
"-mno-long-calls" 4
Item "-mno-long-calls"
Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the
address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine
call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function
lies outside of the 24-bit addressing range of the offset-based
version of subroutine call instruction.
.Sp
This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying
\fB-mno-long-calls will restore the default behavior. Note these
switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle
function calls via function pointers.
"-mfast-fp" 4
Item "-mfast-fp" Link with the fast floating-point library. This library relaxes some of
the \s-1IEEE\s0 floating-point standard's rules for checking inputs against
Not-a-Number (\s-1NAN\s0), in the interest of performance.
"-minline-plt" 4
Item "-minline-plt" Enable inlining of \s-1PLT\s0 entries in function calls to functions that are
not known to bind locally. It has no effect without
-mfdpic.
"-mmulticore" 4
Item "-mmulticore" Build standalone application for multicore Blackfin processor. Proper
start files and link scripts will be used to support multicore.
This option defines
\*(C`_\|_BFIN_MULTICORE\*(C'. It can only be used with
\fB-mcpu=bf561[
-sirevision]. It can be used with
\fB-mcorea or
-mcoreb. If it's used without
\fB-mcorea or
-mcoreb, single
application/
dual core
programming model is used. In this model, the main function of Core B
should be named as coreb_main. If it's used with
-mcorea or
\fB-mcoreb, one application per core programming model is used.
If this option is not used, single core application programming
model is used.
"-mcorea" 4
Item "-mcorea" Build standalone application for Core A of \s-1BF561\s0 when using
one application per core programming model. Proper start files
and link scripts will be used to support Core A. This option
defines
\*(C`_\|_BFIN_COREA\*(C'. It must be used with
-mmulticore.
"-mcoreb" 4
Item "-mcoreb" Build standalone application for Core B of \s-1BF561\s0 when using
one application per core programming model. Proper start files
and link scripts will be used to support Core B. This option
defines
\*(C`_\|_BFIN_COREB\*(C'. When this option is used, coreb_main
should be used instead of main. It must be used with
\fB-mmulticore.
"-msdram" 4
Item "-msdram" Build standalone application for \s-1SDRAM\s0. Proper start files and
link scripts will be used to put the application into \s-1SDRAM\s0.
Loader should initialize \s-1SDRAM\s0 before loading the application
into \s-1SDRAM\s0. This option defines
\*(C`_\|_BFIN_SDRAM\*(C'.
"-micplb" 4
Item "-micplb" Assume that ICPLBs are enabled at run time. This has an effect on certain
anomaly workarounds. For Linux targets, the default is to assume ICPLBs
are enabled; for standalone applications the default is off.
C6X Options
Subsection "C6X Options"
"-march=name" 4
Item "-march=name" This specifies the name of the target architecture. \s-1GCC\s0 uses this
name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating
assembly code. Permissible names are:
c62x,
\fBc64x,
c64x+,
c67x,
c67x+,
c674x.
"-mbig-endian" 4
Item "-mbig-endian" Generate code for a big-endian target.
"-mlittle-endian" 4
Item "-mlittle-endian" Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default.
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
"-msdata=default" 4
Item "-msdata=default" Put small global and static data in the
.neardata section,
which is pointed to by register
\*(C`B14\*(C'. Put small uninitialized
global and static data in the
.bss section, which is adjacent
to the
.neardata section. Put small read-only data into the
\fB.rodata section. The corresponding sections used for large
pieces of data are
.fardata,
.far and
.const.
"-msdata=all" 4
Item "-msdata=all" Put all data, not just small objets, into the sections reserved for
small data, and use addressing relative to the
\*(C`B14\*(C' register to
access them.
"-msdata=none" 4
Item "-msdata=none" Make no use of the sections reserved for small data, and use absolute
addresses to access all data. Put all initialized global and static
data in the
.fardata section, and all uninitialized data in the
\fB.far section. Put all constant data into the
.const
section.
\s-1CRIS\s0 Options
Subsection "CRIS Options"
These options are defined specifically for the \s-1CRIS\s0 ports.
"-march=architecture-type" 4
Item "-march=architecture-type" 0
"-mcpu=architecture-type" 4
Item "-mcpu=architecture-type"
Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
\fIarchitecture-type are v3, v8 and v10 for
respectively \s-1ETRAX\s0 4, \s-1ETRAX\s0 100, and \s-1ETRAX\s0 100 \s-1LX\s0.
Default is v0 except for cris-axis-linux-gnu, where the default is
\fBv10.
"-mtune=architecture-type" 4
Item "-mtune=architecture-type" Tune to
architecture-type everything applicable about the generated
code, except for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions. The
choices for
architecture-type are the same as for
\fB-march=
architecture-type.
"-mmax-stack-frame=n" 4
Item "-mmax-stack-frame=n" Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds
n bytes.
"-metrax4" 4
Item "-metrax4" 0
"-metrax100" 4
Item "-metrax100"
The options -metrax4 and -metrax100 are synonyms for
\fB-march=v3 and -march=v8 respectively.
"-mmul-bug-workaround" 4
Item "-mmul-bug-workaround" 0
"-mno-mul-bug-workaround" 4
Item "-mno-mul-bug-workaround"
Work around a bug in the \*(C`muls\*(C' and \*(C`mulu\*(C' instructions for \s-1CPU\s0
models where it applies. This option is active by default.
"-mpdebug" 4
Item "-mpdebug" Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the assembly
code. This option also has the effect to turn off the
#NO_APP
formatted-code indicator to the assembler at the beginning of the
assembly file.
"-mcc-init" 4
Item "-mcc-init" Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always emit
compare and test instructions before use of condition codes.
"-mno-side-effects" 4
Item "-mno-side-effects" Do not emit instructions with side-effects in addressing modes other than
post-increment.
"-mstack-align" 4
Item "-mstack-align" 0
"-mno-stack-align" 4
Item "-mno-stack-align" "-mdata-align" 4
Item "-mdata-align" "-mno-data-align" 4
Item "-mno-data-align" "-mconst-align" 4
Item "-mconst-align" "-mno-const-align" 4
Item "-mno-const-align"
These options (no-options) arranges (eliminate arrangements) for the
stack-frame, individual data and constants to be aligned for the maximum
single data access size for the chosen \s-1CPU\s0 model. The default is to
arrange for 32-bit alignment. \s-1ABI\s0 details such as structure layout are
not affected by these options.
"-m32-bit" 4
Item "-m32-bit" 0
"-m16-bit" 4
Item "-m16-bit" "-m8-bit" 4
Item "-m8-bit"
Similar to the stack- data- and const-align options above, these options
arrange for stack-frame, writable data and constants to all be 32-bit,
16-bit or 8-bit aligned. The default is 32-bit alignment.
"-mno-prologue-epilogue" 4
Item "-mno-prologue-epilogue" 0
"-mprologue-epilogue" 4
Item "-mprologue-epilogue"
With -mno-prologue-epilogue, the normal function prologue and
epilogue which set up the stack frame are omitted and no return
instructions or return sequences are generated in the code. Use this
option only together with visual inspection of the compiled code: no
warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers must be saved,
or storage for local variable needs to be allocated.
"-mno-gotplt" 4
Item "-mno-gotplt" 0
"-mgotplt" 4
Item "-mgotplt"
With -fpic and -fPIC, don't generate (do generate)
instruction sequences that load addresses for functions from the \s-1PLT\s0 part
of the \s-1GOT\s0 rather than (traditional on other architectures) calls to the
\s-1PLT\s0. The default is -mgotplt.
"-melf" 4
Item "-melf" Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-elf and
cris-axis-linux-gnu targets.
"-mlinux" 4
Item "-mlinux" Legacy no-op option only recognized with the cris-axis-linux-gnu target.
"-sim" 4
Item "-sim" This option, recognized for the cris-axis-elf arranges
to link with input-output functions from a simulator library. Code,
initialized data and zero-initialized data are allocated consecutively.
"-sim2" 4
Item "-sim2" Like
-sim, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at
0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at 0x80000000.
\s-1CR16\s0 Options
Subsection "CR16 Options"
These options are defined specifically for the \s-1CR16\s0 ports.
"-mmac" 4
Item "-mmac" Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.
"-mcr16cplus" 4
Item "-mcr16cplus" 0
"-mcr16c" 4
Item "-mcr16c"
Generate code for \s-1CR16C\s0 or \s-1CR16C+\s0 architecture. \s-1CR16C+\s0 architecture
is default.
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" Links the library libsim.a which is in compatible with simulator. Applicable
to elf compiler only.
"-mint32" 4
Item "-mint32" Choose integer type as 32-bit wide.
"-mbit-ops" 4
Item "-mbit-ops" Generates
sbit/
cbit instructions for bit manipulations.
"-mdata-model=model" 4
Item "-mdata-model=model" Choose a data model. The choices for
model are
near,
\fBfar or
medium.
medium is default.
However,
far is not valid when -mcr16c option is chosen as
\s-1CR16C\s0 architecture does not support far data model.
Darwin Options
Subsection "Darwin Options"
These options are defined for all architectures running the Darwin operating
system.
\s-1FSF\s0 \s-1GCC\s0 on Darwin does not create \*(L"fat\*(R" object files; it will create
an object file for the single architecture that it was built to
target. Apple's \s-1GCC\s0 on Darwin does create \*(L"fat\*(R" files if multiple
\fB-arch options are used; it does so by running the compiler or
linker multiple times and joining the results together with
\fIlipo.
The subtype of the file created (like ppc7400 or ppc970 or
\fBi686) is determined by the flags that specify the \s-1ISA\s0
that \s-1GCC\s0 is targetting, like -mcpu or -march. The
\fB-force_cpusubtype_ALL option can be used to override this.
The Darwin tools vary in their behavior when presented with an \s-1ISA\s0
mismatch. The assembler, as, will only permit instructions to
be used that are valid for the subtype of the file it is generating,
so you cannot put 64-bit instructions in a ppc750 object file.
The linker for shared libraries, /usr/bin/libtool, will fail
and print an error if asked to create a shared library with a less
restrictive subtype than its input files (for instance, trying to put
a ppc970 object file in a ppc7400 library). The linker
for executables, ld, will quietly give the executable the most
restrictive subtype of any of its input files.
"-Fdir" 4
Item "-Fdir" Add the framework directory
dir to the head of the list of
directories to be searched for header files. These directories are
interleaved with those specified by
-I options and are
scanned in a left-to-right order.
.Sp
A framework directory is a directory with frameworks in it. A
framework is a directory with a
\*(L"Headers\*(R" and/
or
\fB\*(L"PrivateHeaders\*(R" directory contained directly in it that ends
in
\*(L".framework\*(R". The name of a framework is the name of this
directory excluding the
\*(L".framework\*(R". Headers associated with
the framework are found in one of those two directories, with
\fB\*(L"Headers\*(R" being searched first. A subframework is a framework
directory that is in a framework's
\*(L"Frameworks\*(R" directory.
Includes of subframework headers can only appear in a header of a
framework that contains the subframework, or in a sibling subframework
header. Two subframeworks are siblings if they occur in the same
framework. A subframework should not have the same name as a
framework, a warning will be issued if this is violated. Currently a
subframework cannot have subframeworks, in the future, the mechanism
may be extended to support this. The standard frameworks can be found
in
\*(L"/System/Library/Frameworks\*(R" and
\fB\*(L"/
Library/
Frameworks\*(R". An example include looks like
\f(CW\*(C`#include <
Framework/
header.h>\*(C', where
Framework denotes
the name of the framework and
header.h is found in the
\fB\*(L"PrivateHeaders\*(R" or
\*(L"Headers\*(R" directory.
"-iframeworkdir" 4
Item "-iframeworkdir" Like
-F except the directory is a treated as a system
directory. The main difference between this
-iframework and
\fB-F is that with
-iframework the compiler does not
warn about constructs contained within header files found via
\fIdir. This option is valid only for the C family of languages.
"-gused" 4
Item "-gused" Emit debugging information for symbols that are used. For \s-1STABS\s0
debugging format, this enables
-feliminate-unused-debug-symbols.
This is by default \s-1ON\s0.
"-gfull" 4
Item "-gfull" Emit debugging information for all symbols and types.
"-mmacosx-version-min=version" 4
Item "-mmacosx-version-min=version" The earliest version of MacOS X that this executable will run on
is
version. Typical values of
version include
10.1,
\f(CW10.2, and
10.3.9.
.Sp
If the compiler was built to use the system's headers by default,
then the default for this option is the system version on which the
compiler is running, otherwise the default is to make choices that
are compatible with as many systems and code bases as possible.
"-mkernel" 4
Item "-mkernel" Enable kernel development mode. The
-mkernel option sets
\fB-static,
-fno-common,
-fno-cxa-atexit,
\fB-fno-exceptions,
-fno-non-call-exceptions,
\fB-fapple-kext,
-fno-weak and
-fno-rtti where
applicable. This mode also sets
-mno-altivec,
\fB-msoft-float,
-fno-builtin and
\fB-mlong-branch for PowerPC targets.
"-mone-byte-bool" 4
Item "-mone-byte-bool" Override the defaults for
bool so that
sizeof(bool)==1.
By default
sizeof(bool) is
4 when compiling for
Darwin/
PowerPC and
1 when compiling for
Darwin/
x86, so this
option has no effect on x86.
.Sp
\fBWarning: The
-mone-byte-bool switch causes \s-1GCC\s0
to generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated
without that switch. Using this switch may require recompiling all
other modules in a program, including system libraries. Use this
switch to conform to a non-default data model.
"-mfix-and-continue" 4
Item "-mfix-and-continue" 0
"-ffix-and-continue" 4
Item "-ffix-and-continue" "-findirect-data" 4
Item "-findirect-data"
Generate code suitable for fast turn around development. Needed to
enable gdb to dynamically load \*(C`.o\*(C' files into already running
programs. -findirect-data and -ffix-and-continue
are provided for backwards compatibility.
"-all_load" 4
Item "-all_load" Loads all members of static archive libraries.
See man
ld\|(1) for more information.
"-arch_errors_fatal" 4
Item "-arch_errors_fatal" Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong architecture
to be fatal.
"-bind_at_load" 4
Item "-bind_at_load" Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker will
bind all undefined references when the file is loaded or launched.
"-bundle" 4
Item "-bundle" Produce a Mach-o bundle format file.
See man
ld\|(1) for more information.
"-bundle_loader executable" 4
Item "-bundle_loader executable" This option specifies the
executable that will be loading the build
output file being linked. See man
ld\|(1) for more information.
"-dynamiclib" 4
Item "-dynamiclib" When passed this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will produce a dynamic library instead of
an executable when linking, using the Darwin
libtool command.
"-force_cpusubtype_ALL" 4
Item "-force_cpusubtype_ALL" This causes \s-1GCC\s0's output file to have the
\s-1ALL\s0 subtype, instead of
one controlled by the
-mcpu or
-march option.
"-allowable_client client_name" 4
Item "-allowable_client client_name" 0
"-client_name" 4
Item "-client_name" "-compatibility_version" 4
Item "-compatibility_version" "-current_version" 4
Item "-current_version" "-dead_strip" 4
Item "-dead_strip" "-dependency-file" 4
Item "-dependency-file" "-dylib_file" 4
Item "-dylib_file" "-dylinker_install_name" 4
Item "-dylinker_install_name" "-dynamic" 4
Item "-dynamic" "-exported_symbols_list" 4
Item "-exported_symbols_list" "-filelist" 4
Item "-filelist" "-flat_namespace" 4
Item "-flat_namespace" "-force_flat_namespace" 4
Item "-force_flat_namespace" "-headerpad_max_install_names" 4
Item "-headerpad_max_install_names" "-image_base" 4
Item "-image_base" "-init" 4
Item "-init" "-install_name" 4
Item "-install_name" "-keep_private_externs" 4
Item "-keep_private_externs" "-multi_module" 4
Item "-multi_module" "-multiply_defined" 4
Item "-multiply_defined" "-multiply_defined_unused" 4
Item "-multiply_defined_unused" "-noall_load" 4
Item "-noall_load" "-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms" 4
Item "-no_dead_strip_inits_and_terms" "-nofixprebinding" 4
Item "-nofixprebinding" "-nomultidefs" 4
Item "-nomultidefs" "-noprebind" 4
Item "-noprebind" "-noseglinkedit" 4
Item "-noseglinkedit" "-pagezero_size" 4
Item "-pagezero_size" "-prebind" 4
Item "-prebind" "-prebind_all_twolevel_modules" 4
Item "-prebind_all_twolevel_modules" "-private_bundle" 4
Item "-private_bundle" "-read_only_relocs" 4
Item "-read_only_relocs" "-sectalign" 4
Item "-sectalign" "-sectobjectsymbols" 4
Item "-sectobjectsymbols" "-whyload" 4
Item "-whyload" "-seg1addr" 4
Item "-seg1addr" "-sectcreate" 4
Item "-sectcreate" "-sectobjectsymbols" 4
Item "-sectobjectsymbols" "-sectorder" 4
Item "-sectorder" "-segaddr" 4
Item "-segaddr" "-segs_read_only_addr" 4
Item "-segs_read_only_addr" "-segs_read_write_addr" 4
Item "-segs_read_write_addr" "-seg_addr_table" 4
Item "-seg_addr_table" "-seg_addr_table_filename" 4
Item "-seg_addr_table_filename" "-seglinkedit" 4
Item "-seglinkedit" "-segprot" 4
Item "-segprot" "-segs_read_only_addr" 4
Item "-segs_read_only_addr" "-segs_read_write_addr" 4
Item "-segs_read_write_addr" "-single_module" 4
Item "-single_module" "-static" 4
Item "-static" "-sub_library" 4
Item "-sub_library" "-sub_umbrella" 4
Item "-sub_umbrella" "-twolevel_namespace" 4
Item "-twolevel_namespace" "-umbrella" 4
Item "-umbrella" "-undefined" 4
Item "-undefined" "-unexported_symbols_list" 4
Item "-unexported_symbols_list" "-weak_reference_mismatches" 4
Item "-weak_reference_mismatches" "-whatsloaded" 4
Item "-whatsloaded"
These options are passed to the Darwin linker. The Darwin linker man page
describes them in detail.
\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha Options
Subsection "DEC Alpha Options"
These -m options are defined for the \s-1DEC\s0 Alpha implementations:
"-mno-soft-float" 4
Item "-mno-soft-float" 0
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float"
Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for
floating-point operations. When -msoft-float is specified,
functions in libgcc.a will be used to perform floating-point
operations. Unless they are replaced by routines that emulate the
floating-point operations, or compiled in such a way as to call such
emulations routines, these routines will issue floating-point
operations. If you are compiling for an Alpha without floating-point
operations, you must ensure that the library is built so as not to call
them.
.Sp
Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are
required to have floating-point registers.
"-mfp-reg" 4
Item "-mfp-reg" 0
"-mno-fp-regs" 4
Item "-mno-fp-regs"
Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set.
\fB-mno-fp-regs implies -msoft-float. If the floating-point
register set is not used, floating-point operands are passed in integer
registers as if they were integers and floating-point results are passed
in $0 instead of $f0. This is a non-standard calling sequence,
so any function with a floating-point argument or return value called by code
compiled with -mno-fp-regs must also be compiled with that
option.
.Sp
A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use,
and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers.
"-mieee" 4
Item "-mieee" The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for
maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the \s-1IEEE\s0 floating-point
standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is
required. This option generates code fully IEEE-compliant code
\fIexcept that the
inexact-flag is not maintained (see below).
If this option is turned on, the preprocessor macro
\*(C`_IEEE_FP\*(C' is
defined during compilation. The resulting code is less efficient but is
able to correctly support denormalized numbers and exceptional \s-1IEEE\s0
values such as not-a-number and
plus/
minus infinity. Other Alpha
compilers call this option
-ieee_with_no_inexact.
"-mieee-with-inexact" 4
Item "-mieee-with-inexact" This is like
-mieee except the generated code also maintains
the \s-1IEEE\s0
inexact-flag. Turning on this option causes the
generated code to implement fully-compliant \s-1IEEE\s0 math. In addition to
\f(CW\*(C`_IEEE_FP\*(C',
\*(C`_IEEE_FP_EXACT\*(C' is defined as a preprocessor
macro. On some Alpha implementations the resulting code may execute
significantly slower than the code generated by default. Since there is
very little code that depends on the
inexact-flag, you should
normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this
option
-ieee_with_inexact.
"-mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode" 4
Item "-mfp-trap-mode=trap-mode" This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled.
Other Alpha compilers call this option
-fptm trap-mode.
The trap mode can be set to one of four values:
"n" 4
Item "n" This is the default (normal) setting. The only traps that are enabled
are the ones that cannot be disabled in software (e.g., division by zero
trap).
"u" 4
Item "u" In addition to the traps enabled by
n, underflow traps are enabled
as well.
"su" 4
Item "su" Like
u, but the instructions are marked to be safe for software
completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details).
"sui" 4
Item "sui" Like
su, but inexact traps are enabled as well.
"-mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode" 4
Item "-mfp-rounding-mode=rounding-mode" Selects the \s-1IEEE\s0 rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option
\fB-fprm
rounding-mode. The
rounding-mode can be one
of:
"n" 4
Item "n" Normal \s-1IEEE\s0 rounding mode. Floating-point numbers are rounded towards
the nearest machine number or towards the even machine number in case
of a tie.
"m" 4
Item "m" Round towards minus infinity.
"c" 4
Item "c" Chopped rounding mode. Floating-point numbers are rounded towards zero.
"d" 4
Item "d" Dynamic rounding mode. A field in the floating-point control register
(
fpcr, see Alpha architecture reference manual) controls the
rounding mode in effect. The C library initializes this register for
rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the
\fIfpcr,
d corresponds to round towards plus infinity.
"-mtrap-precision=trap-precision" 4
Item "-mtrap-precision=trap-precision" In the Alpha architecture, floating-point traps are imprecise. This
means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a
floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated.
\s-1GCC\s0 can generate code that can assist operating system trap handlers
in determining the exact location that caused a floating-point trap.
Depending on the requirements of an application, different levels of
precisions can be selected:
"p" 4
Item "p" Program precision. This option is the default and means a trap handler
can only identify which program caused a floating-point exception.
"f" 4
Item "f" Function precision. The trap handler can determine the function that
caused a floating-point exception.
"i" 4
Item "i" Instruction precision. The trap handler can determine the exact
instruction that caused a floating-point exception.
.Sp
Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called
\fB-scope_safe and -resumption_safe.
"-mieee-conformant" 4
Item "-mieee-conformant" This option marks the generated code as \s-1IEEE\s0 conformant. You must not
use this option unless you also specify
-mtrap-precision=i and either
\fB-mfp-trap-mode=su or
-mfp-trap-mode=sui. Its only effect
is to emit the line
.eflag 48 in the function prologue of the
generated assembly file. Under \s-1DEC\s0 Unix, this has the effect that
IEEE-conformant math library routines will be linked in.
"-mbuild-constants" 4
Item "-mbuild-constants" Normally \s-1GCC\s0 examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to
see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three
instructions. If it cannot, it will output the constant as a literal and
generate code to load it from the data segment at run time.
.Sp
Use this option to require \s-1GCC\s0 to construct
all integer constants
using code, even if it takes more instructions (the maximum is six).
.Sp
You would typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic
loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory
before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment.
"-malpha-as" 4
Item "-malpha-as" 0
"-mgas" 4
Item "-mgas"
Select whether to generate code to be assembled by the vendor-supplied
assembler (-malpha-as) or by the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler -mgas.
"-mbwx" 4
Item "-mbwx" 0
"-mno-bwx" 4
Item "-mno-bwx" "-mcix" 4
Item "-mcix" "-mno-cix" 4
Item "-mno-cix" "-mfix" 4
Item "-mfix" "-mno-fix" 4
Item "-mno-fix" "-mmax" 4
Item "-mmax" "-mno-max" 4
Item "-mno-max"
Indicate whether \s-1GCC\s0 should generate code to use the optional \s-1BWX\s0,
\s-1CIX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0 and \s-1MAX\s0 instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction
sets supported by the \s-1CPU\s0 type specified via -mcpu= option or that
of the \s-1CPU\s0 on which \s-1GCC\s0 was built if none was specified.
"-mfloat-vax" 4
Item "-mfloat-vax" 0
"-mfloat-ieee" 4
Item "-mfloat-ieee"
Generate code that uses (does not use) \s-1VAX\s0 F and G floating-point
arithmetic instead of \s-1IEEE\s0 single and double precision.
"-mexplicit-relocs" 4
Item "-mexplicit-relocs" 0
"-mno-explicit-relocs" 4
Item "-mno-explicit-relocs"
Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol relocations
except via assembler macros. Use of these macros does not allow
optimal instruction scheduling. \s-1GNU\s0 binutils as of version 2.12
supports a new syntax that allows the compiler to explicitly mark
which relocations should apply to which instructions. This option
is mostly useful for debugging, as \s-1GCC\s0 detects the capabilities of
the assembler when it is built and sets the default accordingly.
"-msmall-data" 4
Item "-msmall-data" 0
"-mlarge-data" 4
Item "-mlarge-data"
When -mexplicit-relocs is in effect, static data is
accessed via gp-relative relocations. When -msmall-data
is used, objects 8 bytes long or smaller are placed in a small data area
(the \*(C`.sdata\*(C' and \*(C`.sbss\*(C' sections) and are accessed via
16-bit relocations off of the $gp register. This limits the
size of the small data area to 64KB, but allows the variables to be
directly accessed via a single instruction.
.Sp
The default is -mlarge-data. With this option the data area
is limited to just below 2GB. Programs that require more than 2GB of
data must use \*(C`malloc\*(C' or \*(C`mmap\*(C' to allocate the data in the
heap instead of in the program's data segment.
.Sp
When generating code for shared libraries, -fpic implies
\fB-msmall-data and -fPIC implies -mlarge-data.
"-msmall-text" 4
Item "-msmall-text" 0
"-mlarge-text" 4
Item "-mlarge-text"
When -msmall-text is used, the compiler assumes that the
code of the entire program (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is
thus reachable with a branch instruction. When -msmall-data
is used, the compiler can assume that all local symbols share the
same $gp value, and thus reduce the number of instructions
required for a function call from 4 to 1.
.Sp
The default is -mlarge-text.
"-mcpu=cpu_type" 4
Item "-mcpu=cpu_type" Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for
machine type
cpu_type. You can specify either the
\s-1EV\s0
style name or the corresponding chip number. \s-1GCC\s0 supports scheduling
parameters for the \s-1EV4\s0, \s-1EV5\s0 and \s-1EV6\s0 family of processors and will
choose the default values for the instruction set from the processor
you specify. If you do not specify a processor type, \s-1GCC\s0 will default
to the processor on which the compiler was built.
.Sp
Supported values for
cpu_type are
"ev4" 4
Item "ev4" 0
"ev45" 4
Item "ev45" "21064" 4
Item "21064"
Schedules as an \s-1EV4\s0 and has no instruction set extensions.
"ev5" 4
Item "ev5" 0
"21164" 4
Item "21164"
Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and has no instruction set extensions.
"ev56" 4
Item "ev56" 0
"21164a" 4
Item "21164a"
Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0 extension.
"pca56" 4
Item "pca56" 0
"21164pc" 4
Item "21164pc" "21164PC" 4
Item "21164PC"
Schedules as an \s-1EV5\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0 and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
"ev6" 4
Item "ev6" 0
"21264" 4
Item "21264"
Schedules as an \s-1EV6\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0, and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
"ev67" 4
Item "ev67" 0
"21264a" 4
Item "21264a"
Schedules as an \s-1EV6\s0 and supports the \s-1BWX\s0, \s-1CIX\s0, \s-1FIX\s0, and \s-1MAX\s0 extensions.
.Sp
Native toolchains also support the value native,
which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
\fB-mcpu=native has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
the processor.
"-mtune=cpu_type" 4
Item "-mtune=cpu_type" Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
\fIcpu_type. The instruction set is not changed.
.Sp
Native toolchains also support the value
native,
which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
\fB-mtune=native has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
the processor.
"-mmemory-latency=time" 4
Item "-mmemory-latency=time" Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory
references as seen by the application. This number is highly
dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application
and the size of the external cache on the machine.
.Sp
Valid options for
time are
"number" 4
Item "number" A decimal number representing clock cycles.
"L1" 4
Item "L1" 0
"L2" 4
Item "L2" "L3" 4
Item "L3" "main" 4
Item "main"
The compiler contains estimates of the number of clock cycles for
\*(L"typical\*(R" \s-1EV4\s0 & \s-1EV5\s0 hardware for the Level 1, 2 & 3 caches
(also called Dcache, Scache, and Bcache), as well as to main memory.
Note that L3 is only valid for \s-1EV5\s0.
\s-1DEC\s0 Alpha/VMS Options
Subsection "DEC Alpha/VMS Options"
These -m options are defined for the \s-1DEC\s0 Alpha/VMS implementations:
"-mvms-return-codes" 4
Item "-mvms-return-codes" Return \s-1VMS\s0 condition codes from main. The default is to return \s-1POSIX\s0
style condition (e.g. error) codes.
"-mdebug-main=prefix" 4
Item "-mdebug-main=prefix" Flag the first routine whose name starts with
prefix as the main
routine for the debugger.
"-mmalloc64" 4
Item "-mmalloc64" Default to 64-bit memory allocation routines.
\s-1FR30\s0 Options
Subsection "FR30 Options"
These options are defined specifically for the \s-1FR30\s0 port.
"-msmall-model" 4
Item "-msmall-model" Use the small address space model. This can produce smaller code, but
it does assume that all symbolic values and addresses will fit into a
20-bit range.
"-mno-lsim" 4
Item "-mno-lsim" Assume that runtime support has been provided and so there is no need
to include the simulator library (
libsim.a) on the linker
command line.
\s-1FRV\s0 Options
Subsection "FRV Options"
"-mgpr-32" 4
Item "-mgpr-32" Only use the first 32 general-purpose registers.
"-mgpr-64" 4
Item "-mgpr-64" Use all 64 general-purpose registers.
"-mfpr-32" 4
Item "-mfpr-32" Use only the first 32 floating-point registers.
"-mfpr-64" 4
Item "-mfpr-64" Use all 64 floating-point registers.
"-mhard-float" 4
Item "-mhard-float" Use hardware instructions for floating-point operations.
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float" Use library routines for floating-point operations.
"-malloc-cc" 4
Item "-malloc-cc" Dynamically allocate condition code registers.
"-mfixed-cc" 4
Item "-mfixed-cc" Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only
use
\*(C`icc0\*(C' and
\*(C`fcc0\*(C'.
"-mdword" 4
Item "-mdword" Change \s-1ABI\s0 to use double word insns.
"-mno-dword" 4
Item "-mno-dword" Do not use double word instructions.
"-mdouble" 4
Item "-mdouble" Use floating-point double instructions.
"-mno-double" 4
Item "-mno-double" Do not use floating-point double instructions.
"-mmedia" 4
Item "-mmedia" Use media instructions.
"-mno-media" 4
Item "-mno-media" Do not use media instructions.
"-mmuladd" 4
Item "-mmuladd" Use multiply and
add/
subtract instructions.
"-mno-muladd" 4
Item "-mno-muladd" Do not use multiply and
add/
subtract instructions.
"-mfdpic" 4
Item "-mfdpic" Select the \s-1FDPIC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0, which uses function descriptors to represent
pointers to functions. Without any
PIC/
PIE-related options, it
implies
-fPIE. With
-fpic or
-fpie, it
assumes \s-1GOT\s0 entries and small data are within a 12-bit range from the
\s-1GOT\s0 base address; with
-fPIC or
-fPIE, \s-1GOT\s0 offsets
are computed with 32 bits.
With a
bfin-elf target, this option implies
-msim.
"-minline-plt" 4
Item "-minline-plt" Enable inlining of \s-1PLT\s0 entries in function calls to functions that are
not known to bind locally. It has no effect without
-mfdpic.
It's enabled by default if optimizing for speed and compiling for
shared libraries (i.e.,
-fPIC or
-fpic), or when an
optimization option such as
-O3 or above is present in the
command line.
"-mTLS" 4
Item "-mTLS" Assume a large \s-1TLS\s0 segment when generating thread-local code.
"-mtls" 4
Item "-mtls" Do not assume a large \s-1TLS\s0 segment when generating thread-local code.
"-mgprel-ro" 4
Item "-mgprel-ro" Enable the use of
\*(C`GPREL\*(C' relocations in the \s-1FDPIC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 for data
that is known to be in read-only sections. It's enabled by default,
except for
-fpic or
-fpie: even though it may help
make the global offset table smaller, it trades 1 instruction for 4.
With
-fPIC or
-fPIE, it trades 3 instructions for 4,
one of which may be shared by multiple symbols, and it avoids the need
for a \s-1GOT\s0 entry for the referenced symbol, so it's more likely to be a
win. If it is not,
-mno-gprel-ro can be used to disable it.
"-multilib-library-pic" 4
Item "-multilib-library-pic" Link with the (library, not \s-1FD\s0) pic libraries. It's implied by
\fB-mlibrary-pic, as well as by
-fPIC and
\fB-fpic without
-mfdpic. You should never have to use
it explicitly.
"-mlinked-fp" 4
Item "-mlinked-fp" Follow the \s-1EABI\s0 requirement of always creating a frame pointer whenever
a stack frame is allocated. This option is enabled by default and can
be disabled with
-mno-linked-fp.
"-mlong-calls" 4
Item "-mlong-calls" Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current
compilation unit. This allows the functions to be placed anywhere
within the 32-bit address space.
"-malign-labels" 4
Item "-malign-labels" Try to align labels to an 8-byte boundary by inserting nops into the
previous packet. This option only has an effect when \s-1VLIW\s0 packing
is enabled. It doesn't create new packets; it merely adds nops to
existing ones.
"-mlibrary-pic" 4
Item "-mlibrary-pic" Generate position-independent \s-1EABI\s0 code.
"-macc-4" 4
Item "-macc-4" Use only the first four media accumulator registers.
"-macc-8" 4
Item "-macc-8" Use all eight media accumulator registers.
"-mpack" 4
Item "-mpack" Pack \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
"-mno-pack" 4
Item "-mno-pack" Do not pack \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
"-mno-eflags" 4
Item "-mno-eflags" Do not mark \s-1ABI\s0 switches in e_flags.
"-mcond-move" 4
Item "-mcond-move" Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default).
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mno-cond-move" 4
Item "-mno-cond-move" Disable the use of conditional-move instructions.
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mscc" 4
Item "-mscc" Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default).
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mno-scc" 4
Item "-mno-scc" Disable the use of conditional set instructions.
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mcond-exec" 4
Item "-mcond-exec" Enable the use of conditional execution (default).
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mno-cond-exec" 4
Item "-mno-cond-exec" Disable the use of conditional execution.
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mvliw-branch" 4
Item "-mvliw-branch" Run a pass to pack branches into \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions (default).
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mno-vliw-branch" 4
Item "-mno-vliw-branch" Do not run a pass to pack branches into \s-1VLIW\s0 instructions.
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mmulti-cond-exec" 4
Item "-mmulti-cond-exec" Enable optimization of
\*(C`&&\*(C' and
\*(C`||\*(C' in conditional execution
(default).
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mno-multi-cond-exec" 4
Item "-mno-multi-cond-exec" Disable optimization of
\*(C`&&\*(C' and
\*(C`||\*(C' in conditional execution.
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mnested-cond-exec" 4
Item "-mnested-cond-exec" Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default).
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-mno-nested-cond-exec" 4
Item "-mno-nested-cond-exec" Disable nested conditional execution optimizations.
.Sp
This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed
in a future version.
"-moptimize-membar" 4
Item "-moptimize-membar" This switch removes redundant
\*(C`membar\*(C' instructions from the
compiler generated code. It is enabled by default.
"-mno-optimize-membar" 4
Item "-mno-optimize-membar" This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant
\*(C`membar\*(C'
instructions from the generated code.
"-mtomcat-stats" 4
Item "-mtomcat-stats" Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics.
"-mcpu=cpu" 4
Item "-mcpu=cpu" Select the processor type for which to generate code. Possible values are
\fBfrv,
fr550,
tomcat,
fr500,
fr450,
\fBfr405,
fr400,
fr300 and
simple.
GNU/Linux Options
Subsection "GNU/Linux Options"
These -m options are defined for GNU/Linux targets:
"-mglibc" 4
Item "-mglibc" Use the \s-1GNU\s0 C library. This is the default except
on
*-*-linux-*uclibc* and
*-*-linux-*android* targets.
"-muclibc" 4
Item "-muclibc" Use uClibc C library. This is the default on
\fB*-*-linux-*uclibc* targets.
"-mbionic" 4
Item "-mbionic" Use Bionic C library. This is the default on
\fB*-*-linux-*android* targets.
"-mandroid" 4
Item "-mandroid" Compile code compatible with Android platform. This is the default on
\fB*-*-linux-*android* targets.
.Sp
When compiling, this option enables
-mbionic,
-fPIC,
\fB-fno-exceptions and
-fno-rtti by default. When linking,
this option makes the \s-1GCC\s0 driver pass Android-specific options to the linker.
Finally, this option causes the preprocessor macro
\*(C`_\|_ANDROID_\|_\*(C'
to be defined.
"-tno-android-cc" 4
Item "-tno-android-cc" Disable compilation effects of
-mandroid, i.e., do not enable
\fB-mbionic,
-fPIC,
-fno-exceptions and
\fB-fno-rtti by default.
"-tno-android-ld" 4
Item "-tno-android-ld" Disable linking effects of
-mandroid, i.e., pass standard Linux
linking options to the linker.
H8/300 Options
Subsection "H8/300 Options"
These -m options are defined for the H8/300 implementations:
"-mrelax" 4
Item "-mrelax" Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
linker option
-relax.
"-mh" 4
Item "-mh" Generate code for the H8/300H.
"-ms" 4
Item "-ms" Generate code for the H8S.
"-mn" 4
Item "-mn" Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode. This switch
must be used either with
-mh or
-ms.
"-ms2600" 4
Item "-ms2600" Generate code for the H8S/2600. This switch must be used with
-ms.
"-mint32" 4
Item "-mint32" Make
\*(C`int\*(C' data 32 bits by default.
"-malign-300" 4
Item "-malign-300" On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300.
The default for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and floats on
4-byte boundaries.
\fB-malign-300 causes them to be aligned on 2-byte boundaries.
This option has no effect on the H8/300.
\s-1HPPA\s0 Options
Subsection "HPPA Options"
These -m options are defined for the \s-1HPPA\s0 family of computers:
"-march=architecture-type" 4
Item "-march=architecture-type" Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for
\fIarchitecture-type are
1.0 for \s-1PA\s0 1.0,
1.1 for \s-1PA\s0
1.1, and
2.0 for \s-1PA\s0 2.0 processors. Refer to
\
fI/
usr/
lib/
sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine the proper
architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered
architectures will run on higher numbered architectures, but not the
other way around.
"-mpa-risc-1-0" 4
Item "-mpa-risc-1-0" 0
"-mpa-risc-1-1" 4
Item "-mpa-risc-1-1" "-mpa-risc-2-0" 4
Item "-mpa-risc-2-0"
Synonyms for -march=1.0, -march=1.1, and -march=2.0 respectively.
"-mbig-switch" 4
Item "-mbig-switch" Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
the
assembler/
linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
table.
"-mjump-in-delay" 4
Item "-mjump-in-delay" Fill delay slots of function calls with unconditional jump instructions
by modifying the return pointer for the function call to be the target
of the conditional jump.
"-mdisable-fpregs" 4
Item "-mdisable-fpregs" Prevent floating-point registers from being used in any manner. This is
necessary for compiling kernels that perform lazy context switching of
floating-point registers. If you use this option and attempt to perform
floating-point operations, the compiler aborts.
"-mdisable-indexing" 4
Item "-mdisable-indexing" Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some
rather obscure problems when compiling \s-1MIG\s0 generated code under \s-1MACH\s0.
"-mno-space-regs" 4
Item "-mno-space-regs" Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows
\s-1GCC\s0 to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes.
.Sp
Such code is suitable for level 0 \s-1PA\s0 systems and kernels.
"-mfast-indirect-calls" 4
Item "-mfast-indirect-calls" Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This
allows \s-1GCC\s0 to emit code that performs faster indirect calls.
.Sp
This option will not work in the presence of shared libraries or nested
functions.
"-mfixed-range=register-range" 4
Item "-mfixed-range=register-range" Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
specified separated by a comma.
"-mlong-load-store" 4
Item "-mlong-load-store" Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by
the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the
+k option to
the \s-1HP\s0 compilers.
"-mportable-runtime" 4
Item "-mportable-runtime" Use the portable calling conventions proposed by \s-1HP\s0 for \s-1ELF\s0 systems.
"-mgas" 4
Item "-mgas" Enable the use of assembler directives only \s-1GAS\s0 understands.
"-mschedule=cpu-type" 4
Item "-mschedule=cpu-type" Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type
\fIcpu-type. The choices for
cpu-type are
700
\fB7100,
7100LC,
7200,
7300 and
8000. Refer
to
/usr/lib/sched.models on an HP-UX system to determine the
proper scheduling option for your machine. The default scheduling is
\fB8000.
"-mlinker-opt" 4
Item "-mlinker-opt" Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker. Note this makes symbolic
debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX 8 and HP-UX 9
linkers in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs.
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float" Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
\fBWarning: the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1HPPA\s0
targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
cross-compilation.
.Sp
\fB-msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file;
therefore, it is only useful if you compile
all of a program with
this option. In particular, you need to compile
libgcc.a, the
library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with
-msoft-float in order for
this to work.
"-msio" 4
Item "-msio" Generate the predefine,
\*(C`_SIO\*(C', for server \s-1IO\s0. The default is
\fB-mwsio. This generates the predefines,
\*(C`_\|_hp9000s700\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_hp9000s700_\|_\*(C' and
\*(C`_WSIO\*(C', for workstation \s-1IO\s0. These
options are available under HP-UX and HI-UX.
"-mgnu-ld" 4
Item "-mgnu-ld" Use \s-1GNU\s0 ld specific options. This passes
-shared to ld when
building a shared library. It is the default when \s-1GCC\s0 is configured,
explicitly or implicitly, with the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. This option does not
have any affect on which ld is called, it only changes what parameters
are passed to that ld. The ld that is called is determined by the
\fB--with-ld configure option, \s-1GCC\s0's program search path, and
finally by the user's
\s-1PATH\s0. The linker used by \s-1GCC\s0 can be printed
using
which `gcc -print-prog-name=ld`. This option is only available
on the 64-bit HP-UX \s-1GCC\s0, i.e. configured with
hppa*64*-*-hpux*.
"-mhp-ld" 4
Item "-mhp-ld" Use \s-1HP\s0 ld specific options. This passes
-b to ld when building
a shared library and passes
+Accept TypeMismatch to ld on all
links. It is the default when \s-1GCC\s0 is configured, explicitly or
implicitly, with the \s-1HP\s0 linker. This option does not have any affect on
which ld is called, it only changes what parameters are passed to that
ld. The ld that is called is determined by the
--with-ld
configure option, \s-1GCC\s0's program search path, and finally by the user's
\fB\s-1PATH\s0. The linker used by \s-1GCC\s0 can be printed using
which
`gcc -print-prog-name=ld`. This option is only available on the 64-bit
HP-UX \s-1GCC\s0, i.e. configured with
hppa*64*-*-hpux*.
"-mlong-calls" 4
Item "-mlong-calls" Generate code that uses long call sequences. This ensures that a call
is always able to reach linker generated stubs. The default is to generate
long calls only when the distance from the call site to the beginning
of the function or translation unit, as the case may be, exceeds a
predefined limit set by the branch type being used. The limits for
normal calls are 7,600,000 and 240,000 bytes, respectively for the
\s-1PA\s0 2.0 and \s-1PA\s0 1.X architectures. Sibcalls are always limited at
240,000 bytes.
.Sp
Distances are measured from the beginning of functions when using the
\fB-ffunction-sections option, or when using the
-mgas
and
-mno-portable-runtime options together under HP-UX with
the \s-1SOM\s0 linker.
.Sp
It is normally not desirable to use this option as it will degrade
performance. However, it may be useful in large applications,
particularly when partial linking is used to build the application.
.Sp
The types of long calls used depends on the capabilities of the
assembler and linker, and the type of code being generated. The
impact on systems that support long absolute calls, and long pic
symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be relatively small.
However, an indirect call is used on 32-bit \s-1ELF\s0 systems in pic code
and it is quite long.
"-munix=unix-std" 4
Item "-munix=unix-std" Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the specified
\s-1UNIX\s0 standard. The choices for
unix-std are
93,
95
and
98.
93 is supported on all HP-UX versions.
95
is available on HP-UX 10.10 and later.
98 is available on HP-UX
11.11 and later. The default values are
93 for HP-UX 10.00,
\fB95 for HP-UX 10.10 though to 11.00, and
98 for HP-UX 11.11
and later.
.Sp
\fB-munix=93 provides the same predefines as \s-1GCC\s0 3.3 and 3.4.
\fB-munix=95 provides additional predefines for
\*(C`XOPEN_UNIX\*(C'
and
\*(C`_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\*(C', and the startfile
unix95.o.
\fB-munix=98 provides additional predefines for
\*(C`_XOPEN_UNIX\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED\*(C',
\*(C`_INCLUDE_\|_STDC_A1_SOURCE\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`_INCLUDE_XOPEN_SOURCE_500\*(C', and the startfile
unix98.o.
.Sp
It is
important to note that this option changes the interfaces
for various library routines. It also affects the operational behavior
of the C library. Thus,
extreme care is needed in using this
option.
.Sp
Library code that is intended to operate with more than one \s-1UNIX\s0
standard must test, set and restore the variable
_\|_xpg4_extended_mask
as appropriate. Most \s-1GNU\s0 software doesn't provide this capability.
"-nolibdld" 4
Item "-nolibdld" Suppress the generation of link options to search
libdld.sl when the
\fB-static option is specified on HP-UX 10 and later.
"-static" 4
Item "-static" The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on
libdld.sl. There isn't an archive version of
libdld.sl. Thus,
when the
-static option is specified, special link options
are needed to resolve this dependency.
.Sp
On HP-UX 10 and later, the \s-1GCC\s0 driver adds the necessary options to
link with
libdld.sl when the
-static option is specified.
This causes the resulting binary to be dynamic. On the 64-bit port,
the linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in any case. The
\fB-nolibdld option can be used to prevent the \s-1GCC\s0 driver from
adding these link options.
"-threads" 4
Item "-threads" Add support for multithreading with the
dce thread library
under HP-UX. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and
linker.
Intel 386 and \s-1AMD\s0 x86-64 Options
Subsection "Intel 386 and AMD x86-64 Options"
These -m options are defined for the i386 and x86-64 family of
computers:
"-mtune=cpu-type" 4
Item "-mtune=cpu-type" Tune to
cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code, except
for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions. The choices for
\fIcpu-type are:
"generic" 4
Item "generic" Produce code optimized for the most common \
s-1IA32/
AMD64/
EM64T\s0 processors.
If you know the \s-1CPU\s0 on which your code will run, then you should use
the corresponding
-mtune option instead of
\fB-mtune=generic. But, if you do not know exactly what \s-1CPU\s0 users
of your application will have, then you should use this option.
.Sp
As new processors are deployed in the marketplace, the behavior of this
option will change. Therefore, if you upgrade to a newer version of
\s-1GCC\s0, the code generated option will change to reflect the processors
that were most common when that version of \s-1GCC\s0 was released.
.Sp
There is no
-march=generic option because
-march
indicates the instruction set the compiler can use, and there is no
generic instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast,
\fB-mtune indicates the processor (or, in this case, collection of
processors) for which the code is optimized.
"native" 4
Item "native" This selects the \s-1CPU\s0 to tune for at compilation time by determining
the processor type of the compiling machine. Using
-mtune=native
will produce code optimized for the local machine under the constraints
of the selected instruction set. Using
-march=native will
enable all instruction subsets supported by the local machine (hence
the result might not run on different machines).
"i386" 4
Item "i386" Original Intel's i386 \s-1CPU\s0.
"i486" 4
Item "i486" Intel's i486 \s-1CPU\s0. (No scheduling is implemented for this chip.)
"i586, pentium" 4
Item "i586, pentium" Intel Pentium \s-1CPU\s0 with no \s-1MMX\s0 support.
"pentium-mmx" 4
Item "pentium-mmx" Intel PentiumMMX \s-1CPU\s0 based on Pentium core with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
"pentiumpro" 4
Item "pentiumpro" Intel PentiumPro \s-1CPU\s0.
"i686" 4
Item "i686" Same as
\*(C`generic\*(C', but when used as
\*(C`march\*(C' option, PentiumPro
instruction set will be used, so the code will run on all i686 family chips.
"pentium2" 4
Item "pentium2" Intel Pentium2 \s-1CPU\s0 based on PentiumPro core with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
"pentium3, pentium3m" 4
Item "pentium3, pentium3m" Intel Pentium3 \s-1CPU\s0 based on PentiumPro core with \s-1MMX\s0 and \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set
support.
"pentium-m" 4
Item "pentium-m" Low power version of Intel Pentium3 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0 and \s-1SSE2\s0 instruction set
support. Used by Centrino notebooks.
"pentium4, pentium4m" 4
Item "pentium4, pentium4m" Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0 and \s-1SSE2\s0 instruction set support.
"prescott" 4
Item "prescott" Improved version of Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0 and \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction
set support.
"nocona" 4
Item "nocona" Improved version of Intel Pentium4 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0,
\s-1SSE2\s0 and \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction set support.
"core2" 4
Item "core2" Intel Core2 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0 and \s-1SSSE3\s0
instruction set support.
"corei7" 4
Item "corei7" Intel Core i7 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4\s0.1
and \s-1SSE4\s0.2 instruction set support.
"corei7-avx" 4
Item "corei7-avx" Intel Core i7 \s-1CPU\s0 with 64-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0,
\s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1SSE4\s0.2, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AES\s0 and \s-1PCLMUL\s0 instruction set support.
"core-avx-i" 4
Item "core-avx-i" Intel Core \s-1CPU\s0 with 64-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0,
\s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1SSE4\s0.2, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AES\s0, \s-1PCLMUL\s0, \s-1FSGSBASE\s0, \s-1RDRND\s0 and F16C instruction
set support.
"atom" 4
Item "atom" Intel Atom \s-1CPU\s0 with 64-bit extensions, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0 and \s-1SSSE3\s0
instruction set support.
"k6" 4
Item "k6" \s-1AMD\s0 K6 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 instruction set support.
"k6-2, k6-3" 4
Item "k6-2, k6-3" Improved versions of \s-1AMD\s0 K6 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support.
"athlon, athlon-tbird" 4
Item "athlon, athlon-tbird" \s-1AMD\s0 Athlon \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, 3dNOW!, enhanced 3DNow! and \s-1SSE\s0 prefetch instructions
support.
"athlon-4, athlon-xp, athlon-mp" 4
Item "athlon-4, athlon-xp, athlon-mp" Improved \s-1AMD\s0 Athlon \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and full \s-1SSE\s0
instruction set support.
"k8, opteron, athlon64, athlon-fx" 4
Item "k8, opteron, athlon64, athlon-fx" \s-1AMD\s0 K8 core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This supersets
\s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow! and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
"k8-sse3, opteron-sse3, athlon64-sse3" 4
Item "k8-sse3, opteron-sse3, athlon64-sse3" Improved versions of k8, opteron and athlon64 with \s-1SSE3\s0 instruction set support.
"amdfam10, barcelona" 4
Item "amdfam10, barcelona" \s-1AMD\s0 Family 10h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This
supersets \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4A\s0, 3DNow!, enhanced 3DNow!, \s-1ABM\s0 and 64-bit
instruction set extensions.)
"bdver1" 4
Item "bdver1" \s-1AMD\s0 Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This
supersets \s-1FMA4\s0, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1XOP\s0, \s-1LWP\s0, \s-1AES\s0, \s-1PCL_MUL\s0, \s-1CX16\s0, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4A\s0,
\s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1SSE4\s0.2, \s-1ABM\s0 and 64-bit instruction set extensions.)
"bdver2" 4
Item "bdver2" \s-1AMD\s0 Family 15h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This
supersets \s-1BMI\s0, \s-1TBM\s0, F16C, \s-1FMA\s0, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1XOP\s0, \s-1LWP\s0, \s-1AES\s0, \s-1PCL_MUL\s0, \s-1CX16\s0, \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0,
\s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4A\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1SSE4\s0.2, \s-1ABM\s0 and 64-bit instruction set
extensions.)
"btver1" 4
Item "btver1" \s-1AMD\s0 Family 14h core based CPUs with x86-64 instruction set support. (This
supersets \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0, \s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4A\s0, \s-1CX16\s0, \s-1ABM\s0 and 64-bit
instruction set extensions.)
"winchip-c6" 4
Item "winchip-c6" \s-1IDT\s0 Winchip C6 \s-1CPU\s0, dealt in same way as i486 with additional \s-1MMX\s0 instruction
set support.
"winchip2" 4
Item "winchip2" \s-1IDT\s0 Winchip2 \s-1CPU\s0, dealt in same way as i486 with additional \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow!
instruction set support.
"c3" 4
Item "c3" Via C3 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support. (No scheduling is
implemented for this chip.)
"c3-2" 4
Item "c3-2" Via C3-2 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set support. (No scheduling is
implemented for this chip.)
"geode" 4
Item "geode" Embedded \s-1AMD\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 with \s-1MMX\s0 and 3DNow! instruction set support.
.Sp
While picking a specific cpu-type will schedule things appropriately
for that particular chip, the compiler will not generate any code that
does not run on the default machine type without the -march=cpu-type
option being used. For example, if \s-1GCC\s0 is configured for i686-pc-linux-gnu
then -mtune=pentium4 will generate code that is tuned for Pentium4
but will still run on i686 machines.
"-march=cpu-type" 4
Item "-march=cpu-type" Generate instructions for the machine type
cpu-type. The choices
for
cpu-type are the same as for
-mtune. Moreover,
specifying
-march=cpu-type implies
-mtune=cpu-type.
"-mcpu=cpu-type" 4
Item "-mcpu=cpu-type" A deprecated synonym for
-mtune.
"-mfpmath=unit" 4
Item "-mfpmath=unit" Generate floating-point arithmetic for selected unit
unit. The choices
for
unit are:
"387" 4
Item "387" Use the standard 387 floating-point coprocessor present on the majority of chips and
emulated otherwise. Code compiled with this option runs almost everywhere.
The temporary results are computed in 80-bit precision instead of the precision
specified by the type, resulting in slightly different results compared to most
of other chips. See
-ffloat-store for more detailed description.
.Sp
This is the default choice for i386 compiler.
"sse" 4
Item "sse" Use scalar floating-point instructions present in the \s-1SSE\s0 instruction set.
This instruction set is supported by Pentium3 and newer chips, in the \s-1AMD\s0 line
by Athlon-4, Athlon-xp and Athlon-mp chips. The earlier version of \s-1SSE\s0
instruction set supports only single-precision arithmetic, thus the double and
extended-precision arithmetic are still done using 387. A later version, present
only in Pentium4 and the future \s-1AMD\s0 x86-64 chips, supports double-precision
arithmetic too.
.Sp
For the i386 compiler, you need to use
-march=cpu-type,
-msse
or
-msse2 switches to enable \s-1SSE\s0 extensions and make this option
effective. For the x86-64 compiler, these extensions are enabled by default.
.Sp
The resulting code should be considerably faster in the majority of cases and avoid
the numerical instability problems of 387 code, but may break some existing
code that expects temporaries to be 80 bits.
.Sp
This is the default choice for the x86-64 compiler.
"sse,387" 4
Item "sse,387" 0
"sse+387" 4
Item "sse+387" "both" 4
Item "both"
Attempt to utilize both instruction sets at once. This effectively double the
amount of available registers and on chips with separate execution units for
387 and \s-1SSE\s0 the execution resources too. Use this option with care, as it is
still experimental, because the \s-1GCC\s0 register allocator does not model separate
functional units well resulting in instable performance.
"-masm=dialect" 4
Item "-masm=dialect" Output asm instructions using selected
dialect. Supported
choices are
intel or
att (the default one). Darwin does
not support
intel.
"-mieee-fp" 4
Item "-mieee-fp" 0
"-mno-ieee-fp" 4
Item "-mno-ieee-fp"
Control whether or not the compiler uses \s-1IEEE\s0 floating-point
comparisons. These handle correctly the case where the result of a
comparison is unordered.
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float" Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
\fBWarning: the requisite libraries are not part of \s-1GCC\s0.
Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are used, but
this can't be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make your
own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
cross-compilation.
.Sp
On machines where a function returns floating-point results in the 80387
register stack, some floating-point opcodes may be emitted even if
\fB-msoft-float is used.
"-mno-fp-ret-in-387" 4
Item "-mno-fp-ret-in-387" Do not use the \s-1FPU\s0 registers for return values of functions.
.Sp
The usual calling convention has functions return values of types
\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C' and
\*(C`double\*(C' in an \s-1FPU\s0 register, even if there
is no \s-1FPU\s0. The idea is that the operating system should emulate
an \s-1FPU\s0.
.Sp
The option
-mno-fp-ret-in-387 causes such values to be returned
in ordinary \s-1CPU\s0 registers instead.
"-mno-fancy-math-387" 4
Item "-mno-fancy-math-387" Some 387 emulators do not support the
\*(C`sin\*(C',
\*(C`cos\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`sqrt\*(C' instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid
generating those instructions. This option is the default on FreeBSD,
OpenBSD and NetBSD. This option is overridden when
-march
indicates that the target \s-1CPU\s0 will always have an \s-1FPU\s0 and so the
instruction will not need emulation. As of revision 2.6.1, these
instructions are not generated unless you also use the
\fB-funsafe-math-optimizations switch.
"-malign-double" 4
Item "-malign-double" 0
"-mno-align-double" 4
Item "-mno-align-double"
Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 aligns \*(C`double\*(C', \*(C`long double\*(C', and
\f(CW\*(C`long long\*(C' variables on a two-word boundary or a one-word
boundary. Aligning \*(C`double\*(C' variables on a two-word boundary
produces code that runs somewhat faster on a Pentium at the
expense of more memory.
.Sp
On x86-64, -malign-double is enabled by default.
.Sp
\fBWarning: if you use the -malign-double switch,
structures containing the above types will be aligned differently than
the published application binary interface specifications for the 386
and will not be binary compatible with structures in code compiled
without that switch.
"-m96bit-long-double" 4
Item "-m96bit-long-double" 0
"-m128bit-long-double" 4
Item "-m128bit-long-double"
These switches control the size of \*(C`long double\*(C' type. The i386
application binary interface specifies the size to be 96 bits,
so -m96bit-long-double is the default in 32-bit mode.
.Sp
Modern architectures (Pentium and newer) prefer \*(C`long double\*(C'
to be aligned to an 8- or 16-byte boundary. In arrays or structures
conforming to the \s-1ABI\s0, this is not possible. So specifying
\fB-m128bit-long-double aligns \*(C`long double\*(C'
to a 16-byte boundary by padding the \*(C`long double\*(C' with an additional
32-bit zero.
.Sp
In the x86-64 compiler, -m128bit-long-double is the default choice as
its \s-1ABI\s0 specifies that \*(C`long double\*(C' is to be aligned on 16-byte boundary.
.Sp
Notice that neither of these options enable any extra precision over the x87
standard of 80 bits for a \*(C`long double\*(C'.
.Sp
\fBWarning: if you override the default value for your target \s-1ABI\s0, the
structures and arrays containing \*(C`long double\*(C' variables will change
their size as well as function calling convention for function taking
\f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C' will be modified. Hence they will not be binary
compatible with arrays or structures in code compiled without that switch.
"-mlarge-data-threshold=number" 4
Item "-mlarge-data-threshold=number" When
-mcmodel=medium is specified, the data greater than
\fIthreshold are placed in large data section. This value must be the
same across all object linked into the binary and defaults to 65535.
"-mrtd" 4
Item "-mrtd" Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that
take a fixed number of arguments return with the
\*(C`ret\*(C' num
instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one
instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop the arguments
there.
.Sp
You can specify that an individual function is called with this calling
sequence with the function attribute
stdcall. You can also
override the
-mrtd option by using the function attribute
\fBcdecl.
.Sp
\fBWarning: this calling convention is incompatible with the one
normally used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call
libraries compiled with the Unix compiler.
.Sp
Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
take variable numbers of arguments (including
\*(C`printf\*(C');
otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
functions.
.Sp
In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
harmlessly ignored.)
"-mregparm=num" 4
Item "-mregparm=num" Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By
default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3
registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific
function by using the function attribute
regparm.
.Sp
\fBWarning: if you use this switch, and
\fInum is nonzero, then you must build all modules with the same
value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and
startup modules.
"-msseregparm" 4
Item "-msseregparm" Use \s-1SSE\s0 register passing conventions for float and double arguments
and return values. You can control this behavior for a specific
function by using the function attribute
sseregparm.
.Sp
\fBWarning: if you use this switch then you must build all
modules with the same value, including any libraries. This includes
the system libraries and startup modules.
"-mvect8-ret-in-mem" 4
Item "-mvect8-ret-in-mem" Return 8-byte vectors in memory instead of \s-1MMX\s0 registers. This is the
default on Solaris@tie{}8 and 9 and VxWorks to match the \s-1ABI\s0 of the Sun
Studio compilers until version 12. Later compiler versions (starting
with Studio 12 Update@tie{}1) follow the \s-1ABI\s0 used by other x86 targets, which
is the default on Solaris@tie{}10 and later.
Only use this option if
you need to remain compatible with existing code produced by those
previous compiler versions or older versions of \s-1GCC\s0.
"-mpc32" 4
Item "-mpc32" 0
"-mpc64" 4
Item "-mpc64" "-mpc80" 4
Item "-mpc80"
Set 80387 floating-point precision to 32, 64 or 80 bits. When -mpc32
is specified, the significands of results of floating-point operations are
rounded to 24 bits (single precision); -mpc64 rounds the
significands of results of floating-point operations to 53 bits (double
precision) and -mpc80 rounds the significands of results of
floating-point operations to 64 bits (extended double precision), which is
the default. When this option is used, floating-point operations in higher
precisions are not available to the programmer without setting the \s-1FPU\s0
control word explicitly.
.Sp
Setting the rounding of floating-point operations to less than the default
80 bits can speed some programs by 2% or more. Note that some mathematical
libraries assume that extended-precision (80-bit) floating-point operations
are enabled by default; routines in such libraries could suffer significant
loss of accuracy, typically through so-called \*(L"catastrophic cancellation\*(R",
when this option is used to set the precision to less than extended precision.
"-mstackrealign" 4
Item "-mstackrealign" Realign the stack at entry. On the Intel x86, the
-mstackrealign
option will generate an alternate prologue and epilogue that realigns the
run-time stack if necessary. This supports mixing legacy codes that keep
a 4-byte aligned stack with modern codes that keep a 16-byte stack for
\s-1SSE\s0 compatibility. See also the attribute
\*(C`force_align_arg_pointer\*(C',
applicable to individual functions.
"-mpreferred-stack-boundary=num" 4
Item "-mpreferred-stack-boundary=num" Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to
num
byte boundary. If
-mpreferred-stack-boundary is not specified,
the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits).
"-mincoming-stack-boundary=num" 4
Item "-mincoming-stack-boundary=num" Assume the incoming stack is aligned to a 2 raised to
num byte
boundary. If
-mincoming-stack-boundary is not specified,
the one specified by
-mpreferred-stack-boundary will be used.
.Sp
On Pentium and PentiumPro,
\*(C`double\*(C' and
\*(C`long double\*(C' values
should be aligned to an 8-byte boundary (see
-malign-double) or
suffer significant run time performance penalties. On Pentium \s-1III\s0, the
Streaming \s-1SIMD\s0 Extension (\s-1SSE\s0) data type
\*(C`_\|_m128\*(C' may not work
properly if it is not 16-byte aligned.
.Sp
To ensure proper alignment of this values on the stack, the stack boundary
must be as aligned as that required by any value stored on the stack.
Further, every function must be generated such that it keeps the stack
aligned. Thus calling a function compiled with a higher preferred
stack boundary from a function compiled with a lower preferred stack
boundary will most likely misalign the stack. It is recommended that
libraries that use callbacks always use the default setting.
.Sp
This extra alignment does consume extra stack space, and generally
increases code size. Code that is sensitive to stack space usage, such
as embedded systems and operating system kernels, may want to reduce the
preferred alignment to
-mpreferred-stack-boundary=2.
"-mmmx" 4
Item "-mmmx" 0
"-mno-mmx" 4
Item "-mno-mmx" "-msse" 4
Item "-msse" "-mno-sse" 4
Item "-mno-sse" "-msse2" 4
Item "-msse2" "-mno-sse2" 4
Item "-mno-sse2" "-msse3" 4
Item "-msse3" "-mno-sse3" 4
Item "-mno-sse3" "-mssse3" 4
Item "-mssse3" "-mno-ssse3" 4
Item "-mno-ssse3" "-msse4.1" 4
Item "-msse4.1" "-mno-sse4.1" 4
Item "-mno-sse4.1" "-msse4.2" 4
Item "-msse4.2" "-mno-sse4.2" 4
Item "-mno-sse4.2" "-msse4" 4
Item "-msse4" "-mno-sse4" 4
Item "-mno-sse4" "-mavx" 4
Item "-mavx" "-mno-avx" 4
Item "-mno-avx" "-mavx2" 4
Item "-mavx2" "-mno-avx2" 4
Item "-mno-avx2" "-maes" 4
Item "-maes" "-mno-aes" 4
Item "-mno-aes" "-mpclmul" 4
Item "-mpclmul" "-mno-pclmul" 4
Item "-mno-pclmul" "-mfsgsbase" 4
Item "-mfsgsbase" "-mno-fsgsbase" 4
Item "-mno-fsgsbase" "-mrdrnd" 4
Item "-mrdrnd" "-mno-rdrnd" 4
Item "-mno-rdrnd" "-mf16c" 4
Item "-mf16c" "-mno-f16c" 4
Item "-mno-f16c" "-mfma" 4
Item "-mfma" "-mno-fma" 4
Item "-mno-fma" "-msse4a" 4
Item "-msse4a" "-mno-sse4a" 4
Item "-mno-sse4a" "-mfma4" 4
Item "-mfma4" "-mno-fma4" 4
Item "-mno-fma4" "-mxop" 4
Item "-mxop" "-mno-xop" 4
Item "-mno-xop" "-mlwp" 4
Item "-mlwp" "-mno-lwp" 4
Item "-mno-lwp" "-m3dnow" 4
Item "-m3dnow" "-mno-3dnow" 4
Item "-mno-3dnow" "-mpopcnt" 4
Item "-mpopcnt" "-mno-popcnt" 4
Item "-mno-popcnt" "-mabm" 4
Item "-mabm" "-mno-abm" 4
Item "-mno-abm" "-mbmi" 4
Item "-mbmi" "-mbmi2" 4
Item "-mbmi2" "-mno-bmi" 4
Item "-mno-bmi" "-mno-bmi2" 4
Item "-mno-bmi2" "-mlzcnt" 4
Item "-mlzcnt" "-mno-lzcnt" 4
Item "-mno-lzcnt" "-mtbm" 4
Item "-mtbm" "-mno-tbm" 4
Item "-mno-tbm"
These switches enable or disable the use of instructions in the \s-1MMX\s0, \s-1SSE\s0,
\s-1SSE2\s0, \s-1SSE3\s0, \s-1SSSE3\s0, \s-1SSE4\s0.1, \s-1AVX\s0, \s-1AVX2\s0, \s-1AES\s0, \s-1PCLMUL\s0, \s-1FSGSBASE\s0, \s-1RDRND\s0, F16C,
\s-1FMA\s0, \s-1SSE4A\s0, \s-1FMA4\s0, \s-1XOP\s0, \s-1LWP\s0, \s-1ABM\s0, \s-1BMI\s0, \s-1BMI2\s0, \s-1LZCNT\s0 or 3DNow!
extended instruction sets.
These extensions are also available as built-in functions: see
\fBX86 Built-in Functions, for details of the functions enabled and
disabled by these switches.
.Sp
To have \s-1SSE/SSE2\s0 instructions generated automatically from floating-point
code (as opposed to 387 instructions), see -mfpmath=sse.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 depresses SSEx instructions when -mavx is used. Instead, it
generates new \s-1AVX\s0 instructions or \s-1AVX\s0 equivalence for all SSEx instructions
when needed.
.Sp
These options will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use these extended instructions in
generated code, even without -mfpmath=sse. Applications that
perform run-time \s-1CPU\s0 detection must compile separate files for each
supported architecture, using the appropriate flags. In particular,
the file containing the \s-1CPU\s0 detection code should be compiled without
these options.
"-mcld" 4
Item "-mcld" This option instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to emit a
\*(C`cld\*(C' instruction in the prologue
of functions that use string instructions. String instructions depend on
the \s-1DF\s0 flag to select between autoincrement or autodecrement mode. While the
\s-1ABI\s0 specifies the \s-1DF\s0 flag to be cleared on function entry, some operating
systems violate this specification by not clearing the \s-1DF\s0 flag in their
exception dispatchers. The exception handler can be invoked with the \s-1DF\s0 flag
set, which leads to wrong direction mode when string instructions are used.
This option can be enabled by default on 32-bit x86 targets by configuring
\s-1GCC\s0 with the
--enable-cld configure option. Generation of
\*(C`cld\*(C'
instructions can be suppressed with the
-mno-cld compiler option
in this case.
"-mvzeroupper" 4
Item "-mvzeroupper" This option instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to emit a
\*(C`vzeroupper\*(C' instruction
before a transfer of control flow out of the function to minimize
\s-1AVX\s0 to \s-1SSE\s0 transition penalty as well as remove unnecessary zeroupper
intrinsics.
"-mprefer-avx128" 4
Item "-mprefer-avx128" This option instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to use 128-bit \s-1AVX\s0 instructions instead of
256-bit \s-1AVX\s0 instructions in the auto-vectorizer.
"-mcx16" 4
Item "-mcx16" This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1CMPXCHG16B\s0 instruction in generated code.
\s-1CMPXCHG16B\s0 allows for atomic operations on 128-bit double quadword (or oword)
data types. This is useful for high resolution counters that could be updated
by multiple processors (or cores). This instruction is generated as part of
atomic built-in functions: see
_\|_sync Builtins or
\fB_\|_atomic Builtins for details.
"-msahf" 4
Item "-msahf" This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1SAHF\s0 instruction in generated 64-bit code.
Early Intel CPUs with Intel 64 lacked \s-1LAHF\s0 and \s-1SAHF\s0 instructions supported
by \s-1AMD64\s0 until introduction of Pentium 4 G1 step in December 2005. \s-1LAHF\s0 and
\s-1SAHF\s0 are load and store instructions, respectively, for certain status flags.
In 64-bit mode, \s-1SAHF\s0 instruction is used to optimize
\*(C`fmod\*(C',
\*(C`drem\*(C'
or
\*(C`remainder\*(C' built-in functions: see
Other Builtins for details.
"-mmovbe" 4
Item "-mmovbe" This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use movbe instruction to implement
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_bswap32\*(C' and
\*(C`_\|_builtin_bswap64\*(C'.
"-mcrc32" 4
Item "-mcrc32" This option will enable built-in functions,
\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32qi\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32hi\*(C'.
\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32si\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_ia32_crc32di\*(C' to generate the crc32 machine instruction.
"-mrecip" 4
Item "-mrecip" This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use \s-1RCPSS\s0 and \s-1RSQRTSS\s0 instructions (and their
vectorized variants \s-1RCPPS\s0 and \s-1RSQRTPS\s0) with an additional Newton-Raphson step
to increase precision instead of \s-1DIVSS\s0 and \s-1SQRTSS\s0 (and their vectorized
variants) for single-precision floating-point arguments. These instructions
are generated only when
-funsafe-math-optimizations is enabled
together with
-finite-math-only and
-fno-trapping-math.
Note that while the throughput of the sequence is higher than the throughput
of the non-reciprocal instruction, the precision of the sequence can be
decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994).
.Sp
Note that \s-1GCC\s0 implements
\*(C`1.0f/sqrtf(\f(CIx)\*(C' in terms of \s-1RSQRTSS\s0
(or \s-1RSQRTPS\s0) already with -ffast-math (or the above option
combination), and doesn't need -mrecip.
.Sp
Also note that \s-1GCC\s0 emits the above sequence with additional Newton-Raphson step
for vectorized single-float division and vectorized \*(C`sqrtf(\f(CIx)\*(C'
already with -ffast-math (or the above option combination), and
doesn't need -mrecip.
"-mrecip=opt" 4
Item "-mrecip=opt" This option allows to control which reciprocal estimate instructions
may be used.
opt is a comma separated list of options, which may
be preceded by a
\*(C`!\*(C' to invert the option:
\f(CW\*(C`all\*(C': enable all estimate instructions,
\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C': enable the default instructions, equivalent to
-mrecip,
\f(CW\*(C`none\*(C': disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to
-mno-recip,
\f(CW\*(C`div\*(C': enable the approximation for scalar division,
\f(CW\*(C`vec-div\*(C': enable the approximation for vectorized division,
\f(CW\*(C`sqrt\*(C': enable the approximation for scalar square root,
\f(CW\*(C`vec-sqrt\*(C': enable the approximation for vectorized square root.
.Sp
So for example,
-mrecip=all,!sqrt would enable
all of the reciprocal approximations, except for square root.
"-mveclibabi=type" 4
Item "-mveclibabi=type" Specifies the \s-1ABI\s0 type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
external library. Supported types are
\*(C`svml\*(C' for the Intel short
vector math library and
\*(C`acml\*(C' for the \s-1AMD\s0 math core library style
of interfacing. \s-1GCC\s0 will currently emit calls to
\*(C`vmldExp2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmldLn2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldLog102\*(C',
\*(C`vmldLog102\*(C',
\*(C`vmldPow2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmldTanh2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldTan2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldAtan2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldAtanh2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmldCbrt2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldSinh2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldSin2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldAsinh2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmldAsin2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldCosh2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldCos2\*(C',
\*(C`vmldAcosh2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmldAcos2\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsExp4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsLn4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsLog104\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmlsLog104\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsPow4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsTanh4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsTan4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmlsAtan4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsAtanh4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsCbrt4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsSinh4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmlsSin4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsAsinh4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsAsin4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsCosh4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`vmlsCos4\*(C',
\*(C`vmlsAcosh4\*(C' and
\*(C`vmlsAcos4\*(C' for corresponding
function type when
-mveclibabi=svml is used and
\*(C`_\|_vrd2_sin\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_cos\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_vrd2_exp\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrd2_log10\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_vrs4_sinf\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_vrs4_cosf\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_expf\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_vrs4_logf\*(C',
\*(C`_\|_vrs4_log2f\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_vrs4_log10f\*(C' and
\*(C`_\|_vrs4_powf\*(C' for corresponding function type
when
-mveclibabi=acml is used. Both
-ftree-vectorize and
\fB-funsafe-math-optimizations have to be enabled. A \s-1SVML\s0 or \s-1ACML\s0 \s-1ABI\s0
compatible library will have to be specified at link time.
"-mabi=name" 4
Item "-mabi=name" Generate code for the specified calling convention. Permissible values
are:
sysv for the \s-1ABI\s0 used on
GNU/
Linux and other systems and
\fBms for the Microsoft \s-1ABI\s0. The default is to use the Microsoft
\s-1ABI\s0 when targeting Windows. On all other systems, the default is the
\s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. You can control this behavior for a specific function by
using the function attribute
ms_abi/
sysv_abi.
"-mtls-dialect=type" 4
Item "-mtls-dialect=type" Generate code to access thread-local storage using the
gnu or
\fBgnu2 conventions.
gnu is the conservative default;
\fBgnu2 is more efficient, but it may add compile- and run-time
requirements that cannot be satisfied on all systems.
"-mpush-args" 4
Item "-mpush-args" 0
"-mno-push-args" 4
Item "-mno-push-args"
Use \s-1PUSH\s0 operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is shorter
and usually equally fast as method using \s-1SUB/MOV\s0 operations and is enabled
by default. In some cases disabling it may improve performance because of
improved scheduling and reduced dependencies.
"-maccumulate-outgoing-args" 4
Item "-maccumulate-outgoing-args" If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments will be
computed in the function prologue. This is faster on most modern CPUs
because of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced stack usage
when preferred stack boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback is a notable
increase in code size. This switch implies
-mno-push-args.
"-mthreads" 4
Item "-mthreads" Support thread-safe exception handling on
Mingw32. Code that relies
on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all code with the
\fB-mthreads option. When compiling,
-mthreads defines
\fB-D_MT; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library
\fB-lmingwthrd which cleans up per thread exception handling data.
"-mno-align-stringops" 4
Item "-mno-align-stringops" Do not align destination of inlined string operations. This switch reduces
code size and improves performance in case the destination is already aligned,
but \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't know about it.
"-minline-all-stringops" 4
Item "-minline-all-stringops" By default \s-1GCC\s0 inlines string operations only when the destination is
known to be aligned to least a 4-byte boundary.
This enables more inlining, increase code
size, but may improve performance of code that depends on fast memcpy, strlen
and memset for short lengths.
"-minline-stringops-dynamically" 4
Item "-minline-stringops-dynamically" For string operations of unknown size, use run-time checks with
inline code for small blocks and a library call for large blocks.
"-mstringop-strategy=alg" 4
Item "-mstringop-strategy=alg" Overwrite internal decision heuristic about particular algorithm to inline
string operation with. The allowed values are
\*(C`rep_byte\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`rep_4byte\*(C',
\*(C`rep_8byte\*(C' for expanding using i386
\*(C`rep\*(C' prefix
of specified size,
\*(C`byte_loop\*(C',
\*(C`loop\*(C',
\*(C`unrolled_loop\*(C' for
expanding inline loop,
\*(C`libcall\*(C' for always expanding library call.
"-momit-leaf-frame-pointer" 4
Item "-momit-leaf-frame-pointer" Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This
avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and
makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option
\fB-fomit-frame-pointer removes the frame pointer for all functions,
which might make debugging harder.
"-mtls-direct-seg-refs" 4
Item "-mtls-direct-seg-refs" 0
"-mno-tls-direct-seg-refs" 4
Item "-mno-tls-direct-seg-refs"
Controls whether \s-1TLS\s0 variables may be accessed with offsets from the
\s-1TLS\s0 segment register (%gs for 32-bit, %fs for 64-bit),
or whether the thread base pointer must be added. Whether or not this
is legal depends on the operating system, and whether it maps the
segment to cover the entire \s-1TLS\s0 area.
.Sp
For systems that use \s-1GNU\s0 libc, the default is on.
"-msse2avx" 4
Item "-msse2avx" 0
"-mno-sse2avx" 4
Item "-mno-sse2avx"
Specify that the assembler should encode \s-1SSE\s0 instructions with \s-1VEX\s0
prefix. The option -mavx turns this on by default.
"-mfentry" 4
Item "-mfentry" 0
"-mno-fentry" 4
Item "-mno-fentry"
If profiling is active -pg put the profiling
counter call before prologue.
Note: On x86 architectures the attribute \*(C`ms_hook_prologue\*(C'
isn't possible at the moment for -mfentry and -pg.
"-m8bit-idiv" 4
Item "-m8bit-idiv" 0
"-mno-8bit-idiv" 4
Item "-mno-8bit-idiv"
On some processors, like Intel Atom, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is
much faster than 32-bit/64-bit integer divide. This option generates a
run-time check. If both dividend and divisor are within range of 0
to 255, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is used instead of
32-bit/64-bit integer divide.
"-mavx256-split-unaligned-load" 4
Item "-mavx256-split-unaligned-load" 0
"-mavx256-split-unaligned-store" 4
Item "-mavx256-split-unaligned-store"
Split 32-byte \s-1AVX\s0 unaligned load and store.
These -m switches are supported in addition to the above
on \s-1AMD\s0 x86-64 processors in 64-bit environments.
"-m32" 4
Item "-m32" 0
"-m64" 4
Item "-m64" "-mx32" 4
Item "-mx32"
Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.
The -m32 option sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and
generates code that runs on any i386 system.
The -m64 option sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
to 64 bits and generates code for \s-1AMD\s0's x86-64 architecture.
The -mx32 option sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and
generates code for \s-1AMD\s0's x86-64 architecture.
For darwin only the -m64 option turns off the -fno-pic
and -mdynamic-no-pic options.
"-mno-red-zone" 4
Item "-mno-red-zone" Do not use a so called red zone for x86-64 code. The red zone is mandated
by the x86-64 \s-1ABI\s0, it is a 128-byte area beyond the location of the
stack pointer that will not be modified by signal or interrupt handlers
and therefore can be used for temporary data without adjusting the stack
pointer. The flag
-mno-red-zone disables this red zone.
"-mcmodel=small" 4
Item "-mcmodel=small" Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols must
be linked in the lower 2 \s-1GB\s0 of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits.
Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default
code model.
"-mcmodel=kernel" 4
Item "-mcmodel=kernel" Generate code for the kernel code model. The kernel runs in the
negative 2 \s-1GB\s0 of the address space.
This model has to be used for Linux kernel code.
"-mcmodel=medium" 4
Item "-mcmodel=medium" Generate code for the medium model: The program is linked in the lower 2
\s-1GB\s0 of the address space. Small symbols are also placed there. Symbols
with sizes larger than
-mlarge-data-threshold are put into
large data or bss sections and can be located above 2GB. Programs can
be statically or dynamically linked.
"-mcmodel=large" 4
Item "-mcmodel=large" Generate code for the large model: This model makes no assumptions
about addresses and sizes of sections.
i386 and x86-64 Windows Options
Subsection "i386 and x86-64 Windows Options"
These additional options are available for Windows targets:
"-mconsole" 4
Item "-mconsole" This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
specifies that a console application is to be generated, by
instructing the linker to set the \s-1PE\s0 header subsystem type
required for console applications.
This is the default behavior for Cygwin and MinGW targets.
"-mdll" 4
Item "-mdll" This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
specifies that a \s-1DLL\s0 - a dynamic link library - is to be
generated, enabling the selection of the required runtime
startup object and entry point.
"-mnop-fun-dllimport" 4
Item "-mnop-fun-dllimport" This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
specifies that the dllimport attribute should be ignored.
"-mthread" 4
Item "-mthread" This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies
that MinGW-specific thread support is to be used.
"-municode" 4
Item "-municode" This option is available for mingw-w64 targets. It specifies
that the \s-1UNICODE\s0 macro is getting pre-defined and that the
unicode capable runtime startup code is chosen.
"-mwin32" 4
Item "-mwin32" This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
specifies that the typical Windows pre-defined macros are to
be set in the pre-processor, but does not influence the choice
of runtime
library/
startup code.
"-mwindows" 4
Item "-mwindows" This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
specifies that a \s-1GUI\s0 application is to be generated by
instructing the linker to set the \s-1PE\s0 header subsystem type
appropriately.
"-fno-set-stack-executable" 4
Item "-fno-set-stack-executable" This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that
the executable flag for stack used by nested functions isn't
set. This is necessary for binaries running in kernel mode of
Windows, as there the user32 \s-1API\s0, which is used to set executable
privileges, isn't available.
"-mpe-aligned-commons" 4
Item "-mpe-aligned-commons" This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It
specifies that the \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the \s-1PE\s0 file format that
permits the correct alignment of \s-1COMMON\s0 variables should be
used when generating code. It will be enabled by default if
\s-1GCC\s0 detects that the target assembler found during configuration
supports the feature.
See also under i386 and x86-64 Options for standard options.
\s-1IA-64\s0 Options
Subsection "IA-64 Options"
These are the -m options defined for the Intel \s-1IA-64\s0 architecture.
"-mbig-endian" 4
Item "-mbig-endian" Generate code for a big-endian target. This is the default for HP-UX.
"-mlittle-endian" 4
Item "-mlittle-endian" Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default for \s-1AIX5\s0
and
GNU/
Linux.
"-mgnu-as" 4
Item "-mgnu-as" 0
"-mno-gnu-as" 4
Item "-mno-gnu-as"
Generate (or don't) code for the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler. This is the default.
"-mgnu-ld" 4
Item "-mgnu-ld" 0
"-mno-gnu-ld" 4
Item "-mno-gnu-ld"
Generate (or don't) code for the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. This is the default.
"-mno-pic" 4
Item "-mno-pic" Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The result
is not position independent code, and violates the \s-1IA-64\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
"-mvolatile-asm-stop" 4
Item "-mvolatile-asm-stop" 0
"-mno-volatile-asm-stop" 4
Item "-mno-volatile-asm-stop"
Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm
statements.
"-mregister-names" 4
Item "-mregister-names" 0
"-mno-register-names" 4
Item "-mno-register-names"
Generate (or don't) in, loc, and out register names for
the stacked registers. This may make assembler output more readable.
"-mno-sdata" 4
Item "-mno-sdata" 0
"-msdata" 4
Item "-msdata"
Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section. This may
be useful for working around optimizer bugs.
"-mconstant-gp" 4
Item "-mconstant-gp" Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value. This is
useful when compiling kernel code.
"-mauto-pic" 4
Item "-mauto-pic" Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies
-mconstant-gp.
This is useful when compiling firmware code.
"-minline-float-divide-min-latency" 4
Item "-minline-float-divide-min-latency" Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values
using the minimum latency algorithm.
"-minline-float-divide-max-throughput" 4
Item "-minline-float-divide-max-throughput" Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values
using the maximum throughput algorithm.
"-mno-inline-float-divide" 4
Item "-mno-inline-float-divide" Do not generate inline code for divides of floating-point values.
"-minline-int-divide-min-latency" 4
Item "-minline-int-divide-min-latency" Generate code for inline divides of integer values
using the minimum latency algorithm.
"-minline-int-divide-max-throughput" 4
Item "-minline-int-divide-max-throughput" Generate code for inline divides of integer values
using the maximum throughput algorithm.
"-mno-inline-int-divide" 4
Item "-mno-inline-int-divide" Do not generate inline code for divides of integer values.
"-minline-sqrt-min-latency" 4
Item "-minline-sqrt-min-latency" Generate code for inline square roots
using the minimum latency algorithm.
"-minline-sqrt-max-throughput" 4
Item "-minline-sqrt-max-throughput" Generate code for inline square roots
using the maximum throughput algorithm.
"-mno-inline-sqrt" 4
Item "-mno-inline-sqrt" Do not generate inline code for sqrt.
"-mfused-madd" 4
Item "-mfused-madd" 0
"-mno-fused-madd" 4
Item "-mno-fused-madd"
Do (don't) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or multiply/subtract
instructions. The default is to use these instructions.
"-mno-dwarf2-asm" 4
Item "-mno-dwarf2-asm" 0
"-mdwarf2-asm" 4
Item "-mdwarf2-asm"
Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the \s-1DWARF2\s0 line number debugging
info. This may be useful when not using the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
"-mearly-stop-bits" 4
Item "-mearly-stop-bits" 0
"-mno-early-stop-bits" 4
Item "-mno-early-stop-bits"
Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the
instruction that triggered the stop bit. This can improve instruction
scheduling, but does not always do so.
"-mfixed-range=register-range" 4
Item "-mfixed-range=register-range" Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
specified separated by a comma.
"-mtls-size=tls-size" 4
Item "-mtls-size=tls-size" Specify bit size of immediate \s-1TLS\s0 offsets. Valid values are 14, 22, and
64.
"-mtune=cpu-type" 4
Item "-mtune=cpu-type" Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular \s-1CPU\s0, Valid values are
itanium, itanium1, merced, itanium2, and mckinley.
"-milp32" 4
Item "-milp32" 0
"-mlp64" 4
Item "-mlp64"
Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.
The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
to 64 bits. These are HP-UX specific flags.
"-mno-sched-br-data-spec" 4
Item "-mno-sched-br-data-spec" 0
"-msched-br-data-spec" 4
Item "-msched-br-data-spec"
(Dis/En)able data speculative scheduling before reload.
This will result in generation of the ld.a instructions and
the corresponding check instructions (ld.c / chk.a).
The default is 'disable'.
"-msched-ar-data-spec" 4
Item "-msched-ar-data-spec" 0
"-mno-sched-ar-data-spec" 4
Item "-mno-sched-ar-data-spec"
(En/Dis)able data speculative scheduling after reload.
This will result in generation of the ld.a instructions and
the corresponding check instructions (ld.c / chk.a).
The default is 'enable'.
"-mno-sched-control-spec" 4
Item "-mno-sched-control-spec" 0
"-msched-control-spec" 4
Item "-msched-control-spec"
(Dis/En)able control speculative scheduling. This feature is
available only during region scheduling (i.e. before reload).
This will result in generation of the ld.s instructions and
the corresponding check instructions chk.s .
The default is 'disable'.
"-msched-br-in-data-spec" 4
Item "-msched-br-in-data-spec" 0
"-mno-sched-br-in-data-spec" 4
Item "-mno-sched-br-in-data-spec"
(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
are dependent on the data speculative loads before reload.
This is effective only with -msched-br-data-spec enabled.
The default is 'enable'.
"-msched-ar-in-data-spec" 4
Item "-msched-ar-in-data-spec" 0
"-mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec" 4
Item "-mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec"
(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
are dependent on the data speculative loads after reload.
This is effective only with -msched-ar-data-spec enabled.
The default is 'enable'.
"-msched-in-control-spec" 4
Item "-msched-in-control-spec" 0
"-mno-sched-in-control-spec" 4
Item "-mno-sched-in-control-spec"
(En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that
are dependent on the control speculative loads.
This is effective only with -msched-control-spec enabled.
The default is 'enable'.
"-mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns" 4
Item "-mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns" 0
"-msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns" 4
Item "-msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns"
If enabled, data speculative instructions will be chosen for schedule
only if there are no other choices at the moment. This will make
the use of the data speculation much more conservative.
The default is 'disable'.
"-mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns" 4
Item "-mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns" 0
"-msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns" 4
Item "-msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns"
If enabled, control speculative instructions will be chosen for schedule
only if there are no other choices at the moment. This will make
the use of the control speculation much more conservative.
The default is 'disable'.
"-mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path" 4
Item "-mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path" 0
"-msched-count-spec-in-critical-path" 4
Item "-msched-count-spec-in-critical-path"
If enabled, speculative dependencies will be considered during
computation of the instructions priorities. This will make the use of the
speculation a bit more conservative.
The default is 'disable'.
"-msched-spec-ldc" 4
Item "-msched-spec-ldc" Use a simple data speculation check. This option is on by default.
"-msched-control-spec-ldc" 4
Item "-msched-control-spec-ldc" Use a simple check for control speculation. This option is on by default.
"-msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle" 4
Item "-msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle" Place a stop bit after every cycle when scheduling. This option is on
by default.
"-msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost" 4
Item "-msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost" Assume that floating-point stores and loads are not likely to cause a conflict
when placed into the same instruction group. This option is disabled by
default.
"-msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec" 4
Item "-msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec" Generate checks for control speculation in selective scheduling.
This flag is disabled by default.
"-msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns" 4
Item "-msched-max-memory-insns=max-insns" Limit on the number of memory insns per instruction group, giving lower
priority to subsequent memory insns attempting to schedule in the same
instruction group. Frequently useful to prevent cache bank conflicts.
The default value is 1.
"-msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit" 4
Item "-msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit" Disallow more than `msched-max-memory-insns' in instruction group.
Otherwise, limit is `soft' meaning that we would prefer non-memory operations
when limit is reached but may still schedule memory operations.
\s-1IA-64/VMS\s0 Options
Subsection "IA-64/VMS Options"
These -m options are defined for the \s-1IA-64/VMS\s0 implementations:
"-mvms-return-codes" 4
Item "-mvms-return-codes" Return \s-1VMS\s0 condition codes from main. The default is to return \s-1POSIX\s0
style condition (e.g. error) codes.
"-mdebug-main=prefix" 4
Item "-mdebug-main=prefix" Flag the first routine whose name starts with
prefix as the main
routine for the debugger.
"-mmalloc64" 4
Item "-mmalloc64" Default to 64-bit memory allocation routines.
\s-1LM32\s0 Options
Subsection "LM32 Options"
These -m options are defined for the Lattice Mico32 architecture:
"-mbarrel-shift-enabled" 4
Item "-mbarrel-shift-enabled" Enable barrel-shift instructions.
"-mdivide-enabled" 4
Item "-mdivide-enabled" Enable divide and modulus instructions.
"-mmultiply-enabled" 4
Item "-mmultiply-enabled" Enable multiply instructions.
"-msign-extend-enabled" 4
Item "-msign-extend-enabled" Enable sign extend instructions.
"-muser-enabled" 4
Item "-muser-enabled" Enable user-defined instructions.
M32C Options
Subsection "M32C Options"
"-mcpu=name" 4
Item "-mcpu=name" Select the \s-1CPU\s0 for which code is generated.
name may be one of
\fBr8c for the
R8C/
Tiny series,
m16c for the M16C (up to
/60) series,
m32cm for the M16C/80 series, or
m32c for
the M32C/80 series.
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes
an alternate runtime library to be linked in which supports, for
example, file I/O. You must not use this option when generating
programs that will run on real hardware; you must provide your own
runtime library for whatever I/O functions are needed.
"-memregs=number" 4
Item "-memregs=number" Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers \s-1GCC\s0 will use
during code generation. These pseudo-registers will be used like real
registers, so there is a tradeoff between \s-1GCC\s0's ability to fit the
code into available registers, and the performance penalty of using
memory instead of registers. Note that all modules in a program must
be compiled with the same value for this option. Because of that, you
must not use this option with the default runtime libraries gcc
builds.
M32R/D Options
Subsection "M32R/D Options"
These -m options are defined for Renesas M32R/D architectures:
"-m32r2" 4
Item "-m32r2" Generate code for the M32R/2.
"-m32rx" 4
Item "-m32rx" Generate code for the M32R/X.
"-m32r" 4
Item "-m32r" Generate code for the M32R. This is the default.
"-mmodel=small" 4
Item "-mmodel=small" Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses
can be loaded with the
\*(C`ld24\*(C' instruction), and assume all subroutines
are reachable with the
\*(C`bl\*(C' instruction.
This is the default.
.Sp
The addressability of a particular object can be set with the
\f(CW\*(C`model\*(C' attribute.
"-mmodel=medium" 4
Item "-mmodel=medium" Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler
will generate
\*(C`seth/add3\*(C' instructions to load their addresses), and
assume all subroutines are reachable with the
\*(C`bl\*(C' instruction.
"-mmodel=large" 4
Item "-mmodel=large" Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler
will generate
\*(C`seth/add3\*(C' instructions to load their addresses), and
assume subroutines may not be reachable with the
\*(C`bl\*(C' instruction
(the compiler will generate the much slower
\*(C`seth/add3/jl\*(C'
instruction sequence).
"-msdata=none" 4
Item "-msdata=none" Disable use of the small data area. Variables will be put into
one of
.data,
bss, or
.rodata (unless the
\f(CW\*(C`section\*(C' attribute has been specified).
This is the default.
.Sp
The small data area consists of sections
.sdata and
.sbss.
Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the
\f(CW\*(C`section\*(C' attribute using one of these sections.
"-msdata=sdata" 4
Item "-msdata=sdata" Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not
generate special code to reference them.
"-msdata=use" 4
Item "-msdata=use" Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate
special instructions to reference them.
"-G num" 4
Item "-G num" Put global and static objects less than or equal to
num bytes
into the small data or bss sections instead of the normal data or bss
sections. The default value of
num is 8.
The
-msdata option must be set to one of
sdata or
use
for this option to have any effect.
.Sp
All modules should be compiled with the same
-G num value.
Compiling with different values of
num may or may not work; if it
doesn't the linker will give an error message---incorrect code will not be
generated.
"-mdebug" 4
Item "-mdebug" Makes the M32R specific code in the compiler display some statistics
that might help in debugging programs.
"-malign-loops" 4
Item "-malign-loops" Align all loops to a 32-byte boundary.
"-mno-align-loops" 4
Item "-mno-align-loops" Do not enforce a 32-byte alignment for loops. This is the default.
"-missue-rate=number" 4
Item "-missue-rate=number" Issue
number instructions per cycle.
number can only be 1
or 2.
"-mbranch-cost=number" 4
Item "-mbranch-cost=number" \fInumber can only be 1 or 2. If it is 1 then branches will be
preferred over conditional code, if it is 2, then the opposite will
apply.
"-mflush-trap=number" 4
Item "-mflush-trap=number" Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache. The default is
12. Valid numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive.
"-mno-flush-trap" 4
Item "-mno-flush-trap" Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap.
"-mflush-func=name" 4
Item "-mflush-func=name" Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to flush
the cache. The default is
_flush_cache, but a function call
will only be used if a trap is not available.
"-mno-flush-func" 4
Item "-mno-flush-func" Indicates that there is no \s-1OS\s0 function for flushing the cache.
M680x0 Options
Subsection "M680x0 Options"
These are the -m options defined for M680x0 and ColdFire processors.
The default settings depend on which architecture was selected when
the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices
are given below.
"-march=arch" 4
Item "-march=arch" Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire instruction set
architecture. Permissible values of
arch for M680x0
architectures are:
68000,
68010,
68020,
\fB68030,
68040,
68060 and
cpu32. ColdFire
architectures are selected according to Freescale's \s-1ISA\s0 classification
and the permissible values are:
isaa,
isaaplus,
\fBisab and
isac.
.Sp
gcc defines a macro
_\|_mcfarch_\|_ whenever it is generating
code for a ColdFire target. The
arch in this macro is one of the
\fB-march arguments given above.
.Sp
When used together,
-march and
-mtune select code
that runs on a family of similar processors but that is optimized
for a particular microarchitecture.
"-mcpu=cpu" 4
Item "-mcpu=cpu" Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire processor.
The M680x0
cpus are:
68000,
68010,
68020,
\fB68030,
68040,
68060,
68302,
68332
and
cpu32. The ColdFire
cpus are given by the table
below, which also classifies the CPUs into families:
"Family : -mcpu arguments" 4
Item "Family : -mcpu arguments" 0
"51 : 51 51ac 51cn 51em 51qe" 4
Item "51 : 51 51ac 51cn 51em 51qe" "5206 : 5202 5204 5206" 4
Item "5206 : 5202 5204 5206" "5206e : 5206e" 4
Item "5206e : 5206e" "5208 : 5207 5208" 4
Item "5208 : 5207 5208" "5211a : 5210a 5211a" 4
Item "5211a : 5210a 5211a" "5213 : 5211 5212 5213" 4
Item "5213 : 5211 5212 5213" "5216 : 5214 5216" 4
Item "5216 : 5214 5216" "52235 : 52230 52231 52232 52233 52234 52235" 4
Item "52235 : 52230 52231 52232 52233 52234 52235" "5225 : 5224 5225" 4
Item "5225 : 5224 5225" "52259 : 52252 52254 52255 52256 52258 52259" 4
Item "52259 : 52252 52254 52255 52256 52258 52259" "5235 : 5232 5233 5234 5235 523x" 4
Item "5235 : 5232 5233 5234 5235 523x" "5249 : 5249" 4
Item "5249 : 5249" "5250 : 5250" 4
Item "5250 : 5250" "5271 : 5270 5271" 4
Item "5271 : 5270 5271" "5272 : 5272" 4
Item "5272 : 5272" "5275 : 5274 5275" 4
Item "5275 : 5274 5275" "5282 : 5280 5281 5282 528x" 4
Item "5282 : 5280 5281 5282 528x" "53017 : 53011 53012 53013 53014 53015 53016 53017" 4
Item "53017 : 53011 53012 53013 53014 53015 53016 53017" "5307 : 5307" 4
Item "5307 : 5307" "5329 : 5327 5328 5329 532x" 4
Item "5329 : 5327 5328 5329 532x" "5373 : 5372 5373 537x" 4
Item "5373 : 5372 5373 537x" "5407 : 5407" 4
Item "5407 : 5407" "5475 : 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 547x 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485" 4
Item "5475 : 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 547x 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485"
.Sp
\fB-mcpu=cpu overrides -march=arch if
\fIarch is compatible with cpu. Other combinations of
\fB-mcpu and -march are rejected.
.Sp
gcc defines the macro _\|_mcf_cpu_cpu when ColdFire target
\fIcpu is selected. It also defines _\|_mcf_family_family,
where the value of family is given by the table above.
"-mtune=tune" 4
Item "-mtune=tune" Tune the code for a particular microarchitecture, within the
constraints set by
-march and
-mcpu.
The M680x0 microarchitectures are:
68000,
68010,
\fB68020,
68030,
68040,
68060
and
cpu32. The ColdFire microarchitectures
are:
cfv1,
cfv2,
cfv3,
cfv4 and
cfv4e.
.Sp
You can also use
-mtune=68020-40 for code that needs
to run relatively well on 68020, 68030 and 68040 targets.
\fB-mtune=68020-60 is similar but includes 68060 targets
as well. These two options select the same tuning decisions as
\fB-m68020-40 and
-m68020-60 respectively.
.Sp
gcc defines the macros
_\|_mcarch and
_\|_mcarch_\|_
when tuning for 680x0 architecture
arch. It also defines
\fBmc
arch unless either
-ansi or a non-GNU
-std
option is used. If gcc is tuning for a range of architectures,
as selected by
-mtune=68020-40 or
-mtune=68020-60,
it defines the macros for every architecture in the range.
.Sp
gcc also defines the macro
_\|_muarch_\|_ when tuning for
ColdFire microarchitecture
uarch, where
uarch is one
of the arguments given above.
"-m68000" 4
Item "-m68000" 0
"-mc68000" 4
Item "-mc68000"
Generate output for a 68000. This is the default
when the compiler is configured for 68000-based systems.
It is equivalent to -march=68000.
.Sp
Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or \s-1EC000\s0 core,
including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356.
"-m68010" 4
Item "-m68010" Generate output for a 68010. This is the default
when the compiler is configured for 68010-based systems.
It is equivalent to
-march=68010.
"-m68020" 4
Item "-m68020" 0
"-mc68020" 4
Item "-mc68020"
Generate output for a 68020. This is the default
when the compiler is configured for 68020-based systems.
It is equivalent to -march=68020.
"-m68030" 4
Item "-m68030" Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68030-based systems. It is equivalent to
\fB-march=68030.
"-m68040" 4
Item "-m68040" Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68040-based systems. It is equivalent to
\fB-march=68040.
.Sp
This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be
emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not
have code to emulate those instructions.
"-m68060" 4
Item "-m68060" Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is
configured for 68060-based systems. It is equivalent to
\fB-march=68060.
.Sp
This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that
have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060
does not have code to emulate those instructions.
"-mcpu32" 4
Item "-mcpu32" Generate output for a \s-1CPU32\s0. This is the default
when the compiler is configured for CPU32-based systems.
It is equivalent to
-march=cpu32.
.Sp
Use this option for microcontrollers with a
\s-1CPU32\s0 or \s-1CPU32+\s0 core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334,
68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360.
"-m5200" 4
Item "-m5200" Generate output for a 520X ColdFire \s-1CPU\s0. This is the default
when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems.
It is equivalent to
-mcpu=5206, and is now deprecated
in favor of that option.
.Sp
Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including
the \s-1MCF5202\s0, \s-1MCF5203\s0, \s-1MCF5204\s0 and \s-1MCF5206\s0.
"-m5206e" 4
Item "-m5206e" Generate output for a 5206e ColdFire \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now
deprecated in favor of the equivalent
-mcpu=5206e.
"-m528x" 4
Item "-m528x" Generate output for a member of the ColdFire 528X family.
The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent
\fB-mcpu=528x.
"-m5307" 4
Item "-m5307" Generate output for a ColdFire 5307 \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now deprecated
in favor of the equivalent
-mcpu=5307.
"-m5407" 4
Item "-m5407" Generate output for a ColdFire 5407 \s-1CPU\s0. The option is now deprecated
in favor of the equivalent
-mcpu=5407.
"-mcfv4e" 4
Item "-mcfv4e" Generate output for a ColdFire V4e family \s-1CPU\s0 (e.g. 547x/548x).
This includes use of hardware floating-point instructions.
The option is equivalent to
-mcpu=547x, and is now
deprecated in favor of that option.
"-m68020-40" 4
Item "-m68020-40" Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions.
This results in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a
68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68040.
.Sp
The option is equivalent to
-march=68020 -mtune=68020-40.
"-m68020-60" 4
Item "-m68020-60" Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions.
This results in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a
68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the
68881 instructions that are emulated on the 68060.
.Sp
The option is equivalent to
-march=68020 -mtune=68020-60.
"-mhard-float" 4
Item "-mhard-float" 0
"-m68881" 4
Item "-m68881"
Generate floating-point instructions. This is the default for 68020
and above, and for ColdFire devices that have an \s-1FPU\s0. It defines the
macro _\|_HAVE_68881_\|_ on M680x0 targets and _\|_mcffpu_\|_
on ColdFire targets.
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float" Do not generate floating-point instructions; use library calls instead.
This is the default for 68000, 68010, and 68832 targets. It is also
the default for ColdFire devices that have no \s-1FPU\s0.
"-mdiv" 4
Item "-mdiv" 0
"-mno-div" 4
Item "-mno-div"
Generate (do not generate) ColdFire hardware divide and remainder
instructions. If -march is used without -mcpu,
the default is \*(L"on\*(R" for ColdFire architectures and \*(L"off\*(R" for M680x0
architectures. Otherwise, the default is taken from the target \s-1CPU\s0
(either the default \s-1CPU\s0, or the one specified by -mcpu). For
example, the default is \*(L"off\*(R" for -mcpu=5206 and \*(L"on\*(R" for
\fB-mcpu=5206e.
.Sp
gcc defines the macro _\|_mcfhwdiv_\|_ when this option is enabled.
"-mshort" 4
Item "-mshort" Consider type
\*(C`int\*(C' to be 16 bits wide, like
\*(C`short int\*(C'.
Additionally, parameters passed on the stack are also aligned to a
16-bit boundary even on targets whose \s-1API\s0 mandates promotion to 32-bit.
"-mno-short" 4
Item "-mno-short" Do not consider type
\*(C`int\*(C' to be 16 bits wide. This is the default.
"-mnobitfield" 4
Item "-mnobitfield" 0
"-mno-bitfield" 4
Item "-mno-bitfield"
Do not use the bit-field instructions. The -m68000, -mcpu32
and -m5200 options imply -mnobitfield.
"-mbitfield" 4
Item "-mbitfield" Do use the bit-field instructions. The
-m68020 option implies
\fB-mbitfield. This is the default if you use a configuration
designed for a 68020.
"-mrtd" 4
Item "-mrtd" Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions
that take a fixed number of arguments return with the
\*(C`rtd\*(C'
instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This
saves one instruction in the caller since there is no need to pop
the arguments there.
.Sp
This calling convention is incompatible with the one normally
used on Unix, so you cannot use it if you need to call libraries
compiled with the Unix compiler.
.Sp
Also, you must provide function prototypes for all functions that
take variable numbers of arguments (including
\*(C`printf\*(C');
otherwise incorrect code will be generated for calls to those
functions.
.Sp
In addition, seriously incorrect code will result if you call a
function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are
harmlessly ignored.)
.Sp
The
\*(C`rtd\*(C' instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030,
68040, 68060 and \s-1CPU32\s0 processors, but not by the 68000 or 5200.
"-mno-rtd" 4
Item "-mno-rtd" Do not use the calling conventions selected by
-mrtd.
This is the default.
"-malign-int" 4
Item "-malign-int" 0
"-mno-align-int" 4
Item "-mno-align-int"
Control whether \s-1GCC\s0 aligns \*(C`int\*(C', \*(C`long\*(C', \*(C`long long\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`float\*(C', \*(C`double\*(C', and \*(C`long double\*(C' variables on a 32-bit
boundary (-malign-int) or a 16-bit boundary (-mno-align-int).
Aligning variables on 32-bit boundaries produces code that runs somewhat
faster on processors with 32-bit busses at the expense of more memory.
.Sp
\fBWarning: if you use the -malign-int switch, \s-1GCC\s0 will
align structures containing the above types differently than
most published application binary interface specifications for the m68k.
"-mpcrel" 4
Item "-mpcrel" Use the pc-relative addressing mode of the 68000 directly, instead of
using a global offset table. At present, this option implies
-fpic,
allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing.
-fPIC is
not presently supported with
-mpcrel, though this could be supported for
68020 and higher processors.
"-mno-strict-align" 4
Item "-mno-strict-align" 0
"-mstrict-align" 4
Item "-mstrict-align"
Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references will be handled by
the system.
"-msep-data" 4
Item "-msep-data" Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different
area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in
an environment without virtual memory management. This option implies
\fB-fPIC.
"-mno-sep-data" 4
Item "-mno-sep-data" Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment.
This is the default.
"-mid-shared-library" 4
Item "-mid-shared-library" Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library \s-1ID\s0 method.
This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment
without virtual memory management. This option implies
-fPIC.
"-mno-id-shared-library" 4
Item "-mno-id-shared-library" Generate code that doesn't assume \s-1ID\s0 based shared libraries are being used.
This is the default.
"-mshared-library-id=n" 4
Item "-mshared-library-id=n" Specified the identification number of the \s-1ID\s0 based shared library being
compiled. Specifying a value of 0 will generate more compact code, specifying
other values will force the allocation of that number to the current
library but is no more space or time efficient than omitting this option.
"-mxgot" 4
Item "-mxgot" 0
"-mno-xgot" 4
Item "-mno-xgot"
When generating position-independent code for ColdFire, generate code
that works if the \s-1GOT\s0 has more than 8192 entries. This code is
larger and slower than code generated without this option. On M680x0
processors, this option is not needed; -fPIC suffices.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 normally uses a single instruction to load values from the \s-1GOT\s0.
While this is relatively efficient, it only works if the \s-1GOT\s0
is smaller than about 64k. Anything larger causes the linker
to report an error such as:
.Sp
.Vb 1
relocation truncated to fit: R_68K_GOT16O foobar
.Ve
.Sp
If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot.
It should then work with very large GOTs. However, code generated with
\fB-mxgot is less efficient, since it takes 4 instructions to fetch
the value of a global symbol.
.Sp
Note that some linkers, including newer versions of the \s-1GNU\s0 linker,
can create multiple GOTs and sort \s-1GOT\s0 entries. If you have such a linker,
you should only need to use -mxgot when compiling a single
object file that accesses more than 8192 \s-1GOT\s0 entries. Very few do.
.Sp
These options have no effect unless \s-1GCC\s0 is generating
position-independent code.
MCore Options
Subsection "MCore Options"
These are the -m options defined for the Motorola M*Core
processors.
"-mhardlit" 4
Item "-mhardlit" 0
"-mno-hardlit" 4
Item "-mno-hardlit"
Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two
instructions or less.
"-mdiv" 4
Item "-mdiv" 0
"-mno-div" 4
Item "-mno-div"
Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default).
"-mrelax-immediate" 4
Item "-mrelax-immediate" 0
"-mno-relax-immediate" 4
Item "-mno-relax-immediate"
Allow arbitrary sized immediates in bit operations.
"-mwide-bitfields" 4
Item "-mwide-bitfields" 0
"-mno-wide-bitfields" 4
Item "-mno-wide-bitfields"
Always treat bit-fields as int-sized.
"-m4byte-functions" 4
Item "-m4byte-functions" 0
"-mno-4byte-functions" 4
Item "-mno-4byte-functions"
Force all functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary.
"-mcallgraph-data" 4
Item "-mcallgraph-data" 0
"-mno-callgraph-data" 4
Item "-mno-callgraph-data"
Emit callgraph information.
"-mslow-bytes" 4
Item "-mslow-bytes" 0
"-mno-slow-bytes" 4
Item "-mno-slow-bytes"
Prefer word access when reading byte quantities.
"-mlittle-endian" 4
Item "-mlittle-endian" 0
"-mbig-endian" 4
Item "-mbig-endian"
Generate code for a little-endian target.
"-m210" 4
Item "-m210" 0
"-m340" 4
Item "-m340"
Generate code for the 210 processor.
"-mno-lsim" 4
Item "-mno-lsim" Assume that runtime support has been provided and so omit the
simulator library (
libsim.a) from the linker command line.
"-mstack-increment=size" 4
Item "-mstack-increment=size" Set the maximum amount for a single stack increment operation. Large
values can increase the speed of programs that contain functions
that need a large amount of stack space, but they can also trigger a
segmentation fault if the stack is extended too much. The default
value is 0x1000.
MeP Options
Subsection "MeP Options"
"-mabsdiff" 4
Item "-mabsdiff" Enables the
\*(C`abs\*(C' instruction, which is the absolute difference
between two registers.
"-mall-opts" 4
Item "-mall-opts" Enables all the optional instructions - average, multiply, divide, bit
operations, leading zero, absolute difference,
min/
max, clip, and
saturation.
"-maverage" 4
Item "-maverage" Enables the
\*(C`ave\*(C' instruction, which computes the average of two
registers.
"-mbased=n" 4
Item "-mbased=n" Variables of size
n bytes or smaller will be placed in the
\f(CW\*(C`.based\*(C' section by default. Based variables use the
$tp
register as a base register, and there is a 128-byte limit to the
\f(CW\*(C`.based\*(C' section.
"-mbitops" 4
Item "-mbitops" Enables the bit operation instructions - bit test (
\*(C`btstm\*(C'), set
(
\*(C`bsetm\*(C'), clear (
\*(C`bclrm\*(C'), invert (
\*(C`bnotm\*(C'), and
test-and-set (
\*(C`tas\*(C').
"-mc=name" 4
Item "-mc=name" Selects which section constant data will be placed in.
name may
be
\*(C`tiny\*(C',
\*(C`near\*(C', or
\*(C`far\*(C'.
"-mclip" 4
Item "-mclip" Enables the
\*(C`clip\*(C' instruction. Note that
\*(C`-mclip\*(C' is not
useful unless you also provide
\*(C`-mminmax\*(C'.
"-mconfig=name" 4
Item "-mconfig=name" Selects one of the build-in core configurations. Each MeP chip has
one or more modules in it; each module has a core \s-1CPU\s0 and a variety of
coprocessors, optional instructions, and peripherals. The
\f(CW\*(C`MeP-Integrator\*(C' tool, not part of \s-1GCC\s0, provides these
configurations through this option; using this option is the same as
using all the corresponding command-line options. The default
configuration is
\*(C`default\*(C'.
"-mcop" 4
Item "-mcop" Enables the coprocessor instructions. By default, this is a 32-bit
coprocessor. Note that the coprocessor is normally enabled via the
\f(CW\*(C`-mconfig=\*(C' option.
"-mcop32" 4
Item "-mcop32" Enables the 32-bit coprocessor's instructions.
"-mcop64" 4
Item "-mcop64" Enables the 64-bit coprocessor's instructions.
"-mivc2" 4
Item "-mivc2" Enables \s-1IVC2\s0 scheduling. \s-1IVC2\s0 is a 64-bit \s-1VLIW\s0 coprocessor.
"-mdc" 4
Item "-mdc" Causes constant variables to be placed in the
\*(C`.near\*(C' section.
"-mdiv" 4
Item "-mdiv" Enables the
\*(C`div\*(C' and
\*(C`divu\*(C' instructions.
"-meb" 4
Item "-meb" Generate big-endian code.
"-mel" 4
Item "-mel" Generate little-endian code.
"-mio-volatile" 4
Item "-mio-volatile" Tells the compiler that any variable marked with the
\*(C`io\*(C'
attribute is to be considered volatile.
"-ml" 4
Item "-ml" Causes variables to be assigned to the
\*(C`.far\*(C' section by default.
"-mleadz" 4
Item "-mleadz" Enables the
\*(C`leadz\*(C' (leading zero) instruction.
"-mm" 4
Item "-mm" Causes variables to be assigned to the
\*(C`.near\*(C' section by default.
"-mminmax" 4
Item "-mminmax" Enables the
\*(C`min\*(C' and
\*(C`max\*(C' instructions.
"-mmult" 4
Item "-mmult" Enables the multiplication and multiply-accumulate instructions.
"-mno-opts" 4
Item "-mno-opts" Disables all the optional instructions enabled by
\*(C`-mall-opts\*(C'.
"-mrepeat" 4
Item "-mrepeat" Enables the
\*(C`repeat\*(C' and
\*(C`erepeat\*(C' instructions, used for
low-overhead looping.
"-ms" 4
Item "-ms" Causes all variables to default to the
\*(C`.tiny\*(C' section. Note
that there is a 65536-byte limit to this section. Accesses to these
variables use the
%gp base register.
"-msatur" 4
Item "-msatur" Enables the saturation instructions. Note that the compiler does not
currently generate these itself, but this option is included for
compatibility with other tools, like
\*(C`as\*(C'.
"-msdram" 4
Item "-msdram" Link the SDRAM-based runtime instead of the default ROM-based runtime.
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" Link the simulator runtime libraries.
"-msimnovec" 4
Item "-msimnovec" Link the simulator runtime libraries, excluding built-in support
for reset and exception vectors and tables.
"-mtf" 4
Item "-mtf" Causes all functions to default to the
\*(C`.far\*(C' section. Without
this option, functions default to the
\*(C`.near\*(C' section.
"-mtiny=n" 4
Item "-mtiny=n" Variables that are
n bytes or smaller will be allocated to the
\f(CW\*(C`.tiny\*(C' section. These variables use the
$gp base
register. The default for this option is 4, but note that there's a
65536-byte limit to the
\*(C`.tiny\*(C' section.
MicroBlaze Options
Subsection "MicroBlaze Options"
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float" Use software emulation for floating point (default).
"-mhard-float" 4
Item "-mhard-float" Use hardware floating-point instructions.
"-mmemcpy" 4
Item "-mmemcpy" Do not optimize block moves, use
\*(C`memcpy\*(C'.
"-mno-clearbss" 4
Item "-mno-clearbss" This option is deprecated. Use
-fno-zero-initialized-in-bss instead.
"-mcpu=cpu-type" 4
Item "-mcpu=cpu-type" Use features of and schedule code for given \s-1CPU\s0.
Supported values are in the format
vX.\s-1YY\s0.Z,
where
X is a major version,
\s-1YY\s0 is the minor version, and
\fIZ is compatibility code. Example values are
v3.00.a,
\fBv4.00.b,
v5.00.a,
v5.00.b,
v5.00.b,
v6.00.a.
"-mxl-soft-mul" 4
Item "-mxl-soft-mul" Use software multiply emulation (default).
"-mxl-soft-div" 4
Item "-mxl-soft-div" Use software emulation for divides (default).
"-mxl-barrel-shift" 4
Item "-mxl-barrel-shift" Use the hardware barrel shifter.
"-mxl-pattern-compare" 4
Item "-mxl-pattern-compare" Use pattern compare instructions.
"-msmall-divides" 4
Item "-msmall-divides" Use table lookup optimization for small signed integer divisions.
"-mxl-stack-check" 4
Item "-mxl-stack-check" This option is deprecated. Use -fstack-check instead.
"-mxl-gp-opt" 4
Item "-mxl-gp-opt" Use \s-1GP\s0 relative
sdata/
sbss sections.
"-mxl-multiply-high" 4
Item "-mxl-multiply-high" Use multiply high instructions for high part of 32x32 multiply.
"-mxl-float-convert" 4
Item "-mxl-float-convert" Use hardware floating-point conversion instructions.
"-mxl-float-sqrt" 4
Item "-mxl-float-sqrt" Use hardware floating-point square root instruction.
"-mxl-mode-app-model" 4
Item "-mxl-mode-app-model" Select application model
app-model. Valid models are
"executable" 4
Item "executable" normal executable (default), uses startup code
crt0.o.
"xmdstub" 4
Item "xmdstub" for use with Xilinx Microprocessor Debugger (\s-1XMD\s0) based
software intrusive debug agent called xmdstub. This uses startup file
\fIcrt1.o and sets the start address of the program to be 0x800.
"bootstrap" 4
Item "bootstrap" for applications that are loaded using a bootloader.
This model uses startup file
crt2.o which does not contain a processor
reset vector handler. This is suitable for transferring control on a
processor reset to the bootloader rather than the application.
"novectors" 4
Item "novectors" for applications that do not require any of the
MicroBlaze vectors. This option may be useful for applications running
within a monitoring application. This model uses
crt3.o as a startup file.
.Sp
Option -xl-mode-app-model is a deprecated alias for
\fB-mxl-mode-app-model.
\s-1MIPS\s0 Options
Subsection "MIPS Options"
"-EB" 4
Item "-EB" Generate big-endian code.
"-EL" 4
Item "-EL" Generate little-endian code. This is the default for
mips*el-*-*
configurations.
"-march=arch" 4
Item "-march=arch" Generate code that will run on
arch, which can be the name of a
generic \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ISA\s0, or the name of a particular processor.
The \s-1ISA\s0 names are:
\fBmips1,
mips2,
mips3,
mips4,
\fBmips32,
mips32r2,
mips64 and
mips64r2.
The processor names are:
\fB4kc,
4km,
4kp,
4ksc,
\fB4kec,
4kem,
4kep,
4ksd,
\fB5kc,
5kf,
\fB20kc,
\fB24kc,
24kf2_1,
24kf1_1,
\fB24kec,
24kef2_1,
24kef1_1,
\fB34kc,
34kf2_1,
34kf1_1,
\fB74kc,
74kf2_1,
74kf1_1,
74kf3_2,
\fB1004kc,
1004kf2_1,
1004kf1_1,
\fBloongson2e,
loongson2f,
loongson3a,
\fBm4k,
\fBocteon,
octeon+,
octeon2,
\fBorion,
\fBr2000,
r3000,
r3900,
r4000,
r4400,
\fBr4600,
r4650,
r6000,
r8000,
\fBrm7000,
rm9000,
\fBr10000,
r12000,
r14000,
r16000,
\fBsb1,
\fBsr71000,
\fBvr4100,
vr4111,
vr4120,
vr4130,
vr4300,
\fBvr5000,
vr5400,
vr5500
and
xlr.
The special value
from-abi selects the
most compatible architecture for the selected \s-1ABI\s0 (that is,
\fBmips1 for 32-bit ABIs and
mips3 for 64-bit ABIs).
.Sp
Native
Linux/
GNU and \s-1IRIX\s0 toolchains also support the value
native,
which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
\fB-march=native has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
the processor.
.Sp
In processor names, a final
000 can be abbreviated as
k
(for example,
-march=r2k). Prefixes are optional, and
\fBvr may be written
r.
.Sp
Names of the form
nf2_1 refer to processors with
FPUs clocked at half the rate of the core, names of the form
\fIn
f1_1 refer to processors with FPUs clocked at the same
rate as the core, and names of the form
nf3_2 refer to
processors with FPUs clocked a ratio of 3:2 with respect to the core.
For compatibility reasons,
nf is accepted as a synonym
for
nf2_1 while
nx and
bfx are
accepted as synonyms for
nf1_1.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 defines two macros based on the value of this option. The first
is
_MIPS_ARCH, which gives the name of target architecture, as
a string. The second has the form
_MIPS_ARCH_foo,
where
foo is the capitalized value of
_MIPS_ARCH.
For example,
-march=r2000 will set
_MIPS_ARCH
to
\*(L"r2000\*(R" and define the macro
_MIPS_ARCH_R2000.
.Sp
Note that the
_MIPS_ARCH macro uses the processor names given
above. In other words, it will have the full prefix and will not
abbreviate
000 as
k. In the case of
from-abi,
the macro names the resolved architecture (either
\*(L"mips1\*(R" or
\fB\*(L"mips3\*(R"). It names the default architecture when no
\fB-march option is given.
"-mtune=arch" 4
Item "-mtune=arch" Optimize for
arch. Among other things, this option controls
the way instructions are scheduled, and the perceived cost of arithmetic
operations. The list of
arch values is the same as for
\fB-march.
.Sp
When this option is not used, \s-1GCC\s0 will optimize for the processor
specified by
-march. By using
-march and
\fB-mtune together, it is possible to generate code that will
run on a family of processors, but optimize the code for one
particular member of that family.
.Sp
\fB-mtune defines the macros
_MIPS_TUNE and
\fB_MIPS_TUNE_
foo, which work in the same way as the
\fB-march ones described above.
"-mips1" 4
Item "-mips1" Equivalent to
-march=mips1.
"-mips2" 4
Item "-mips2" Equivalent to
-march=mips2.
"-mips3" 4
Item "-mips3" Equivalent to
-march=mips3.
"-mips4" 4
Item "-mips4" Equivalent to
-march=mips4.
"-mips32" 4
Item "-mips32" Equivalent to
-march=mips32.
"-mips32r2" 4
Item "-mips32r2" Equivalent to
-march=mips32r2.
"-mips64" 4
Item "-mips64" Equivalent to
-march=mips64.
"-mips64r2" 4
Item "-mips64r2" Equivalent to
-march=mips64r2.
"-mips16" 4
Item "-mips16" 0
"-mno-mips16" 4
Item "-mno-mips16"
Generate (do not generate) \s-1MIPS16\s0 code. If \s-1GCC\s0 is targetting a
\s-1MIPS32\s0 or \s-1MIPS64\s0 architecture, it will make use of the MIPS16e \s-1ASE\s0.
.Sp
\s-1MIPS16\s0 code generation can also be controlled on a per-function basis
by means of \*(C`mips16\*(C' and \*(C`nomips16\*(C' attributes.
"-mflip-mips16" 4
Item "-mflip-mips16" Generate \s-1MIPS16\s0 code on alternating functions. This option is provided
for regression testing of mixed
MIPS16/
non-MIPS16 code generation, and is
not intended for ordinary use in compiling user code.
"-minterlink-mips16" 4
Item "-minterlink-mips16" 0
"-mno-interlink-mips16" 4
Item "-mno-interlink-mips16"
Require (do not require) that non-MIPS16 code be link-compatible with
\s-1MIPS16\s0 code.
.Sp
For example, non-MIPS16 code cannot jump directly to \s-1MIPS16\s0 code;
it must either use a call or an indirect jump. -minterlink-mips16
therefore disables direct jumps unless \s-1GCC\s0 knows that the target of the
jump is not \s-1MIPS16\s0.
"-mabi=32" 4
Item "-mabi=32" 0
"-mabi=o64" 4
Item "-mabi=o64" "-mabi=n32" 4
Item "-mabi=n32" "-mabi=64" 4
Item "-mabi=64" "-mabi=eabi" 4
Item "-mabi=eabi"
Generate code for the given \s-1ABI\s0.
.Sp
Note that the \s-1EABI\s0 has a 32-bit and a 64-bit variant. \s-1GCC\s0 normally
generates 64-bit code when you select a 64-bit architecture, but you
can use -mgp32 to get 32-bit code instead.
.Sp
For information about the O64 \s-1ABI\s0, see
<http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/mipso64-abi.html>.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 supports a variant of the o32 \s-1ABI\s0 in which floating-point registers
are 64 rather than 32 bits wide. You can select this combination with
\fB-mabi=32 -mfp64. This \s-1ABI\s0 relies on the mthc1
and mfhc1 instructions and is therefore only supported for
\s-1MIPS32R2\s0 processors.
.Sp
The register assignments for arguments and return values remain the
same, but each scalar value is passed in a single 64-bit register
rather than a pair of 32-bit registers. For example, scalar
floating-point values are returned in \f(CB$f0 only, not a
\fB\f(CB$f0/\f(CB$f1 pair. The set of call-saved registers also
remains the same, but all 64 bits are saved.
"-mabicalls" 4
Item "-mabicalls" 0
"-mno-abicalls" 4
Item "-mno-abicalls"
Generate (do not generate) code that is suitable for SVR4-style
dynamic objects. -mabicalls is the default for SVR4-based
systems.
"-mshared" 4
Item "-mshared" 0
"-mno-shared" 4
Item "-mno-shared"
Generate (do not generate) code that is fully position-independent,
and that can therefore be linked into shared libraries. This option
only affects -mabicalls.
.Sp
All -mabicalls code has traditionally been position-independent,
regardless of options like -fPIC and -fpic. However,
as an extension, the \s-1GNU\s0 toolchain allows executables to use absolute
accesses for locally-binding symbols. It can also use shorter \s-1GP\s0
initialization sequences and generate direct calls to locally-defined
functions. This mode is selected by -mno-shared.
.Sp
\fB-mno-shared depends on binutils 2.16 or higher and generates
objects that can only be linked by the \s-1GNU\s0 linker. However, the option
does not affect the \s-1ABI\s0 of the final executable; it only affects the \s-1ABI\s0
of relocatable objects. Using -mno-shared will generally make
executables both smaller and quicker.
.Sp
\fB-mshared is the default.
"-mplt" 4
Item "-mplt" 0
"-mno-plt" 4
Item "-mno-plt"
Assume (do not assume) that the static and dynamic linkers
support PLTs and copy relocations. This option only affects
\fB-mno-shared -mabicalls. For the n64 \s-1ABI\s0, this option
has no effect without -msym32.
.Sp
You can make -mplt the default by configuring
\s-1GCC\s0 with --with-mips-plt. The default is
\fB-mno-plt otherwise.
"-mxgot" 4
Item "-mxgot" 0
"-mno-xgot" 4
Item "-mno-xgot"
Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global
offset table.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 normally uses a single instruction to load values from the \s-1GOT\s0.
While this is relatively efficient, it will only work if the \s-1GOT\s0
is smaller than about 64k. Anything larger will cause the linker
to report an error such as:
.Sp
.Vb 1
relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 foobar
.Ve
.Sp
If this happens, you should recompile your code with -mxgot.
It should then work with very large GOTs, although it will also be
less efficient, since it will take three instructions to fetch the
value of a global symbol.
.Sp
Note that some linkers can create multiple GOTs. If you have such a
linker, you should only need to use -mxgot when a single object
file accesses more than 64k's worth of \s-1GOT\s0 entries. Very few do.
.Sp
These options have no effect unless \s-1GCC\s0 is generating position
independent code.
"-mgp32" 4
Item "-mgp32" Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide.
"-mgp64" 4
Item "-mgp64" Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide.
"-mfp32" 4
Item "-mfp32" Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide.
"-mfp64" 4
Item "-mfp64" Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide.
"-mhard-float" 4
Item "-mhard-float" Use floating-point coprocessor instructions.
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float" Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions. Implement
floating-point calculations using library calls instead.
"-msingle-float" 4
Item "-msingle-float" Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-precision
operations.
"-mdouble-float" 4
Item "-mdouble-float" Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-precision
operations. This is the default.
"-mllsc" 4
Item "-mllsc" 0
"-mno-llsc" 4
Item "-mno-llsc"
Use (do not use) ll, sc, and sync instructions to
implement atomic memory built-in functions. When neither option is
specified, \s-1GCC\s0 will use the instructions if the target architecture
supports them.
.Sp
\fB-mllsc is useful if the runtime environment can emulate the
instructions and -mno-llsc can be useful when compiling for
nonstandard ISAs. You can make either option the default by
configuring \s-1GCC\s0 with --with-llsc and --without-llsc
respectively. --with-llsc is the default for some
configurations; see the installation documentation for details.
"-mdsp" 4
Item "-mdsp" 0
"-mno-dsp" 4
Item "-mno-dsp"
Use (do not use) revision 1 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
This option defines the
preprocessor macro _\|_mips_dsp. It also defines
\fB_\|_mips_dsp_rev to 1.
"-mdspr2" 4
Item "-mdspr2" 0
"-mno-dspr2" 4
Item "-mno-dspr2"
Use (do not use) revision 2 of the \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
This option defines the
preprocessor macros _\|_mips_dsp and _\|_mips_dspr2.
It also defines _\|_mips_dsp_rev to 2.
"-msmartmips" 4
Item "-msmartmips" 0
"-mno-smartmips" 4
Item "-mno-smartmips"
Use (do not use) the \s-1MIPS\s0 SmartMIPS \s-1ASE\s0.
"-mpaired-single" 4
Item "-mpaired-single" 0
"-mno-paired-single" 4
Item "-mno-paired-single"
Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions.
This option requires
hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
"-mdmx" 4
Item "-mdmx" 0
"-mno-mdmx" 4
Item "-mno-mdmx"
Use (do not use) \s-1MIPS\s0 Digital Media Extension instructions.
This option can only be used when generating 64-bit code and requires
hardware floating-point support to be enabled.
"-mips3d" 4
Item "-mips3d" 0
"-mno-mips3d" 4
Item "-mno-mips3d"
Use (do not use) the \s-1MIPS-3D\s0 \s-1ASE\s0.
The option -mips3d implies -mpaired-single.
"-mmt" 4
Item "-mmt" 0
"-mno-mt" 4
Item "-mno-mt"
Use (do not use) \s-1MT\s0 Multithreading instructions.
"-mlong64" 4
Item "-mlong64" Force
\*(C`long\*(C' types to be 64 bits wide. See
-mlong32 for
an explanation of the default and the way that the pointer size is
determined.
"-mlong32" 4
Item "-mlong32" Force
\*(C`long\*(C',
\*(C`int\*(C', and pointer types to be 32 bits wide.
.Sp
The default size of
\*(C`int\*(C's,
\*(C`long\*(C's and pointers depends on
the \s-1ABI\s0. All the supported ABIs use 32-bit
\*(C`int\*(C's. The n64 \s-1ABI\s0
uses 64-bit
\*(C`long\*(C's, as does the 64-bit \s-1EABI\s0; the others use
32-bit
\*(C`long\*(C's. Pointers are the same size as
\*(C`long\*(C's,
or the same size as integer registers, whichever is smaller.
"-msym32" 4
Item "-msym32" 0
"-mno-sym32" 4
Item "-mno-sym32"
Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32-bit values, regardless
of the selected \s-1ABI\s0. This option is useful in combination with
\fB-mabi=64 and -mno-abicalls because it allows \s-1GCC\s0
to generate shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses.
"-G num" 4
Item "-G num" Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section
if that data is no bigger than
num bytes. \s-1GCC\s0 can then access
the data more efficiently; see
-mgpopt for details.
.Sp
The default
-G option depends on the configuration.
"-mlocal-sdata" 4
Item "-mlocal-sdata" 0
"-mno-local-sdata" 4
Item "-mno-local-sdata"
Extend (do not extend) the -G behavior to local data too,
such as to static variables in C. -mlocal-sdata is the
default for all configurations.
.Sp
If the linker complains that an application is using too much small data,
you might want to try rebuilding the less performance-critical parts with
\fB-mno-local-sdata. You might also want to build large
libraries with -mno-local-sdata, so that the libraries leave
more room for the main program.
"-mextern-sdata" 4
Item "-mextern-sdata" 0
"-mno-extern-sdata" 4
Item "-mno-extern-sdata"
Assume (do not assume) that externally-defined data will be in
a small data section if that data is within the -G limit.
\fB-mextern-sdata is the default for all configurations.
.Sp
If you compile a module Mod with -mextern-sdata -G
\fInum -mgpopt, and Mod references a variable Var
that is no bigger than num bytes, you must make sure that Var
is placed in a small data section. If Var is defined by another
module, you must either compile that module with a high-enough
\fB-G setting or attach a \*(C`section\*(C' attribute to Var's
definition. If Var is common, you must link the application
with a high-enough -G setting.
.Sp
The easiest way of satisfying these restrictions is to compile
and link every module with the same -G option. However,
you may wish to build a library that supports several different
small data limits. You can do this by compiling the library with
the highest supported -G setting and additionally using
\fB-mno-extern-sdata to stop the library from making assumptions
about externally-defined data.
"-mgpopt" 4
Item "-mgpopt" 0
"-mno-gpopt" 4
Item "-mno-gpopt"
Use (do not use) GP-relative accesses for symbols that are known to be
in a small data section; see -G, -mlocal-sdata and
\fB-mextern-sdata. -mgpopt is the default for all
configurations.
.Sp
\fB-mno-gpopt is useful for cases where the $gp register
might not hold the value of \*(C`_gp\*(C'. For example, if the code is
part of a library that might be used in a boot monitor, programs that
call boot monitor routines will pass an unknown value in $gp.
(In such situations, the boot monitor itself would usually be compiled
with -G0.)
.Sp
\fB-mno-gpopt implies -mno-local-sdata and
\fB-mno-extern-sdata.
"-membedded-data" 4
Item "-membedded-data" 0
"-mno-embedded-data" 4
Item "-mno-embedded-data"
Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then
next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives
slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of \s-1RAM\s0 required
when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems.
"-muninit-const-in-rodata" 4
Item "-muninit-const-in-rodata" 0
"-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata" 4
Item "-mno-uninit-const-in-rodata"
Put uninitialized \*(C`const\*(C' variables in the read-only data section.
This option is only meaningful in conjunction with -membedded-data.
"-mcode-readable=setting" 4
Item "-mcode-readable=setting" Specify whether \s-1GCC\s0 may generate code that reads from executable sections.
There are three possible settings:
"-mcode-readable=yes" 4
Item "-mcode-readable=yes" Instructions may freely access executable sections. This is the
default setting.
"-mcode-readable=pcrel" 4
Item "-mcode-readable=pcrel" \s-1MIPS16\s0 PC-relative load instructions can access executable sections,
but other instructions must not do so. This option is useful on 4KSc
and 4KSd processors when the code TLBs have the Read Inhibit bit set.
It is also useful on processors that can be configured to have a dual
instruction/
data \s-1SRAM\s0 interface and that, like the M4K, automatically
redirect PC-relative loads to the instruction \s-1RAM\s0.
"-mcode-readable=no" 4
Item "-mcode-readable=no" Instructions must not access executable sections. This option can be
useful on targets that are configured to have a dual
instruction/
data
\s-1SRAM\s0 interface but that (unlike the M4K) do not automatically redirect
PC-relative loads to the instruction \s-1RAM\s0.
"-msplit-addresses" 4
Item "-msplit-addresses" 0
"-mno-split-addresses" 4
Item "-mno-split-addresses"
Enable (disable) use of the \*(C`%hi()\*(C' and \*(C`%lo()\*(C' assembler
relocation operators. This option has been superseded by
\fB-mexplicit-relocs but is retained for backwards compatibility.
"-mexplicit-relocs" 4
Item "-mexplicit-relocs" 0
"-mno-explicit-relocs" 4
Item "-mno-explicit-relocs"
Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic
addresses. The alternative, selected by -mno-explicit-relocs,
is to use assembler macros instead.
.Sp
\fB-mexplicit-relocs is the default if \s-1GCC\s0 was configured
to use an assembler that supports relocation operators.
"-mcheck-zero-division" 4
Item "-mcheck-zero-division" 0
"-mno-check-zero-division" 4
Item "-mno-check-zero-division"
Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero.
.Sp
The default is -mcheck-zero-division.
"-mdivide-traps" 4
Item "-mdivide-traps" 0
"-mdivide-breaks" 4
Item "-mdivide-breaks"
\s-1MIPS\s0 systems check for division by zero by generating either a
conditional trap or a break instruction. Using traps results in
smaller code, but is only supported on \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1II\s0 and later. Also, some
versions of the Linux kernel have a bug that prevents trap from
generating the proper signal (\*(C`SIGFPE\*(C'). Use -mdivide-traps to
allow conditional traps on architectures that support them and
\fB-mdivide-breaks to force the use of breaks.
.Sp
The default is usually -mdivide-traps, but this can be
overridden at configure time using --with-divide=breaks.
Divide-by-zero checks can be completely disabled using
\fB-mno-check-zero-division.
"-mmemcpy" 4
Item "-mmemcpy" 0
"-mno-memcpy" 4
Item "-mno-memcpy"
Force (do not force) the use of \*(C`memcpy()\*(C' for non-trivial block
moves. The default is -mno-memcpy, which allows \s-1GCC\s0 to inline
most constant-sized copies.
"-mlong-calls" 4
Item "-mlong-calls" 0
"-mno-long-calls" 4
Item "-mno-long-calls"
Disable (do not disable) use of the \*(C`jal\*(C' instruction. Calling
functions using \*(C`jal\*(C' is more efficient but requires the caller
and callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment.
.Sp
This option has no effect on abicalls code. The default is
\fB-mno-long-calls.
"-mmad" 4
Item "-mmad" 0
"-mno-mad" 4
Item "-mno-mad"
Enable (disable) use of the \*(C`mad\*(C', \*(C`madu\*(C' and \*(C`mul\*(C'
instructions, as provided by the R4650 \s-1ISA\s0.
"-mfused-madd" 4
Item "-mfused-madd" 0
"-mno-fused-madd" 4
Item "-mno-fused-madd"
Enable (disable) use of the floating-point multiply-accumulate
instructions, when they are available. The default is
\fB-mfused-madd.
.Sp
When multiply-accumulate instructions are used, the intermediate
product is calculated to infinite precision and is not subject to
the \s-1FCSR\s0 Flush to Zero bit. This may be undesirable in some
circumstances.
"-nocpp" 4
Item "-nocpp" Tell the \s-1MIPS\s0 assembler to not run its preprocessor over user
assembler files (with a
.s suffix) when assembling them.
"-mfix-24k" 4
Item "-mfix-24k" 0
"-mno-fix-24k" 4
Item "-mno-fix-24k"
Work around the 24K E48 (lost data on stores during refill) errata.
The workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by \s-1GCC\s0.
"-mfix-r4000" 4
Item "-mfix-r4000" 0
"-mno-fix-r4000" 4
Item "-mno-fix-r4000"
Work around certain R4000 \s-1CPU\s0 errata:
"-" 4
A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
immediately after starting an integer division.
"-" 4
A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
while an integer multiplication is in progress.
"-" 4
An integer division may give an incorrect result if started in a delay slot
of a taken branch or a jump.
"-mfix-r4400" 4
Item "-mfix-r4400" 0
"-mno-fix-r4400" 4
Item "-mno-fix-r4400"
Work around certain R4400 \s-1CPU\s0 errata:
"-" 4
A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed
immediately after starting an integer division.
"-mfix-r10000" 4
Item "-mfix-r10000" 0
"-mno-fix-r10000" 4
Item "-mno-fix-r10000"
Work around certain R10000 errata:
"-" 4
\f(CW\*(C`ll\*(C'/
\*(C`sc\*(C' sequences may not behave atomically on revisions
prior to 3.0. They may deadlock on revisions 2.6 and earlier.
.Sp
This option can only be used if the target architecture supports
branch-likely instructions. -mfix-r10000 is the default when
\fB-march=r10000 is used; -mno-fix-r10000 is the default
otherwise.
"-mfix-vr4120" 4
Item "-mfix-vr4120" 0
"-mno-fix-vr4120" 4
Item "-mno-fix-vr4120"
Work around certain \s-1VR4120\s0 errata:
"-" 4
\f(CW\*(C`dmultu\*(C' does not always produce the correct result.
"-" 4
\f(CW\*(C`div\*(C' and
\*(C`ddiv\*(C' do not always produce the correct result if one
of the operands is negative.
.Sp
The workarounds for the division errata rely on special functions in
\fIlibgcc.a. At present, these functions are only provided by
the \*(C`mips64vr*-elf\*(C' configurations.
.Sp
Other \s-1VR4120\s0 errata require a nop to be inserted between certain pairs of
instructions. These errata are handled by the assembler, not by \s-1GCC\s0 itself.
"-mfix-vr4130" 4
Item "-mfix-vr4130" Work around the \s-1VR4130\s0
\*(C`mflo\*(C'/
\*(C`mfhi\*(C' errata. The
workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by \s-1GCC\s0,
although \s-1GCC\s0 will avoid using
\*(C`mflo\*(C' and
\*(C`mfhi\*(C' if the
\s-1VR4130\s0
\*(C`macc\*(C',
\*(C`macchi\*(C',
\*(C`dmacc\*(C' and
\*(C`dmacchi\*(C'
instructions are available instead.
"-mfix-sb1" 4
Item "-mfix-sb1" 0
"-mno-fix-sb1" 4
Item "-mno-fix-sb1"
Work around certain \s-1SB-1\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 core errata.
(This flag currently works around the \s-1SB-1\s0 revision 2
\*(L"F1\*(R" and \*(L"F2\*(R" floating-point errata.)
"-mr10k-cache-barrier=setting" 4
Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=setting" Specify whether \s-1GCC\s0 should insert cache barriers to avoid the
side-effects of speculation on R10K processors.
.Sp
In common with many processors, the R10K tries to predict the outcome
of a conditional branch and speculatively executes instructions from
the \*(L"taken\*(R" branch. It later aborts these instructions if the
predicted outcome was wrong. However, on the R10K, even aborted
instructions can have side effects.
.Sp
This problem only affects kernel stores and, depending on the system,
kernel loads. As an example, a speculatively-executed store may load
the target memory into cache and mark the cache line as dirty, even if
the store itself is later aborted. If a \s-1DMA\s0 operation writes to the
same area of memory before the \*(L"dirty\*(R" line is flushed, the cached
data will overwrite the DMA-ed data. See the R10K processor manual
for a full description, including other potential problems.
.Sp
One workaround is to insert cache barrier instructions before every memory
access that might be speculatively executed and that might have side
effects even if aborted.
-mr10k-cache-barrier=setting
controls \s-1GCC\s0's implementation of this workaround. It assumes that
aborted accesses to any byte in the following regions will not have
side effects:
"1." 4
the memory occupied by the current function's stack frame;
"2." 4
the memory occupied by an incoming stack argument;
"3." 4
the memory occupied by an object with a link-time-constant address.
.Sp
It is the kernel's responsibility to ensure that speculative
accesses to these regions are indeed safe.
.Sp
If the input program contains a function declaration such as:
.Sp
.Vb 1
void foo (void);
.Ve
.Sp
then the implementation of \*(C`foo\*(C' must allow \*(C`j foo\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`jal foo\*(C' to be executed speculatively. \s-1GCC\s0 honors this
restriction for functions it compiles itself. It expects non-GCC
functions (such as hand-written assembly code) to do the same.
.Sp
The option has three forms:
"-mr10k-cache-barrier=load-store" 4
Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=load-store" Insert a cache barrier before a load or store that might be
speculatively executed and that might have side effects even
if aborted.
"-mr10k-cache-barrier=store" 4
Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=store" Insert a cache barrier before a store that might be speculatively
executed and that might have side effects even if aborted.
"-mr10k-cache-barrier=none" 4
Item "-mr10k-cache-barrier=none" Disable the insertion of cache barriers. This is the default setting.
"-mflush-func=func" 4
Item "-mflush-func=func" 0
"-mno-flush-func" 4
Item "-mno-flush-func"
Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to not
call any such function. If called, the function must take the same
arguments as the common \*(C`_flush_func()\*(C', that is, the address of the
memory range for which the cache is being flushed, the size of the
memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches). The default
depends on the target \s-1GCC\s0 was configured for, but commonly is either
\fB_flush_func or _\|_cpu_flush.
"mbranch-cost=num" 4
Item "mbranch-cost=num" Set the cost of branches to roughly
num \*(L"simple\*(R" instructions.
This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce
consistent results across releases. A zero cost redundantly selects
the default, which is based on the
-mtune setting.
"-mbranch-likely" 4
Item "-mbranch-likely" 0
"-mno-branch-likely" 4
Item "-mno-branch-likely"
Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of the
default for the selected architecture. By default, Branch Likely
instructions may be generated if they are supported by the selected
architecture. An exception is for the \s-1MIPS32\s0 and \s-1MIPS64\s0 architectures
and processors that implement those architectures; for those, Branch
Likely instructions will not be generated by default because the \s-1MIPS32\s0
and \s-1MIPS64\s0 architectures specifically deprecate their use.
"-mfp-exceptions" 4
Item "-mfp-exceptions" 0
"-mno-fp-exceptions" 4
Item "-mno-fp-exceptions"
Specifies whether \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are enabled. This affects how we schedule
\s-1FP\s0 instructions for some processors. The default is that \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are
enabled.
.Sp
For instance, on the \s-1SB-1\s0, if \s-1FP\s0 exceptions are disabled, and we are emitting
64-bit code, then we can use both \s-1FP\s0 pipes. Otherwise, we can only use one
\s-1FP\s0 pipe.
"-mvr4130-align" 4
Item "-mvr4130-align" 0
"-mno-vr4130-align" 4
Item "-mno-vr4130-align"
The \s-1VR4130\s0 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two
instructions together if the first one is 8-byte aligned. When this
option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 will align pairs of instructions that it
thinks should execute in parallel.
.Sp
This option only has an effect when optimizing for the \s-1VR4130\s0.
It normally makes code faster, but at the expense of making it bigger.
It is enabled by default at optimization level -O3.
"-msynci" 4
Item "-msynci" 0
"-mno-synci" 4
Item "-mno-synci"
Enable (disable) generation of \*(C`synci\*(C' instructions on
architectures that support it. The \*(C`synci\*(C' instructions (if
enabled) will be generated when \*(C`_\|_builtin_\|_\|_clear_cache()\*(C' is
compiled.
.Sp
This option defaults to \*(C`-mno-synci\*(C', but the default can be
overridden by configuring with \*(C`--with-synci\*(C'.
.Sp
When compiling code for single processor systems, it is generally safe
to use \*(C`synci\*(C'. However, on many multi-core (\s-1SMP\s0) systems, it
will not invalidate the instruction caches on all cores and may lead
to undefined behavior.
"-mrelax-pic-calls" 4
Item "-mrelax-pic-calls" 0
"-mno-relax-pic-calls" 4
Item "-mno-relax-pic-calls"
Try to turn \s-1PIC\s0 calls that are normally dispatched via register
\f(CW$25 into direct calls. This is only possible if the linker can
resolve the destination at link-time and if the destination is within
range for a direct call.
.Sp
\fB-mrelax-pic-calls is the default if \s-1GCC\s0 was configured to use
an assembler and a linker that supports the \*(C`.reloc\*(C' assembly
directive and \*(C`-mexplicit-relocs\*(C' is in effect. With
\f(CW\*(C`-mno-explicit-relocs\*(C', this optimization can be performed by the
assembler and the linker alone without help from the compiler.
"-mmcount-ra-address" 4
Item "-mmcount-ra-address" 0
"-mno-mcount-ra-address" 4
Item "-mno-mcount-ra-address"
Emit (do not emit) code that allows \*(C`_mcount\*(C' to modify the
calling function's return address. When enabled, this option extends
the usual \*(C`_mcount\*(C' interface with a new ra-address
parameter, which has type \*(C`intptr_t *\*(C' and is passed in register
\f(CW$12. \*(C`_mcount\*(C' can then modify the return address by
doing both of the following:
"\(bu" 4
Returning the new address in register
$31.
"\(bu" 4
Storing the new address in
\*(C`*\f(CIra-address\*(C',
if ra-address is nonnull.
.Sp
The default is -mno-mcount-ra-address.
\s-1MMIX\s0 Options
Subsection "MMIX Options"
These options are defined for the \s-1MMIX:\s0
"-mlibfuncs" 4
Item "-mlibfuncs" 0
"-mno-libfuncs" 4
Item "-mno-libfuncs"
Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled, passing all
values in registers, no matter the size.
"-mepsilon" 4
Item "-mepsilon" 0
"-mno-epsilon" 4
Item "-mno-epsilon"
Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with respect
to the \*(C`rE\*(C' epsilon register.
"-mabi=mmixware" 4
Item "-mabi=mmixware" 0
"-mabi=gnu" 4
Item "-mabi=gnu"
Generate code that passes function parameters and return values that (in
the called function) are seen as registers $0 and up, as opposed to
the \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 which uses global registers $231 and up.
"-mzero-extend" 4
Item "-mzero-extend" 0
"-mno-zero-extend" 4
Item "-mno-zero-extend"
When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use (do not
use) zero-extending load instructions by default, rather than
sign-extending ones.
"-mknuthdiv" 4
Item "-mknuthdiv" 0
"-mno-knuthdiv" 4
Item "-mno-knuthdiv"
Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same sign as
the divisor. With the default, -mno-knuthdiv, the sign of the
remainder follows the sign of the dividend. Both methods are
arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively used.
"-mtoplevel-symbols" 4
Item "-mtoplevel-symbols" 0
"-mno-toplevel-symbols" 4
Item "-mno-toplevel-symbols"
Prepend (do not prepend) a : to all global symbols, so the assembly
code can be used with the \*(C`PREFIX\*(C' assembly directive.
"-melf" 4
Item "-melf" Generate an executable in the \s-1ELF\s0 format, rather than the default
\fBmmo format used by the
mmix simulator.
"-mbranch-predict" 4
Item "-mbranch-predict" 0
"-mno-branch-predict" 4
Item "-mno-branch-predict"
Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static branch
prediction indicates a probable branch.
"-mbase-addresses" 4
Item "-mbase-addresses" 0
"-mno-base-addresses" 4
Item "-mno-base-addresses"
Generate (do not generate) code that uses base addresses. Using a
base address automatically generates a request (handled by the assembler
and the linker) for a constant to be set up in a global register. The
register is used for one or more base address requests within the range 0
to 255 from the value held in the register. The generally leads to short
and fast code, but the number of different data items that can be
addressed is limited. This means that a program that uses lots of static
data may require -mno-base-addresses.
"-msingle-exit" 4
Item "-msingle-exit" 0
"-mno-single-exit" 4
Item "-mno-single-exit"
Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in each
function.
\s-1MN10300\s0 Options
Subsection "MN10300 Options"
These -m options are defined for Matsushita \s-1MN10300\s0 architectures:
"-mmult-bug" 4
Item "-mmult-bug" Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the \s-1MN10300\s0
processors. This is the default.
"-mno-mult-bug" 4
Item "-mno-mult-bug" Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the
\s-1MN10300\s0 processors.
"-mam33" 4
Item "-mam33" Generate code using features specific to the \s-1AM33\s0 processor.
"-mno-am33" 4
Item "-mno-am33" Do not generate code using features specific to the \s-1AM33\s0 processor. This
is the default.
"-mam33-2" 4
Item "-mam33-2" Generate code using features specific to the \s-1AM33/2\s0.0 processor.
"-mam34" 4
Item "-mam34" Generate code using features specific to the \s-1AM34\s0 processor.
"-mtune=cpu-type" 4
Item "-mtune=cpu-type" Use the timing characteristics of the indicated \s-1CPU\s0 type when
scheduling instructions. This does not change the targeted processor
type. The \s-1CPU\s0 type must be one of
mn10300,
am33,
\fBam33-2 or
am34.
"-mreturn-pointer-on-d0" 4
Item "-mreturn-pointer-on-d0" When generating a function that returns a pointer, return the pointer
in both
\*(C`a0\*(C' and
\*(C`d0\*(C'. Otherwise, the pointer is returned
only in a0, and attempts to call such functions without a prototype
would result in errors. Note that this option is on by default; use
\fB-mno-return-pointer-on-d0 to disable it.
"-mno-crt0" 4
Item "-mno-crt0" Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file.
"-mrelax" 4
Item "-mrelax" Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass
to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only
has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step.
.Sp
This option makes symbolic debugging impossible.
"-mliw" 4
Item "-mliw" Allow the compiler to generate
Long Instruction Word
instructions if the target is the
\s-1AM33\s0 or later. This is the
default. This option defines the preprocessor macro
_\|_LIW_\|_.
"-mnoliw" 4
Item "-mnoliw" Do not allow the compiler to generate
Long Instruction Word
instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro
\fB_\|_NO_LIW_\|_.
"-msetlb" 4
Item "-msetlb" Allow the compiler to generate the
\s-1SETLB\s0 and
Lcc
instructions if the target is the
\s-1AM33\s0 or later. This is the
default. This option defines the preprocessor macro
_\|_SETLB_\|_.
"-mnosetlb" 4
Item "-mnosetlb" Do not allow the compiler to generate
\s-1SETLB\s0 or
Lcc
instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro
\fB_\|_NO_SETLB_\|_.
\s-1PDP-11\s0 Options
Subsection "PDP-11 Options"
These options are defined for the \s-1PDP-11:\s0
"-mfpu" 4
Item "-mfpu" Use hardware \s-1FPP\s0 floating point. This is the default. (\s-1FIS\s0 floating
point on the \s-1PDP-11/40\s0 is not supported.)
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float" Do not use hardware floating point.
"-mac0" 4
Item "-mac0" Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler syntax).
"-mno-ac0" 4
Item "-mno-ac0" Return floating-point results in memory. This is the default.
"-m40" 4
Item "-m40" Generate code for a \s-1PDP-11/40\s0.
"-m45" 4
Item "-m45" Generate code for a \s-1PDP-11/45\s0. This is the default.
"-m10" 4
Item "-m10" Generate code for a \s-1PDP-11/10\s0.
"-mbcopy-builtin" 4
Item "-mbcopy-builtin" Use inline
\*(C`movmemhi\*(C' patterns for copying memory. This is the
default.
"-mbcopy" 4
Item "-mbcopy" Do not use inline
\*(C`movmemhi\*(C' patterns for copying memory.
"-mint16" 4
Item "-mint16" 0
"-mno-int32" 4
Item "-mno-int32"
Use 16-bit \*(C`int\*(C'. This is the default.
"-mint32" 4
Item "-mint32" 0
"-mno-int16" 4
Item "-mno-int16"
Use 32-bit \*(C`int\*(C'.
"-mfloat64" 4
Item "-mfloat64" 0
"-mno-float32" 4
Item "-mno-float32"
Use 64-bit \*(C`float\*(C'. This is the default.
"-mfloat32" 4
Item "-mfloat32" 0
"-mno-float64" 4
Item "-mno-float64"
Use 32-bit \*(C`float\*(C'.
"-mabshi" 4
Item "-mabshi" Use
\*(C`abshi2\*(C' pattern. This is the default.
"-mno-abshi" 4
Item "-mno-abshi" Do not use
\*(C`abshi2\*(C' pattern.
"-mbranch-expensive" 4
Item "-mbranch-expensive" Pretend that branches are expensive. This is for experimenting with
code generation only.
"-mbranch-cheap" 4
Item "-mbranch-cheap" Do not pretend that branches are expensive. This is the default.
"-munix-asm" 4
Item "-munix-asm" Use Unix assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for
\fBpdp11-*-bsd.
"-mdec-asm" 4
Item "-mdec-asm" Use \s-1DEC\s0 assembler syntax. This is the default when configured for any
\s-1PDP-11\s0 target other than
pdp11-*-bsd.
picoChip Options
Subsection "picoChip Options"
These -m options are defined for picoChip implementations:
"-mae=ae_type" 4
Item "-mae=ae_type" Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling
parameters for array element type
ae_type. Supported values
for
ae_type are
\s-1ANY\s0,
\s-1MUL\s0, and
\s-1MAC\s0.
.Sp
\fB-mae=ANY selects a completely generic \s-1AE\s0 type. Code
generated with this option will run on any of the other \s-1AE\s0 types. The
code will not be as efficient as it would be if compiled for a specific
\s-1AE\s0 type, and some types of operation (e.g., multiplication) will not
work properly on all types of \s-1AE\s0.
.Sp
\fB-mae=MUL selects a \s-1MUL\s0 \s-1AE\s0 type. This is the most useful \s-1AE\s0 type
for compiled code, and is the default.
.Sp
\fB-mae=MAC selects a DSP-style \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0. Code compiled with this
option may suffer from poor performance of byte (char) manipulation,
since the \s-1DSP\s0 \s-1AE\s0 does not provide hardware support for byte
load/
stores.
"-msymbol-as-address" 4
Item "-msymbol-as-address" Enable the compiler to directly use a symbol name as an address in a
load/
store instruction, without first loading it into a
register. Typically, the use of this option will generate larger
programs, which run faster than when the option isn't used. However, the
results vary from program to program, so it is left as a user option,
rather than being permanently enabled.
"-mno-inefficient-warnings" 4
Item "-mno-inefficient-warnings" Disables warnings about the generation of inefficient code. These
warnings can be generated, for example, when compiling code that
performs byte-level memory operations on the \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0 type. The \s-1MAC\s0 \s-1AE\s0 has
no hardware support for byte-level memory operations, so all byte
load/
stores must be synthesized from word
load/
store operations. This is
inefficient and a warning will be generated indicating to the programmer
that they should rewrite the code to avoid byte operations, or to target
an \s-1AE\s0 type that has the necessary hardware support. This option enables
the warning to be turned off.
PowerPC Options
Subsection "PowerPC Options"
These are listed under
\s-1RL78\s0 Options
Subsection "RL78 Options"
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" Links in additional target libraries to support operation within a
simulator.
"-mmul=none" 4
Item "-mmul=none" 0
"-mmul=g13" 4
Item "-mmul=g13" "-mmul=rl78" 4
Item "-mmul=rl78"
Specifies the type of hardware multiplication support to be used. The
default is \*(C`none\*(C', which uses software multiplication functions.
The \*(C`g13\*(C' option is for the hardware multiply/divide peripheral
only on the \s-1RL78/G13\s0 targets. The \*(C`rl78\*(C' option is for the
standard hardware multiplication defined in the \s-1RL78\s0 software manual.
\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC Options
Subsection "IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC Options"
These -m options are defined for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC:
"-mpower" 4
Item "-mpower" 0
"-mno-power" 4
Item "-mno-power" "-mpower2" 4
Item "-mpower2" "-mno-power2" 4
Item "-mno-power2" "-mpowerpc" 4
Item "-mpowerpc" "-mno-powerpc" 4
Item "-mno-powerpc" "-mpowerpc-gpopt" 4
Item "-mpowerpc-gpopt" "-mno-powerpc-gpopt" 4
Item "-mno-powerpc-gpopt" "-mpowerpc-gfxopt" 4
Item "-mpowerpc-gfxopt" "-mno-powerpc-gfxopt" 4
Item "-mno-powerpc-gfxopt" "-mpowerpc64" 4
Item "-mpowerpc64" "-mno-powerpc64" 4
Item "-mno-powerpc64" "-mmfcrf" 4
Item "-mmfcrf" "-mno-mfcrf" 4
Item "-mno-mfcrf" "-mpopcntb" 4
Item "-mpopcntb" "-mno-popcntb" 4
Item "-mno-popcntb" "-mpopcntd" 4
Item "-mpopcntd" "-mno-popcntd" 4
Item "-mno-popcntd" "-mfprnd" 4
Item "-mfprnd" "-mno-fprnd" 4
Item "-mno-fprnd" "-mcmpb" 4
Item "-mcmpb" "-mno-cmpb" 4
Item "-mno-cmpb" "-mmfpgpr" 4
Item "-mmfpgpr" "-mno-mfpgpr" 4
Item "-mno-mfpgpr" "-mhard-dfp" 4
Item "-mhard-dfp" "-mno-hard-dfp" 4
Item "-mno-hard-dfp"
\s-1GCC\s0 supports two related instruction set architectures for the
\s-1RS/6000\s0 and PowerPC. The \s-1POWER\s0 instruction set are those
instructions supported by the rios chip set used in the original
\s-1RS/6000\s0 systems and the PowerPC instruction set is the
architecture of the Freescale MPC5xx, MPC6xx, MPC8xx microprocessors, and
the \s-1IBM\s0 4xx, 6xx, and follow-on microprocessors.
.Sp
Neither architecture is a subset of the other. However there is a
large common subset of instructions supported by both. An \s-1MQ\s0
register is included in processors supporting the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
.Sp
You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the
processor you are using. The default value of these options is
determined when configuring \s-1GCC\s0. Specifying the
\fB-mcpu=cpu_type overrides the specification of these
options. We recommend you use the -mcpu=cpu_type option
rather than the options listed above.
.Sp
The -mpower option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate instructions that
are found only in the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture and to use the \s-1MQ\s0 register.
Specifying -mpower2 implies -power and also allows \s-1GCC\s0
to generate instructions that are present in the \s-1POWER2\s0 architecture but
not the original \s-1POWER\s0 architecture.
.Sp
The -mpowerpc option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate instructions that
are found only in the 32-bit subset of the PowerPC architecture.
Specifying -mpowerpc-gpopt implies -mpowerpc and also allows
\s-1GCC\s0 to use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the
General Purpose group, including floating-point square root. Specifying
\fB-mpowerpc-gfxopt implies -mpowerpc and also allows \s-1GCC\s0 to
use the optional PowerPC architecture instructions in the Graphics
group, including floating-point select.
.Sp
The -mmfcrf option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the move from
condition register field instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER4\s0
processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.01
architecture.
The -mpopcntb option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the popcount and
double-precision \s-1FP\s0 reciprocal estimate instruction implemented on the
\s-1POWER5\s0 processor and other processors that support the PowerPC V2.02
architecture.
The -mpopcntd option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the popcount
instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER7\s0 processor and other processors
that support the PowerPC V2.06 architecture.
The -mfprnd option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the \s-1FP\s0 round to
integer instructions implemented on the \s-1POWER5+\s0 processor and other
processors that support the PowerPC V2.03 architecture.
The -mcmpb option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the compare bytes
instruction implemented on the \s-1POWER6\s0 processor and other processors
that support the PowerPC V2.05 architecture.
The -mmfpgpr option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the \s-1FP\s0 move to/from
general-purpose register instructions implemented on the \s-1POWER6X\s0
processor and other processors that support the extended PowerPC V2.05
architecture.
The -mhard-dfp option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the decimal
floating-point instructions implemented on some \s-1POWER\s0 processors.
.Sp
The -mpowerpc64 option allows \s-1GCC\s0 to generate the additional
64-bit instructions that are found in the full PowerPC64 architecture
and to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to
\fB-mno-powerpc64.
.Sp
If you specify both -mno-power and -mno-powerpc, \s-1GCC\s0
will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
architectures plus some special \s-1AIX\s0 common-mode calls, and will not use
the \s-1MQ\s0 register. Specifying both -mpower and -mpowerpc
permits \s-1GCC\s0 to use any instruction from either architecture and to
allow use of the \s-1MQ\s0 register; specify this for the Motorola \s-1MPC601\s0.
"-mnew-mnemonics" 4
Item "-mnew-mnemonics" 0
"-mold-mnemonics" 4
Item "-mold-mnemonics"
Select which mnemonics to use in the generated assembler code. With
\fB-mnew-mnemonics, \s-1GCC\s0 uses the assembler mnemonics defined for
the PowerPC architecture. With -mold-mnemonics it uses the
assembler mnemonics defined for the \s-1POWER\s0 architecture. Instructions
defined in only one architecture have only one mnemonic; \s-1GCC\s0 uses that
mnemonic irrespective of which of these options is specified.
.Sp
\s-1GCC\s0 defaults to the mnemonics appropriate for the architecture in
use. Specifying -mcpu=cpu_type sometimes overrides the
value of these option. Unless you are building a cross-compiler, you
should normally not specify either -mnew-mnemonics or
\fB-mold-mnemonics, but should instead accept the default.
"-mcpu=cpu_type" 4
Item "-mcpu=cpu_type" Set architecture type, register usage, choice of mnemonics, and
instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
cpu_type.
Supported values for
cpu_type are
401,
403,
\fB405,
405fp,
440,
440fp,
464,
464fp,
\fB476,
476fp,
505,
601,
602,
603,
\fB603e,
604,
604e,
620,
630,
740,
\fB7400,
7450,
750,
801,
821,
823,
\fB860,
970,
8540,
a2,
e300c2,
\fBe300c3,
e500mc,
e500mc64,
ec603e,
G3,
\fBG4,
G5,
titan,
power,
power2,
power3,
\fBpower4,
power5,
power5+,
power6,
power6x,
\fBpower7,
common,
powerpc,
powerpc64,
rios,
\fBrios1,
rios2,
rsc, and
rs64.
.Sp
\fB-mcpu=common selects a completely generic processor. Code
generated under this option will run on any \s-1POWER\s0 or PowerPC processor.
\s-1GCC\s0 will use only the instructions in the common subset of both
architectures, and will not use the \s-1MQ\s0 register. \s-1GCC\s0 assumes a generic
processor model for scheduling purposes.
.Sp
\fB-mcpu=power,
-mcpu=power2,
-mcpu=powerpc, and
\fB-mcpu=powerpc64 specify generic \s-1POWER\s0, \s-1POWER2\s0, pure 32-bit
PowerPC (i.e., not \s-1MPC601\s0), and 64-bit PowerPC architecture machine
types, with an appropriate, generic processor model assumed for
scheduling purposes.
.Sp
The other options specify a specific processor. Code generated under
those options will run best on that processor, and may not run at all on
others.
.Sp
The
-mcpu options automatically enable or disable the
following options:
.Sp
\fB-maltivec -mfprnd -mhard-float -mmfcrf -mmultiple
\-mnew-mnemonics -mpopcntb -mpopcntd -mpower -mpower2 -mpowerpc64
\-mpowerpc-gpopt -mpowerpc-gfxopt -msingle-float -mdouble-float
\-msimple-fpu -mstring -mmulhw -mdlmzb -mmfpgpr -mvsx
.Sp
The particular options set for any particular \s-1CPU\s0 will vary between
compiler versions, depending on what setting seems to produce optimal
code for that \s-1CPU\s0; it doesn't necessarily reflect the actual hardware's
capabilities. If you wish to set an individual option to a particular
value, you may specify it after the
-mcpu option, like
\fB-mcpu=970 -mno-altivec.
.Sp
On \s-1AIX\s0, the
-maltivec and
-mpowerpc64 options are
not enabled or disabled by the
-mcpu option at present because
\s-1AIX\s0 does not have full support for these options. You may still
enable or disable them individually if you're sure it'll work in your
environment.
"-mtune=cpu_type" 4
Item "-mtune=cpu_type" Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
\fIcpu_type, but do not set the architecture type, register usage, or
choice of mnemonics, as
-mcpu=cpu_type would. The same
values for
cpu_type are used for
-mtune as for
\fB-mcpu. If both are specified, the code generated will use the
architecture, registers, and mnemonics set by
-mcpu, but the
scheduling parameters set by
-mtune.
"-mcmodel=small" 4
Item "-mcmodel=small" Generate PowerPC64 code for the small model: The \s-1TOC\s0 is limited to
64k.
"-mcmodel=medium" 4
Item "-mcmodel=medium" Generate PowerPC64 code for the medium model: The \s-1TOC\s0 and other static
data may be up to a total of 4G in size.
"-mcmodel=large" 4
Item "-mcmodel=large" Generate PowerPC64 code for the large model: The \s-1TOC\s0 may be up to 4G
in size. Other data and code is only limited by the 64-bit address
space.
"-maltivec" 4
Item "-maltivec" 0
"-mno-altivec" 4
Item "-mno-altivec"
Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and also
enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to
the AltiVec instruction set. You may also need to set
\fB-mabi=altivec to adjust the current \s-1ABI\s0 with AltiVec \s-1ABI\s0
enhancements.
"-mvrsave" 4
Item "-mvrsave" 0
"-mno-vrsave" 4
Item "-mno-vrsave"
Generate \s-1VRSAVE\s0 instructions when generating AltiVec code.
"-mgen-cell-microcode" 4
Item "-mgen-cell-microcode" Generate Cell microcode instructions
"-mwarn-cell-microcode" 4
Item "-mwarn-cell-microcode" Warning when a Cell microcode instruction is going to emitted. An example
of a Cell microcode instruction is a variable shift.
"-msecure-plt" 4
Item "-msecure-plt" Generate code that allows ld and
ld.so to build executables and shared
libraries with non-exec .plt and .got sections. This is a PowerPC
32-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
"-mbss-plt" 4
Item "-mbss-plt" Generate code that uses a \s-1BSS\s0 .plt section that
ld.so fills in, and
requires .plt and .got sections that are both writable and executable.
This is a PowerPC 32-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
"-misel" 4
Item "-misel" 0
"-mno-isel" 4
Item "-mno-isel"
This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1ISEL\s0 instructions.
Item "-misel=yes/no" This switch has been deprecated. Use
-misel and
\fB-mno-isel instead.
"-mspe" 4
Item "-mspe" 0
"-mno-spe" 4
Item "-mno-spe"
This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1SPE\s0 simd
instructions.
"-mpaired" 4
Item "-mpaired" 0
"-mno-paired" 4
Item "-mno-paired"
This switch enables or disables the generation of \s-1PAIRED\s0 simd
instructions.
Item "-mspe=yes/no" This option has been deprecated. Use
-mspe and
\fB-mno-spe instead.
"-mvsx" 4
Item "-mvsx" 0
"-mno-vsx" 4
Item "-mno-vsx"
Generate code that uses (does not use) vector/scalar (\s-1VSX\s0)
instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that allow
more direct access to the \s-1VSX\s0 instruction set.
Item "-mfloat-gprs=yes/single/double/no" 0
"-mfloat-gprs" 4
Item "-mfloat-gprs"
This switch enables or disables the generation of floating-point
operations on the general-purpose registers for architectures that
support it.
.Sp
The argument yes or single enables the use of
single-precision floating-point operations.
.Sp
The argument double enables the use of single and
double-precision floating-point operations.
.Sp
The argument no disables floating-point operations on the
general-purpose registers.
.Sp
This option is currently only available on the MPC854x.
"-m32" 4
Item "-m32" 0
"-m64" 4
Item "-m64"
Generate code for 32-bit or 64-bit environments of Darwin and \s-1SVR4\s0
targets (including GNU/Linux). The 32-bit environment sets int, long
and pointer to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any PowerPC
variant. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and
pointer to 64 bits, and generates code for PowerPC64, as for
\fB-mpowerpc64.
"-mfull-toc" 4
Item "-mfull-toc" 0
"-mno-fp-in-toc" 4
Item "-mno-fp-in-toc" "-mno-sum-in-toc" 4
Item "-mno-sum-in-toc" "-mminimal-toc" 4
Item "-mminimal-toc"
Modify generation of the \s-1TOC\s0 (Table Of Contents), which is created for
every executable file. The -mfull-toc option is selected by
default. In that case, \s-1GCC\s0 will allocate at least one \s-1TOC\s0 entry for
each unique non-automatic variable reference in your program. \s-1GCC\s0
will also place floating-point constants in the \s-1TOC\s0. However, only
16,384 entries are available in the \s-1TOC\s0.
.Sp
If you receive a linker error message that saying you have overflowed
the available \s-1TOC\s0 space, you can reduce the amount of \s-1TOC\s0 space used
with the -mno-fp-in-toc and -mno-sum-in-toc options.
\fB-mno-fp-in-toc prevents \s-1GCC\s0 from putting floating-point
constants in the \s-1TOC\s0 and -mno-sum-in-toc forces \s-1GCC\s0 to
generate code to calculate the sum of an address and a constant at
run time instead of putting that sum into the \s-1TOC\s0. You may specify one
or both of these options. Each causes \s-1GCC\s0 to produce very slightly
slower and larger code at the expense of conserving \s-1TOC\s0 space.
.Sp
If you still run out of space in the \s-1TOC\s0 even when you specify both of
these options, specify -mminimal-toc instead. This option causes
\s-1GCC\s0 to make only one \s-1TOC\s0 entry for every file. When you specify this
option, \s-1GCC\s0 will produce code that is slower and larger but which
uses extremely little \s-1TOC\s0 space. You may wish to use this option
only on files that contain less frequently executed code.
"-maix64" 4
Item "-maix64" 0
"-maix32" 4
Item "-maix32"
Enable 64-bit \s-1AIX\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 and calling convention: 64-bit pointers, 64-bit
\f(CW\*(C`long\*(C' type, and the infrastructure needed to support them.
Specifying -maix64 implies -mpowerpc64 and
\fB-mpowerpc, while -maix32 disables the 64-bit \s-1ABI\s0 and
implies -mno-powerpc64. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to -maix32.
"-mxl-compat" 4
Item "-mxl-compat" 0
"-mno-xl-compat" 4
Item "-mno-xl-compat"
Produce code that conforms more closely to \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1XL\s0 compiler semantics
when using AIX-compatible \s-1ABI\s0. Pass floating-point arguments to
prototyped functions beyond the register save area (\s-1RSA\s0) on the stack
in addition to argument FPRs. Do not assume that most significant
double in 128-bit long double value is properly rounded when comparing
values and converting to double. Use \s-1XL\s0 symbol names for long double
support routines.
.Sp
The \s-1AIX\s0 calling convention was extended but not initially documented to
handle an obscure K&R C case of calling a function that takes the
address of its arguments with fewer arguments than declared. \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1XL\s0
compilers access floating-point arguments that do not fit in the
\s-1RSA\s0 from the stack when a subroutine is compiled without
optimization. Because always storing floating-point arguments on the
stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by
default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by \s-1IBM\s0
\s-1XL\s0 compilers without optimization.
"-mpe" 4
Item "-mpe" Support
\s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 \s-1SP\s0 Parallel Environment (\s-1PE\s0). Link an
application written to use message passing with special startup code to
enable the application to run. The system must have \s-1PE\s0 installed in the
standard location (
/usr/lpp/ppe.poe/), or the
specs file
must be overridden with the
-specs= option to specify the
appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not
support threads, so the
-mpe option and the
-pthread
option are incompatible.
"-malign-natural" 4
Item "-malign-natural" 0
"-malign-power" 4
Item "-malign-power"
On \s-1AIX\s0, 32-bit Darwin, and 64-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option
\fB-malign-natural overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger
types, such as floating-point doubles, on their natural size-based boundary.
The option -malign-power instructs \s-1GCC\s0 to follow the ABI-specified
alignment rules. \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to the standard alignment defined in the \s-1ABI\s0.
.Sp
On 64-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and -malign-power
is not supported.
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float" 0
"-mhard-float" 4
Item "-mhard-float"
Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set.
Software floating-point emulation is provided if you use the
\fB-msoft-float option, and pass the option to \s-1GCC\s0 when linking.
"-msingle-float" 4
Item "-msingle-float" 0
"-mdouble-float" 4
Item "-mdouble-float"
Generate code for single- or double-precision floating-point operations.
\fB-mdouble-float implies -msingle-float.
"-msimple-fpu" 4
Item "-msimple-fpu" Do not generate sqrt and div instructions for hardware floating-point unit.
"-mfpu" 4
Item "-mfpu" Specify type of floating-point unit. Valid values are
sp_lite
(equivalent to -msingle-float -msimple-fpu),
dp_lite (equivalent
to -mdouble-float -msimple-fpu),
sp_full (equivalent to -msingle-float),
and
dp_full (equivalent to -mdouble-float).
"-mxilinx-fpu" 4
Item "-mxilinx-fpu" Perform optimizations for the floating-point unit on Xilinx \s-1PPC\s0 405/440.
"-mmultiple" 4
Item "-mmultiple" 0
"-mno-multiple" 4
Item "-mno-multiple"
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word
instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These
instructions are generated by default on \s-1POWER\s0 systems, and not
generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use -mmultiple on little-endian
PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the
processor is in little-endian mode. The exceptions are \s-1PPC740\s0 and
\s-1PPC750\s0 which permit these instructions in little-endian mode.
"-mstring" 4
Item "-mstring" 0
"-mno-string" 4
Item "-mno-string"
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load string instructions
and the store string word instructions to save multiple registers and
do small block moves. These instructions are generated by default on
\s-1POWER\s0 systems, and not generated on PowerPC systems. Do not use
\fB-mstring on little-endian PowerPC systems, since those
instructions do not work when the processor is in little-endian mode.
The exceptions are \s-1PPC740\s0 and \s-1PPC750\s0 which permit these instructions
in little-endian mode.
"-mupdate" 4
Item "-mupdate" 0
"-mno-update" 4
Item "-mno-update"
Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions
that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory
location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use
\fB-mno-update, there is a small window between the time that the
stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is
stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or
signals may get corrupted data.
"-mavoid-indexed-addresses" 4
Item "-mavoid-indexed-addresses" 0
"-mno-avoid-indexed-addresses" 4
Item "-mno-avoid-indexed-addresses"
Generate code that tries to avoid (not avoid) the use of indexed load
or store instructions. These instructions can incur a performance
penalty on Power6 processors in certain situations, such as when
stepping through large arrays that cross a 16M boundary. This option
is enabled by default when targetting Power6 and disabled otherwise.
"-mfused-madd" 4
Item "-mfused-madd" 0
"-mno-fused-madd" 4
Item "-mno-fused-madd"
Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and
accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default
if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent
\fB-mfused-madd option is now mapped to the machine-independent
\fB-ffp-contract=fast option, and -mno-fused-madd is
mapped to -ffp-contract=off.
"-mmulhw" 4
Item "-mmulhw" 0
"-mno-mulhw" 4
Item "-mno-mulhw"
Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and
multiply-accumulate instructions on the \s-1IBM\s0 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors.
These instructions are generated by default when targetting those
processors.
"-mdlmzb" 4
Item "-mdlmzb" 0
"-mno-dlmzb" 4
Item "-mno-dlmzb"
Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search dlmzb
instruction on the \s-1IBM\s0 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. This instruction is
generated by default when targetting those processors.
"-mno-bit-align" 4
Item "-mno-bit-align" 0
"-mbit-align" 4
Item "-mbit-align"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures
and unions that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the base type of the
bit-field.
.Sp
For example, by default a structure containing nothing but 8
\f(CW\*(C`unsigned\*(C' bit-fields of length 1 is aligned to a 4-byte
boundary and has a size of 4 bytes. By using -mno-bit-align,
the structure is aligned to a 1-byte boundary and is 1 byte in
size.
"-mno-strict-align" 4
Item "-mno-strict-align" 0
"-mstrict-align" 4
Item "-mstrict-align"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
unaligned memory references will be handled by the system.
"-mrelocatable" 4
Item "-mrelocatable" 0
"-mno-relocatable" 4
Item "-mno-relocatable"
Generate code that allows (does not allow) a static executable to be
relocated to a different address at run time. A simple embedded
PowerPC system loader should relocate the entire contents of
\f(CW\*(C`.got2\*(C' and 4-byte locations listed in the \*(C`.fixup\*(C' section,
a table of 32-bit addresses generated by this option. For this to
work, all objects linked together must be compiled with
\fB-mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib.
\fB-mrelocatable code aligns the stack to an 8-byte boundary.
"-mrelocatable-lib" 4
Item "-mrelocatable-lib" 0
"-mno-relocatable-lib" 4
Item "-mno-relocatable-lib"
Like -mrelocatable, -mrelocatable-lib generates a
\f(CW\*(C`.fixup\*(C' section to allow static executables to be relocated at
run time, but -mrelocatable-lib does not use the smaller stack
alignment of -mrelocatable. Objects compiled with
\fB-mrelocatable-lib may be linked with objects compiled with
any combination of the -mrelocatable options.
"-mno-toc" 4
Item "-mno-toc" 0
"-mtoc" 4
Item "-mtoc"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that
register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses
used in the program.
"-mlittle" 4
Item "-mlittle" 0
"-mlittle-endian" 4
Item "-mlittle-endian"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
processor in little-endian mode. The -mlittle-endian option is
the same as -mlittle.
"-mbig" 4
Item "-mbig" 0
"-mbig-endian" 4
Item "-mbig-endian"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
processor in big-endian mode. The -mbig-endian option is
the same as -mbig.
"-mdynamic-no-pic" 4
Item "-mdynamic-no-pic" On Darwin and Mac \s-1OS\s0 X systems, compile code so that it is not
relocatable, but that its external references are relocatable. The
resulting code is suitable for applications, but not shared
libraries.
"-msingle-pic-base" 4
Item "-msingle-pic-base" Treat the register used for \s-1PIC\s0 addressing as read-only, rather than
loading it in the prologue for each function. The runtime system is
responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value
before execution begins.
"-mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority" 4
Item "-mprioritize-restricted-insns=priority" This option controls the priority that is assigned to
dispatch-slot restricted instructions during the second scheduling
pass. The argument
priority takes the value
0/1/2 to assign
\
fIno/
highest/
second-highest priority to dispatch slot restricted
instructions.
"-msched-costly-dep=dependence_type" 4
Item "-msched-costly-dep=dependence_type" This option controls which dependences are considered costly
by the target during instruction scheduling. The argument
\fIdependence_type takes one of the following values:
\fIno: no dependence is costly,
\fIall: all dependences are costly,
\fItrue_store_to_load: a true dependence from store to load is costly,
\fIstore_to_load: any dependence from store to load is costly,
\fInumber: any dependence for which latency >=
number is costly.
"-minsert-sched-nops=scheme" 4
Item "-minsert-sched-nops=scheme" This option controls which nop insertion scheme will be used during
the second scheduling pass. The argument
scheme takes one of the
following values:
\fIno: Don't insert nops.
\fIpad: Pad with nops any dispatch group that has vacant issue slots,
according to the scheduler's grouping.
\fIregroup_exact: Insert nops to force costly dependent insns into
separate groups. Insert exactly as many nops as needed to force an insn
to a new group, according to the estimated processor grouping.
\fInumber: Insert nops to force costly dependent insns into
separate groups. Insert
number nops to force an insn to a new group.
"-mcall-sysv" 4
Item "-mcall-sysv" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling
conventions that adheres to the March 1995 draft of the System V
Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the
default unless you configured \s-1GCC\s0 using
powerpc-*-eabiaix.
"-mcall-sysv-eabi" 4
Item "-mcall-sysv-eabi" 0
"-mcall-eabi" 4
Item "-mcall-eabi"
Specify both -mcall-sysv and -meabi options.
"-mcall-sysv-noeabi" 4
Item "-mcall-sysv-noeabi" Specify both
-mcall-sysv and
-mno-eabi options.
"-mcall-aixdesc" 4
Item "-mcall-aixdesc" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the \s-1AIX\s0
operating system.
"-mcall-linux" 4
Item "-mcall-linux" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
Linux-based \s-1GNU\s0 system.
"-mcall-freebsd" 4
Item "-mcall-freebsd" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
FreeBSD operating system.
"-mcall-netbsd" 4
Item "-mcall-netbsd" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
NetBSD operating system.
"-mcall-openbsd" 4
Item "-mcall-openbsd" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the
OpenBSD operating system.
"-maix-struct-return" 4
Item "-maix-struct-return" Return all structures in memory (as specified by the \s-1AIX\s0 \s-1ABI\s0).
"-msvr4-struct-return" 4
Item "-msvr4-struct-return" Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified by the
\s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0).
"-mabi=abi-type" 4
Item "-mabi=abi-type" Extend the current \s-1ABI\s0 with a particular extension, or remove such extension.
Valid values are
altivec,
no-altivec,
spe,
\fIno-spe,
ibmlongdouble,
ieeelongdouble.
"-mabi=spe" 4
Item "-mabi=spe" Extend the current \s-1ABI\s0 with \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions. This does not change
the default \s-1ABI\s0, instead it adds the \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions to the current
\s-1ABI\s0.
"-mabi=no-spe" 4
Item "-mabi=no-spe" Disable Booke \s-1SPE\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 extensions for the current \s-1ABI\s0.
"-mabi=ibmlongdouble" 4
Item "-mabi=ibmlongdouble" Change the current \s-1ABI\s0 to use \s-1IBM\s0 extended-precision long double.
This is a PowerPC 32-bit \s-1SYSV\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 option.
"-mabi=ieeelongdouble" 4
Item "-mabi=ieeelongdouble" Change the current \s-1ABI\s0 to use \s-1IEEE\s0 extended-precision long double.
This is a PowerPC 32-bit Linux \s-1ABI\s0 option.
"-mprototype" 4
Item "-mprototype" 0
"-mno-prototype" 4
Item "-mno-prototype"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to
variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the
compiler must insert an instruction before every non prototyped call to
set or clear bit 6 of the condition code register (\s-1CR\s0) to
indicate whether floating-point values were passed in the floating-point
registers in case the function takes variable arguments. With
\fB-mprototype, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions
will set or clear the bit.
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
\fIsim-crt0.o and that the standard C libraries are
libsim.a and
\fIlibc.a. This is the default for
powerpc-*-eabisim
configurations.
"-mmvme" 4
Item "-mmvme" On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
\fIcrt0.o and the standard C libraries are
libmvme.a and
\fIlibc.a.
"-mads" 4
Item "-mads" On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
\fIcrt0.o and the standard C libraries are
libads.a and
\fIlibc.a.
"-myellowknife" 4
Item "-myellowknife" On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called
\fIcrt0.o and the standard C libraries are
libyk.a and
\fIlibc.a.
"-mvxworks" 4
Item "-mvxworks" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are
compiling for a VxWorks system.
"-memb" 4
Item "-memb" On embedded PowerPC systems, set the
\s-1PPC_EMB\s0 bit in the \s-1ELF\s0 flags
header to indicate that
eabi extended relocations are used.
"-meabi" 4
Item "-meabi" 0
"-mno-eabi" 4
Item "-mno-eabi"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the
Embedded Applications Binary Interface (eabi) which is a set of
modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting -meabi
means that the stack is aligned to an 8-byte boundary, a function
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_eabi\*(C' is called to from \*(C`main\*(C' to set up the eabi
environment, and the -msdata option can use both \*(C`r2\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C' to point to two separate small data areas. Selecting
\fB-mno-eabi means that the stack is aligned to a 16-byte boundary,
do not call an initialization function from \*(C`main\*(C', and the
\fB-msdata option will only use \*(C`r13\*(C' to point to a single
small data area. The -meabi option is on by default if you
configured \s-1GCC\s0 using one of the powerpc*-*-eabi* options.
"-msdata=eabi" 4
Item "-msdata=eabi" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized
\f(CW\*(C`const\*(C' global and static data in the
.sdata2 section, which
is pointed to by register
\*(C`r2\*(C'. Put small initialized
non-
\*(C`const\*(C' global and static data in the
.sdata section,
which is pointed to by register
\*(C`r13\*(C'. Put small uninitialized
global and static data in the
.sbss section, which is adjacent to
the
.sdata section. The
-msdata=eabi option is
incompatible with the
-mrelocatable option. The
\fB-msdata=eabi option also sets the
-memb option.
"-msdata=sysv" 4
Item "-msdata=sysv" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static
data in the
.sdata section, which is pointed to by register
\f(CW\*(C`r13\*(C'. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the
\
fB.sbss section, which is adjacent to the
.sdata section.
The
-msdata=sysv option is incompatible with the
\fB-mrelocatable option.
"-msdata=default" 4
Item "-msdata=default" 0
"-msdata" 4
Item "-msdata"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if -meabi is used,
compile code the same as -msdata=eabi, otherwise compile code the
same as -msdata=sysv.
"-msdata=data" 4
Item "-msdata=data" On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global
data in the
.sdata section. Put small uninitialized global
data in the
.sbss section. Do not use register
\*(C`r13\*(C'
to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless
other
-msdata options are used.
"-msdata=none" 4
Item "-msdata=none" 0
"-mno-sdata" 4
Item "-mno-sdata"
On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data
in the .data section, and all uninitialized data in the
\fB.bss section.
"-mblock-move-inline-limit=num" 4
Item "-mblock-move-inline-limit=num" Inline all block moves (such as calls to
\*(C`memcpy\*(C' or structure
copies) less than or equal to
num bytes. The minimum value for
\fInum is 32 bytes on 32-bit targets and 64 bytes on 64-bit
targets. The default value is target-specific.
"-G num" 4
Item "-G num" On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or
equal to
num bytes into the small data or bss sections instead of
the normal data or bss section. By default,
num is 8. The
\fB-G
num switch is also passed to the linker.
All modules should be compiled with the same
-G num value.
"-mregnames" 4
Item "-mregnames" 0
"-mno-regnames" 4
Item "-mno-regnames"
On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register
names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms.
"-mlongcall" 4
Item "-mlongcall" 0
"-mno-longcall" 4
Item "-mno-longcall"
By default assume that all calls are far away so that a longer more
expensive calling sequence is required. This is required for calls
further than 32 megabytes (33,554,432 bytes) from the current location.
A short call will be generated if the compiler knows
the call cannot be that far away. This setting can be overridden by
the \*(C`shortcall\*(C' function attribute, or by \*(C`#pragma
longcall(0)\*(C'.
.Sp
Some linkers are capable of detecting out-of-range calls and generating
glue code on the fly. On these systems, long calls are unnecessary and
generate slower code. As of this writing, the \s-1AIX\s0 linker can do this,
as can the \s-1GNU\s0 linker for PowerPC/64. It is planned to add this feature
to the \s-1GNU\s0 linker for 32-bit PowerPC systems as well.
.Sp
On Darwin/PPC systems, \*(C`#pragma longcall\*(C' will generate \*(L"jbsr
callee, L42\*(R", plus a \*(L"branch island\*(R" (glue code). The two target
addresses represent the callee and the \*(L"branch island\*(R". The
Darwin/PPC linker will prefer the first address and generate a \*(L"bl
callee\*(R" if the \s-1PPC\s0 \*(L"bl\*(R" instruction will reach the callee directly;
otherwise, the linker will generate \*(L"bl L42\*(R" to call the \*(L"branch
island\*(R". The \*(L"branch island\*(R" is appended to the body of the
calling function; it computes the full 32-bit address of the callee
and jumps to it.
.Sp
On Mach-O (Darwin) systems, this option directs the compiler emit to
the glue for every direct call, and the Darwin linker decides whether
to use or discard it.
.Sp
In the future, we may cause \s-1GCC\s0 to ignore all longcall specifications
when the linker is known to generate glue.
"-mtls-markers" 4
Item "-mtls-markers" 0
"-mno-tls-markers" 4
Item "-mno-tls-markers"
Mark (do not mark) calls to \*(C`_\|_tls_get_addr\*(C' with a relocation
specifying the function argument. The relocation allows ld to
reliably associate function call with argument setup instructions for
\s-1TLS\s0 optimization, which in turn allows gcc to better schedule the
sequence.
"-pthread" 4
Item "-pthread" Adds support for multithreading with the
pthreads library.
This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker.
"-mrecip" 4
Item "-mrecip" 0
"-mno-recip" 4
Item "-mno-recip"
This option will enable \s-1GCC\s0 to use the reciprocal estimate and
reciprocal square root estimate instructions with additional
Newton-Raphson steps to increase precision instead of doing a divide or
square root and divide for floating-point arguments. You should use
the -ffast-math option when using -mrecip (or at
least -funsafe-math-optimizations,
\fB-finite-math-only, -freciprocal-math and
\fB-fno-trapping-math). Note that while the throughput of the
sequence is generally higher than the throughput of the non-reciprocal
instruction, the precision of the sequence can be decreased by up to 2
ulp (i.e. the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994) for reciprocal square
roots.
"-mrecip=opt" 4
Item "-mrecip=opt" This option allows to control which reciprocal estimate instructions
may be used.
opt is a comma separated list of options, which may
be preceded by a
\*(C`!\*(C' to invert the option:
\f(CW\*(C`all\*(C': enable all estimate instructions,
\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C': enable the default instructions, equivalent to
-mrecip,
\f(CW\*(C`none\*(C': disable all estimate instructions, equivalent to
-mno-recip;
\f(CW\*(C`div\*(C': enable the reciprocal approximation instructions for both single and double precision;
\f(CW\*(C`divf\*(C': enable the single-precision reciprocal approximation instructions;
\f(CW\*(C`divd\*(C': enable the double-precision reciprocal approximation instructions;
\f(CW\*(C`rsqrt\*(C': enable the reciprocal square root approximation instructions for both single and double precision;
\f(CW\*(C`rsqrtf\*(C': enable the single-precision reciprocal square root approximation instructions;
\f(CW\*(C`rsqrtd\*(C': enable the double-precision reciprocal square root approximation instructions;
.Sp
So for example,
-mrecip=all,!rsqrtd would enable the
all of the reciprocal estimate instructions, except for the
\f(CW\*(C`FRSQRTE\*(C',
\*(C`XSRSQRTEDP\*(C', and
\*(C`XVRSQRTEDP\*(C' instructions
which handle the double-precision reciprocal square root calculations.
"-mrecip-precision" 4
Item "-mrecip-precision" 0
"-mno-recip-precision" 4
Item "-mno-recip-precision"
Assume (do not assume) that the reciprocal estimate instructions
provide higher-precision estimates than is mandated by the PowerPC
\s-1ABI\s0. Selecting -mcpu=power6 or -mcpu=power7
automatically selects -mrecip-precision. The double-precision
square root estimate instructions are not generated by
default on low-precision machines, since they do not provide an
estimate that converges after three steps.
"-mveclibabi=type" 4
Item "-mveclibabi=type" Specifies the \s-1ABI\s0 type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an
external library. The only type supported at present is
\*(C`mass\*(C',
which specifies to use \s-1IBM\s0's Mathematical Acceleration Subsystem
(\s-1MASS\s0) libraries for vectorizing intrinsics using external libraries.
\s-1GCC\s0 will currently emit calls to
\*(C`acosd2\*(C',
\*(C`acosf4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`acoshd2\*(C',
\*(C`acoshf4\*(C',
\*(C`asind2\*(C',
\*(C`asinf4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`asinhd2\*(C',
\*(C`asinhf4\*(C',
\*(C`atan2d2\*(C',
\*(C`atan2f4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`atand2\*(C',
\*(C`atanf4\*(C',
\*(C`atanhd2\*(C',
\*(C`atanhf4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`cbrtd2\*(C',
\*(C`cbrtf4\*(C',
\*(C`cosd2\*(C',
\*(C`cosf4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`coshd2\*(C',
\*(C`coshf4\*(C',
\*(C`erfcd2\*(C',
\*(C`erfcf4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`erfd2\*(C',
\*(C`erff4\*(C',
\*(C`exp2d2\*(C',
\*(C`exp2f4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`expd2\*(C',
\*(C`expf4\*(C',
\*(C`expm1d2\*(C',
\*(C`expm1f4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`hypotd2\*(C',
\*(C`hypotf4\*(C',
\*(C`lgammad2\*(C',
\*(C`lgammaf4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`log10d2\*(C',
\*(C`log10f4\*(C',
\*(C`log1pd2\*(C',
\*(C`log1pf4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`log2d2\*(C',
\*(C`log2f4\*(C',
\*(C`logd2\*(C',
\*(C`logf4\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`powd2\*(C',
\*(C`powf4\*(C',
\*(C`sind2\*(C',
\*(C`sinf4\*(C',
\*(C`sinhd2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`sinhf4\*(C',
\*(C`sqrtd2\*(C',
\*(C`sqrtf4\*(C',
\*(C`tand2\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`tanf4\*(C',
\*(C`tanhd2\*(C', and
\*(C`tanhf4\*(C' when generating code
for power7. Both
-ftree-vectorize and
\fB-funsafe-math-optimizations have to be enabled. The \s-1MASS\s0
libraries will have to be specified at link time.
"-mfriz" 4
Item "-mfriz" 0
"-mno-friz" 4
Item "-mno-friz"
Generate (do not generate) the \*(C`friz\*(C' instruction when the
\fB-funsafe-math-optimizations option is used to optimize
rounding of floating-point values to 64-bit integer and back to floating
point. The \*(C`friz\*(C' instruction does not return the same value if
the floating-point number is too large to fit in an integer.
"-mpointers-to-nested-functions" 4
Item "-mpointers-to-nested-functions" 0
"-mno-pointers-to-nested-functions" 4
Item "-mno-pointers-to-nested-functions"
Generate (do not generate) code to load up the static chain register
(r11) when calling through a pointer on \s-1AIX\s0 and 64-bit Linux
systems where a function pointer points to a 3-word descriptor giving
the function address, \s-1TOC\s0 value to be loaded in register r2, and
static chain value to be loaded in register r11. The
\fB-mpointers-to-nested-functions is on by default. You will
not be able to call through pointers to nested functions or pointers
to functions compiled in other languages that use the static chain if
you use the -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions.
"-msave-toc-indirect" 4
Item "-msave-toc-indirect" 0
"-mno-save-toc-indirect" 4
Item "-mno-save-toc-indirect"
Generate (do not generate) code to save the \s-1TOC\s0 value in the reserved
stack location in the function prologue if the function calls through
a pointer on \s-1AIX\s0 and 64-bit Linux systems. If the \s-1TOC\s0 value is not
saved in the prologue, it is saved just before the call through the
pointer. The -mno-save-toc-indirect option is the default.
\s-1RX\s0 Options
Subsection "RX Options"
These command-line options are defined for \s-1RX\s0 targets:
"-m64bit-doubles" 4
Item "-m64bit-doubles" 0
"-m32bit-doubles" 4
Item "-m32bit-doubles"
Make the \*(C`double\*(C' data type be 64 bits (-m64bit-doubles)
or 32 bits (-m32bit-doubles) in size. The default is
\fB-m32bit-doubles. Note \s-1RX\s0 floating-point hardware only
works on 32-bit values, which is why the default is
\fB-m32bit-doubles.
"-fpu" 4
Item "-fpu" 0
"-nofpu" 4
Item "-nofpu"
Enables (-fpu) or disables (-nofpu) the use of \s-1RX\s0
floating-point hardware. The default is enabled for the \s-1RX600\s0
series and disabled for the \s-1RX200\s0 series.
.Sp
Floating-point instructions will only be generated for 32-bit floating-point
values however, so if the -m64bit-doubles option is in
use then the \s-1FPU\s0 hardware will not be used for doubles.
.Sp
\fINote If the -fpu option is enabled then
\fB-funsafe-math-optimizations is also enabled automatically.
This is because the \s-1RX\s0 \s-1FPU\s0 instructions are themselves unsafe.
"-mcpu=name" 4
Item "-mcpu=name" Selects the type of \s-1RX\s0 \s-1CPU\s0 to be targeted. Currently three types are
supported, the generic
\s-1RX600\s0 and
\s-1RX200\s0 series hardware and
the specific
\s-1RX610\s0 \s-1CPU\s0. The default is
\s-1RX600\s0.
.Sp
The only difference between
\s-1RX600\s0 and
\s-1RX610\s0 is that the
\fI\s-1RX610\s0 does not support the
\*(C`MVTIPL\*(C' instruction.
.Sp
The
\s-1RX200\s0 series does not have a hardware floating-point unit
and so
-nofpu is enabled by default when this type is
selected.
"-mbig-endian-data" 4
Item "-mbig-endian-data" 0
"-mlittle-endian-data" 4
Item "-mlittle-endian-data"
Store data (but not code) in the big-endian format. The default is
\fB-mlittle-endian-data, i.e. to store data in the little-endian
format.
"-msmall-data-limit=N" 4
Item "-msmall-data-limit=N" Specifies the maximum size in bytes of global and static variables
which can be placed into the small data area. Using the small data
area can lead to smaller and faster code, but the size of area is
limited and it is up to the programmer to ensure that the area does
not overflow. Also when the small data area is used one of the \s-1RX\s0's
registers (usually
\*(C`r13\*(C') is reserved for use pointing to this
area, so it is no longer available for use by the compiler. This
could result in slower
and/
or larger code if variables which once
could have been held in the reserved register are now pushed onto the
stack.
.Sp
Note, common variables (variables that have not been initialized) and
constants are not placed into the small data area as they are assigned
to other sections in the output executable.
.Sp
The default value is zero, which disables this feature. Note, this
feature is not enabled by default with higher optimization levels
(
-O2 etc) because of the potentially detrimental effects of
reserving a register. It is up to the programmer to experiment and
discover whether this feature is of benefit to their program. See the
description of the
-mpid option for a description of how the
actual register to hold the small data area pointer is chosen.
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" 0
"-mno-sim" 4
Item "-mno-sim"
Use the simulator runtime. The default is to use the libgloss board
specific runtime.
"-mas100-syntax" 4
Item "-mas100-syntax" 0
"-mno-as100-syntax" 4
Item "-mno-as100-syntax"
When generating assembler output use a syntax that is compatible with
Renesas's \s-1AS100\s0 assembler. This syntax can also be handled by the \s-1GAS\s0
assembler but it has some restrictions so generating it is not the
default option.
"-mmax-constant-size=N" 4
Item "-mmax-constant-size=N" Specifies the maximum size, in bytes, of a constant that can be used as
an operand in a \s-1RX\s0 instruction. Although the \s-1RX\s0 instruction set does
allow constants of up to 4 bytes in length to be used in instructions,
a longer value equates to a longer instruction. Thus in some
circumstances it can be beneficial to restrict the size of constants
that are used in instructions. Constants that are too big are instead
placed into a constant pool and referenced via register indirection.
.Sp
The value
N can be between 0 and 4. A value of 0 (the default)
or 4 means that constants of any size are allowed.
"-mrelax" 4
Item "-mrelax" Enable linker relaxation. Linker relaxation is a process whereby the
linker will attempt to reduce the size of a program by finding shorter
versions of various instructions. Disabled by default.
"-mint-register=N" 4
Item "-mint-register=N" Specify the number of registers to reserve for fast interrupt handler
functions. The value
N can be between 0 and 4. A value of 1
means that register
\*(C`r13\*(C' will be reserved for the exclusive use
of fast interrupt handlers. A value of 2 reserves
\*(C`r13\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`r12\*(C'. A value of 3 reserves
\*(C`r13\*(C',
\*(C`r12\*(C' and
\f(CW\*(C`r11\*(C', and a value of 4 reserves
\*(C`r13\*(C' through
\*(C`r10\*(C'.
A value of 0, the default, does not reserve any registers.
"-msave-acc-in-interrupts" 4
Item "-msave-acc-in-interrupts" Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the
accumulator register. This is only necessary if normal code might use
the accumulator register, for example because it performs 64-bit
multiplications. The default is to ignore the accumulator as this
makes the interrupt handlers faster.
"-mpid" 4
Item "-mpid" 0
"-mno-pid" 4
Item "-mno-pid"
Enables the generation of position independent data. When enabled any
access to constant data will done via an offset from a base address
held in a register. This allows the location of constant data to be
determined at run time without requiring the executable to be
relocated, which is a benefit to embedded applications with tight
memory constraints. Data that can be modified is not affected by this
option.
.Sp
Note, using this feature reserves a register, usually \*(C`r13\*(C', for
the constant data base address. This can result in slower and/or
larger code, especially in complicated functions.
.Sp
The actual register chosen to hold the constant data base address
depends upon whether the -msmall-data-limit and/or the
\fB-mint-register command-line options are enabled. Starting
with register \*(C`r13\*(C' and proceeding downwards, registers are
allocated first to satisfy the requirements of -mint-register,
then -mpid and finally -msmall-data-limit. Thus it
is possible for the small data area register to be \*(C`r8\*(C' if both
\fB-mint-register=4 and -mpid are specified on the
command line.
.Sp
By default this feature is not enabled. The default can be restored
via the -mno-pid command-line option.
\fINote: The generic \s-1GCC\s0 command-line option -ffixed-reg
has special significance to the \s-1RX\s0 port when used with the
\f(CW\*(C`interrupt\*(C' function attribute. This attribute indicates a
function intended to process fast interrupts. \s-1GCC\s0 will will ensure
that it only uses the registers \*(C`r10\*(C', \*(C`r11\*(C', \*(C`r12\*(C'
and/or \*(C`r13\*(C' and only provided that the normal use of the
corresponding registers have been restricted via the
\fB-ffixed-reg or -mint-register command-line
options.
S/390 and zSeries Options
Subsection "S/390 and zSeries Options"
These are the -m options defined for the S/390 and zSeries architecture.
"-mhard-float" 4
Item "-mhard-float" 0
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float"
Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and registers
for floating-point operations. When -msoft-float is specified,
functions in libgcc.a will be used to perform floating-point
operations. When -mhard-float is specified, the compiler
generates \s-1IEEE\s0 floating-point instructions. This is the default.
"-mhard-dfp" 4
Item "-mhard-dfp" 0
"-mno-hard-dfp" 4
Item "-mno-hard-dfp"
Use (do not use) the hardware decimal-floating-point instructions for
decimal-floating-point operations. When -mno-hard-dfp is
specified, functions in libgcc.a will be used to perform
decimal-floating-point operations. When -mhard-dfp is
specified, the compiler generates decimal-floating-point hardware
instructions. This is the default for -march=z9-ec or higher.
"-mlong-double-64" 4
Item "-mlong-double-64" 0
"-mlong-double-128" 4
Item "-mlong-double-128"
These switches control the size of \*(C`long double\*(C' type. A size
of 64 bits makes the \*(C`long double\*(C' type equivalent to the \*(C`double\*(C'
type. This is the default.
"-mbackchain" 4
Item "-mbackchain" 0
"-mno-backchain" 4
Item "-mno-backchain"
Store (do not store) the address of the caller's frame as backchain pointer
into the callee's stack frame.
A backchain may be needed to allow debugging using tools that do not understand
\s-1DWARF-2\s0 call frame information.
When -mno-packed-stack is in effect, the backchain pointer is stored
at the bottom of the stack frame; when -mpacked-stack is in effect,
the backchain is placed into the topmost word of the 96/160 byte register
save area.
.Sp
In general, code compiled with -mbackchain is call-compatible with
code compiled with -mmo-backchain; however, use of the backchain
for debugging purposes usually requires that the whole binary is built with
\fB-mbackchain. Note that the combination of -mbackchain,
\fB-mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported. In order
to build a linux kernel use -msoft-float.
.Sp
The default is to not maintain the backchain.
"-mpacked-stack" 4
Item "-mpacked-stack" 0
"-mno-packed-stack" 4
Item "-mno-packed-stack"
Use (do not use) the packed stack layout. When -mno-packed-stack is
specified, the compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte register save
area only for their default purpose; unused fields still take up stack space.
When -mpacked-stack is specified, register save slots are densely
packed at the top of the register save area; unused space is reused for other
purposes, allowing for more efficient use of the available stack space.
However, when -mbackchain is also in effect, the topmost word of
the save area is always used to store the backchain, and the return address
register is always saved two words below the backchain.
.Sp
As long as the stack frame backchain is not used, code generated with
\fB-mpacked-stack is call-compatible with code generated with
\fB-mno-packed-stack. Note that some non-FSF releases of \s-1GCC\s0 2.95 for
S/390 or zSeries generated code that uses the stack frame backchain at run
time, not just for debugging purposes. Such code is not call-compatible
with code compiled with -mpacked-stack. Also, note that the
combination of -mbackchain,
\fB-mpacked-stack and -mhard-float is not supported. In order
to build a linux kernel use -msoft-float.
.Sp
The default is to not use the packed stack layout.
"-msmall-exec" 4
Item "-msmall-exec" 0
"-mno-small-exec" 4
Item "-mno-small-exec"
Generate (or do not generate) code using the \*(C`bras\*(C' instruction
to do subroutine calls.
This only works reliably if the total executable size does not
exceed 64k. The default is to use the \*(C`basr\*(C' instruction instead,
which does not have this limitation.
"-m64" 4
Item "-m64" 0
"-m31" 4
Item "-m31"
When -m31 is specified, generate code compliant to the
GNU/Linux for S/390 \s-1ABI\s0. When -m64 is specified, generate
code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries \s-1ABI\s0. This allows \s-1GCC\s0 in
particular to generate 64-bit instructions. For the s390
targets, the default is -m31, while the s390x
targets default to -m64.
"-mzarch" 4
Item "-mzarch" 0
"-mesa" 4
Item "-mesa"
When -mzarch is specified, generate code using the
instructions available on z/Architecture.
When -mesa is specified, generate code using the
instructions available on \s-1ESA/390\s0. Note that -mesa is
not possible with -m64.
When generating code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 \s-1ABI\s0,
the default is -mesa. When generating code compliant
to the GNU/Linux for zSeries \s-1ABI\s0, the default is -mzarch.
"-mmvcle" 4
Item "-mmvcle" 0
"-mno-mvcle" 4
Item "-mno-mvcle"
Generate (or do not generate) code using the \*(C`mvcle\*(C' instruction
to perform block moves. When -mno-mvcle is specified,
use a \*(C`mvc\*(C' loop instead. This is the default unless optimizing for
size.
"-mdebug" 4
Item "-mdebug" 0
"-mno-debug" 4
Item "-mno-debug"
Print (or do not print) additional debug information when compiling.
The default is to not print debug information.
"-march=cpu-type" 4
Item "-march=cpu-type" Generate code that will run on
cpu-type, which is the name of a system
representing a certain processor type. Possible values for
\fIcpu-type are
g5,
g6,
z900,
z990,
\fBz9-109,
z9-ec and
z10.
When generating code using the instructions available on
z/
Architecture,
the default is
-march=z900. Otherwise, the default is
\fB-march=g5.
"-mtune=cpu-type" 4
Item "-mtune=cpu-type" Tune to
cpu-type everything applicable about the generated code,
except for the \s-1ABI\s0 and the set of available instructions.
The list of
cpu-type values is the same as for
-march.
The default is the value used for
-march.
"-mtpf-trace" 4
Item "-mtpf-trace" 0
"-mno-tpf-trace" 4
Item "-mno-tpf-trace"
Generate code that adds (does not add) in \s-1TPF\s0 \s-1OS\s0 specific branches to trace
routines in the operating system. This option is off by default, even
when compiling for the \s-1TPF\s0 \s-1OS\s0.
"-mfused-madd" 4
Item "-mfused-madd" 0
"-mno-fused-madd" 4
Item "-mno-fused-madd"
Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and
accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if
hardware floating point is used.
"-mwarn-framesize=framesize" 4
Item "-mwarn-framesize=framesize" Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame size. Because
this is a compile-time check it doesn't need to be a real problem when the program
runs. It is intended to identify functions that most probably cause
a stack overflow. It is useful to be used in an environment with limited stack
size e.g. the linux kernel.
"-mwarn-dynamicstack" 4
Item "-mwarn-dynamicstack" Emit a warning if the function calls alloca or uses dynamically
sized arrays. This is generally a bad idea with a limited stack size.
"-mstack-guard=stack-guard" 4
Item "-mstack-guard=stack-guard" 0
"-mstack-size=stack-size" 4
Item "-mstack-size=stack-size"
If these options are provided the s390 back end emits additional instructions in
the function prologue which trigger a trap if the stack size is stack-guard
bytes above the stack-size (remember that the stack on s390 grows downward).
If the stack-guard option is omitted the smallest power of 2 larger than
the frame size of the compiled function is chosen.
These options are intended to be used to help debugging stack overflow problems.
The additionally emitted code causes only little overhead and hence can also be
used in production like systems without greater performance degradation. The given
values have to be exact powers of 2 and stack-size has to be greater than
\fIstack-guard without exceeding 64k.
In order to be efficient the extra code makes the assumption that the stack starts
at an address aligned to the value given by stack-size.
The stack-guard option can only be used in conjunction with stack-size.
Score Options
Subsection "Score Options"
These options are defined for Score implementations:
"-meb" 4
Item "-meb" Compile code for big-endian mode. This is the default.
"-mel" 4
Item "-mel" Compile code for little-endian mode.
"-mnhwloop" 4
Item "-mnhwloop" Disable generate bcnz instruction.
"-muls" 4
Item "-muls" Enable generate unaligned load and store instruction.
"-mmac" 4
Item "-mmac" Enable the use of multiply-accumulate instructions. Disabled by default.
"-mscore5" 4
Item "-mscore5" Specify the \s-1SCORE5\s0 as the target architecture.
"-mscore5u" 4
Item "-mscore5u" Specify the \s-1SCORE5U\s0 of the target architecture.
"-mscore7" 4
Item "-mscore7" Specify the \s-1SCORE7\s0 as the target architecture. This is the default.
"-mscore7d" 4
Item "-mscore7d" Specify the \s-1SCORE7D\s0 as the target architecture.
\s-1SH\s0 Options
Subsection "SH Options"
These -m options are defined for the \s-1SH\s0 implementations:
"-m1" 4
Item "-m1" Generate code for the \s-1SH1\s0.
"-m2" 4
Item "-m2" Generate code for the \s-1SH2\s0.
"-m2e" 4
Item "-m2e" Generate code for the SH2e.
"-m2a-nofpu" 4
Item "-m2a-nofpu" Generate code for the SH2a without \s-1FPU\s0, or for a SH2a-FPU in such a way
that the floating-point unit is not used.
"-m2a-single-only" 4
Item "-m2a-single-only" Generate code for the SH2a-FPU, in such a way that no double-precision
floating-point operations are used.
"-m2a-single" 4
Item "-m2a-single" Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in
single-precision mode by default.
"-m2a" 4
Item "-m2a" Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in
double-precision mode by default.
"-m3" 4
Item "-m3" Generate code for the \s-1SH3\s0.
"-m3e" 4
Item "-m3e" Generate code for the SH3e.
"-m4-nofpu" 4
Item "-m4-nofpu" Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 without a floating-point unit.
"-m4-single-only" 4
Item "-m4-single-only" Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 with a floating-point unit that only
supports single-precision arithmetic.
"-m4-single" 4
Item "-m4-single" Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0 assuming the floating-point unit is in
single-precision mode by default.
"-m4" 4
Item "-m4" Generate code for the \s-1SH4\s0.
"-m4a-nofpu" 4
Item "-m4a-nofpu" Generate code for the SH4al-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that the
floating-point unit is not used.
"-m4a-single-only" 4
Item "-m4a-single-only" Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision
floating-point operations are used.
"-m4a-single" 4
Item "-m4a-single" Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in
single-precision mode by default.
"-m4a" 4
Item "-m4a" Generate code for the SH4a.
"-m4al" 4
Item "-m4al" Same as
-m4a-nofpu, except that it implicitly passes
\fB-dsp to the assembler. \s-1GCC\s0 doesn't generate any \s-1DSP\s0
instructions at the moment.
"-mb" 4
Item "-mb" Compile code for the processor in big-endian mode.
"-ml" 4
Item "-ml" Compile code for the processor in little-endian mode.
"-mdalign" 4
Item "-mdalign" Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling
conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library will
not work unless you recompile it first with
-mdalign.
"-mrelax" 4
Item "-mrelax" Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the
linker option
-relax.
"-mbigtable" 4
Item "-mbigtable" Use 32-bit offsets in
\*(C`switch\*(C' tables. The default is to use
16-bit offsets.
"-mbitops" 4
Item "-mbitops" Enable the use of bit manipulation instructions on \s-1SH2A\s0.
"-mfmovd" 4
Item "-mfmovd" Enable the use of the instruction
\*(C`fmovd\*(C'. Check
-mdalign for
alignment constraints.
"-mhitachi" 4
Item "-mhitachi" Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
"-mrenesas" 4
Item "-mrenesas" Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas.
"-mno-renesas" 4
Item "-mno-renesas" Comply with the calling conventions defined for \s-1GCC\s0 before the Renesas
conventions were available. This option is the default for all
targets of the \s-1SH\s0 toolchain.
"-mnomacsave" 4
Item "-mnomacsave" Mark the
\*(C`MAC\*(C' register as call-clobbered, even if
\fB-mhitachi is given.
"-mieee" 4
Item "-mieee" 0
"-mno-ieee" 4
Item "-mno-ieee"
Control the \s-1IEEE\s0 compliance of floating-point comparisons, which affects the
handling of cases where the result of a comparison is unordered. By default
\fB-mieee is implicitly enabled. If -ffinite-math-only is
enabled -mno-ieee is implicitly set, which results in faster
floating-point greater-equal and less-equal comparisons. The implcit settings
can be overridden by specifying either -mieee or -mno-ieee.
"-minline-ic_invalidate" 4
Item "-minline-ic_invalidate" Inline code to invalidate instruction cache entries after setting up
nested function trampolines.
This option has no effect if -musermode is in effect and the selected
code generation option (e.g. -m4) does not allow the use of the icbi
instruction.
If the selected code generation option does not allow the use of the icbi
instruction, and -musermode is not in effect, the inlined code will
manipulate the instruction cache address array directly with an associative
write. This not only requires privileged mode, but it will also
fail if the cache line had been mapped via the \s-1TLB\s0 and has become unmapped.
"-misize" 4
Item "-misize" Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code.
"-mpadstruct" 4
Item "-mpadstruct" This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes,
which is incompatible with the \s-1SH\s0 \s-1ABI\s0.
"-msoft-atomic" 4
Item "-msoft-atomic" Generate
GNU/
Linux compatible gUSA software atomic sequences for the atomic
built-in functions. The generated atomic sequences require support from the
interrupt / exception handling code of the system and are only suitable for
single-core systems. They will not perform correctly on multi-core systems.
This option is enabled by default when the target is
\*(C`sh-*-linux*\*(C'.
For details on the atomic built-in functions see
_\|_atomic Builtins.
"-mspace" 4
Item "-mspace" Optimize for space instead of speed. Implied by
-Os.
"-mprefergot" 4
Item "-mprefergot" When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using
the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table.
"-musermode" 4
Item "-musermode" Don't generate privileged mode only code; implies -mno-inline-ic_invalidate
if the inlined code would not work in user mode.
This is the default when the target is
\*(C`sh-*-linux*\*(C'.
"-multcost=number" 4
Item "-multcost=number" Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn.
"-mdiv=strategy" 4
Item "-mdiv=strategy" Set the division strategy to be used for integer division operations.
For SHmedia
strategy can be one of:
"fp" 4
Item "fp" Performs the operation in floating point. This has a very high latency,
but needs only a few instructions, so it might be a good choice if
your code has enough easily-exploitable \s-1ILP\s0 to allow the compiler to
schedule the floating-point instructions together with other instructions.
Division by zero causes a floating-point exception.
"inv" 4
Item "inv" Uses integer operations to calculate the inverse of the divisor,
and then multiplies the dividend with the inverse. This strategy allows
\s-1CSE\s0 and hoisting of the inverse calculation. Division by zero calculates
an unspecified result, but does not trap.
"inv:minlat" 4
Item "inv:minlat" A variant of
inv where, if no \s-1CSE\s0 or hoisting opportunities
have been found, or if the entire operation has been hoisted to the same
place, the last stages of the inverse calculation are intertwined with the
final multiply to reduce the overall latency, at the expense of using a few
more instructions, and thus offering fewer scheduling opportunities with
other code.
"call" 4
Item "call" Calls a library function that usually implements the
inv:minlat
strategy.
This gives high code density for
\*(C`m5-*media-nofpu\*(C' compilations.
"call2" 4
Item "call2" Uses a different entry point of the same library function, where it
assumes that a pointer to a lookup table has already been set up, which
exposes the pointer load to \s-1CSE\s0 and code hoisting optimizations.
"inv:call" 4
Item "inv:call" 0
"inv:call2" 4
Item "inv:call2" "inv:fp" 4
Item "inv:fp"
Use the inv algorithm for initial
code generation, but if the code stays unoptimized, revert to the call,
\fBcall2, or fp strategies, respectively. Note that the
potentially-trapping side effect of division by zero is carried by a
separate instruction, so it is possible that all the integer instructions
are hoisted out, but the marker for the side effect stays where it is.
A recombination to floating-point operations or a call is not possible
in that case.
"inv20u" 4
Item "inv20u" 0
"inv20l" 4
Item "inv20l"
Variants of the inv:minlat strategy. In the case
that the inverse calculation is not separated from the multiply, they speed
up division where the dividend fits into 20 bits (plus sign where applicable)
by inserting a test to skip a number of operations in this case; this test
slows down the case of larger dividends. inv20u assumes the case of a such
a small dividend to be unlikely, and inv20l assumes it to be likely.
.Sp
For targets other than SHmedia strategy can be one of:
"call-div1" 4
Item "call-div1" Calls a library function that uses the single-step division instruction
\f(CW\*(C`div1\*(C' to perform the operation. Division by zero calculates an
unspecified result and does not trap. This is the default except for \s-1SH4\s0,
\s-1SH2A\s0 and SHcompact.
"call-fp" 4
Item "call-fp" Calls a library function that performs the operation in double precision
floating point. Division by zero causes a floating-point exception. This is
the default for SHcompact with \s-1FPU\s0. Specifying this for targets that do not
have a double precision \s-1FPU\s0 will default to
\*(C`call-div1\*(C'.
"call-table" 4
Item "call-table" Calls a library function that uses a lookup table for small divisors and
the
\*(C`div1\*(C' instruction with case distinction for larger divisors. Division
by zero calculates an unspecified result and does not trap. This is the default
for \s-1SH4\s0. Specifying this for targets that do not have dynamic shift
instructions will default to
\*(C`call-div1\*(C'.
.Sp
When a division strategy has not been specified the default strategy will be
selected based on the current target. For \s-1SH2A\s0 the default strategy is to
use the \*(C`divs\*(C' and \*(C`divu\*(C' instructions instead of library function
calls.
"-maccumulate-outgoing-args" 4
Item "-maccumulate-outgoing-args" Reserve space once for outgoing arguments in the function prologue rather
than around each call. Generally beneficial for performance and size. Also
needed for unwinding to avoid changing the stack frame around conditional code.
"-mdivsi3_libfunc=name" 4
Item "-mdivsi3_libfunc=name" Set the name of the library function used for 32-bit signed division to
\fIname. This only affect the name used in the call and inv:call
division strategies, and the compiler will still expect the same
sets of
input/
output/
clobbered registers as if this option was not present.
"-mfixed-range=register-range" 4
Item "-mfixed-range=register-range" Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
specified separated by a comma.
"-madjust-unroll" 4
Item "-madjust-unroll" Throttle unrolling to avoid thrashing target registers.
This option only has an effect if the gcc code base supports the
\s-1TARGET_ADJUST_UNROLL_MAX\s0 target hook.
"-mindexed-addressing" 4
Item "-mindexed-addressing" Enable the use of the indexed addressing mode for
SHmedia32/
SHcompact.
This is only safe if the hardware
and/
or \s-1OS\s0 implement 32-bit wrap-around
semantics for the indexed addressing mode. The architecture allows the
implementation of processors with 64-bit \s-1MMU\s0, which the \s-1OS\s0 could use to
get 32-bit addressing, but since no current hardware implementation supports
this or any other way to make the indexed addressing mode safe to use in
the 32-bit \s-1ABI\s0, the default is
-mno-indexed-addressing.
"-mgettrcost=number" 4
Item "-mgettrcost=number" Set the cost assumed for the gettr instruction to
number.
The default is 2 if
-mpt-fixed is in effect, 100 otherwise.
"-mpt-fixed" 4
Item "-mpt-fixed" Assume pt* instructions won't trap. This will generally generate better
scheduled code, but is unsafe on current hardware. The current architecture
definition says that ptabs and ptrel trap when the target anded with 3 is 3.
This has the unintentional effect of making it unsafe to schedule ptabs /
ptrel before a branch, or hoist it out of a loop. For example,
_\|_do_global_ctors, a part of libgcc that runs constructors at program
startup, calls functions in a list which is delimited by -1. With the
\-mpt-fixed option, the ptabs will be done before testing against -1.
That means that all the constructors will be run a bit quicker, but when
the loop comes to the end of the list, the program crashes because ptabs
loads -1 into a target register. Since this option is unsafe for any
hardware implementing the current architecture specification, the default
is -mno-pt-fixed. Unless the user specifies a specific cost with
\fB-mgettrcost, -mno-pt-fixed also implies
-mgettrcost=100;
this deters register allocation using target registers for storing
ordinary integers.
"-minvalid-symbols" 4
Item "-minvalid-symbols" Assume symbols might be invalid. Ordinary function symbols generated by
the compiler will always be valid to load with
movi/
shori/
ptabs or
movi/
shori/
ptrel, but with assembler
and/
or linker tricks it is possible
to generate symbols that will cause ptabs / ptrel to trap.
This option is only meaningful when
-mno-pt-fixed is in effect.
It will then prevent cross-basic-block cse, hoisting and most scheduling
of symbol loads. The default is
-mno-invalid-symbols.
"-mbranch-cost=num" 4
Item "-mbranch-cost=num" Assume
num to be the cost for a branch instruction. Higher numbers
will make the compiler try to generate more branch-free code if possible.
If not specified the value is selected depending on the processor type that
is being compiled for.
"-mcbranchdi" 4
Item "-mcbranchdi" Enable the
\*(C`cbranchdi4\*(C' instruction pattern.
"-mcmpeqdi" 4
Item "-mcmpeqdi" Emit the
\*(C`cmpeqdi_t\*(C' instruction pattern even when
-mcbranchdi
is in effect.
"-mfused-madd" 4
Item "-mfused-madd" Allow the usage of the
\*(C`fmac\*(C' instruction (floating-point
multiply-accumulate) if the processor type supports it. Enabling this
option might generate code that produces different numeric floating-point
results compared to strict \s-1IEEE\s0 754 arithmetic.
"-mpretend-cmove" 4
Item "-mpretend-cmove" Prefer zero-displacement conditional branches for conditional move instruction
patterns. This can result in faster code on the \s-1SH4\s0 processor.
Solaris 2 Options
Subsection "Solaris 2 Options"
These -m options are supported on Solaris 2:
"-mimpure-text" 4
Item "-mimpure-text" \fB-mimpure-text, used in addition to
-shared, tells
the compiler to not pass
-z text to the linker when linking a
shared object. Using this option, you can link position-dependent
code into a shared object.
.Sp
\fB-mimpure-text suppresses the \*(L"relocations remain against
allocatable but non-writable sections\*(R" linker error message.
However, the necessary relocations will trigger copy-on-write, and the
shared object is not actually shared across processes. Instead of
using
-mimpure-text, you should compile all source code with
\fB-fpic or
-fPIC.
These switches are supported in addition to the above on Solaris 2:
"-pthreads" 4
Item "-pthreads" Add support for multithreading using the \s-1POSIX\s0 threads library. This
option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. This option does
not affect the thread safety of object code produced by the compiler or
that of libraries supplied with it.
"-pthread" 4
Item "-pthread" This is a synonym for
-pthreads.
\s-1SPARC\s0 Options
Subsection "SPARC Options"
These -m options are supported on the \s-1SPARC:\s0
"-mno-app-regs" 4
Item "-mno-app-regs" 0
"-mapp-regs" 4
Item "-mapp-regs"
Specify -mapp-regs to generate output using the global registers
2 through 4, which the \s-1SPARC\s0 \s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 reserves for applications. This
is the default.
.Sp
To be fully \s-1SVR4\s0 \s-1ABI\s0 compliant at the cost of some performance loss,
specify -mno-app-regs. You should compile libraries and system
software with this option.
"-mflat" 4
Item "-mflat" 0
"-mno-flat" 4
Item "-mno-flat"
With -mflat, the compiler does not generate save/restore instructions
and uses a \*(L"flat\*(R" or single register window model. This model is compatible
with the regular register window model. The local registers and the input
registers (0--5) are still treated as \*(L"call-saved\*(R" registers and will be
saved on the stack as needed.
.Sp
With -mno-flat (the default), the compiler generates save/restore
instructions (except for leaf functions). This is the normal operating mode.
"-mfpu" 4
Item "-mfpu" 0
"-mhard-float" 4
Item "-mhard-float"
Generate output containing floating-point instructions. This is the
default.
"-mno-fpu" 4
Item "-mno-fpu" 0
"-msoft-float" 4
Item "-msoft-float"
Generate output containing library calls for floating point.
\fBWarning: the requisite libraries are not available for all \s-1SPARC\s0
targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are
used, but this cannot be done directly in cross-compilation. You must make
your own arrangements to provide suitable library functions for
cross-compilation. The embedded targets sparc-*-aout and
\fBsparclite-*-* do provide software floating-point support.
.Sp
\fB-msoft-float changes the calling convention in the output file;
therefore, it is only useful if you compile all of a program with
this option. In particular, you need to compile libgcc.a, the
library that comes with \s-1GCC\s0, with -msoft-float in order for
this to work.
"-mhard-quad-float" 4
Item "-mhard-quad-float" Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating-point
instructions.
"-msoft-quad-float" 4
Item "-msoft-quad-float" Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double)
floating-point instructions. The functions called are those specified
in the \s-1SPARC\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. This is the default.
.Sp
As of this writing, there are no \s-1SPARC\s0 implementations that have hardware
support for the quad-word floating-point instructions. They all invoke
a trap handler for one of these instructions, and then the trap handler
emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead,
this is much slower than calling the \s-1ABI\s0 library routines. Thus the
\fB-msoft-quad-float option is the default.
"-mno-unaligned-doubles" 4
Item "-mno-unaligned-doubles" 0
"-munaligned-doubles" 4
Item "-munaligned-doubles"
Assume that doubles have 8-byte alignment. This is the default.
.Sp
With -munaligned-doubles, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes that doubles have 8-byte
alignment only if they are contained in another type, or if they have an
absolute address. Otherwise, it assumes they have 4-byte alignment.
Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code
generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results
in a performance loss, especially for floating-point code.
"-mno-faster-structs" 4
Item "-mno-faster-structs" 0
"-mfaster-structs" 4
Item "-mfaster-structs"
With -mfaster-structs, the compiler assumes that structures
should have 8-byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of
\f(CW\*(C`ldd\*(C' and \*(C`std\*(C' instructions for copies in structure
assignment, in place of twice as many \*(C`ld\*(C' and \*(C`st\*(C' pairs.
However, the use of this changed alignment directly violates the \s-1SPARC\s0
\s-1ABI\s0. Thus, it's intended only for use on targets where the developer
acknowledges that their resulting code will not be directly in line with
the rules of the \s-1ABI\s0.
"-mcpu=cpu_type" 4
Item "-mcpu=cpu_type" Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters
for machine type
cpu_type. Supported values for
cpu_type are
\fBv7,
cypress,
v8,
supersparc,
hypersparc,
\fBleon,
sparclite,
f930,
f934,
sparclite86x,
\fBsparclet,
tsc701,
v9,
ultrasparc,
\fBultrasparc3,
niagara,
niagara2,
niagara3,
and
niagara4.
.Sp
Native Solaris and
GNU/
Linux toolchains also support the value
native,
which selects the best architecture option for the host processor.
\fB-mcpu=native has no effect if \s-1GCC\s0 does not recognize
the processor.
.Sp
Default instruction scheduling parameters are used for values that select
an architecture and not an implementation. These are
v7,
v8,
\fBsparclite,
sparclet,
v9.
.Sp
Here is a list of each supported architecture and their supported
implementations.
"v7" 4
Item "v7" cypress
"v8" 4
Item "v8" supersparc, hypersparc, leon
"sparclite" 4
Item "sparclite" f930, f934, sparclite86x
"sparclet" 4
Item "sparclet" tsc701
"v9" 4
Item "v9" ultrasparc, ultrasparc3, niagara, niagara2, niagara3, niagara4
.Sp
By default (unless configured otherwise), \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V7
variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. With -mcpu=cypress, the compiler
additionally optimizes it for the Cypress \s-1CY7C602\s0 chip, as used in the
SPARCStation/SPARCServer 3xx series. This is also appropriate for the older
SPARCStation 1, 2, \s-1IPX\s0 etc.
.Sp
With -mcpu=v8, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V8 variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0
architecture. The only difference from V7 code is that the compiler emits
the integer multiply and integer divide instructions which exist in \s-1SPARC-V8\s0
but not in \s-1SPARC-V7\s0. With -mcpu=supersparc, the compiler additionally
optimizes it for the SuperSPARC chip, as used in the SPARCStation 10, 1000 and
2000 series.
.Sp
With -mcpu=sparclite, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the SPARClite variant of
the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. This adds the integer multiply, integer divide step
and scan (\*(C`ffs\*(C') instructions which exist in SPARClite but not in \s-1SPARC-V7\s0.
With -mcpu=f930, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
Fujitsu \s-1MB86930\s0 chip, which is the original SPARClite, with no \s-1FPU\s0. With
\fB-mcpu=f934, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the Fujitsu
\s-1MB86934\s0 chip, which is the more recent SPARClite with \s-1FPU\s0.
.Sp
With -mcpu=sparclet, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the SPARClet variant of
the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture. This adds the integer multiply, multiply/accumulate,
integer divide step and scan (\*(C`ffs\*(C') instructions which exist in SPARClet
but not in \s-1SPARC-V7\s0. With -mcpu=tsc701, the compiler additionally
optimizes it for the \s-1TEMIC\s0 SPARClet chip.
.Sp
With -mcpu=v9, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the V9 variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0
architecture. This adds 64-bit integer and floating-point move instructions,
3 additional floating-point condition code registers and conditional move
instructions. With -mcpu=ultrasparc, the compiler additionally
optimizes it for the Sun UltraSPARC I/II/IIi chips. With
\fB-mcpu=ultrasparc3, the compiler additionally optimizes it for the
Sun UltraSPARC III/III+/IIIi/IIIi+/IV/IV+ chips. With
\fB-mcpu=niagara, the compiler additionally optimizes it for
Sun UltraSPARC T1 chips. With -mcpu=niagara2, the compiler
additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T2 chips. With
\fB-mcpu=niagara3, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Sun
UltraSPARC T3 chips. With -mcpu=niagara4, the compiler
additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T4 chips.
"-mtune=cpu_type" 4
Item "-mtune=cpu_type" Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type
\fIcpu_type, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the
option
-mcpu=cpu_type would.
.Sp
The same values for
-mcpu=cpu_type can be used for
\fB-mtune=
cpu_type, but the only useful values are those
that select a particular \s-1CPU\s0 implementation. Those are
cypress,
\fBsupersparc,
hypersparc,
leon,
f930,
f934,
\fBsparclite86x,
tsc701,
ultrasparc,
ultrasparc3,
\fBniagara,
niagara2,
niagara3 and
niagara4. With
native Solaris and
GNU/
Linux toolchains,
native can also be used.
"-mv8plus" 4
Item "-mv8plus" 0
"-mno-v8plus" 4
Item "-mno-v8plus"
With -mv8plus, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code for the \s-1SPARC-V8+\s0 \s-1ABI\s0. The
difference from the V8 \s-1ABI\s0 is that the global and out registers are
considered 64 bits wide. This is enabled by default on Solaris in 32-bit
mode for all \s-1SPARC-V9\s0 processors.
"-mvis" 4
Item "-mvis" 0
"-mno-vis" 4
Item "-mno-vis"
With -mvis, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC
Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is -mno-vis.
"-mvis2" 4
Item "-mvis2" 0
"-mno-vis2" 4
Item "-mno-vis2"
With -mvis2, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code that takes advantage of
version 2.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The
default is -mvis2 when targetting a cpu that supports such
instructions, such as UltraSPARC-III and later. Setting -mvis2
also sets -mvis.
"-mvis3" 4
Item "-mvis3" 0
"-mno-vis3" 4
Item "-mno-vis3"
With -mvis3, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code that takes advantage of
version 3.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The
default is -mvis3 when targetting a cpu that supports such
instructions, such as niagara-3 and later. Setting -mvis3
also sets -mvis2 and -mvis.
"-mpopc" 4
Item "-mpopc" 0
"-mno-popc" 4
Item "-mno-popc"
With -mpopc, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC
population count instruction. The default is -mpopc
when targetting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as Niagara-2 and
later.
"-mfmaf" 4
Item "-mfmaf" 0
"-mno-fmaf" 4
Item "-mno-fmaf"
With -mfmaf, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC
Fused Multiply-Add Floating-point extensions. The default is -mfmaf
when targetting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as Niagara-3 and
later.
"-mfix-at697f" 4
Item "-mfix-at697f" Enable the documented workaround for the single erratum of the Atmel \s-1AT697F\s0
processor (which corresponds to erratum #13 of the \s-1AT697E\s0 processor).
These -m options are supported in addition to the above
on \s-1SPARC-V9\s0 processors in 64-bit environments:
"-m32" 4
Item "-m32" 0
"-m64" 4
Item "-m64"
Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment.
The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits.
The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer
to 64 bits.
"-mcmodel=which" 4
Item "-mcmodel=which" Set the code model to one of
"medlow" 4
Item "medlow" The
Medium/
Low code model: 64-bit addresses, programs
must be linked in the low 32 bits of memory. Programs can be statically
or dynamically linked.
"medmid" 4
Item "medmid" The
Medium/
Middle code model: 64-bit addresses, programs
must be linked in the low 44 bits of memory, the text and data segments must
be less than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB of
the text segment.
"medany" 4
Item "medany" The
Medium/
Anywhere code model: 64-bit addresses, programs
may be linked anywhere in memory, the text and data segments must be less
than 2GB in size and the data segment must be located within 2GB of the
text segment.
"embmedany" 4
Item "embmedany" The
Medium/
Anywhere code model for embedded systems:
64-bit addresses, the text and data segments must be less than 2GB in
size, both starting anywhere in memory (determined at link time). The
global register
%g4 points to the base of the data segment. Programs
are statically linked and \s-1PIC\s0 is not supported.
"-mmemory-model=mem-model" 4
Item "-mmemory-model=mem-model" Set the memory model in force on the processor to one of
"default" 4
Item "default" The default memory model for the processor and operating system.
"rmo" 4
Item "rmo" Relaxed Memory Order
"pso" 4
Item "pso" Partial Store Order
"tso" 4
Item "tso" Total Store Order
"sc" 4
Item "sc" Sequential Consistency
.Sp
These memory models are formally defined in Appendix D of the Sparc V9
architecture manual, as set in the processor's \*(C`PSTATE.MM\*(C' field.
"-mstack-bias" 4
Item "-mstack-bias" 0
"-mno-stack-bias" 4
Item "-mno-stack-bias"
With -mstack-bias, \s-1GCC\s0 assumes that the stack pointer, and
frame pointer if present, are offset by -2047 which must be added back
when making stack frame references. This is the default in 64-bit mode.
Otherwise, assume no such offset is present.
\s-1SPU\s0 Options
Subsection "SPU Options"
These -m options are supported on the \s-1SPU:\s0
"-mwarn-reloc" 4
Item "-mwarn-reloc" 0
"-merror-reloc" 4
Item "-merror-reloc"
The loader for \s-1SPU\s0 does not handle dynamic relocations. By default, \s-1GCC\s0
will give an error when it generates code that requires a dynamic
relocation. -mno-error-reloc disables the error,
\fB-mwarn-reloc will generate a warning instead.
"-msafe-dma" 4
Item "-msafe-dma" 0
"-munsafe-dma" 4
Item "-munsafe-dma"
Instructions that initiate or test completion of \s-1DMA\s0 must not be
reordered with respect to loads and stores of the memory that is being
accessed. Users typically address this problem using the volatile
keyword, but that can lead to inefficient code in places where the
memory is known to not change. Rather than mark the memory as volatile
we treat the \s-1DMA\s0 instructions as potentially effecting all memory. With
\fB-munsafe-dma users must use the volatile keyword to protect
memory accesses.
"-mbranch-hints" 4
Item "-mbranch-hints" By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will generate a branch hint instruction to avoid
pipeline stalls for always taken or probably taken branches. A hint
will not be generated closer than 8 instructions away from its branch.
There is little reason to disable them, except for debugging purposes,
or to make an object a little bit smaller.
"-msmall-mem" 4
Item "-msmall-mem" 0
"-mlarge-mem" 4
Item "-mlarge-mem"
By default, \s-1GCC\s0 generates code assuming that addresses are never larger
than 18 bits. With -mlarge-mem code is generated that assumes
a full 32-bit address.
"-mstdmain" 4
Item "-mstdmain" By default, \s-1GCC\s0 links against startup code that assumes the SPU-style
main function interface (which has an unconventional parameter list).
With
-mstdmain, \s-1GCC\s0 will link your program against startup
code that assumes a C99-style interface to
\*(C`main\*(C', including a
local copy of
\*(C`argv\*(C' strings.
"-mfixed-range=register-range" 4
Item "-mfixed-range=register-range" Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers.
A fixed register is one that the register allocator can not use. This is
useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as
two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be
specified separated by a comma.
"-mea32" 4
Item "-mea32" 0
"-mea64" 4
Item "-mea64"
Compile code assuming that pointers to the \s-1PPU\s0 address space accessed
via the \*(C`_\|_ea\*(C' named address space qualifier are either 32 or 64
bits wide. The default is 32 bits. As this is an \s-1ABI\s0 changing option,
all object code in an executable must be compiled with the same setting.
"-maddress-space-conversion" 4
Item "-maddress-space-conversion" 0
"-mno-address-space-conversion" 4
Item "-mno-address-space-conversion"
Allow/disallow treating the \*(C`_\|_ea\*(C' address space as superset
of the generic address space. This enables explicit type casts
between \*(C`_\|_ea\*(C' and generic pointer as well as implicit
conversions of generic pointers to \*(C`_\|_ea\*(C' pointers. The
default is to allow address space pointer conversions.
"-mcache-size=cache-size" 4
Item "-mcache-size=cache-size" This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an
executable and selects a software-managed cache for accessing variables
in the
\*(C`_\|_ea\*(C' address space with a particular cache size. Possible
options for
cache-size are
8,
16,
32,
64
and
128. The default cache size is 64KB.
"-matomic-updates" 4
Item "-matomic-updates" 0
"-mno-atomic-updates" 4
Item "-mno-atomic-updates"
This option controls the version of libgcc that the compiler links to an
executable and selects whether atomic updates to the software-managed
cache of PPU-side variables are used. If you use atomic updates, changes
to a \s-1PPU\s0 variable from \s-1SPU\s0 code using the \*(C`_\|_ea\*(C' named address space
qualifier will not interfere with changes to other \s-1PPU\s0 variables residing
in the same cache line from \s-1PPU\s0 code. If you do not use atomic updates,
such interference may occur; however, writing back cache lines will be
more efficient. The default behavior is to use atomic updates.
"-mdual-nops" 4
Item "-mdual-nops" 0
"-mdual-nops=n" 4
Item "-mdual-nops=n"
By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will insert nops to increase dual issue when it expects
it to increase performance. n can be a value from 0 to 10. A
smaller n will insert fewer nops. 10 is the default, 0 is the
same as -mno-dual-nops. Disabled with -Os.
"-mhint-max-nops=n" 4
Item "-mhint-max-nops=n" Maximum number of nops to insert for a branch hint. A branch hint must
be at least 8 instructions away from the branch it is effecting. \s-1GCC\s0
will insert up to
n nops to enforce this, otherwise it will not
generate the branch hint.
"-mhint-max-distance=n" 4
Item "-mhint-max-distance=n" The encoding of the branch hint instruction limits the hint to be within
256 instructions of the branch it is effecting. By default, \s-1GCC\s0 makes
sure it is within 125.
"-msafe-hints" 4
Item "-msafe-hints" Work around a hardware bug that causes the \s-1SPU\s0 to stall indefinitely.
By default, \s-1GCC\s0 will insert the
\*(C`hbrp\*(C' instruction to make sure
this stall won't happen.
Options for System V
Subsection "Options for System V"
These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for
compatibility with other compilers on those systems:
"-G" 4
Item "-G" Create a shared object.
It is recommended that
-symbolic or
-shared be used instead.
"-Qy" 4
Item "-Qy" Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a
\f(CW\*(C`.ident\*(C' assembler directive in the output.
"-Qn" 4
Item "-Qn" Refrain from adding
\*(C`.ident\*(C' directives to the output file (this is
the default).
"-YP,dirs" 4
Item "-YP,dirs" Search the directories
dirs, and no others, for libraries
specified with
-l.
"-Ym,dir" 4
Item "-Ym,dir" Look in the directory
dir to find the M4 preprocessor.
The assembler uses this option.
TILE-Gx Options
Subsection "TILE-Gx Options"
These -m options are supported on the TILE-Gx:
"-mcpu=name" 4
Item "-mcpu=name" Selects the type of \s-1CPU\s0 to be targeted. Currently the only supported
type is
tilegx.
"-m32" 4
Item "-m32" 0
"-m64" 4
Item "-m64"
Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit
environment sets int, long, and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit
environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits.
TILEPro Options
Subsection "TILEPro Options"
These -m options are supported on the TILEPro:
"-mcpu=name" 4
Item "-mcpu=name" Selects the type of \s-1CPU\s0 to be targeted. Currently the only supported
type is
tilepro.
"-m32" 4
Item "-m32" Generate code for a 32-bit environment, which sets int, long, and
pointer to 32 bits. This is the only supported behavior so the flag
is essentially ignored.
V850 Options
Subsection "V850 Options"
These -m options are defined for V850 implementations:
"-mlong-calls" 4
Item "-mlong-calls" 0
"-mno-long-calls" 4
Item "-mno-long-calls"
Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be
far away, the compiler will always load the functions address up into a
register, and call indirect through the pointer.
"-mno-ep" 4
Item "-mno-ep" 0
"-mep" 4
Item "-mep"
Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index
pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the \*(C`ep\*(C' register, and
use the shorter \*(C`sld\*(C' and \*(C`sst\*(C' instructions. The -mep
option is on by default if you optimize.
"-mno-prolog-function" 4
Item "-mno-prolog-function" 0
"-mprolog-function" 4
Item "-mprolog-function"
Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers
at the prologue and epilogue of a function. The external functions
are slower, but use less code space if more than one function saves
the same number of registers. The -mprolog-function option
is on by default if you optimize.
"-mspace" 4
Item "-mspace" Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns
on the
-mep and
-mprolog-function options.
"-mtda=n" 4
Item "-mtda=n" Put static or global variables whose size is
n bytes or less into
the tiny data area that register
\*(C`ep\*(C' points to. The tiny data
area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references).
"-msda=n" 4
Item "-msda=n" Put static or global variables whose size is
n bytes or less into
the small data area that register
\*(C`gp\*(C' points to. The small data
area can hold up to 64 kilobytes.
"-mzda=n" 4
Item "-mzda=n" Put static or global variables whose size is
n bytes or less into
the first 32 kilobytes of memory.
"-mv850" 4
Item "-mv850" Specify that the target processor is the V850.
"-mbig-switch" 4
Item "-mbig-switch" Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if
the
assembler/
linker complain about out of range branches within a switch
table.
"-mapp-regs" 4
Item "-mapp-regs" This option will cause r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated by
the compiler. This setting is the default.
"-mno-app-regs" 4
Item "-mno-app-regs" This option will cause r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers.
"-mv850e2v3" 4
Item "-mv850e2v3" Specify that the target processor is the V850E2V3. The preprocessor
constants
_\|_v850e2v3_\|_ will be defined if
this option is used.
"-mv850e2" 4
Item "-mv850e2" Specify that the target processor is the V850E2. The preprocessor
constants
_\|_v850e2_\|_ will be defined if this option is used.
"-mv850e1" 4
Item "-mv850e1" Specify that the target processor is the V850E1. The preprocessor
constants
_\|_v850e1_\|_ and
_\|_v850e_\|_ will be defined if
this option is used.
"-mv850es" 4
Item "-mv850es" Specify that the target processor is the V850ES. This is an alias for
the
-mv850e1 option.
"-mv850e" 4
Item "-mv850e" Specify that the target processor is the V850E. The preprocessor
constant
_\|_v850e_\|_ will be defined if this option is used.
.Sp
If neither
-mv850 nor
-mv850e nor
-mv850e1
nor
-mv850e2 nor
-mv850e2v3
are defined then a default target processor will be chosen and the
relevant
_\|_v850*_\|_ preprocessor constant will be defined.
.Sp
The preprocessor constants
_\|_v850 and
_\|_v851_\|_ are always
defined, regardless of which processor variant is the target.
"-mdisable-callt" 4
Item "-mdisable-callt" This option will suppress generation of the \s-1CALLT\s0 instruction for the
v850e, v850e1, v850e2 and v850e2v3 flavors of the v850 architecture. The default is
\fB-mno-disable-callt which allows the \s-1CALLT\s0 instruction to be used.
\s-1VAX\s0 Options
Subsection "VAX Options"
These -m options are defined for the \s-1VAX:\s0
"-munix" 4
Item "-munix" Do not output certain jump instructions (
\*(C`aobleq\*(C' and so on)
that the Unix assembler for the \s-1VAX\s0 cannot handle across long
ranges.
"-mgnu" 4
Item "-mgnu" Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that you
will assemble with the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler.
"-mg" 4
Item "-mg" Output code for G-format floating-point numbers instead of D-format.
VxWorks Options
Subsection "VxWorks Options"
The options in this section are defined for all VxWorks targets.
Options specific to the target hardware are listed with the other
options for that target.
"-mrtp" 4
Item "-mrtp" \s-1GCC\s0 can generate code for both VxWorks kernels and real time processes
(RTPs). This option switches from the former to the latter. It also
defines the preprocessor macro
\*(C`_\|_RTP_\|_\*(C'.
"-non-static" 4
Item "-non-static" Link an \s-1RTP\s0 executable against shared libraries rather than static
libraries. The options
-static and
-shared can
also be used for RTPs;
-static
is the default.
"-Bstatic" 4
Item "-Bstatic" 0
"-Bdynamic" 4
Item "-Bdynamic"
These options are passed down to the linker. They are defined for
compatibility with Diab.
"-Xbind-lazy" 4
Item "-Xbind-lazy" Enable lazy binding of function calls. This option is equivalent to
\fB-Wl,-z,now and is defined for compatibility with Diab.
"-Xbind-now" 4
Item "-Xbind-now" Disable lazy binding of function calls. This option is the default and
is defined for compatibility with Diab.
x86-64 Options
Subsection "x86-64 Options"
These are listed under
Xstormy16 Options
Subsection "Xstormy16 Options"
These options are defined for Xstormy16:
"-msim" 4
Item "-msim" Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator.
Xtensa Options
Subsection "Xtensa Options"
These options are supported for Xtensa targets:
"-mconst16" 4
Item "-mconst16" 0
"-mno-const16" 4
Item "-mno-const16"
Enable or disable use of \*(C`CONST16\*(C' instructions for loading
constant values. The \*(C`CONST16\*(C' instruction is currently not a
standard option from Tensilica. When enabled, \*(C`CONST16\*(C'
instructions are always used in place of the standard \*(C`L32R\*(C'
instructions. The use of \*(C`CONST16\*(C' is enabled by default only if
the \*(C`L32R\*(C' instruction is not available.
"-mfused-madd" 4
Item "-mfused-madd" 0
"-mno-fused-madd" 4
Item "-mno-fused-madd"
Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract
instructions in the floating-point option. This has no effect if the
floating-point option is not also enabled. Disabling fused multiply/add
and multiply/subtract instructions forces the compiler to use separate
instructions for the multiply and add/subtract operations. This may be
desirable in some cases where strict \s-1IEEE\s0 754-compliant results are
required: the fused multiply add/subtract instructions do not round the
intermediate result, thereby producing results with more bits of
precision than specified by the \s-1IEEE\s0 standard. Disabling fused multiply
add/subtract instructions also ensures that the program output is not
sensitive to the compiler's ability to combine multiply and add/subtract
operations.
"-mserialize-volatile" 4
Item "-mserialize-volatile" 0
"-mno-serialize-volatile" 4
Item "-mno-serialize-volatile"
When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 inserts \*(C`MEMW\*(C' instructions before
\f(CW\*(C`volatile\*(C' memory references to guarantee sequential consistency.
The default is -mserialize-volatile. Use
\fB-mno-serialize-volatile to omit the \*(C`MEMW\*(C' instructions.
"-mforce-no-pic" 4
Item "-mforce-no-pic" For targets, like
GNU/
Linux, where all user-mode Xtensa code must be
position-independent code (\s-1PIC\s0), this option disables \s-1PIC\s0 for compiling
kernel code.
"-mtext-section-literals" 4
Item "-mtext-section-literals" 0
"-mno-text-section-literals" 4
Item "-mno-text-section-literals"
Control the treatment of literal pools. The default is
\fB-mno-text-section-literals, which places literals in a separate
section in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be placed
in a data \s-1RAM/ROM\s0, and it also allows the linker to combine literal
pools from separate object files to remove redundant literals and
improve code size. With -mtext-section-literals, the literals
are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them as close as
possible to their references. This may be necessary for large assembly
files.
"-mtarget-align" 4
Item "-mtarget-align" 0
"-mno-target-align" 4
Item "-mno-target-align"
When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 instructs the assembler to
automatically align instructions to reduce branch penalties at the
expense of some code density. The assembler attempts to widen density
instructions to align branch targets and the instructions following call
instructions. If there are not enough preceding safe density
instructions to align a target, no widening will be performed. The
default is -mtarget-align. These options do not affect the
treatment of auto-aligned instructions like \*(C`LOOP\*(C', which the
assembler will always align, either by widening density instructions or
by inserting no-op instructions.
"-mlongcalls" 4
Item "-mlongcalls" 0
"-mno-longcalls" 4
Item "-mno-longcalls"
When this option is enabled, \s-1GCC\s0 instructs the assembler to translate
direct calls to indirect calls unless it can determine that the target
of a direct call is in the range allowed by the call instruction. This
translation typically occurs for calls to functions in other source
files. Specifically, the assembler translates a direct \*(C`CALL\*(C'
instruction into an \*(C`L32R\*(C' followed by a \*(C`CALLX\*(C' instruction.
The default is -mno-longcalls. This option should be used in
programs where the call target can potentially be out of range. This
option is implemented in the assembler, not the compiler, so the
assembly code generated by \s-1GCC\s0 will still show direct call
instructions---look at the disassembled object code to see the actual
instructions. Note that the assembler will use an indirect call for
every cross-file call, not just those that really will be out of range.
zSeries Options
Subsection "zSeries Options"
These are listed under
.Sh "Options for Code Generation Conventions"
Subsection "Options for Code Generation Conventions" These machine-independent options control the interface conventions
used in code generation.
Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form
of -ffoo would be -fno-foo. In the table below, only
one of the forms is listed---the one that is not the default. You
can figure out the other form by either removing no- or adding
it.
"-fbounds-check" 4
Item "-fbounds-check" For front ends that support it, generate additional code to check that
indices used to access arrays are within the declared range. This is
currently only supported by the Java and Fortran front ends, where
this option defaults to true and false respectively.
"-ftrapv" 4
Item "-ftrapv" This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction,
multiplication operations.
"-fwrapv" 4
Item "-fwrapv" This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic
overflow of addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around
using twos-complement representation. This flag enables some optimizations
and disables others. This option is enabled by default for the Java
front end, as required by the Java language specification.
"-fexceptions" 4
Item "-fexceptions" Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate
exceptions. For some targets, this implies \s-1GCC\s0 will generate frame
unwind information for all functions, which can produce significant data
size overhead, although it does not affect execution. If you do not
specify this option, \s-1GCC\s0 will enable it by default for languages like
\*(C+ that normally require exception handling, and disable it for
languages like C that do not normally require it. However, you may need
to enable this option when compiling C code that needs to interoperate
properly with exception handlers written in \*(C+. You may also wish to
disable this option if you are compiling older \*(C+ programs that don't
use exception handling.
"-fnon-call-exceptions" 4
Item "-fnon-call-exceptions" Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw exceptions.
Note that this requires platform-specific runtime support that does
not exist everywhere. Moreover, it only allows
trapping
instructions to throw exceptions, i.e. memory references or floating-point
instructions. It does not allow exceptions to be thrown from
arbitrary signal handlers such as
\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'.
"-funwind-tables" 4
Item "-funwind-tables" Similar to
-fexceptions, except that it will just generate any needed
static data, but will not affect the generated code in any other way.
You will normally not enable this option; instead, a language processor
that needs this handling would enable it on your behalf.
"-fasynchronous-unwind-tables" 4
Item "-fasynchronous-unwind-tables" Generate unwind table in dwarf2 format, if supported by target machine. The
table is exact at each instruction boundary, so it can be used for stack
unwinding from asynchronous events (such as debugger or garbage collector).
"-fpcc-struct-return" 4
Item "-fpcc-struct-return" Return \*(L"short\*(R"
\*(C`struct\*(C' and
\*(C`union\*(C' values in memory like
longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less
efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between
GCC-compiled files and files compiled with other compilers, particularly
the Portable C Compiler (pcc).
.Sp
The precise convention for returning structures in memory depends
on the target configuration macros.
.Sp
Short structures and unions are those whose size and alignment match
that of some integer type.
.Sp
\fBWarning: code compiled with the
-fpcc-struct-return
switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the
\fB-freg-struct-return switch.
Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
"-freg-struct-return" 4
Item "-freg-struct-return" Return
\*(C`struct\*(C' and
\*(C`union\*(C' values in registers when possible.
This is more efficient for small structures than
\fB-fpcc-struct-return.
.Sp
If you specify neither
-fpcc-struct-return nor
\fB-freg-struct-return, \s-1GCC\s0 defaults to whichever convention is
standard for the target. If there is no standard convention, \s-1GCC\s0
defaults to
-fpcc-struct-return, except on targets where \s-1GCC\s0 is
the principal compiler. In those cases, we can choose the standard, and
we chose the more efficient register return alternative.
.Sp
\fBWarning: code compiled with the
-freg-struct-return
switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the
\fB-fpcc-struct-return switch.
Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
"-fshort-enums" 4
Item "-fshort-enums" Allocate to an
\*(C`enum\*(C' type only as many bytes as it needs for the
declared range of possible values. Specifically, the
\*(C`enum\*(C' type
will be equivalent to the smallest integer type that has enough room.
.Sp
\fBWarning: the
-fshort-enums switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
"-fshort-double" 4
Item "-fshort-double" Use the same size for
\*(C`double\*(C' as for
\*(C`float\*(C'.
.Sp
\fBWarning: the
-fshort-double switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
"-fshort-wchar" 4
Item "-fshort-wchar" Override the underlying type for
wchar_t to be
short
unsigned int instead of the default for the target. This option is
useful for building programs to run under \s-1WINE\s0.
.Sp
\fBWarning: the
-fshort-wchar switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
"-fno-common" 4
Item "-fno-common" In C code, controls the placement of uninitialized global variables.
Unix C compilers have traditionally permitted multiple definitions of
such variables in different compilation units by placing the variables
in a common block.
This is the behavior specified by
-fcommon, and is the default
for \s-1GCC\s0 on most targets.
On the other hand, this behavior is not required by \s-1ISO\s0 C, and on some
targets may carry a speed or code size penalty on variable references.
The
-fno-common option specifies that the compiler should place
uninitialized global variables in the data section of the object file,
rather than generating them as common blocks.
This has the effect that if the same variable is declared
(without
\*(C`extern\*(C') in two different compilations,
you will get a multiple-definition error when you link them.
In this case, you must compile with
-fcommon instead.
Compiling with
-fno-common is useful on targets for which
it provides better performance, or if you wish to verify that the
program will work on other systems that always treat uninitialized
variable declarations this way.
"-fno-ident" 4
Item "-fno-ident" Ignore the
#ident directive.
"-finhibit-size-directive" 4
Item "-finhibit-size-directive" Don't output a
\*(C`.size\*(C' assembler directive, or anything else that
would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the
two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is
used when compiling
crtstuff.c; you should not need to use it
for anything else.
"-fverbose-asm" 4
Item "-fverbose-asm" Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to
make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those
who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while
debugging the compiler itself).
.Sp
\fB-fno-verbose-asm, the default, causes the
extra information to be omitted and is useful when comparing two assembler
files.
"-frecord-gcc-switches" 4
Item "-frecord-gcc-switches" This switch causes the command line that was used to invoke the
compiler to be recorded into the object file that is being created.
This switch is only implemented on some targets and the exact format
of the recording is target and binary file format dependent, but it
usually takes the form of a section containing \s-1ASCII\s0 text. This
switch is related to the
-fverbose-asm switch, but that
switch only records information in the assembler output file as
comments, so it never reaches the object file.
See also
-grecord-gcc-switches for another
way of storing compiler options into the object file.
"-fpic" 4
Item "-fpic" Generate position-independent code (\s-1PIC\s0) suitable for use in a shared
library, if supported for the target machine. Such code accesses all
constant addresses through a global offset table (\s-1GOT\s0). The dynamic
loader resolves the \s-1GOT\s0 entries when the program starts (the dynamic
loader is not part of \s-1GCC\s0; it is part of the operating system). If
the \s-1GOT\s0 size for the linked executable exceeds a machine-specific
maximum size, you get an error message from the linker indicating that
\fB-fpic does not work; in that case, recompile with
-fPIC
instead. (These maximums are 8k on the \s-1SPARC\s0 and 32k
on the m68k and \s-1RS/6000\s0. The 386 has no such limit.)
.Sp
Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
only on certain machines. For the 386, \s-1GCC\s0 supports \s-1PIC\s0 for System V
but not for the Sun 386i. Code generated for the \s-1IBM\s0 \s-1RS/6000\s0 is always
position-independent.
.Sp
When this flag is set, the macros
\*(C`_\|_pic_\|_\*(C' and
\*(C`_\|_PIC_\|_\*(C'
are defined to 1.
"-fPIC" 4
Item "-fPIC" If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code,
suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the
global offset table. This option makes a difference on the m68k,
PowerPC and \s-1SPARC\s0.
.Sp
Position-independent code requires special support, and therefore works
only on certain machines.
.Sp
When this flag is set, the macros
\*(C`_\|_pic_\|_\*(C' and
\*(C`_\|_PIC_\|_\*(C'
are defined to 2.
"-fpie" 4
Item "-fpie" 0
"-fPIE" 4
Item "-fPIE"
These options are similar to -fpic and -fPIC, but
generated position independent code can be only linked into executables.
Usually these options are used when -pie \s-1GCC\s0 option will be
used during linking.
.Sp
\fB-fpie and -fPIE both define the macros
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_pie_\|_\*(C' and \*(C`_\|_PIE_\|_\*(C'. The macros have the value 1
for -fpie and 2 for -fPIE.
"-fno-jump-tables" 4
Item "-fno-jump-tables" Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be
more efficient than other code generation strategies. This option is
of use in conjunction with
-fpic or
-fPIC for
building code that forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot
reference the address of a jump table. On some targets, jump tables
do not require a \s-1GOT\s0 and this option is not needed.
"-ffixed-reg" 4
Item "-ffixed-reg" Treat the register named
reg as a fixed register; generated code
should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame
pointer or in some other fixed role).
.Sp
\fIreg must be the name of a register. The register names accepted
are machine-specific and are defined in the
\*(C`REGISTER_NAMES\*(C'
macro in the machine description macro file.
.Sp
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
three-way choice.
"-fcall-used-reg" 4
Item "-fcall-used-reg" Treat the register named
reg as an allocable register that is
clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or
variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way
will not save and restore the register
reg.
.Sp
It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
.Sp
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
three-way choice.
"-fcall-saved-reg" 4
Item "-fcall-saved-reg" Treat the register named
reg as an allocable register saved by
functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that
live across a call. Functions compiled this way will save and restore
the register
reg if they use it.
.Sp
It is an error to used this flag with the frame pointer or stack pointer.
Use of this flag for other registers that have fixed pervasive roles in
the machine's execution model will produce disastrous results.
.Sp
A different sort of disaster will result from the use of this flag for
a register in which function values may be returned.
.Sp
This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a
three-way choice.
"-fpack-struct[=n]" 4
Item "-fpack-struct[=n]" Without a value specified, pack all structure members together without
holes. When a value is specified (which must be a small power of two), pack
structure members according to this value, representing the maximum
alignment (that is, objects with default alignment requirements larger than
this will be output potentially unaligned at the next fitting location.
.Sp
\fBWarning: the
-fpack-struct switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to generate
code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch.
Additionally, it makes the code suboptimal.
Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
"-finstrument-functions" 4
Item "-finstrument-functions" Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just
after function entry and just before function exit, the following
profiling functions will be called with the address of the current
function and its call site. (On some platforms,
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_return_address\*(C' does not work beyond the current
function, so the call site information may not be available to the
profiling functions otherwise.)
.Sp
.Vb 4
void _\|_cyg_profile_func_enter (void *this_fn,
void *call_site);
void _\|_cyg_profile_func_exit (void *this_fn,
void *call_site);
.Ve
.Sp
The first argument is the address of the start of the current function,
which may be looked up exactly in the symbol table.
.Sp
This instrumentation is also done for functions expanded inline in other
functions. The profiling calls will indicate where, conceptually, the
inline function is entered and exited. This means that addressable
versions of such functions must be available. If all your uses of a
function are expanded inline, this may mean an additional expansion of
code size. If you use
extern inline in your C code, an
addressable version of such functions must be provided. (This is
normally the case anyways, but if you get lucky and the optimizer always
expands the functions inline, you might have gotten away without
providing static copies.)
.Sp
A function may be given the attribute
\*(C`no_instrument_function\*(C', in
which case this instrumentation will not be done. This can be used, for
example, for the profiling functions listed above, high-priority
interrupt routines, and any functions from which the profiling functions
cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling
routines generate output or allocate memory).
"-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,..." 4
Item "-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=file,file,..." Set the list of functions that are excluded from instrumentation (see
the description of
\*(C`-finstrument-functions\*(C'). If the file that
contains a function definition matches with one of
file, then
that function is not instrumented. The match is done on substrings:
if the
file parameter is a substring of the file name, it is
considered to be a match.
.Sp
For example:
.Sp
.Vb 1
-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=/
bits/
stl,
include/
sys
.Ve
.Sp
will exclude any inline function defined in files whose pathnames
contain
\*(C`/bits/stl\*(C' or
\*(C`include/sys\*(C'.
.Sp
If, for some reason, you want to include letter
\*(Aq,\*(Aq in one of
\fIsym, write
\*(Aq,\*(Aq. For example,
\f(CW\*(C`-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=\*(Aq,,tmp\*(Aq\*(C'
(note the single quote surrounding the option).
"-finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,..." 4
Item "-finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=sym,sym,..." This is similar to
\*(C`-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list\*(C',
but this option sets the list of function names to be excluded from
instrumentation. The function name to be matched is its user-visible
name, such as
\*(C`vector<int> blah(const vector<int> &)\*(C', not the
internal mangled name (e.g.,
\*(C`_Z4blahRSt6vectorIiSaIiEE\*(C'). The
match is done on substrings: if the
sym parameter is a substring
of the function name, it is considered to be a match. For C99 and \*(C+
extended identifiers, the function name must be given in \s-1UTF-8\s0, not
using universal character names.
"-fstack-check" 4
Item "-fstack-check" Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the
stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an
environment with multiple threads, but only rarely need to specify it in
a single-threaded environment since stack overflow is automatically
detected on nearly all systems if there is only one stack.
.Sp
Note that this switch does not actually cause checking to be done; the
operating system or the language runtime must do that. The switch causes
generation of code to ensure that they see the stack being extended.
.Sp
You can additionally specify a string parameter:
\*(C`no\*(C' means no
checking,
\*(C`generic\*(C' means force the use of old-style checking,
\f(CW\*(C`specific\*(C' means use the best checking method and is equivalent
to bare
-fstack-check.
.Sp
Old-style checking is a generic mechanism that requires no specific
target support in the compiler but comes with the following drawbacks:
"1." 4
Modified allocation strategy for large objects: they will always be
allocated dynamically if their size exceeds a fixed threshold.
"2." 4
Fixed limit on the size of the static frame of functions: when it is
topped by a particular function, stack checking is not reliable and
a warning is issued by the compiler.
"3." 4
Inefficiency: because of both the modified allocation strategy and the
generic implementation, the performances of the code are hampered.
.Sp
Note that old-style stack checking is also the fallback method for
\f(CW\*(C`specific\*(C' if no target support has been added in the compiler.
"-fstack-limit-register=reg" 4
Item "-fstack-limit-register=reg" 0
"-fstack-limit-symbol=sym" 4
Item "-fstack-limit-symbol=sym" "-fno-stack-limit" 4
Item "-fno-stack-limit"
Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain value,
either the value of a register or the address of a symbol. If the stack
would grow beyond the value, a signal is raised. For most targets,
the signal is raised before the stack overruns the boundary, so
it is possible to catch the signal without taking special precautions.
.Sp
For instance, if the stack starts at absolute address 0x80000000
and grows downwards, you can use the flags
\fB-fstack-limit-symbol=_\|_stack_limit and
\fB-Wl,--defsym,_\|_stack_limit=0x7ffe0000 to enforce a stack limit
of 128KB. Note that this may only work with the \s-1GNU\s0 linker.
"-fsplit-stack" 4
Item "-fsplit-stack" Generate code to automatically split the stack before it overflows.
The resulting program has a discontiguous stack which can only
overflow if the program is unable to allocate any more memory. This
is most useful when running threaded programs, as it is no longer
necessary to calculate a good stack size to use for each thread. This
is currently only implemented for the i386 and x86_64 back ends running
GNU/
Linux.
.Sp
When code compiled with
-fsplit-stack calls code compiled
without
-fsplit-stack, there may not be much stack space
available for the latter code to run. If compiling all code,
including library code, with
-fsplit-stack is not an option,
then the linker can fix up these calls so that the code compiled
without
-fsplit-stack always has a large stack. Support for
this is implemented in the gold linker in \s-1GNU\s0 binutils release 2.21
and later.
"-fleading-underscore" 4
Item "-fleading-underscore" This option and its counterpart,
-fno-leading-underscore, forcibly
change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use
is to help link with legacy assembly code.
.Sp
\fBWarning: the
-fleading-underscore switch causes \s-1GCC\s0 to
generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that
switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface.
Not all targets provide complete support for this switch.
"-ftls-model=model" 4
Item "-ftls-model=model" Alter the thread-local storage model to be used.
The
model argument should be one of
\*(C`global-dynamic\*(C',
\f(CW\*(C`local-dynamic\*(C',
\*(C`initial-exec\*(C' or
\*(C`local-exec\*(C'.
.Sp
The default without
-fpic is
\*(C`initial-exec\*(C'; with
\fB-fpic the default is
\*(C`global-dynamic\*(C'.
"-fvisibility=default|internal|hidden|protected" 4
Item "-fvisibility=default|internal|hidden|protected" Set the default \s-1ELF\s0 image symbol visibility to the specified option---all
symbols will be marked with this unless overridden within the code.
Using this feature can very substantially improve linking and
load times of shared object libraries, produce more optimized
code, provide near-perfect \s-1API\s0 export and prevent symbol clashes.
It is
strongly recommended that you use this in any shared objects
you distribute.
.Sp
Despite the nomenclature,
\*(C`default\*(C' always means public; i.e.,
available to be linked against from outside the shared object.
\f(CW\*(C`protected\*(C' and
\*(C`internal\*(C' are pretty useless in real-world
usage so the only other commonly used option will be
\*(C`hidden\*(C'.
The default if
-fvisibility isn't specified is
\f(CW\*(C`default\*(C', i.e., make every
symbol public---this causes the same behavior as previous versions of
\s-1GCC\s0.
.Sp
A good explanation of the benefits offered by ensuring \s-1ELF\s0
symbols have the correct visibility is given by \*(L"How To Write
Shared Libraries\*(R" by Ulrich Drepper (which can be found at
<
http://people.redhat.com/~drepper/>)---however a superior
solution made possible by this option to marking things hidden when
the default is public is to make the default hidden and mark things
public. This is the norm with \s-1DLL\s0's on Windows and with
-fvisibility=hidden
and
\*(C`_\|_attribute_\|_ ((visibility("default")))\*(C' instead of
\f(CW\*(C`_\|_declspec(dllexport)\*(C' you get almost identical semantics with
identical syntax. This is a great boon to those working with
cross-platform projects.
.Sp
For those adding visibility support to existing code, you may find
\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility of use. This works by you enclosing
the declarations you wish to set visibility for with (for example)
\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility push(hidden) and
\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility pop.
Bear in mind that symbol visibility should be viewed
as
part of the \s-1API\s0 interface contract and thus all new code should
always specify visibility when it is not the default; i.e., declarations
only for use within the local \s-1DSO\s0 should
always be marked explicitly
as hidden as so to avoid \s-1PLT\s0 indirection overheads---making this
abundantly clear also aids readability and self-documentation of the code.
Note that due to \s-1ISO\s0 \*(C+ specification requirements, operator new and
operator delete must always be of default visibility.
.Sp
Be aware that headers from outside your project, in particular system
headers and headers from any other library you use, may not be
expecting to be compiled with visibility other than the default. You
may need to explicitly say
#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility push(default)
before including any such headers.
.Sp
\fBextern declarations are not affected by
-fvisibility, so
a lot of code can be recompiled with
-fvisibility=hidden with
no modifications. However, this means that calls to
extern
functions with no explicit visibility will use the \s-1PLT\s0, so it is more
effective to use
_\|_attribute ((visibility)) and/
or
\fB#pragma \s-1GCC\s0 visibility to tell the compiler which
extern
declarations should be treated as hidden.
.Sp
Note that
-fvisibility does affect \*(C+ vague linkage
entities. This means that, for instance, an exception class that will
be thrown between DSOs must be explicitly marked with default
visibility so that the
type_info nodes will be unified between
the DSOs.
.Sp
An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use them
is at <
http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/Visibility>.
"-fstrict-volatile-bitfields" 4
Item "-fstrict-volatile-bitfields" This option should be used if accesses to volatile bit-fields (or other
structure fields, although the compiler usually honors those types
anyway) should use a single access of the width of the
field's type, aligned to a natural alignment if possible. For
example, targets with memory-mapped peripheral registers might require
all such accesses to be 16 bits wide; with this flag the user could
declare all peripheral bit-fields as \*(L"unsigned short\*(R" (assuming short
is 16 bits on these targets) to force \s-1GCC\s0 to use 16-bit accesses
instead of, perhaps, a more efficient 32-bit access.
.Sp
If this option is disabled, the compiler will use the most efficient
instruction. In the previous example, that might be a 32-bit load
instruction, even though that will access bytes that do not contain
any portion of the bit-field, or memory-mapped registers unrelated to
the one being updated.
.Sp
If the target requires strict alignment, and honoring the field
type would require violating this alignment, a warning is issued.
If the field has
\*(C`packed\*(C' attribute, the access is done without
honoring the field type. If the field doesn't have
\*(C`packed\*(C'
attribute, the access is done honoring the field type. In both cases,
\s-1GCC\s0 assumes that the user knows something about the target hardware
that it is unaware of.
.Sp
The default value of this option is determined by the application binary
interface for the target processor.
"ENVIRONMENT"
Header "ENVIRONMENT" This section describes several environment variables that affect how \s-1GCC\s0
operates. Some of them work by specifying directories or prefixes to use
when searching for various kinds of files. Some are used to specify other
aspects of the compilation environment.
Note that you can also specify places to search using options such as
\fB-B, -I and -L. These
take precedence over places specified using environment variables, which
in turn take precedence over those specified by the configuration of \s-1GCC\s0.
"\s-1LANG\s0" 4
Item "LANG" 0
"\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0" 4
Item "LC_CTYPE" "\s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0" 4
Item "LC_MESSAGES" "\s-1LC_ALL\s0" 4
Item "LC_ALL"
These environment variables control the way that \s-1GCC\s0 uses
localization information which allows \s-1GCC\s0 to work with different
national conventions. \s-1GCC\s0 inspects the locale categories
\fB\s-1LC_CTYPE\s0 and \s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0 if it has been configured to do
so. These locale categories can be set to any value supported by your
installation. A typical value is en_GB.UTF-8 for English in the United
Kingdom encoded in \s-1UTF-8\s0.
.Sp
The \s-1LC_CTYPE\s0 environment variable specifies character
classification. \s-1GCC\s0 uses it to determine the character boundaries in
a string; this is needed for some multibyte encodings that contain quote
and escape characters that would otherwise be interpreted as a string
end or escape.
.Sp
The \s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0 environment variable specifies the language to
use in diagnostic messages.
.Sp
If the \s-1LC_ALL\s0 environment variable is set, it overrides the value
of \s-1LC_CTYPE\s0 and \s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0; otherwise, \s-1LC_CTYPE\s0
and \s-1LC_MESSAGES\s0 default to the value of the \s-1LANG\s0
environment variable. If none of these variables are set, \s-1GCC\s0
defaults to traditional C English behavior.
"\s-1TMPDIR\s0" 4
Item "TMPDIR" If
\s-1TMPDIR\s0 is set, it specifies the directory to use for temporary
files. \s-1GCC\s0 uses temporary files to hold the output of one stage of
compilation which is to be used as input to the next stage: for example,
the output of the preprocessor, which is the input to the compiler
proper.
"\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0" 4
Item "GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG" Setting
\s-1GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG\s0 is nearly equivalent to passing
\fB-fcompare-debug to the compiler driver. See the documentation
of this option for more details.
"\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0" 4
Item "GCC_EXEC_PREFIX" If
\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0 is set, it specifies a prefix to use in the
names of the subprograms executed by the compiler. No slash is added
when this prefix is combined with the name of a subprogram, but you can
specify a prefix that ends with a slash if you wish.
.Sp
If
\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0 is not set, \s-1GCC\s0 will attempt to figure out
an appropriate prefix to use based on the pathname it was invoked with.
.Sp
If \s-1GCC\s0 cannot find the subprogram using the specified prefix, it
tries looking in the usual places for the subprogram.
.Sp
The default value of
\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0 is
\fI
prefix/lib/gcc/ where prefix is the prefix to
the installed compiler. In many cases prefix is the value
of \*(C`prefix\*(C' when you ran the configure script.
.Sp
Other prefixes specified with -B take precedence over this prefix.
.Sp
This prefix is also used for finding files such as crt0.o that are
used for linking.
.Sp
In addition, the prefix is used in an unusual way in finding the
directories to search for header files. For each of the standard
directories whose name normally begins with /usr/local/lib/gcc
(more precisely, with the value of \s-1GCC_INCLUDE_DIR\s0), \s-1GCC\s0 tries
replacing that beginning with the specified prefix to produce an
alternate directory name. Thus, with -Bfoo/, \s-1GCC\s0 will search
\fIfoo/bar where it would normally search
/usr/local/lib/bar.
These alternate directories are searched first; the standard directories
come next. If a standard directory begins with the configured
\fIprefix then the value of
prefix is replaced by
\fB\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0 when looking for header files.
"\s-1COMPILER_PATH\s0" 4
Item "COMPILER_PATH" The value of
\s-1COMPILER_PATH\s0 is a colon-separated list of
directories, much like
\s-1PATH\s0. \s-1GCC\s0 tries the directories thus
specified when searching for subprograms, if it can't find the
subprograms using
\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0.
"\s-1LIBRARY_PATH\s0" 4
Item "LIBRARY_PATH" The value of
\s-1LIBRARY_PATH\s0 is a colon-separated list of
directories, much like
\s-1PATH\s0. When configured as a native compiler,
\s-1GCC\s0 tries the directories thus specified when searching for special
linker files, if it can't find them using
\s-1GCC_EXEC_PREFIX\s0. Linking
using \s-1GCC\s0 also uses these directories when searching for ordinary
libraries for the
-l option (but directories specified with
\fB-L come first).
"\s-1LANG\s0" 4
Item "LANG" This variable is used to pass locale information to the compiler. One way in
which this information is used is to determine the character set to be used
when character literals, string literals and comments are parsed in C and \*(C+.
When the compiler is configured to allow multibyte characters,
the following values for
\s-1LANG\s0 are recognized:
"C-JIS" 4
Item "C-JIS" Recognize \s-1JIS\s0 characters.
"C-SJIS" 4
Item "C-SJIS" Recognize \s-1SJIS\s0 characters.
"C-EUCJP" 4
Item "C-EUCJP" Recognize \s-1EUCJP\s0 characters.
.Sp
If \s-1LANG\s0 is not defined, or if it has some other value, then the
compiler will use mblen and mbtowc as defined by the default locale to
recognize and translate multibyte characters.
Some additional environments variables affect the behavior of the
preprocessor.
"\s-1CPATH\s0" 4
Item "CPATH" 0
"C_INCLUDE_PATH" 4
Item "C_INCLUDE_PATH" "\s-1CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH\s0" 4
Item "CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH" "\s-1OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH\s0" 4
Item "OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH"
Each variable's value is a list of directories separated by a special
character, much like \s-1PATH\s0, in which to look for header files.
The special character, \*(C`PATH_SEPARATOR\*(C', is target-dependent and
determined at \s-1GCC\s0 build time. For Microsoft Windows-based targets it is a
semicolon, and for almost all other targets it is a colon.
.Sp
\fB\s-1CPATH\s0 specifies a list of directories to be searched as if
specified with -I, but after any paths given with -I
options on the command line. This environment variable is used
regardless of which language is being preprocessed.
.Sp
The remaining environment variables apply only when preprocessing the
particular language indicated. Each specifies a list of directories
to be searched as if specified with -isystem, but after any
paths given with -isystem options on the command line.
.Sp
In all these variables, an empty element instructs the compiler to
search its current working directory. Empty elements can appear at the
beginning or end of a path. For instance, if the value of
\fB\s-1CPATH\s0 is \*(C`:/special/include\*(C', that has the same
effect as -I. -I/special/include.
"\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0" 4
Item "DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT" If this variable is set, its value specifies how to output
dependencies for Make based on the non-system header files processed
by the compiler. System header files are ignored in the dependency
output.
.Sp
The value of
\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0 can be just a file name, in
which case the Make rules are written to that file, guessing the target
name from the source file name. Or the value can have the form
\fIfile
target, in which case the rules are written to
file
file using
target as the target name.
.Sp
In other words, this environment variable is equivalent to combining
the options
-MM and
-MF,
with an optional
-MT switch too.
"\s-1SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES\s0" 4
Item "SUNPRO_DEPENDENCIES" This variable is the same as
\s-1DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT\s0 (see above),
except that system header files are not ignored, so it implies
\fB-M rather than
-MM. However, the dependence on the
main input file is omitted.
"BUGS"
Header "BUGS" For instructions on reporting bugs, see
<
http://gcc.gnu.org/bugs.html>.
"FOOTNOTES"
Header "FOOTNOTES" "1." 4
On some systems,
gcc -shared
needs to build supplementary stub code for constructors to work. On
multi-libbed systems,
gcc -shared must select the correct support
libraries to link against. Failing to supply the correct flags may lead
to subtle defects. Supplying them in cases where they are not necessary
is innocuous.
"SEE ALSO"
Header "SEE ALSO" \fIgpl\|(7),
gfdl\|(7),
fsf-funding\|(7),
\fIcpp\|(1),
gcov\|(1),
as\|(1),
ld\|(1),
gdb\|(1),
adb\|(1),
dbx\|(1),
sdb\|(1)
and the Info entries for
gcc,
cpp,
as,
\fIld,
binutils and
gdb.
"AUTHOR"
Header "AUTHOR" See the Info entry for
gcc, or
<
http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Contributors.html>,
for contributors to \s-1GCC\s0.
"COPYRIGHT"
Header "COPYRIGHT" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011,
2012
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
Invariant Sections being \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 General Public License\*(R" and \*(L"Funding
Free Software\*(R", the Front-Cover texts being (a) (see below), and with
the Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below). A copy of the license is
included in the gfdl\|(7) man page.
(a) The \s-1FSF\s0's Front-Cover Text is:
.Vb 1
A GNU Manual
.Ve
(b) The \s-1FSF\s0's Back-Cover Text is:
.Vb 3
You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU
software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise
funds for GNU development.
.Ve